(navigation image)
Home American Libraries | Canadian Libraries | Universal Library | Community Texts | Project Gutenberg | Children's Library | Biodiversity Heritage Library | Additional Collections
Search: Advanced Search
Anonymous User (login or join us)
Upload
See other formats

Full text of "Dictionary of the Kiniassa language;"

Google 



This is a digital copy of a book that was preserved for generations on library shelves before it was carefully scanned by Google as part of a project 

to make the world's books discoverable online. 

It has survived long enough for the copyright to expire and the book to enter the public domain. A public domain book is one that was never subject 

to copyright or whose legal copyright term has expired. Whether a book is in the public domain may vary country to country. Public domain books 

are our gateways to the past, representing a wealth of history, culture and knowledge that's often difficult to discover. 

Marks, notations and other maiginalia present in the original volume will appear in this file - a reminder of this book's long journey from the 

publisher to a library and finally to you. 

Usage guidelines 

Google is proud to partner with libraries to digitize public domain materials and make them widely accessible. Public domain books belong to the 
public and we are merely their custodians. Nevertheless, this work is expensive, so in order to keep providing tliis resource, we liave taken steps to 
prevent abuse by commercial parties, including placing technical restrictions on automated querying. 
We also ask that you: 

+ Make non-commercial use of the files We designed Google Book Search for use by individuals, and we request that you use these files for 
personal, non-commercial purposes. 

+ Refrain fivm automated querying Do not send automated queries of any sort to Google's system: If you are conducting research on machine 
translation, optical character recognition or other areas where access to a large amount of text is helpful, please contact us. We encourage the 
use of public domain materials for these purposes and may be able to help. 

+ Maintain attributionTht GoogXt "watermark" you see on each file is essential for in forming people about this project and helping them find 
additional materials through Google Book Search. Please do not remove it. 

+ Keep it legal Whatever your use, remember that you are responsible for ensuring that what you are doing is legal. Do not assume that just 
because we believe a book is in the public domain for users in the United States, that the work is also in the public domain for users in other 
countries. Whether a book is still in copyright varies from country to country, and we can't offer guidance on whether any specific use of 
any specific book is allowed. Please do not assume that a book's appearance in Google Book Search means it can be used in any manner 
anywhere in the world. Copyright infringement liabili^ can be quite severe. 

About Google Book Search 

Google's mission is to organize the world's information and to make it universally accessible and useful. Google Book Search helps readers 
discover the world's books while helping authors and publishers reach new audiences. You can search through the full text of this book on the web 

at |http: //books .google .com/I 



UNIVERSITY 
OF VIRGINIA 

CHARLOTTESVILLE 

LIBRARY 



4*:. ! 



/ 



BEOTPHOHAIB'^ 



OF THB 



KINIASSA LANGUAGE 



BY 



THE REV. JOHN REBMAN, 

late Missionary in Eastern Africa, 
EDITED BY HIS COLLEAGUE 



THE BEV, Dr. L. KRAPF. 



■^^^^^^^ 



ST. GHRISGHONA, near BASLE 
AT THE REQUEST AND EXPENSE OF THE CHURCH HISSIONART 

SOCIETT. 

1877 



PL 
&52)3 



Y.inL 

Y.refl. 

y.cL 



T.cont. 

v.rec 

T.reit 

y.c or cans.: 

flg. 
n.p.orprop. 



yerb intensiye. 

reflectiy^ yerb. 

datiye yerib, to one's use, 
adyantage, llayoar, be- 
neflt or to one's harm, 
disfayoor &c. 

yerb continoatiye. 

yerb reciprocal. 

yerb reiteratiye. 

yerb causatiye. 

flguratiyely. 

proper name. 



n.gent. 


=s nomen gentUiciom. 


gen. 


s= genitiye case. 


obJ. 


=s objectiye case. 


y.p. 


ss yerb passiye. 


y.a. 


s verb actiye. 


y.n. 


=s yerb neater. 


Kis. 


S3 Kisuaheli. 


Kin. 


= Kinilca. 


Kir. 


» Kirabai. 


Kid. 


8 Kiduruma. 


Kim. 


as Kimrima. 



KB. Regarding the Alphabet used in this Dictionary, the Editor has followed 
that of Dr. Stearet as giyen io his yaluable Handbook of the Swabili Language pag. 8 
(second edition). Bebman has adopted an other Alphabet and Orthography, which to 
an English reader was rather objectionable. The Editor is of opinion, that the introduc- 
tion of a standard-alphabet in behalf of the great South-African family of languages 
ought to be left to the deyelopment of the natiyes of future generations. He ftiUy 
admits, that the standard-alphabet of Dr. LepfitM is an excellent elaboration, which 
perhaps eyen at the present period might been introduced into East Afirica, though 
H will be better to postpone this |matter until a greater number of dialects of the 
great South-Aflrican family will haye been reduced to writing. The remarks made 
by Dr. Sterna pag 6 and 7 in his Handbook are yery much to the point, and the 
students of EastafHcan languages will do well by taking notice of the words expressed 
by the right Reyerend Missionary Bishop for Central Africa. 



Repuplished in 1967 by 

GREGG PRESS LIMITED 

1 Westmead 

Faroborough Hants 

England 



Printed in Germany 



PREFACE. 



In introducing this Dictionary to the student, the Editor 
may be permitted to oflfer a few remarks, fir$t — how ft 
came that Mr. Rebman compiled this Dictionary, and «6- 
eondly — on the Author himself. 

After the Committee of the Church Miss. Society in England 
had resolved upon printing this Dictionary, and after they 
had charged the Editor with the execution of their design, 
the latter repeatedly was urgent with Mr. Rebman, to give 
him some historical hints in regard to the first occasion or 
idea which had brought him on composing this Dictionary. 

Mr. Rebman complied with the Editor's request by dicta- 
ting to his wife (only a very short time before his death) the 
following lines: 

"The Dictionary of a new African language owes its exist- 
ence to a circumstance most insignificant in itself. In the 
latter end of 1853 a Suaheli man from Mombas passed at my 
station (Kisuludini) with a head of cattle. At that time it had 
been my purpose to bring in cattle for labour, for the benefit 
of the Mission and by way of an example for the natives. 
So I bought a young heifer for a few dollars and a fraction, 
cattle in East Africa at that time being very cheap. The frac- 
tion however I could not pay for want of change. So I pro- 
posed to the owner to do a few days' work in order to comp- 
lete a full dollar. He agreed to do so. One day while he was 
at work with my servants in building an appendage to our 
dwelling-house, I heard him talk with them in a strange 
language. On inquiry I was told it was Kiniassa, i.e. the 
language spoken in the neighbourhood of the lake Niassa 
(Nyassa), the most southern of the great inland lakes. I at 
once felt the wish to learn so much of it, as to be able to 
judge about its relationship with the Kisuaheli and Einika 
and some other dialects spoken inland ofMombas with which 
I had got more or less acquainted." 

After Rebman 's death, his afflicted widow showed the 
Editor a fascile of copied letters which her husband had 
written to the Comittee between the years 1850 — 1855. 

In a letter written on the 13t^ of April 1854 he says: "Of 
the preparatory work which I have been engaged in this 



IV PEBFACE. 

half-year, I would first mention the gathering of a Yocaba- 
lary of the Einiassa language, which I have now carried to 
the letter "M." I need scarcely say, that it also belongs to 
the great South African family of languages. Sounds which 
we have not yet met in other dialects are, **pf ' and "ps'* or "bs". 

''My informant is a slave from Mombas, who came into our 
service before I knew any thing about his origin, which I 
rather accidentally discovered when I heard him once speak 
to one of his fellows in a strange dialect. On enquiry I was 
told that he was an Mniassa, who in consequence of inter- 
national expeditions for slave-catching was seized by a tribe 
called Wapogera, who sold him to the Wamaravi, and these 
to the Suaheli slave-merchants who had come from Uibu (a 
small island belonging to Mozambique and on the maps called 
Ibo). At Uibu which was reached after two months' travel- 
ling at a very slow rate (in effective march only half the 
time is wanted), he was at last bought by slave-merchants 
from Mombas. This, he thinks, happened about ten years 
ago, while he is now a man of about 30 years of age. The 
remembrance of his country and language can therefore be 
well supposed to be still very distinct. His native territory 
he calls Kumpande^ two days West from the lake, which by 
the tribes who live on its banks, is' called Niansha or Niancha 
[see Diet. pag. 135, properly: Ni (me) yancha (love) = love 
me], of which the Suahelis evidently made Niassa. — Salimtini 
(this is the name of my informant) states that he used to go 
very often to the lake in search of Mia (pi. of Mua) a species 
of palm, of the leaves of which the natives make mats, bags 
ftc. as also to buy cotton , which is grown near the lake, and 
of which they weave a coarse kind of clotli, while their bet- 
ter articles of clothing, as also their beads, brass-wire and 
especially their guns (cailedfudi in their language) they buy 
from the Portuguese who seem to have some settlements at 
no great distance from them, called "Kubale" and ^^Kumkoma." 
The Portuguese are called by them "Wakigunda," while the 
name generally given by the East- Africans to Europeans is 
•*Wazungu." 

'Trom that part of the lake's banks he used to come to 
from his home , the opposite side cannot he seen ,. but a boat 
starting at day-break will reach it at sun-set. Their boats 
are however not provided with rudders,, wherefore they only 



PREFACE. V 

use oars. Following the maif^ia of the lake to the South 
through the territory of Mar&vi for a few days, its breadth 
seems gradually to decrease, till as my informant expressed 
himself, people on the one side are within call of people on 
the other side, but of its extent to the North he and his 
countrymen have no idea. They only know that it gets much 
broader there than it is with them, so much so that they 
are deterred from fording it, because they lose sight of the 
banks, and therefore only go to neighbouring islands for fish- 
ing. During the cold or rainy season the lake is said to be 
extremely boisterous, but during the hot season quite calm. 

'^Wben my informant spoke of the cold in his country, he 
described the water as getting a hard crust during the night,, 
which of course can be nothing else but ice, called '^kungu'^ 
in their language. This however is only found in small col- 
lections of standing water, and never in the lake Niassa. The 
Wahi&o (not Wahi&u) are spread on the Eastern banks of 
the lake; to the south and South -West are the Wamar&vi, 
and nortii from these the Wakamdunda, of whom the Wa» 
kumpande and Wapogera are only subdivisions. The name 
Maravi which in older maps is given as the name of the 
lake, I had never beard before from a native. Salimini, my 
informant, never applied it to the lake, but to a large terri-^ 
tory bordering upon it, and in fact forming its South-western 
banks. The occupants are called Wamar&vi, and these to- 
gether with the Wakamdunda and perhaps still other tribes^ 
are by the Suahelis on the coast generally comprized under 
the common name of Waniassa.* The Wakamanga, whom on 
the map of 1850 I have placed to the East of the lake, are, 
according to Salimini, to be placed even to the west of the 
Wakamdunda, to whom they stand in the same relation ^ 
the Wakamba to the Wanika inland of Mombas. 

"Salimini also mentioned a large river to the south of his 
country, which he called Temba, and the people living on its 
banks Watemba. In the vicinity of the Watemba are the 
Wandsunsi, who, from an abundance of iron in their country, 
seem to be the principal blacksmiths among all the tribes 
around. On being applied to for hoes by people who have 
come from a distance with a cow or goat for their barter, 
they will work all the night at their fires. I might mention. 



* Seepag.l2D the word 'Ungara, pLWangnrn." 



VI PREFACE. 

many more names referring to regions of Inner-Africa, but 
the great thing is to go and see with your own eyes, and 
whenever I make inquiries about those unknown regions, 
I feel as if I must go and visit them. 

"From all that Salimini told us respecting his country, peo- 
ple &c. they must be far superior to the people around us 
in this quarter. It appears also a most fruitful land, fruits 
and vegetables abounding, but slavery casts a dark shade 
over all. So constantly are they exposed to it, that in buil- 
ding their cottages they always mak^ a secret door, plaister 
it over so that to a stranger it is invisible, by which they 
may escape at a moment's warning."* 

Let us hope and pray, that this monstre of slavery and all 
other gross heathenism may soon be put down by the light 
and power of Christianity and christian civilization which is 
happily beginning to be inaugurated in that dark region by 
the noble enterprise which the various Scotch Churches have 
directed toward the southern end of lake Niassa, whilst the 
Universities' Mission at Zanzibar no doubt will occupy the 
north-eastern shore of that great lake. 

The Editor of this Dictionary ardently wishes, that the 
tribes of the Wakamdunda in the West may still be found 
existing and not have been entirely annihilated, as has been 
the case with many tribes of that quarter. The author and 
the editor as well as the Society which has liberally offered 
the means for giving publicity to the Dictionary, would con- 
sider themselves amply rewarded, if the publication of this 
work would induce a few or many Missionaries to convey the 
tidings of salvation to the Wakamdunda and the other tribes 
residing in the west and especially in the region where Dr. 
LrviNGSTONE breathed his last, so that also in the latitude of 
the Lake Niassa a chain of Mission-stations between the East- 
and West-coasts of Africa might be established, as the Editor 
has proposed (since 1844) a line of Missions under the Equator 
(the so-called Equatorial Mission-chain). Whether this Dic- 
tionary will be of any real use to the Missionaries of the 
Church-Miss. Society, proceeding to Earague and Uganda, 
remains to be seen, but in a general way it will be useful to 
all missionaries and travellers, who have to do with the 
people of the great southern family of African languages. 



* See the word Batara pag. 8. 



PREFACE. vn 

Mr. Bebman in a letter dated Cairo on the 27. Nov. 1855| 
writes to the Committee : 

''Excepting the time I spent with Abbe Gundcha every 
morning in reading and praying with him, I was exclusively 
engaged in studying the Kiniassa language. The Vocabulary 
which I had originally intended to form, growing under my 
pen to a Dictionary, finding as I gradually did, to my great 
astonishment, that language to be nearly as rich in words^SB 
the Kisuaheli , with all that the latter has borrowed from the 
Arabic, and almost richer in grammatical forms of a most 
curious kind. The importance of that language in its relation 
to the great south African family of languages can scarcely 
be overrated, when it is known, that it contains the /undo- 
tnental meanings of a great number of words, not only in 
Kisuaheli, Einika, Kisambara dbc. but even in the CaSre 
language. It was with the profoundest interest that I traced 
the various forms and particles of speech which elucidated 
what had still remained dark and unaccountable to us in the 
other dialects. I fully believe that the language spoken to 
the west of the lake Niassa holds the same central position 
in the great south african family of languages, as the people 
who occupy that part of the Continent do in a geographical 
point of view, for no sooner had I got an in*sight into it, 
than the dialects with which I had previously made myself 
more or less acquainted , appeared to me rather as so many 
rays of one and the same light. My study of the Kiniassa 
was to me such a continual intellectual feast, that days and 
weeks fled so quickly as I never remembered they had done 
before, and it was with great reluctance that I tore myself 
from it when we had to get ready for our voyage to Aden."* 

Secondly^ in regard to the author of this Dictionary the 
Editor is not wishful of making any remark. It may suffice 
to refer the reader to what the Committee of the Church- 
Missionary Society has published, when the intelligence of 
Rebman's death on the 4H^ of Oct. 1876 last reached them. 
The publication is headed: 

* Pleased as we may be with Btbma/n^a linguistic laboars, yet we cannot forbear 
thinking, that his memory would be by far more blessed by the millions of East 
Africans, if he during bis 29 years' stay in East Africa had made a correct trans- 
lation of the Bible in Kisoahefl or Kiniia. In point of translations SsftiiMMhas lefl 
nothing behind him but an excellent translation of St. Luke in Kisuaheli which has 
been printed in July last Except this translation together with the Kiniassa Dictio- 
nary, and the numerous additions, with which he enriched the Editor^ large 
Dictionary of the Kisuaheli and Kinika lansuages, Mr. BOmtm has brought to Europe 
nothing of any great value in regard to Philology. 



Tm PREFACE. 

THE LATE RET. JOHN REBMAN. 

Yerj remarkable are the ooincidenoes of missionarj hiatorj. But few 
liaye been more remarkftble than thai famithed hj the death of JOHN 
BBBMAN just at the present moment. Blind, and infirm, and prem*- 
torelj aged (he was but 56 when he died), the solitary Teteran olingt 
to his post at "the entering in of the gate^' of Equatorial Afriea, eren 
after i&irty years of trial and hardship, unbroken by a single Tisitto 
Europe; and it is only when at length a strong missionary party arriyea 
%o oocupy the post, that he is persuaded to oome home. Soaroely has 
he settled down in the retirement proTided for him, than a sudden proTi* 
dential call, loud and clear, announoes to the Church Missionary Society 
ihat the time has come for making a Tigorous attempt to carry the 
Oospel into those Tory regions — the great Lake districts of Central 
Africa — the first accounts of which he himself conjointly with hit 
colleagues KRAPF and ERHARDT sent home twenty years ago. An expe- 
dition is organized and dispatched. It arrives on the coast. It starts 
for the interior, commissioned to plant a mission on the shores of 
the Missionaries' inland sea. Truly he might well say, **Lord, now lettest 
Thou Thy servant depart in peace" : and so it comes to pass. The Tcte- 
ran's work is done, and in peace he departs, to receive at the Master's 
liand the reward of his faithful service. 

The story of John Bebman's career is soon told. Bom in Wurtemberg 
in 1820, he was a student of the Basle Missionary College , and after- 
wards at Islington. He was ordained, and went to East Afriea in 1846 
io join Dr. ElRAPF (who had commenced a Mission-station at Mombas 
in 1844), and there he remained till 1875. Comrade after comrade sent 
out to his aid died or retired in broken health; his wife, a true com- 
panion in tribulation, was taken from him, and for several years he 
was entirely alone. He gathered round him a small band of converts, 
«nd one of them has been the instrument of bringing out of heathenism 
the Giriama Christians lately baptized by Mr. PRICE. But his work was 
mainly a preparatory one: he compiled a dictionary in Kiniassa, and im- 
proved with numerous additions the Dictionary of theEisuaheli andKinika 
languages, which Dr. KRAPF (the real author of this Dictionaryj, had first 
reduced to writing between 1844 — 53, labours of which future missionaries 
will reap the benefit. On his return, attempts were made, both in 
Eoffland and Germany, to restore his eyesight ; but they were unsuccessful ; 
and on his retirement a few months ago to Komthal in Wurtembnrg. 
the residence of his old friend and fellow-labourer KRAPF, it was hopea 
that a happy provision had been made for the comfort of his declining 
years by his marriage with the excellent widow of Mr. FINGK former Basle 
Missionary in India. But God had prepared for him some better thing 
than even rest in the fatherland and a wife's loving care; and on October 
4th he entered into the rest awaitiuff him in the Father's mannons above. 
On his death-bed he exclaimed, *^Now it is time to say. Praised be the 
Lordl *' and then again, thinking he might recover, "There is still work 
]>efore me: trust. and be not afraid.*' But it was not to be. 

Komthal near Stuttgart, Germany, in Dec 1876. 

The Editor L KRAPF. 



(adv^ Htfrt, NB. it is ofta only 
when preceded by any word, butyate, 
when it stands first— id— dhot eomt 
k«rs; bat: Taba MibQhoma hu fr«i- 
mtura Jure U i§ not good to ruL 

Aho (adT.) Thoro. 

Adadn, Tkne. This seems to be the 
formation of the word for the ma-class, 
e.g. mapdda aditaUf €mai, ttoamOf 
airtf seejKUIa. 

AJirtmiTm (t. n.) to Uan, to rMUne (Kis. 
tegomSa),'^ arfj—mfafai (v. dat.) 

AgnaaUL (t. n.) to look wUh flaaed lyst, 
to otari^ to goto at, to look in ono 
partteular diriction. Ana mdto yn 
hu mgnofna t» hondoka, Kt U squint 
eyed (Kis.yii«Mi mato ya map6go). 

Airi, !n0o. 

Aka(Y.a.) 1) To eoUh oonneXkhig ihroum 
at any one (see waha) , hu mu aha 
muina Kis. hu^m^nidhUa n ntana , — 
2) Aka (pron. dem. thU): rel. to the 
*ha" class. 

All, /ks or 9ko it. It stands also in 
many cases for it 

AUko 8 Kis. yMlM, yupof he i§ then, 

Alimo, he, $he, U i therein,'- Madoi 
€Mmo anaiaf 1$ ihore sffll wUer 
{or) i$ U Jtniehedf 

AMla (y.a.) Km oiOla mflbmcfo loa (a 
mu d m h O f to tdko <# tAe upper piece 
(of itoima, see 'mdanda"), — The 
'dMma", when taken out of the pot, 
being laid one piece above another. 

Amhm (V. a.) to begin. NB. The first syll- 
able of this word is in one position 
'cmt^' and in another *yotn." When it 
stands first, it is invariably 'Tamba*' 
but when preceded by any other word 
or particle, the changes seem to be 
irregular. Tambaroro, begin to-day! 

EMaeea, 



Adan%ba{contT,fromada aimba)dmnm, 
he began yetteirday. But: 
daaboHQ, and admym mba 
and again usambe contr. from IToa^ 
aimbo nundwa, do not begin tomorrMo 
morning.'- wuMrmiY.dd rel) to begin 
tooTforanyonSftobeginaifJiromany 
uhere.— Mniuni^ba nUm uyu oin%o 
Ufona ni ambira ndoo i, it ia not in 
the hou$e qfthtB (wumi) that ihay began 
to me ihie quarrel. 

Amlmlni (v.) to ford (s aroha), to 
eroee a river in a boat, or on foot, or 
by omimming, — wmbfoMkh (v. n.) to 
admit of fording, to be fordabU. ^ 
ambnUra (v.d.) to/ord to or for any 
one.— amhwlriilfwi (v.int) to ford fr^ 
quemUy, aUo eane. to eauee or indnee 
to ford." amlwiiiia (v. a.) to ferry {= 
orodoa), to convey, mdko paee over 
water, also said of arrows shot across 
a river or lake.— ambaJrira (v. d.) 

AmMi«(pron.) (pi. uwmono) {T%ey who, 
the eame toho). 3%s one who, it ia he 
who, the very eama who. Aam^tmm Mi- 
gama moyo, mabumdi gl a i tia< n . Lit: 
The one who 1 deny life, i. a it is I 
who am regardless of life » who am 
courageous, for courage brings riches 
(Kis. a h ad a ayo roho ni mio, uoh»0eM' 
hu patu nuUi nUu, or ushnj a m m iu 
hu^m^^Ha maOj. There is a fine 
distinction t>etween an^ene andtMl%«. 
AimoHo points to one in distinction flrom 
another, while 'ndiye^ is merely in- 
dicatory. e. g. pnambe i ndiye aran 
gardye hu munda, thie ie tike cow 
which takee the lead to the pianMion, 
but: amone arongora hu umamda 
will be said after a doul)t has been 
raised about the sama AanomSo and 
amuieo, at io ho$ Hho very one. See 
pfBha (V.) 

1 



AMIKA— ASA. 



Aa^kmirJB^) iopraiHOL\sJtuai/^huhe- 
m<<i<).— amikidw (v.a.)lw noma Ibu- 
anga hu fcotita ni hu ni 'atnikidsa, 
Itdl a fair Ue to recommend myBdf. 
iaaOMM (v. a.) to f«ck. ammkra, TcimiU' 
aano chu vindiundu tcy» ai46l4comar 
adwmuira hu here.-- amnidim(v.) 
I, fomr. 
.(▼.a.) to lov$, Tid.ymM*a(y.a). 
see fMMMia (T.a.) 

(V,n.) to JUxa, MOengo wan- 
dmma (contr. from uMmndama) a tree 
JtoaU. mu Sr a wetbira a attme sinks; 
Os mr u yandamOf a cloth Jtoati; hidou^ 
ro chabiraf iron §inks. 
AndiM— (y.) to jplacc tide by eide, to 
border. — Deimbiri yaandfkiea na 
dsikoraNgara, Andikieana (v jec.) 
see fonSd»4$, 
ABgm, see gangu, 

;(y.a).lo carry with bothhcmdi. 
(y. c) to caiuee to relax; rtro 
inana sinanangi»Uds4», 

, (y. o.) (see suma), to hop, dance. 
(y. D.) (in Kis. ron^ora), to 
be trmneparetut, to be dear, patsable 
(said of a forest). Xddee iei sina an- 
gardraf these kadeeireee jresenl open- 
ings or dear spaces. Ifa ba tengo 
paba banangararaf babidika, and 
in iheforest herefheire are dear spaces, 
where U is ptissdbU, J>sairuiyaanga- 
rara,nna4r«mbatmnwa. The idea of 
this family of words is that of shining 
through breaks or small interstices, and 
brandies out into two notions, which 
certainly are yery different from each 
other: cheafnbness at shown by damn 
dng and looseness of Me (oioeZe. — 
Ml|fmm (y, rel.) to dance or jvlay to 
(with regard to); wngwrtm n4wndo^ 
he damus or ftriwmphs for the batOe, 
wMirespedto U,— Nianeha^ usansne 
ni bonkue^-mngmMam (y.int 4caus}. 
> (y.) see ufongura, 
(pronJnL) who ? see gani, 

(or ganika) (y.a.) io tpreadfor 
drying, 

(y.a.) to catch up sUghtly 
u mfnoimdnga-mhsMu 9 



resp. lai^ina dina anknsisei, dida^ 
bisa nMsrdhkuo, see ta, 

AnUla (y. a.) to say , speak, aankiiia 
ehiani ^tpAat does hespeak9 wankuia 
(for waankuia) ehiani? lehat doest 
thou spedkf kn ankiOa kn diiro, to 
speak in omfs sleep, vid, dure, ku an- 
kula na bodsa, to speakwithblaXMng 
= to blab, ten tales, ankuia ankula, 
to speak speak 3= to iottle, jmite, cha^ 
ter, to talk Ught-headedly (as in a 
delirium). 

Aaknnoim (y. rec) to accost one another 
(in passing) « ^snsana (Kis. ku aim> 
kuana),— ankozim (y. d.) to speck 
for any one in the sense cf fffficUmaneBS 
(Kis. wmf6a). — makoridfla (y.) 1) to 
ffiafce one speok;— 2i to spetOt Umdly.'^ 
•nkinw anfciwa (y.) to talk talk, i & 
introsiyely and nonsensically, nsnn^ 
€Mkuse ankuse^ si kwrnlne, 

JbuK&rm (y.a.) to take og (what has been 
spread out, as a mat), seeofMo* 

Ao (pron.dem.) those (when at no great 
distance, see «Miya). JTa kwmha ao 
vmiibo bamodsi na iwewo, 

Amka (y.) to become insanB {akuka in 
Kin.)— aviikidwi (y. int) to becomemost 
insane, or very much, 

Aralctai(y.a.)to talce up ufhat is spread 
out (see ku gara). 

Arum (y. a.) to tear off, to spin (= ku 
gnatmh^ to tear aounder. ku onirMi 
n^Lswnkui'^lsogO'n'kuni'n kuku ^ 
arttaa (y. a.) to judge, lit to sput,sepa- 
rale, lay open, show, — MnBilBi(y. n.) 
to admit of being torn asunder. Xnni 
isi sina*rurika (for sina arMtrika)^— 
amrirm (y. d.) to tear asunder for oiio- 
Mer.— anuriUUni (y. int) to tear asunder 
forcibly, comptetdy.— anunaa (y. rec) 
(s usana) (Kis. aniana). — anuika 
(y.n.) to admit qf being shewn or war- 
nsd ss to be open to reasoning (see 
nuestsngoMmu) uge eag«un$sika ugu 
agarusika (Kis. fUiani kaonieki, 
taken hugu aonieka). 

Aaa (or wasa) (y. a.) to deaoe, k%&^ikuni 
to deaoe toood. — arira (y. d. ) to cZeove 
for another. 



ASAMA— BADA. 



(v.n.) to gape, to ga/pt optn (Kis. 
tanua), — «tMnni<lM (v. int.) to optn 
(the mouth} very wide (as for instance 
is required for widening the space bet- 
ween the two front — teeth, which is 
their custom), asmnttra, to yawn, 

Aiano, Jloe (see adttdu), 

Aya (pron. dem.) these, rel to the ma 
class. — myo (pron. dem.) those, rel. to 
the ina class. Mdu <Myo si yao, those 
words are not theirs, i.e. they ought not 
to interfere. JHatc ayo nehosinehirira. 



Bm (prep.) at, by {where), and adv. when 
Ba mdima, where (is) the heart, breast, 
chest, Jl is connected also with the 
particle l< and na, e.g. balimdenffo. 
where is a tree; bana dsiwe (uinw 
there is a greai depth. 

B^ a panicle indicating force. It is con- 
nected with the verb hu dsara to be full 
(= Kis. huJ€M telle). Moa una dsara 
ba, the beverage (called vMa) is brimful, 
i. e. the vessel which holds it. The 
particle ba expresses fulness with regard 
to fluids, while dororo is used for things 
dry, for whatever can be heaped. 

Ba(v.a).(feu ba) to steal. -^ bepa(v.d.) 
to steal for another, and to steal to 
(= Kis.%u ibat hu ibid). 

Babm (v.n.) to wrinkle, to shrivel up 
(from cold).— babirm (v.) to sip (some 
thing hot). 

Babarira (v.n.) to flutter (Kis. babatika). 

Babasa (v. a.) to rake over with the hand. 
e. g. grain. 

Babasnra (v.a.) to unfold (Kis. Icundua). 
babasiuika (Kis. hundttha), to get un- 
folded, e.g. a cloth by the wind blowing 
at it.— babasurira (v. d.) (Kis. hun- 

duUa). 

Babiira(v.a.) to slight, esteem sUghUy, 
make noising (f; baburana (v.rec.)— 
babuJka (v. n.) to be thin , to he light, not 
heavy, trop. to be insignificant. Kungu 
la m?niu ndobabuka} dsinAilta la d»i- 
ho liya litia babuka^ thehuriaZ ground 



qfthat country has become light (by the 
grass having been removed by fire — 
see mseo), Uda^n^ta jfoni, kaboro 
woo bahuka-we f how will you make 
an end of him, such an insignificant 
slave as thou art!— babnldd&i (v. 
med.) to be arrogant, proud; lit. to be 
light to one'sself, i.e. with regard to the 
attention. anah€i:bukidua ndibo ak€h 
ni'bdbura, he is proud-thertfare he 
slights me. XTnabahukidtta 9uk€^ 
data ku ehida choderedi (or ehodere- 
hi), you are arrogant, else you could 
not have acted Wee this. Mau aya 
una ehida ddra, una babukidua, you 
did this purposely, because you are 
proud.— babakira (v.d.) to be light 
to any one, to be lightly esteemed. Iwe, 
na'ku'babukira nt*maso muako- 
mu? thou, am I nothing in thine 
eyes? The "mu" (Kis. Aumo, therein) 
refers to the "m" before maso, and 
the mua after it, and is merely eupho- 
nical, the sentence being complete 
without it. 

Bachabe (s.) the inside bend of the arm, 
corresponding to the elbow. 

Bnchilra (v.) (see bada or pata, v.a.) to 
hang on, to put up, to put on. Ku- 
nuidsasiibamanffa eha fnheu)ku wu 

amha.— bachikika (v.)— bachikira 
(v.d.) see mgnoma, — bachikidfla (v. 
int.) to put up carefully, bachikidsa 
kadundu uyu aaague, 
Bilda, badipa(v.d.)«o stick fast, as a 
cork in a bottle, a sword or knife in a 
sheath.— badara (v.a.) to get out from, 
to separate from, to transplant, ku bar 
duraynontbe totake outone'scowsfrom 
those of other people (.sec borongana). 
Ku badura barnianga, mabira, when 
nothing has grown at one place, a seed- 
ling is taken from a place where there 
aremany and planted there.— baduka 
iv.)toallow room (for another fo|>a59), 
to go by sidtMtuiukani kuadaa ni*ntu, 
make room, there comes a man; badu- 
kani kuadsa toantu, make room, there 
are people coming.— badiirika(v.n.) 
to admit qf getting out or seperating; 

1* 



BADADA— BA.LIA.NI. 



ffira, — badnldra (y. d.) — badnvirm 

(y.d.)— badnridsa (v. caos.) to catut 
ons to Btparate.— badudsa (v. a.) (Kis. 
eptuha) to remove; badud»ana (Kis. 

Badii4ji(ady.) 

BidaU (ady.) lit uHure (itis) /or, ai$UmL 
AuVt *<^*. loitg (Kis. wftaWi) « ha 
daU); hu bonda badiUi badait, to 
tread foTf to take large »tep$, Ku 
<manga nhuanha badali badali, to 
build houaee fair from one another, 

Badsa(y.a.) toflft've gratuitouely, to pro- 
du£e(nch)y); hdhue ana-hdna hu bad- 
»a, WUthe beana rtfuee to give, i.e.yield no 
increase— badaana (y.rec.) to give one 
another, to interchange preeente; hu 
bad»ana naSru, to give eouneel to one 
another,— badaika (y. d.) to admit of 
being given, to deserve or being worthy 
ofbeing given [opp.nunuma). — badafam 
(y. d.) to give to (any one in tne person 
of his relation or child), ana^n-badsira 
muanawanga niama ya(kur%*hu- 
ru} niriye gantu ha hu-^n^ad^ira 
muan awahe&,— badaMsa (y.int) to 
give much, to be moet liberal; uyu ttbor- 
dBidsa huli uya, tMt one i$ very 
Uberal where that one, i.e. he is more 
lilMral than he, he is most libera). 

BaMko, badainda, ba daincha, see 

daiko, place, dsinde, root, dtineha 
ufona wa-^, homebom elavea,-^ bad- 
aoforo (ady.) before, 
Bddtta and badidtta (y.) yid. 6am. 
ftipi (a(!y.&ady.) near, ehovt Wa- 
autravt wane^cara ba^ebi na Wa- 
hamtwnda. The Maravie dtoett near 
the Wakamtunda^ Muntu tea m^tbit 
a ehort man; hidtiki eha hifupi a 
ahort piece of the trunk qf a tree, Idsa 
bafktpi, come near, 
HgtL (y.a.) to dot, to checker, to mark, 
to paint or form lines or spots of a 
different colour from the rest hu baga 
fnip/l ulemb; to emear arrowi with 
poiion. — bagabaka (y. rei.) to make 
manydota,^ baffiza (y. d.) mup^lwem- 
ga u Ufni^hagir; u^ni^hmnhere, — 



bagjka (y. n.) niumha i inahagikm 
hiairo, mbaU yanga inabagiha 
hieiro,— baglaa (y.a.) 1) to dot over, 
aaid qf replanting auch buahea of Indian 
com which did not grow. To flU np 
empty spaces (yid.fMwCa). Ku bagisa 
bamanga (Indian corn) or mahira 
(kaffre-com). — ^ to preaent different 
coloura, mganda woo bdgiea, beada 
qf different c6lour§, 

BttgikdM (y.)— bag«dia (s.) 

Ba sradi (prep.) (Kis. hiHihati and ady. 
udure tndongo uyu bagadi) for en- 
forced form bagadihadi) cut tMa tree 
in the middle, Bagadi ba m^niwmha, 
in thA midat qf the houae; bag<»di ba 
n%unda, in the midat of the plantation. 
The word is composed of ba and gadi 
(or rather ba and had€) where the midst, 
in the middle, bagadi ba tnaana ba 
gadi ba uaihu, in the middle of the day 
(= at noon); in the middle of the night. 

Bagamaka (y. n.) tofdU (from a height). 
baganiiidBa(y.caus) to eauae to fan, 
to throw down. 

Bagiira(y.a.)eo lade out (firom a pot 
s hu otn&ra),'- bagiirika(y.n.) to ad- 
mit of lading out. Sibaguriha n^dainta 
i, hibande neha ndima »<iiM<iw— baffVr 
rira (y.d.) to lade out to or for [anoitka), 
y. instr. Kibando oha hu bagurira 
n^dainuu 

Bidn, s. (ra.) (Kis. batta) (p],mab»ha), a 
duck, 

Bakdn&te (i. q.) — mkamoa, lit where 
(«*e) mouth; wye ana bahamoa ba 
bahuru, he haa a large moutK 

Baknm (aciy.) where [it ia) large; uyte 
analima babakuru^ na uiyu ana. 
Uma bona ntaneuna, 

Balamv]a(y.n.)=: omda (neno) to attr 
up atrife or quarrela* (y.D.) to be unfor- 
tunate,— balamnMdaa (y. cana.>— bar 
(y.d.) 
(n.prop.) a Portuguese settlement 
i, compound of 6a and li where ia, 
Bmya bdli ntumba, there where there 
ia a houee, 

Baliaalf b€aiani'wada'n%»randm m- 
6lra. 



BALIYE— BANA. 



Ba]iy<e (Kis.i»<M(fN>, homo), where it not 
(prov.) uha hara baliye tango yako 
ni hidsohef i. e. where you are not at 
home, you wM use a kidacbe {a poinr 
ied9tidc)for your eword. BtUiye fn*ntu 
amodei yen^e, there i$ not one moM 
or pereon. 

Bunanya (s. pi. id.) Indian com (Kis. 
mahindijf bankanya danyaf my In- 
dian com. One would expect banya, 
Bamanga eha Uueha, Indian com of 
to ripe, i. e. Indian corn which is ripe. 

Bainhn (v.) dip in e. g. into toU (6am- 
hiraf bambiHra), 

Bamlialo, lit. where (the). wMdm (q.v.) 
only utedi^ guns. Bambalebam?fiidit 
the pan of a qun^ lit where the basin 
of where in the gun. 

Bfiir****** (y.rec.) to pate one another 
from oppotite direetiont, to mitt one 
another on the road (Kis. hu hothana 
tUUa) (cfr.jMimpM), while hu bidirira 
is to go past one from first being be- 
hind and then missing the road gones 
by the oUier.— bambanidMi (Kis. ku 
piehaua),to past againttjto put againtt; 
hu banUfantdea mabatOt to tplicepo- 
letiiD constructing the roof of a cottage); 
hu bambanidita tot'aoe^to pate threadt 
agaijitt each otfter. — bambuka, to past 
or turn atide to etart quickly (Kis. epur- 
lea):— bMnbiikira(v.d.) to turn aside 
out of a foot-path in order to make 
room for another, wamhati wa-fn- 
bambuhira wamudtnUna. — bam- 
bokidsa (v.int.) to turn far atide (Kis. 
huji tenga tana)! bambira^ bam- 
birira? 

Bapin-bikllOi Jutt there, exactly there,on 
the very tpot, — bamebano = bam- 
baao, see gumanika, 

Bambnyo (prep. <£ adv.) behind; hutn- 
buyo htiafigaf behind me. Wantu^ 
Ufodadu walitnbuyo, three men are 
in the rear* Bira m*tnodti wadea batn- 
buyOf one theep comet behind (us). 
Anadtarira bambuyo or hun^uyo, 
he remaint behind. 

Ba«ie]ie-bo(for a distance).— Barmena- 
ba (when near)^— Ba m'mero. 



Bamodfll (adv.) together (Kis. pnmcja), 
lit. where one, i. e. at once. MboonSra 
bamSdei, ndio yoo hotnaf fUtukara 
beUiye tungoyakonihid»obi,lilwher9 
you tu (a thing) together ^ that it wlhat 
it good; (but) if thou art abttnt, thy 
tword it {only) a ttiek (see hidtobii. 

Bampa (v.a.) to teek to encounter with a 
feeling of malice; to teek to avenge one't 
te^ upon any one, mdttwirire-tMei&n' 
bampOf uha-fn-ba^npa, adadida tno- 
runga, mark him, but do not teek to 
faeehim; if you teek to face him, he will 
make warinett = he wiU become wary, 
bamp^bia (v. reo.) 1) to be hottUe one 
to another (Kis. goimiana) ; 2) to be oppo- 
tite or tide by tide one to another, to 
waUcabreatt; mabuato yadea huaku 
batnpana, the boatt are coming tide 
by tide; wantu icr^/a wabampana, 
thote men are ttanding or going abreast 
qf each-other; fioMra iei ea bampatta 
(go parallel).— bamplka (v.n.) to admit 
ofbeinginade the object of'kubampa'* 
bampira (v. rel.) wa^n^-bainpiraFngi / 
wJiat do you "bampa" him fori =^ ki- 
fugt*a ni diant? resp. n€trmrbampira 
mrattdu^vaHf/a wa halekal*''. — bain- 
pidsa (v.int.<i;caus. i.q.) biftgfdta and 
aanzidta, vid. — bampnka (v. n.) to 
ttart quickly (only used with respect to a 
call, bidding or warning). l^Tntu uyu 
ntdinuMwake-ahampuka, thit man hat 
a mind to ttart quickly. — bampndsa 
(v.a.) bampnkidsa (y.int.) to exceed in 
ttarting q uickly. Uyu uUHwrnpHka^uye 
abantpukf€lza-uhan%U'id4tHa, Oilttr- 
hud-ea msangantrtanga, — bampsa 
(v. a), to make ttart aside (said of a bow 
which is overstrained) nmpfiwakewa" 
bampta, my bow maket itt arrow ttart 
atide, 

Bampnmi, see punU; nwara unor^n- 
drnna bwmpunti a ttone cut hit fore 
head, lil. at the forhead. Manu ya 
banipumif the upper front-teeth, 

Ba-m-tambo, seetutnbo. 

BAlia(T.a.) tojix into, to fix between{e,^. 
meat into a stick slit at one end , in order 
to roast it, the stick being llxed in the 



BANDA.— BANKONGO. 



ground near a fire (Kis.]bu Ha tUama 
ubambonfj* — bailika (y. n.) nitima i 
^^dUndeufSra tikubanika,-' bailira 
(T.d.4linstr.) ainambdni tva hu b€uUra 
n<<Hnay»ny«.— KanMia (vJnt.) to fix 
KMff.— baiiikisa(y.a .) to meet, to find,-^ 
lwmtlri««na (y.rec.) to meet each other, 
lwmilriirflni(v.n.)to admit of meeting. 

BaiidaCy.n.) 1) to be without, to haveiMt, 
una ninhandeima yoo handa ndiufo; 
mkatHuye ngoo bandamMna, that 
Vfoman ie one toithout ehUd,-— 20 to beat, 
Hrike," Vandiaa (y.rec.) to fight, to 
war,— banda baiida(y.reit.} to etrike 
qften or much,^ bandim (y. d.) to beat 
any thing /or one,-- baadirini (y. d. 
SniU to deny in favour qf,-^ bandMfW 
(y. int) to beat thoroughly, to beat foeU.— 
baiidnni(y.a.) to beat or strike off in 
fragmente (e.g. wood, stone dtc).— ban- 
ddka (y.n.) to break qff infragmente,— 
bandnvira (y. n:^ to cut aeroae (leaying 
the common road), diye dibandurire 
dikapero nohira mdeogoro, let us cut 
aeross cmd make for tke way farther 
onward* 

Banda, s. (ra.) (p). mawando) the trace 
l^ in grass by any one walking through 
it; wanadi-bUa na hande ha homo, 
lit. they p€U$ed us wi^ a trace in the 
door, i. e. they where secret underhanded 
in their manners or dealings with us, 
there being nothing discernible in thism, 
but a faint trace, as it were, A^U-b4da 
na bande bttkomo, he annoys me by 
a mysterious conduct (Kis. «hni«cm<iia 
«Mda/W ndanij. 

Banda, s. (ra) the male plant <if hemp 
(sometimes pronounced: **bange^, 

Baadid(ady.) down, on the ground; hu 
hara bandsi, to sit on the ground {ban- 
dsij; hu tnadsi na bandei, at the 
water and on the land (see dumpsu), 

fianddftta, s. (ra.) pi. mabemdOgiUif a 
board, plank, 

Banga (y. a.) to fumishf to equ^. 1) said 
of all instruments and weapons, wliicb, 
in order to be used, require handles or 
shafts, hu bemga M^su, n4eudnffoaf 
snboni, mipfi Ic,— ^ to furnish in the 



sense qf loading and getting ready, hu 
banga mfMi, hu banga ulattdo. 
8) tofumiah in the sense qf instructing 
or directing, e.g. si dodomodsa, nchiraf 
nda-hu-banga, ungahare hidsirUf 
udafiha, do not be perplexed the way 
I wiU instruct you <ibout, so thai, if 
youfwere a fool, you wiD arriye.— 
bawgana (y.rec.) to meet to consult U>- 
gether, to ittform one another,— baa- 
gim(y.a.) to rip open (used of slau- 
ghtered animals, as it were, to discharge). 
bangika, to be trustworthy, to fit wM 
(as a hoe in its handle).— baBcini(y.d.) 
to load a gun to or for another; na^m' 
bangira n^f%uU nsangaf to put the 
hoe into the handle, — bangiiini 
(y. d.)— banglridsa (y.Uit.)— banfidaa 
(y.int) to charge stricUy, to enjoin, hu 
bangidsa hdsu, to fasten a hoe into 
its handle with wedges. To fasten well 
lest it get loose (e.g. a hoe). 

Banga, s. (la) (pi. mawanga) a spot or 
speck qf a colour different from the 
rest, Ku baga {paha) banga (Kis. Jbu 
andika aldma)/ to mark with a spot, 
to spedcle, 

Banga (pron.poss.) relating to words be- 
ginningwith ha; oM framf>e&el«&«n90i 
he is (liying) at my side, he is my neigh- 
bour, 

Bango s. (ra) (pi. nutwango), A kind of 
ree<^*used for arrows and in roofing their 
huts, niehoha, niohoha ufa n^hamaa, 
mkaohoha ohohani, nutamOna ni 
bemgoahafaapuhaumhus, lit, I go, 
Igo qfthe mouth—if you are going-go^a 
man (or husband^ is a reed, if he dies, 
another will shoot up, (Speech of an 
angry woman to her hushand, who 
continually threatens her with leaying 
her. Do not keep saying you will leaye 
me, you better leaye me at once, I 
shall soon get another.) 

Baaio s. foramen podids, 

BaakaagO, see kongog suku ni mtda 
nditu bankongo (or hueneh%tono 
banga), you did not sham weU the hin- 
der part qf my head (Kis. kiskaga}. 



BANO— BASDRA. 



Bmio (9dY.)*here;wakm9iwa Mm a. Jit 
Mfomen <fJther^ikB9e^ tkMe women here. 

Bmm«8. (ra) (pUmmmmmm). AJandqfreed 
emcMer than the **btingoJ* Ku ehara 
btmo, to break the ehaft, met said of 
a female who has arrived at the age 
of puberty QL\&.fwnda6a ungo), 

Baate (v. a.) to dig qfter, to eeek by dtg- 
ging,— taatnka (v.n.} to break out of 
(a piece, so that the vessel is not useless), 
baatarm(v.a.) to break a piece out of 
a vessel (Kis. miuafua), 
i, see benura{y,9») 

(see deonga,) e.g. huera 
mdengo u^ufika bandeongOf lit eUmb 
up thii tree^ reach where the top ie, 

i, s. Thebinding round a mat, to keep 
it from ravelling {baa la mpaea). 

Pap ewa {seepewa); bapewa banga 
ha^ni-buedakaf my 8houiderpain$ me, 
lit where my shoulder is, there it 
pains me. 

Siiptdt S. (plmap/H^ (Kis. ma/W). map- 
fu ehoHeke or homara, emaU or 
large kind, 

Bira, s. (pU mabara), a cut, a wound 
(fresh). 

Shw I. (VJL) to aerape {ejg. fish, a thong, 
a bow« the shaf( of arrows dec ) (cfr. Kis. 
hu paUeh jhsIOmi).— telika (v.n.) to 
admit of eeraping, to appear weU aerO' 
ped;wnab«Utkauta u,thii»bowappear8 
weU scraped; eube^lika %Ua u, ngo 
tMvMiy tkie bow canmot be eeraped ni- 
€ely-U ie.too hard,— balikisa (v.a.) 
lit to let aerape or touch one thing agaiinat 
another; hence to put several pots at 
once round a fire; e.g. lero baUMea 
hupiketukUf to-day put aeoeralpota 
on the fire, to cook thia, he, when you 
cook this time.— (baraka), barira 
(v. d.) 1) to aerape to or for one ;— 2j to 
turn the grou$tdi, to weed^ e.g.ttiwdna 
suhu bmHra fnMndawaha wya f How 
ia it that you did not weed yourplan- 
tationf (vid.mM^iMi).— balifira(v.rel.) 
to weed (one's plantation) on aceouM or 
with regard to what haa been planted 
in it, e.g. baUrira banun $ ga ihi, "ki- 
«MM, weed (the groand)/(9r 



(ke (benefit of the) /iHlfa» com, le$t it 
go with the graaa, i.e. leak the graaa choke 
it— bariiia (v.int) to aerape weU,— 
biraaa(v.a.) to acrateh or rake out (Ore), 
or dig out (vegetables), to paddle; (fe«« 
bmraea koffl, to acrateh (In the waler) 
withthe oar,-- barasara(v^) to f eroteik 
aaunder,— barana (v. rec) to aerape to- 
gether, to amooth up together (a (riend- 
ship), from bora to aerape to, to mat^ 
ofntfa otm, to acquire; hu bora bwenei, 
to obtain a friend; ku bora na bHot^H, 
to get familiar with a friend, 

Bara H. to beget, to bear (Kis. viaa). — 
barira (v. d.) (Kis. vidlia) to bear for or 
to;— baridaa(v.a.) to aaaiat in ekOdr 
bearing (!Kis,9iali»ha) {bddua),— bet- 
<iM«Miv.rel.<ftpass.) to haiee one bom.to 
ofMfa adf, aaid of brothera and aiatera, 

BaramaalnM, s. (pi wab<Mramankue\ 
The chameleon (Kis. lun%bAfj, 

Baraiig« (v.a.) to aerape off (only said 
of the hairs of animals which are roa- 
sted whole over a flre). 

Bai4ra (adj.) acoXUred odoHt IFcmfw 
awa wait bardra; gnombe iei eUi 
batrara, 

Baraai,s.(ra)(pl.mafrc9ra«i}. A ford, a 
ahdUow part of a river, 

Banumifu or mbanuragv, s. (wa) ^1. 
vwbaraeugu), A bottle; baraeugu 
M^M, thia bottle; wabaraewgu aeaa, 
theae bottlea. kiaiwo eha tn^araaugu 
the atopper of a bottle, 

Bmriia barAa(adv.) 

Baaa (v. n.) to pcua by, to paaa along; 
hu bttea fnpebede mua tnunda, to 
p€ua by the aide qf a ]plantation. — 
baaa basa(v.reit.)to pass-pass, i.e.te 
paaa away, to disappear, to be loet; 
ku baea baea ngudrOf to fetch a com' 
paaa along the tAore (in fording a river). 
baaOoi (v.n.Hbaaira (v. d.>-baaMaa 
(v.int) Jb«*6<i*a daegera, to amoothen 
daegera by rubbing it with a curffed 
atidc in hand^fuL 

Baaora (v. a.) to break up, to demoliah, 
deatroy ;kubaeuraniunebattodeatroy 
a houae,— basoka (y.n.) ta decay, »<- 
umba i neha kenre, inabaeukm (ae^ 



8 



BATARA— BENDEKA. 



mmeh deeaifed, to appear very mmeh 
^potted or impttfr^.— bftflinrika (r. n^ 
to be deotroyoMe; hcra iri HHb€toU' 
HkUf ndoguira, ikU emdotmre eaumot 
5e eagOnf dettroyed, U i$ faet (it holds 
ltot)---l >MmI** (V^')t<> degtroy, iopuU 
to (what belongB to another). ~ 

(y.int) to deetroy yreatiy, 
(see tairu) at the eide (only used 
of the interior of a cottage); fcomo la 
tmra, a HtUe $ide-door, a small secret 
side-door, through which they make 
their escape, when sorprlzed by slave 
hunters. 

Moairo (see f%mgo) at the vimoet or 
OKtremepoiiU; tntu upa ali baiungo, 
that mam U tft the point, i.e. end of a 
row or line. 

(T.n^ to ewene, to deviate. Mmp/t 
; my arrow moervee. 
Hence k ahea a epp, because nuntpape 
pabea, hie worde ewerve, deviate from 
the truth, eo that hie intentione are not 



(v.n4 to make the noise »«, he, 
Vo, said of h&poals wanting the female. 
(v.n.) to despise {K\s. tharem). 
(Y.n^y.a.) (Kis.j»e«a), 1) to bond, 
e.g.m4vngauututboda, thistreebends 
on one side.— 3) to winnow (Ji\s.pepota). 
b«d8ka(yji.HbedMHi(y.int)— bsda- 
faa?— badnrm? 

tafttde befttte, a word imitative qf 
sound, paea yortfra begodo begede, 
l%e mat (made of reeds) makes the 
noise begodo begedv (in consequence 
of one who lies upon it, being restless). 
toCBi»(y.njtotoofc.— btni«B«(y.rec.) 
tolookoneqeh other.— b«fBi«n, b«C- 
(y.a4to fca^P looking on, to fix 
{y.inX.)tolook 
well or ftxedly, e m mn i b eg nivdmi fta- 
detda, he looked at meJItMdly, hejkeed 
hMs eyes on me; n'nabognivdoa hina 
bemga, or hitui hioindiiMro, Ihmoe 
looked uteU, it has a disttnet spot — 
or: it has a mark. B ogn i e dsa meuo 
paho baHoi,udahmm9tikdiia,makeyour 
eyes look on the grcmmd, (eUe) yon Mitt 



stisKKMte. 

weU (tik«i) youwitt see it,— 

(v.recj, 



fooft 



(y.a.) to drUl, hu beika mmaia, to 
produce fire by drUUng one piece of 
woodupon another ifleepfiga), beheia 
(y.a.) to bore,, to pwfaroU by dritUng 
with an e n bdr ir o^r- bdtodlMi (y»int) 
to driU wUhforeeli aJMiitai (y.n.) to be 
bored or peif orated,— b«kMite»(y.d. 
Ainstr.) n%bdr4ro vm hu heMosoret 
fnahova, an arrou^head for petforO' 
ting ivory rings. (Snch as are worn 
on the legs consist of two pieces, into 
which holes are made to pass a wire 
through for Joining them. 
,(y.n.)to fNMll stromgliy. 
, (y.n^ 1) to rue, to be sorry for^^ 
21 (y.a.) to beg for pardmu— li iimfcMT ■> 
(y. d.) to beg pardon for another, mka 
uhe^-ni4kefnbore kue^ tnkuru waeegek 
^ (y.int)— b«Bib«lai(yji>- 
, (y.a.) 1) to importume or 
tease by begging,'— 2i to aoeuetom or haibi- 
tuat e onese^to a CMi^w— bembadMm 
(y.)— bembedMdMi(y.c.) » Kis. UUa- 

bemMdn, seetamlnAa. 

8. (wa) (pi. «9aa«m6er«), the 
quail (Kis. keregnvndo) b e mbwrwd 9 
B«mpa(y.a.) to beg. {KisJeudakarmhJ^ 
9a\— bteaptem (y.d^ to beg any thing 
for another (Kis. omd^ He has no 
property of his own, but only sucbas 
he begs of his relations. AaeM9¥4m 
kudi, wa ohuma ohoo b ^mper a f Hoia 
vrill he prevail over him with property 
of begging] with begged for properly t 
(Kis.€Mr«MiMiFM4p< kua fedm pa kw 

B<ni(adyj Msewhere (oontr.from teand 
vmeii. Kohira i oikubita bvnet, thia 
way does not lead elsowhere (but to lbs 
same place as the other). Mmtuom ne 
p ^md o i unt a ngk n bona, undo Mtft 
knot, and He it ^sewihere^ 

Bmiiiira (y.nj to fte or turn aslant (paid 
of yessels bending on one side). Dveem 
lab on d e k Uf the sun is come obUqu$ 
(]Ki8.JiMi iapimddka) kHeito 



BENEBENE— BIGIBA. 



» 



dtika, the boat UarelM, roll* toomsiide 
<Kia. dau taUuwy- W n Jelwd — , see 
dtiOihii^ 

laaAb«no (ady.) exaeay (but only said 
of place) ; bensbene tf^t eositeUy there, 
i, 8. (wa.) ncune cf a drum 9 
\, see hanlura. 
,(y.aj to make broad, to widm 
Uu honura or bumura nditne,— 1m- 
BvridMi(yJDt) 

Berm(y.d4(fcu ba, to ttettti, to etealfcr 

another, to eteaX to (Kis.*u tbia). 

BwuivjaJito grind (Kis.#aflra),'— b«ptai 
(y.d.) to grind for another, 

B«re (ra) s. (pi. tnawere), breaet, udder; 
bererei mha»i, breaet qf a woman 
(Kis.t<K); frere ra gnombe, udder qf 
a cow, (Kis.lc<trele). 
Iie(ady^ 
X (y.a^ to §end, to forward (a 
thing), to tranemit (Ki8.pheka)f hu 
b e r e ika moy«, to endanger life,— b«r»- 
lDMra(y.d4 to eond to or for. Vha UA- 
raHcara na hintu ehangaf u&ki4>0' 
rek4re, when you Aove been with my 
thing (for some time), eend it to me, 
(after you haye used it dic.) 
Mnka II. (y.a.) to carry at tJie back 
(as a mother does her child).— bere- 
kekm (y.n.) to admit being carried at 
the batk.— b«mktai (y. d. S instr.) to 
carry at the bade to or for another, 
and to carry with (a cloth.) m-deidee, tU- 
hu-ber e hSrOf put him or her down, let 
me carry him for you, Meebe tra hu 
berekera muana, a eloth to carry a 
ehOd with,— b«nkMUui (y.c.) to make 
carry at the back, tnbereikSdee, »adr- 
eiwa hu bereka, make her put on (the 
diild), she does not know how to do 
it— b6r«laaui(y.rec4 to carry one 
another at the bade (when wounded in 
battle). 

iw ipfa » (y.n.) to come ehort, to be in- 
e^^ftdent (Kis. Impun^tia).— hntm^ 
Ml (y.a.) mdogoeo u wen bereweea, 

itMi(y.a.)tocom>.— ba — d ««( y.int.)<om6 
twB.— b«iin«(yjec.)to comb each other. 



(y.n.) to admit ef eomMn^, to 
be iMtt ctmJbed. 

(y.n.) 



(a4i.)(Kin.mM)6ad. TMewordadmiU 
qfnopr^fixee. Tdkaaha, mdimm warn 
ga uri bi, getaway from here, my heart 
U bad, i.e. I am in a bad humour. 
XMmd*ma Uuahe hwri bi, by oit al 
hie heart it U bad, i.e.he is in an ill 
temper; mkaei wyw ei woo homa^. 
oH bi, tide woman U not good, ehe ie 
bad; dearu ffoe^ga hri bi, my etotA it 
bad{dirty), Baribiaba,b«nfiyemaiQp 
Uiebad {dark, eomfcrtUee) here, there 
ie no fire, mkaei uyu emm ^epfb, 
deonhua eudeiuka, eiri bi, thie wo* 
man i$ dirty (lit. has dirtiness), the dsen- 
icua are not clean , they are bad (dirty) 

Bia(y.n.) to belch. 

Bida(Kis.|><«a) (y.nuia.) topott, ear pace. 
Udikiui bidtoa (y.rec.) (Kis. ptflcma). 
to paee one another,— liAfUikM(y.)pag' 
§dbU,-hidilMdMSkiyjh,)tocha$e,todrive 
away; g<»ru entawa hu bidihided »<• 
<Mna, adogie ewift to chaee animale,—' 
bld&rm (y.ret.) (see bamb«na), to paee 
by or through; dinabidtra nmai or 
tnudtfi, wepaeeed {unhurtl by our good 
lutk, when returning from fighting, — 
bidirirm(y.a.) to leaee behind in pae- 
eing, to go fr^oiui.— bMifiM(y.a.) to 
pciee over or beyond (used of speech), 
to hurry over, to speak unintdugibly 
faet iJL\s,fuuliea maneno).— bUUll- 
dim (y.d.)— bididsa, l) (y.c.) to eauee to 
paee (through or round any thing). 
2) (y. int) to pa«« weU, to paee right 
tlhrotttFJk.— bim(y.aO to paee, to make 
go through (any thing), hu biea ma- 
ronhue, i.e. to pass the band or string 
used in binding theh: fences (mdofMla) 
so as to form yarions figures by way 
of ornament — which is quite an art 
among them. 

BUjfvlm? 

Biiiini(y.a.) to turn round, to eauee to 
paee in an qppoeite direction, e.g. hu 
btduragfunnbe.'-'hbkakM, bUhuifA* 

Bifiv»(y.a.)y--bitvni?Mi<y«M»<4HSM» 
oi; yo-w^M^MTis. 



10 



BILALA— BIRIBIDA. 



8l]alaoribillUla(a4)J(Mrirara),iiiMvm, 

9haggy, diteompaed. 

THmMJIrilni (v.d.) to be ttmited in fmoth 
(as grass under shady trees). . 

BimUiilai(y.)?-Umbifi UmUfi? 

ai|rii(y.a.) to formi^ — UfAaa, 1} (v.d.) 
to be equal, even, uniform. K€nkue 
iki HkiMgmue, HUi string i$ not 
^noL— 2) (v.rec) to be like icith, to 
reeemble; ffnombe ioi oabigiMna na 
siyOftheeecataeareUkewiththoeeiwth 
fUu awa woMgema na «mn« yonoo, 
thue mtn reeemiUe each oiher both in 
their faces and voices, 

Biynlnilni (y.n.) to stretch ^u chest otdy 
Vfithont stretching out ontfs arms. 

Biflriur»(y.a0eo2(^, to turn up, to turn 
round; hu higura gnombe, to tum 
the cattle round; hu M^tmtw mato, to 
raise a>lre(opposite to another, when the 
grass of some portion of land is burnt)— 
MiCQllm(Y.d.) k uu%biffurira tMoto. 

BiBia(y.a.) to bend, to wind t^ (a cloth) 
(Kis. fcMMda).— Uadika (y.n.) to &0jl«»- 
iUe, 9U Mndika, U is inflexible, -- 
Mndikmim (y.rec.) to be bent or coOed 
up one against another (such as sleep 
in a narrow space).-— MndikaBis bin* 
4lkaiM(ady.)-Uiidlkini(y.D.) to keep 
coiled up, to wUhdrauf, to retire, to 
keep at home, tohu m-n im n^a mua 
hu daga mogo, biudikira adaaba 
hinou, Mleomeout of the house in cf 
to throw auHHf life — a stag at home 
ufUlbecifraidofavuUure, Leooegour. 
house bg aU means, eoen if it should 
eostgou gour life, bg eoneeaUng goui^ 
seif gou %oiU at last become etftaid 
qf a voUure. BAulAiro, stands here 
as a noun though its form U otOg thai 
4)fthe verb, (But they not say: this man 
is a fr<iMlAlra.-.kiBdikiM(ady.) — 
Mn i HMB» (y.a.) to eo/nfine (to the house, 
said of rain and sickness).— M aiira 
(v.d.)- UBdaln (or wigOu^ (y«n.) to 
be turned, to up set ijmz MmdOku or 
pindfObm in Kis). 

geaiteness, flduilmess. 
bkUhe bindu. 



(y.a.) 1) to twist onefsfoot round 
the leg qf another, to make MmfatL-' 
2) (met) to be hostUe to, to regard with 
malice,— liinyna (y.rec) to be at em- 
mtty Vfith one another, Tumu wemtu 
obingana naor-Mliy«nWi« (y.aO to 
lay across, '—hing^WM (y.a.<fen.) to cross, 
to Ue across, nchim ya hu bingasa 
(or hu MM^<Mta) a oross'wag (Kis. 
hingatna) toiunkasi ugu anabim- 
gdoa mhandawahe, this womam has 
put her beads across (the shoulder, as a 
soldier's belt— Mngiiridia (y a.) to lag 
across,-— Wngflni (y. n.) (i.q. bamj^tket,) 
Iwagira (y.rel.) to regard (one) with ma 
lice for (any thing), na-lm- bingini 
fnangaiwa ganga, — Wngiwnn bin- 
gisaiM (a4J.dEady.)— Miigi4«a (y.inUft 
y.C.) ana^u%rbiugidoa ni mbalo wake, 

BingtUtna (y. n,)tobe thwarted, used with 
regard to bad omens, hence generally, 
to meet with a bad omen. 

frfl**"— (y.a.) to tum, to change; ku 
Hngunusa ndsarUf to tum or twist 
a doth bg the means ef sticks fastened 
to each end in order to wring out the 
water aft&r washing thorn; ku h imgu 
nusa mado, to moJbe a turn in the 
plag roes craddle, ku -* gnamm to 
change the sound of a drum (by a pres- 
sure of the hand). 

BiaimUni (y.n.) to remain behind in 
growth, to be outgrown (said of men and 
animals) (Kis.lB«« ruuda), 

(y.n.) to hdU, to Ump, (Kis. 
I).— MBfttkamUbui (y.int) to Ungf 
more or most (of all). 

BblB, 8. (ra) (pi. mabimu), 

Blo,s.(ra) (pi. mabia ), am enOosurefor 
catching flsh [Bia ndam-doam%be^ 

BlniI.(y.D.)ii> sink, to dive (Kis.lmp<r« 
mbisi, ku Moma) k&buo uma bkmi 
bamanga kina Mrik— Uliva (y.d.) 
to dive for (e.g. for a knife).— bilMMi 
yjL)— UriAn (y.c) to immon^ (v^inti) 
to eaceL in diving, 

Blnill.s.(wa) (plwabiru), Sheep. 

Bivi, ga birif the second. 

BliihUbi(y.nO «0 wHMa (Mtid of aserpeoi 
cut in pieces). . 



BIRIMANKUE— BONDEKA. 



11 



t, S {seebttranHMikue), 

k (y .a.) (i.q. Mnga I.) hu &€Wm- 
gidsa miendo, to eroa$ one^B Ug$ (Kis. 
hu tegemSsa tnagii). 

Birillfll UrisgV, h%ma wtmiu wali 
hiHngu Mringu, 

Biriziri (adj.) blade, ni wa hMHri, 
he ii black, 

BifHi(y.a.) to $ink, to immerse, 

BiM(y.a.) to amceal, to A^de.— bXim bYaa 
(y.reit.) to he in the hoMt of concealing 
(said of the character of the tranto#a, 
who are mistrustfal eyen of their own 
brotlliers. — bithama (y. refl.) to hide 
ones %eXf, - biihamlra (y.d.) to hide 
on^$aeHfto (i.e.froin another) = to way- 
lay.— iHsliara (i.q. &<«Aa«Ma);— bia- 
haxira (i.q. biehamira). 

Bo (probably i>o), a reUUive particle de- 
noting place, there tohere, or where i$ de. 
ydha ni bo k&maf boffm ni bo €b€$f 
here it ie good, there it ie bad (here is 
a good place, there is a bad place). 
Nibo ibaf ndibo ukdUthua, it i$ bad 
there, there ii the reaeon (that) you haoe 
failed or erred. Bo »» baya, there in 
there- n*na-n%-banikiMa (see bona) bin 
t» bapa, I found him exactly there. 

Boa, s. (ra) (pi. maboa) muehroom (Kis. 
hi4ga), 

Bobortoa (y.a.) to impinge f (There is 
neither root nor branch of this word). 

Boda(y.a.) to twist, to gripe; hu boda 
hingue, to twiat a rope; hu boda 
ndeombo, to twist {hair) into plaits (Kis. 
hu songa nuelUj,— bodaiia (y.rec.) 
entwisted (fibres of wood).— bodtfka 
(y.n.)to be curved, crooked,— bodofloka 
(y.D.) to be entangled (said of thread).— 
bodom (y.a.) to wrench (said of a cloth), 
to strangle (said of an animal).— bodo- 
roka (y. n.) to turn round, dsubano 
n^fura yahodo/rohaf the rain is tur- 
ning round now, i.e. it comes from an 
other quarter (Kis. hu Ji-sungusha), 

Bodani? 

Bodi (bodo) (ady. inter.) where f rel. to 
ihe particle ba. 

Bodsa, s. (ra) elander, backbiting; mttntu 
Ufa botaf a bu$y-body, a taie-bearer. 



a blabber, hu n%u songera bodsa, to 

cauee one miechi^ by tale-bearing, 
Boora(doye»*a deriyed'from hu yora) 
(ady.) lit. where {it f«) white, clear, fead^; 
hu ika boeraf to put ready. 

BogoUmL (or bokoloaa) (y.a.) to reply 
to in singnig (Kis. hu itihisa); diniko, 
uhorni'bogolese dihiUmb€$, — bOfO- 
losaaa (y.rec.) (see leeera). 

Bo g'ona (y.n.) lit. where {to) eleep, i.e. 
place of sleeping (Kis. maUUo). A Junc- 
tion of words, which stands, as it were, 
between a sentence and a noun. fctSdio 
dinddia, bogona ni hudi f as to ga- 
ting, we haoe eaten {but) where ehaU we 
eleep 9 we do not luiow. 

Bolobon^o, s. (ra) (pi. maholobon' 
gue). An insect reeenMing the wasp, 
but larger, (Kis. bun$tij, 

Bombo, s. (wa) (pi. wabambo\ a kind 
qf serpent, said to haye a crest. 

Bomboo, s. (ra) sediment, dregs qf oil, 
prepared from the ricinus-plant. 

Bombonoaana (y. rec.) hihhue hina 
bon^onesana (=» hina nwnganeij, 
(Kis. Jkun^Cnmotato). The root of the 
yerb bombona does not occur.— bom- 
bonoaeka (y.n.) to be entangled, 

BoinbOBO, s. (ra) {p\,nu»bamb€mo) the 
knu-kap, 

Boinboiioni(y.a.) to untwist, to untwine 
(Kis. taenia or tatanida), 

Bom4obo(ady.) exactly there, 

Bdmtto (ady.) there, at the very place, 
t^oha ana^nU^rumaf nuMno anani' 
guruhira b^hnOo, a serpent bit me 
and Wt its teeith there (i.e. in the very 
place where I was bitten) (Kis.mMM 
ya-n-gongohea papo), 

Bonda (y.a.) to tread upon, to trample, 
to pound (but only said of Indian corn 
which is still soft).^ boiidikiia(y.a.) to 
tread one upon another (in a crowd) 
(Kis.Jku «A«tona). 

Bondoka(y.n.) (Lq.Kis. bandeha = •*•. 
ieha), to squash, to bruise instead of 
brealdng, as the grahis are still too 
aqueous!— boiidelEaboiidoka(y.r6it) 
to be beaten down by the windandrain* 



12 



BONGO— BUBULIA. 



^ 8. (ra) (p\.9nabamgo, the brahi 
(not the skull, which is called pfuba 
la mdu, the bone of the head) Cm Kis. 
bongo is the skull, and the brain 
ufongo), 

Bonf ororo, s. (wa) (pi. wa bongororo) 
(i.Q. in Kis.ioM^d) the worm Jiduiff 

Bdnia (v.a.) to throw; hu bonia mupfi, 
to ihoot an arrow; gnombe wnahdnia 
hishari, the cow kicke (Kis. hutifypigm 
ukuaia),-' boiiiana-(v.rec.)-~ bonio- 

rana (v.rec.)/ boniera maiimbaf to 
§hoot together t at once,— boiii«ra (v.d.) 
to throw to,— boniodsa (v.inU) to $hoot 
wM, to a great distance. 

Bdnkae, s.? 

99m6iakAt,s.aherb (eaten by the natives). 

BomM, a<]y. €Ui, rel. to the bu class, and 
contr. from bu and onee, udsi bonse, 
aU the emeke, 

Btem (y.n.) to cool, said of food or other 
things just taken from the fire) to heal 
(said of a wound) (K{s,hupoa, tibika), 
boredm (v. int.) to get cool (food). — 
bosa (v. a.) to cool (by blowing). 

Bira (boora) v.a.) to bore, to perforate; 
to sink into a hollow slightly covered 
ss (ioora.^b9ka(v.a.) to get peiforar 
ted;— boorelEa(v.n.) to admit of for- 
miitg a hote.— boorera {vAJt instr.) to 
form a hoUe to or for or with (anything). 
boei«Ba(v.n.) to get right through (a 
hole or cave) {seepeopeoreea and du- 
ruhira),— boronfAna (v.rec.) 1) to 
throng each other, gmombe Hnabaroe^ 
gana bakdmo^ — 2) ^ throng orpreee 
(said of water where two rivers flow 
together). 

Bwoda(v.n.) to taete floury, tmderdone 
(said of food made of flour)* 

B«raaa(v.n.) to be unripe, raw, not eo- 
veredwithhairidkU animal born too soon). 

B^yara, see bo and yera. 

,(pron.rel.) to noune in n and bu It. 
Bukiiia upfB, it i$ much, the dirt 
Ma 1) the genitrel. to words beginning 
with bua, and to many nouns in n.*— 
9 pron.lt 

Ifia (n.prop.) qf a river or perhape a 
large ewamp, a mile in breadth and 



overgrown with a kind of reed, the 
ashes of which are used as salt, one and 

. a half day's Jonrney to the west of Kum- 
pande. llie reeds and rank grass, with 
which the river seems generally co- 
ved, render the crossing very treacher- 
ous at certain seasons, so that they 
warn each other by saying : " Ukandca 
Buaj kaorohe mua neerUf ubae%F 
durire," If you go to Bua, croȤ U 
with prudence, keep etriking off, i. e. do 
not think of going straight on, but turn 
in various directions according to the 
depth of water. 

Baabiia(v.)? 

BttadUma (v.c.) to couch on the ground 
for hiding one'sself (said of men and 
animals). 

Bnado (baato) t . (bua) (pi. metbuade), 
a canoe, boot; buado budnga, my 
boat, ku eonta buado, to eeoop out 
a canoe; hu eema buado, to hew a 
boat (its outside, to make it smooth); 
hu eompa es ootnaf 

Baayadia? 

Bnimfaa, s. (bua), manUneee, branery. 

Bnaacltt (pron.what?) (used when spea- 
king indefinitely) wM^ide buaeyeiM9 
what ehiM / do ^ (see cMa^ (Kisje ^ 
whatever,inwhatmanner,howHoaeMda 
buoMOhi mntu uya f what i$ thematt&r 
with that man? » ana oiMemi mitw 
uyaf 

BiUadira(v.a.) 

BoaaOt (pron.poss.) rel. to words be- 
ginning with bua, 

Boaro, s. (ra) (pi. mafruaro), a tat ex- 
clusively for boys and unmarried men. 
ba bnaro (adv.) oui, on the ouUldet 
withoiuil;ehabu9irQ,thatwhichie wUhauL 
hu buaro, out, out there, outwards 
(Kis.«Mi0). toka ba buaro, get out qf 
tAe yard. Toka m> bu aro, get out qf 
the boy'e hut, 

BttAsi, s. (bua) (no plui.) A plant, of the 
fibres of which they make twine for nets. 

B«bn, 8. (ra) {pU nu»hubu), the hmg$l 
the lights (Kis.j»a^)- 

Bnbolia (v.a.) to km one l^ wmmdtd 
by andher. 



BUDA.— BUINO. 



13 



(Y.a) to amtoy, to teota; cpimmh* 
htada haie, he haa him emmoytd Umg,— 
tada tada ^v.rect) to eonHnue to tsate. 
Midira(y.d.) and Inidabiidim (y.a.) 
to cau9e trouhU or mitckitf to another) 
{K\8,hu-n^-tongoU9a MdlHH). 

Bndi (pron.int.) which, rel. to words of 
the bu-class. 

,{y.9uy-hQ4Mwnmt (seeftuiM.) 
i, 8. (frtM») (pi. mafru«a), hair in 
quadrupeds; dovm in birds; buea bua 
gnambe (Kis. ^wioya, mbdwa). 

BttabiiMa (v. n.) to produce the aou$td 
**b%iS" **bue^ as descriptive of the noise 
madebyonesnpposed to'* l^e possessed." 
(v.a.) Kiaumpi abuehtied4» nvpfwra, — 
]mebiiedtiai(v.n.) to cry ovJt inonefa 
aleep, — biielniMerm (v.rel.) in conj. 
with InMiMroy to have the fUght-muwe 
(lit to cry out in sleep) (Kis. wewedeika); 
also hu huehuedehera huduro, — 
Imelniadodfla (v.c.) to cauaa one to cry 
out (said of a country-doctor in treating 
his patient). 

Ba«dBlai(y.a.) to pain, to hurt, mudu 
wtiHtU'buedShaf my head paina me, my 
head achea; ti/ye ttma-ni-buodeha, he 
hurta me,— Iraedakana (v.rec.) to hurt 
oneanother.—'lmtditki&dMMiy,c,)toprov6 
the eauae of pain or occaaion pain to 
another.— bQedttcaa? 

Bomnba, S. {hum) {plfnah%t0mba), the 
tamarindfruit (Kis. uhuafu) ; mdengo 
wa huomhaf the tamarind tree (Kis. 
nihut^iu). 

Baanchereka? 

Bnansi, s. (ra) (pi. mahuenai), 1) a fri- 
end, a companion, (Kis.ra/ll(<, aomo).-^ 
2jfriendahip, huonai u6w buhdra hd- 
ra, huhufka, thiafriendaMp laata a little 
fohtte when it diea away,-^ (prov.) JTao- 
Itotifahuanaiaanenaaamhan^^mauitr 
eha, a raal friend wiU not aay : waah 
thy handa, i.e. he will oyerlook. 

Bntea (v.n.) to reium, to come or go 
back,— bvartika (v.a.) 1) to borrow, hu 
buereika ntboni huOf to borrow a 
knife of dc*— 2Sl to lend, hu fnu^bw- 
^rSka, mboui, to lend one a fcn^e.—- 
bnartea (y. d.) to return to or for 



(Kit. hu rudim) a atabu e r e p o ra elM- 
emif what did he return forf ans. 
huna m danimpira^ it ia (too) diatemt 
to him, — taarakana (v. rec.) to bor- 
niw <tf each other, or to lend one ono- 
ther,— (baevMara) or bnartai (y.a. 
y.reit) to do a thing over o^otn, repe- 
atedly, mkaai abuereaa daima^ lit. 
the woman cauaed daima i.e. panada to 
return to her, the woman coolced an 
other dsima.-- Iraeaa (v.c.) to return^ 
to give or aend back, hu bueaa mdi- 
nua, lit to bring bade the heart i.e. to 
quiet one's self after having been an- 
gry.— taaiara (y.d.) to give or aend 
back to.— baesttrana (v.rec.) to return 
[thinga) to each other (which had been 
borrowed).— ba«ras4ra (v. d.) mM<aai 
a-mu-buereaera daima tnlondo, the 
woman cooka an other; daitna {pianada) 
to a atranger. 

Boffa (v.n.) {bukaf) to come up (from 
concealment); 1) ajlamefromwood = to 
bum; tnoto una bugia, the fire buma. — 
2j uye anoMra anabuga, that man 
dived and came up again, — bogllda 
(y.a.) to caat off (said of Indian com).— 
boflfndika (v.n.) to vx^e (of branches 
of trees) (Kis. hu pepSa),— bvcfadldsa 
(v.int) to caat off completely, entirely.— 
boflfiua (v.a). 

Btffi&a I. [bukHa ^ (v.n.) to be homeaick. 
'Inaoa aabugua, ohuru ehanga oha 
bugua or ohariimthira, 

Bag^biia (v.a.) to ahake, to make to totter 
or tremble (a tree) (}Li9, pukuaa, auho' 
auka),— bafQllika(v.n.) to becapaj>le 
of being ahaken,— hvgnMOantiy.d.) to 
ahake for one.— bofiuiidsa (v.int) to 
ahake much or powe»fuUy.— baglinip 
d«ira(v.d.) 

Boiacha, s. ijbua) (pi. mabuinda), a de- 
aarted place. 

Balao (adv.) alowly, car^uUy, orderly, 
nieely, pretty well; hu ehida buino, to 
become better (a patient) {Kln.huhenda 
baha};-^ baiao baino {!ii\s.polapoU) 
i.q. buinOf but ettforced by therepetitionf 
baira (v.a.)— bairira, see buga^ 



14 



BULUKIRA— BURA. 



(or ftMrtcfctfra) (y.n.) to be im- 
provident, eareUee, indifferent, iiUy, 
9tupid; see humSera, 

Bama, s. (ra) (pUnMiuma), a Ump (of 
clay or earth) (Kis. pw/nba la udon$ o), 

Bd]iMI(v.D.)to breaihe, hu bumapfiwi- 
Pfiwi, to i>ane.— biimAra (v.n.) to rest, 
to recover hrecOih (Kis. hu punvia or 
tuHa),-- bnmnridsa (v.c ) to eauee one 
to ret, to let one rest (Kis. inmMif^. 

HQaA9Lf^Xi,)togrowintolcnop9. ehmnJba 
ikihina bufmhtHflciya Hhinahwmbo, 
tide (stalk of) hemp hae knopa, that 
(one) ha$ none. 
Bmnbll, s. (ra ?) (Kis. hinena), 
WaBBMtL, s. (wa) (pi. wabwnibua) a spe- 
dee of bird, 

B^bnMa (v.n.) to fail (in obtaining any 
thing), to retwm empty; anaMimhua 
a,huera (Kis. hakupmta hitu^ ni Tcu 

BnmifS. 

Bmnpa (v.a.) syn. with: hu baraea and 
hu bingo, 

Bmnpfla (v.a.) to corrupt, to pervert, 
deceive, tospoil one another; haleahali 
woohonha, daabemo anaiba, ana^n^ 
bumpga ni uye, formerly he woe good, 
now he is bad, it is he who corrupted 
him, Mdima w<tge tca'tn-bumpgaf 
hie heart deceived him,— Immpuka, to 
admit of being epoHed. — bninpnra 
(v.d.) to spoil to one, ana^^i btunp- 
sira muaua wanga, — bmnpsaiia 
(v.rec.) 

Bmnpimta (y.a.) to soften by beating 
(e.g. meat).— bmnpimtidsa (v. int.) to 
beat well (in order to soften). 

Btbnpnra (v. a.) to take qff from, to 
diminish; hu htlmpura mdengOf to 
diminish a tree (by hewing it); hu burn- 
pura nddrOf to lessen lead (by hamm- 
ering it into thin plates).— bnmpiiTira 
(v.d.) to diminish to or for one.— biim.- 
purika (v.a) to appear diminished, — 
bmnpuridsa (v.int.) 

Siindiral.(v.a.) to form the &n'm (only 
used of a bag) hu bnndira tunibet, — 
b nn<Hrika (v.D.) toproveieeU brimmed. 



Hna bundirUea tuwtJba iri, — bUBifl^ 
yidaa (v.int) 

Bnndira n. (v.a.) the mchasU motion 
which males use to make toward females 
in dancing (hu-m-bundira mkasij* 
(obscene, hu huesa or sobea or hu- 
mrpa tanibi in Kis). — bwidirana 
(v.rec) = sobeana, 

Bandiira (v.a.) to maim, mupfiutuhm' 
bundura, — bvndoraiia (v. rec) to 
maim one another.— handwtbnL{y.±) 
to maim to, an<MmMundurtra ntuana 
wanga,— bnndnka (v. n.) to lose a 
Unib or the use of it by sickness or 
accident; to get crippled, — bandii' 
kidsa(y. int.) to get maimed much, gre- 
aUy,— bnndnkidsa (v.c.) to e<uise to 
get vtaimed, 

B^bllme, s. (ra) (pi. mahUnhue^ any 
company qfmen aseemhled for drinking, 
consultation or play; a troop, aseetmUy. 
bmikiie bankaey company, company, 
(here a company, there a company), 
(Kis. hidungu or hifungu hihosi). 

Bono bono (adv.) bare, naked, destitute, 
wdbuera buno buno, he returns enti- 
ty handed (fL\s,tuputupu), 

Biuuui(v a.) to elighJt, to disregand (Kis. 
thardu).— bmisaiia (v.rec.) to slight 
one another; bmisika (v n.)— boniiTa 
(v.rel.) to stagger, to red, lit to disre 
gard the way. 

Bnnta (v.n.) to be blunt; mbeni wanga 
unabunta, — bnntika (v.n.) ntauma 
aya sabuntiha, uUi nutdsi madsi,— 
bmitidsa (v.c.) to blunt, to dull the edge 
or point (Kis. hu «ia maktUil 

Bnntika (v.a.) to malt, to make into maXt 
(radically: to let break or burst) (by 
causing a fermentation) hu buntOea 
himSra,— bnntikika (v.n.) to become 
malt, to turn out good malt— bnnti- 
kira (v.d.) to maU to, for with.— bnn- 
tikldsa (v.int.) to make into good maU, 

Buntnma (v.n.) to leap down; — bnn- 
tnmika(v.n.) 

Bnra(v.n.) or bnla(v.n.) to proan (pro- 
perly &uaia).—bvn]id8a (v.n.) to groan 
intensely.— bnrika (v.) 



BURUBUDA— CHA. 



15 



(v.n^ to mow about b^ore 

' cnefaiU a$leep» or upon waking.^ 

lmnAniini{yjBL,)to1nuaedbota in order 

to appear too busy to listen to a person 

■ (Kis; huji hurugnoha), 

Bammbimda (r.) 

BiiniliMi(v.a.) 1) to let down (by means 
of a rope) radic. to let etrip or gUde 
along (Kis. buuH9a ndo UiB^mofnfy — 
2\ to make a dupe cf one, aiarkurb%»^ 
ruUdoaf he wiU make a dv^e cfyou, 

Biiniiiiiika(y.n.] to drop or /dU from, 
to tumble (see purumiuha) mpika 
utanga untMfki'burtMniiha, my ^ot 
dropt from me; deira iri rina-wi^jU' 
rwHwhaf thit egg dropt from me,— 
1illiiiiiuidia(y.a.) to drop or letfaU, 
to let go or escape. — Irammndiini 
(y.d.) (Kis.jponiofca, turupuaha), 

Bdmrm (v. a.} The general meaning of 
this word is: to deprive cf, to bare or 
ttrip of.— bnmkira (v J to $how bne^e- 
9effbafre <yr deficient in regard to fore- 
sight or carefulness.— bnmkidsa (v.c.} 
to eaute another to be careleaa or in- 
different or act like a fool.— bamzim 
(y.n.) to prove barren, weak, to eonttnue 
in a state of depriyation with regard 
to fertility, yirtue, strength, intellect 
hdbue mtna bururira; bantanga hi- 

. na bururira. — builUTl (a(!y.) bare, de- 
prived qf whaA beUmgn to one (used of 
pots.pits, doors &c.), not coyered or shut, 
open, — bammka (y.) — bnmridsa 
(y.a.) and busi^a (y.c.) to jmzzle, con- 
found, — bui'ilrtt bnrilrai arira, rna- 
»o»i yali buniru bururu, 

Bdnud, s. (wa) (pi. tra5«ruH), 1) a kind 
qf lizard, — 2) baMtanud and mfru- 
ru9i denotes the nerve qf the upper 
part qf the arm, wana-'in-rasa ba 
biSrutif euch a man will perieh, B€t- 
burtui, hcu no genit, nor poss. 

BnMl, s. wadding of fire arma, Ttra 
onga, uUre na buaa ba nMUunba 
bage. lit. Put gun powder, put it with 
wadding upon it. — S) bttlidsa (y.c.) to 
perplex, busa and buairoy see buda* — 
biuw (y. n.) to act fooUeUy, Uke a 



fooiU-^ bwrirm «0 beihomfooU$hio9Siy 
one (frtiro). 

Biui,8.(wa) {p\,MfakuHi, \jf\.li\s,hamba 

Bnta, s. 0a) (pUmoMew, a girl from 1M 
age qf aibont 10 to 15 ^is.lBi^dMa mo- 
fMHWNaU) wMMMMMMdiM. ni dufw, hi$ 
or her ehUd i§ butu. This word recei- 
ves no pr. poss. They do not say "my 
butu/' but they say: b*au iri, thi$ 
butUr and: moftilu aga^ tkeae mautu, 
is my child, are my children. 

Boya (y*a*) to $hut (said of things piiant» 
as bags, baskets dicO; {JK\8,hu fwmbm) 
baya miir6mOt to ehul the lip$ (when 
being shaved).— boyini (y.d.) to shut 
for one,-^ bnyldfa (v. int.) to ehut well, 
carefully. 

Boym, pron. demonst. that (rel.to words 
of the **buar class). 

€h 

NB, We refer the student of this Dictio- 
nary to what Dr, Steere has said in his 
Handboock of the Suahili Language pag» 
^3: "G is required only in writing the 
sound of the English ch or of the Italian 
c before i and e." BIr. Sebman used to 
write D with a dot under it, 
s= Dsh or Dj. in German 
(The Edit). 
Cbik, a eound onomatop, of shooting arr^ 
owe; IHnoHm^/'aaa nuMmba, ugu 
eha, nans eha, 
duktpartic denoting the genit 
Cba {jku eha) 1) to dawn huna hu- 
eha (Kis. hume hueha)^ it has daw- 
ned(ithas begun to dawn, i.e. it dawns). 
It comes, as it were, forth from con- 
cealement— 2) to ripen (said of the 
understanding and of vegetation). The 
verbs being connected with, eha may 
be seen in their proper order see.— 
chflireMi (V. a.) to watch, to give heed 
to, — cfa«re««ra (v. d.) — chesa (v. n.) 
to wake, to spend the night; hu eheea 
moto, to keep the fire burning till day 
break; na vnoto wa nvtengo una- 
ehesa, and the fire of the tree burnt 
aU night,—- GfaieMi(v.cans.) to give to 



16 



CHA.— CHANKU. 



undeTitamdt to infonn, to warn, dMd- 
■a, chedsoniy see beiaw. 

Chm (hu eha) (y.) to let in water and to 
make a trap, see «««» tsehaj tsera and 
tsega, 

ChaMno (v). lit That cf the arrow, A 
fine to be paid by one who in mixing 
himself up with the quarrel of another, 
killed a man {see Kis. nunronge and 
ronge»anaf fidia) ehabano ni eha 
uye anabonia vnupfi. 

Ohabata (s.)? 

Ohabe, s. (eha) (pi. j>«a&0, not used). The 
intide bend of the arm. This word is 
rarely used without the part ba. They 
say : ba ehahe banga for ehabe oham- 
ga; hu mu iha or dengtra muana 
ba chabSf to take a chUd on one^a arm. 

Chabe. s. (wa) (pi. waeheibe), a kind of 
fieh,— cha (seebvaro). 

€9iada (n.prop.) name of a territory R 
ofMpande (about one day's journey). 

Cbaddda, s. (wa) (no pi.) ehadada a/na- 
gaga^ name of a tree. 

(B)Chafiif s. (ya) (pi. with »a), the tMgh, 
lap; hu^^mffugada nvuctna ba nrohd' 
fu or hu-mu-iha muana ba n-eht^^ 
to take a ehUd on onefe lap. 

Gbaimabakomo, s. One who atande in 
the door — said of a king or chief who 
nas been expelled by a relation = an 
ex-king or ex-mler (see hamm'amUu). 
If dine ehainta-bO'hoino-buruei a- 
hufnbira honde, I atand at th^ door 
(waiting for admission) aa the U»ard 
deairea the verandah. The 'bteruei* 
being always seen in that part of the 
house. 

-dhige (s.i£a(^.dfcady.) bare, empty, gra- 
tuitoua, for nothing (Kis. burre) hintu 
eha ehaje lit a thing of gratuity, a 
preaent, (Kis. tunu) hu noma hua 
ehajOf or hu noma eht^e ehe^e, to 
Ue gratuitoualy, to no pwrpoae; wadea 
ehenfe, he eomea empty-hamded (Kis. 
nUheno mitupu) muana eOi ehtitfe, 
the dlUd ia bare, naked {K\8,hifana 
hUupu), nianga ya eh^fe, an empty 
horn, i.e. without a charm in it (horns 
being generally us«d as receptacles of 



charms), wa-mu-oba ehe^, yon aire 
qfraid tfhim needleaaiy, without eau««. 

Obaka, s. (cha) (pi. padha), 1) eprimg- 
Ums.— 2) year; peaha pfitaifu, three 
yeara, peaha tpel^ theee yeara, (Kis. 
vnuaha); peaha peiga^ thoae yeara; 
ehaha hino, thia year. A new year is 
known to them only by the spring-time. 

Chake pron.poss. hia, her, here, ita (rel. 
to the kf-class); ohene ehahe, it f«(^. 

Chakara ba komo? 

Chako (pron.poss.) thy, thine. 

Chak&dia, s. (cha) {p\.peahudia),food, 
ehahudia eha msana, food of itoon, 
i.e. food eaten at noon i}iis.ehdhuia). 

Chakni, s. The quinay (inflammation of 
the throat) (Kis. Aolufo) «^0 aduara 
ehahui ba-n^-merOf he avffera cftha 
quiney (in the throat). 

Chamba, s. (cha) (pi. peamha). Hemp 
(Kis. bang€)f vuai ra ehamhat the 
fibrea of hemp (only used for strings 
and ropes). 

Chambo, s. (cha) {^\.peaimho\ a apeeiea 
of fiah, fond of dead bodies and seen 
in large shoals. 

Gfhambil, s. (cha) [ip\.peamibu)f a charm 
for the protection of plantations (Kis. 
hiapo eha ehamba), 

Gfhamb6b6, s. An apparition confined 
to the lake Niassa, and believed to be 
seen sometimes when being forded. 
Chambebe abuhamr^nadei^thetham- 
bebe eomea forth from the water. The 
seeing of this spectre is a sure sign of 
the loss of the boat 'When a boat U 
capsized, their superstition again pre- 
vents fh>m saving any body, because 
they believe, that a person from a cap 
sized boat, would, when taken into an 
other, cause it perish also. IHna eMda 
buemehi uea-di-b u h ire hu deogara, 
Cha muaei. 

Chamgm (pron.poss.) my, mine (Ret to the 
ki-class). 

Chanka, s. (cha) forwardneaa in apaeh 
king. (The word contains the root of 
hu anhuemf to apeak) hu na nt^niiu 
Ufa ehanhu, eahara udthiwa (Kis. 
mddhu\. 



CHANU— CHEGAl. 



17 



<pron.posib) yom* (ret to the ki- 

. class), 9hahiSdUi ehanu, yowrfood.-^ 
ehmo (pron.poas.) their (ret to the ki- 
class). 

OhaiUB, n-{cha) (pLjp*«hm^ The name 
of a small tree, with which they brash 
the walls and roofe of their cottages, 
the scent keeping off mosquitoes. 

Gha 6rl|, 

ChapvUm, s. (wa) an upstart, a pctr- 
venu, 

Chara, s. (cha) (pi p»ara); a finger; 
p»arap»angat my fingers, ehara cha 
mtinief the /ore-finger. olMsra eha 
hikurUf lit. the finger of great, i.e. the 
thumb, ehara eha Tcanidset the littte 
finger, peara pea ha Icati {ffddi)^ lit 
the fingers of where midst, i.e. the middle 
and the third finger (Kis. ehtmda, eha 
eftdhada, gv/mha^ kidole, ndele). 

€Sharagada(v.n.) to run about mucA, 
to be now here now there. 

Charera, (n.prop.) The hereditary name 
of the succession of chiefs in the terri- 
tory of Kumpande. 

Chasa, s. (cha) (no plural). Lewdness, 
wh(»'edom; muntu wa ehaea, lewd 
man, a whoremonger (Kis. mJcuitre, 
mbenUfe). 

Chata m-tombai s. (pi waehata m- 
twmba), lit. a finisher in the bag, i.e. 
one who is always seen to draw on 
his property, but does not finish it (he 
is a rich man), ku mudei hir0co, af 
toton, i.e. at home there is still. 

Chata (pron. poss.) our (rcf. to the ki- 
class), ehoMudia ehatu, our food, hi- 
nanffoa ehatu, our ecusada, 

Gbawa, name of a country beyond the 
great swamp (bog or marsh) of Bua, 

Cha dliko, S. (pl.p/a deiko), lit that of 
the country. 

Ohaye cha70f(s.i£ady.) vanity, empti- 
ness, vainly, empty, i&eeehe^e), 

Ch6a,s. (cha) (pl.P'^a, a hair (of the 
body), peeapea migniendo, the hairs 
of the legs, peea pfa (or pea) man- 
eha, the hairs qf the arms; Down; 
hiko kina ehem, the pumpkin (of which 
calabashes are made) has down. 

KiniMsa. 



Obaba (y.n.) to he tkin, Uan, weak, tiyiall, 
UtHU (opp. to ^ioa m k u r u )f hu eheha 
huahe lit to U tMn by Mm, i.e.hi8 
thinness; hu eheha nuUma, lit to he 
thin (as to to heart), i.e. weak-minded. 
chab«li6tea(y.p.) to he slighUy esteo- 
med. — chabaktem Iq. chebara (y. 
d.) to appiar thin, weak to one; na-hu- 
ehebera tne, do I appeair «oeaib (con- 
tomptible) to youf Iwe ^MMk eMbehe 
d-aa k'oa iHe f Do you thiiUe yowrse^ 
despised by mef— chabadaa (y. int) 
to be vary thin or weak; gnambe uyu 
ngo ehehedaa kuli uya, lit. This cow 
is thin where there is that, i.e. thinner 
than that, or inferior to that. 

Ghabertea(y.conL) to he diminishing, 
lessening, to be nearly finished (as food), 

Choda (y.a.) to thwart, cut off, to hinder^ 
(to maliciously preyent). — chedam 
(y.d.) to prevent from, to cut one qff 
from; a-ni-ehedera tnaronda gangei, 
he hoiked me of my merchandise; a-ni- 
ehedera namuali, he baUced me (cut 
me off) from a girl (whom I wanted 
to marry). 

Ohade, (s.«ifeady.) silent, quiet, calm, si- 
lently, profoundly silent, yianeha 
inadontora ehede, ehede, J%e Nianr 
cha (Niassa) is profoundly s&ent, i. e. 
is perfectly calm.— cfaada cheda (reit.) 
unaohida httaneM, ehede ehede ni 
upfufnhua (Prov.) 

Chad^ra, s. (ra) (no plural); Joking. 

Chedsa, s. Name of a kind of sharp, 
cutting grass, ehedea uyu, ana^ni- 
eheka, 

Chediia(y.p.) (seechada) to be delayed 
or detained (cut off from one's purpose). 
chadaarMiia (y. med.) /o be delayed 
or detained.— 'Chadiiadsa(y.a.) to delay, 
detain, retard (Kis. ku kawilia, <a- 
aikhari^ 

Chaga(y.a.) l)tocut cks with a saw; to 
saw on the "teeka** 2) to toound. — 
ch6giia (y. pass.) to be cut (by sharp 
bladed grass, not by men), to get wo- 
unded.— cha8'Miia(y.refl.) to cut on^s 
sOf. — cfaa8-6dsa(y. inu) — chagana 
(y.rec) to wound one another.-^ chaf^ 

2 



18 



CHEGA— OHEURA.. 



ka, to twm wtt wai eut^ dMffera 
(v.d.) to cut or $awfor one*— clMgridsa 
(Y.int) 1) to cue or $aw weU; 2} to toownd 
deeply. 

Ghegw cheer*, s. (wa) (pi. waehega ehe- 
ga) the wood-pecker (a species of bird). 

Chmnba (v. a.) — cbmnbera (v. d.) — 
dwmlma (v. p.) — chembedia (v.inr.) 

CAMiibere, s. (wa) (pi. ^ith sa); nikasi 
uyu ni ehemberef w€ihiui awa ni 
chSmbere,— chmnbera (y.) 

ChembOf s. 

Chende, s. [mypUmaohende) the tetUcUs. 

Chenche, s. a Jiy. 

Chenchemera (v.n.) to tremble (from 
weakness or old age). 

Cliench«ra(y.n.) to he inteUigent, inge- 
niaun, threwd, mwntu woo ehmnah0ra^ 
cm intelligent man (Kis. mwere/W). — 
ehenchera c]i«iich«ra (v. reit.) (see 
wamnhci) to let one know. — chenchMW 
(y.a.) to impart intelligence, to inform, 
foam; ku eheneheea muanOf to correct 
aehild{lL\s.huerefuaha),-' clieBCh e - 
saaa (v.rec.) to ittform one another, to 
play tricks one upon anotlier. 

Ghendierere s. (cha) {plp»eneher0re\ 
the mane, ehencherere cha mbuti and 
eha mbidsi, the mane of a goat (which 
Is said to be very large in the Waniassa 
country), and of a zebra. 

Ohoiiffaro, s. (ya) (pi. with sa); bongo 
iri nha ehengere, 

CaiMiChadi {nrckenehedij, s. (wa) (pi. 
^oemehenehedi, or with sa), an imect 
which epoiU cotton and woolen eioth 
hy eating tmaU holes into it (perhaps 
the Gock-chafer); chenehedi ana dtfo- 
ra ndeart*» — B-€llMlclMrtei (v) (n- 
cheneherideu, ffa, »a)» 

Ohiichanttai (y.a.) - chmi«hmwika. 

CSbmiclMSa (y.) to overreach, d^raud 
one? nUadoHmrraea^'ni uyu an»'nv- 
chenehsea hua hu wayura, 

CUiaDnra (y.n.) moMra ana ehenura 

ChMie? 

Chaiifll. (see Tenei,) 

Chepaa (y.aO to dtminith, to make UUXe 
ttf, treat one a$ Utile, detpiee. ana" 
thepea uUtm t wake^ he dinUmiihes 



hie honour, i.e<,h6 was wanting, failed 
in doing honour (to some body) (see 
eheba), aehepea mau yake, he di- 
miniehea hia ffoice (speaks or sings less 
loud).— ^hepaaiia (y.rec.) wqntu wene 
ulemtc eiwa ehepeamu 

Chera(y.n^ see dera(y.n.) 

diera, s. (cha) (pi. p#era) (see Liying- 
stone's Book pag.STS). 

Chereaa (y^ to' watch one; mrohereee 
bay a anika bo, watch him where he 
goes,— cheresera (y.d.) ku ehereea 
gnombe kua ku randirana, to woitch 
cattle by turns, wamika kudi wantu 
awa? where do these men go 9 wtmt- 
ka ku ehereea ku deincha, they go 
to keep w<U€h at the burying ground* 
This is done when a king or great 
man has been buried. In order to pre- 
yent them from being disinterred by 
tliieyes for the sake of the clothes and 
lyory— rings, with which the great 
ones are buried. An instance once 
occurred on the part of the Wahiao, 
who happened to be present at the 
burial of a king as trayeiiers, and were 
discoyered long afterwards by the iyo- 
ry-rings being recognized on their bo- 
dies in their own country when Yisited 
by the Wakamdunda. On their next 
yisit with the latter they were killed. 

Chem, s. 

Chesa (y.) to comeerse and to wake; 
nenda ueheea kua fn'naanga uye, 
I am going to amuae (myself) at that 
my friends. The mother will reply: 
IJeka, t&e€Mnke, kua fuka n'«««fM< 
UfoeanMns udeada ktedia nao. 

OhMiteiira (y.n.) to gUtlert to glistm, 
g^ndoa o/ehoeenUraf the beaiMr i$ 
gloaay. kieiro ehea^mira, 

01l«dra(y.a.) to mdke one lock 6a€ir»— 
chaoka, to look over the shoulder^ to 
turn the head round in looking badr, 
gtu frodoroiM}. — chaoriaa (T.Te&) 
to mdke look bade one another,— dm- 
lika(y.n.) to admit qf 'ku eheMtnj>* 
eeteheurikm, he caamot be made to look 
bade.-- chmnlni (v.d.) to look back 



CHEWE— CHIKARAUMBA. 



19 



to — .— chettridsa (v. into fthimkira 
(y.rel.) to lock hcudc to. 

Cliewei s. (cha) (pl.p^etre), name qf a 
kind of$m<dl tree, the leave$ of which, 
when young, are u$ed as a vegetable, 
called 'terSre," It is particulary given 
to people in the small pox. 

ClMwer^re, s. (ya^tsa) a wart (Kis. tieeu). 

Choyo, s. (cha) (pi. pgeyo), A tree of a 
very soft and fibrous wood, pieces of 
which are used as brusTies. ndieho too- 
dsukira dsenkua cheyo, it is this 
they clean ba^ets (with). 

Chi or di(v.n.) to say, to think; nima 
di tnbeui tvanga una daika, I said 
or think, my knife is lost; dadi jvo^ 
or d€id,i ehedCf say "pa" or ohede, 
j.e, he quiet, silent, I-di-ehede, divn" 
fere, be quiet, that we may listen 
{Note: the U" refers to chede lit. it say- 
chede, meaning: say it — scil. chede. 
I^ttdini chede, datnfera pfitngo, 
lit. say ye chede, i.e. be quiet, we smell 
a pfiingo. The termination •»»<" de- 
notes the plural of the Imperative, 
and the particle "da" strengthens the 
word (seeifa). 

Chiali or diali, s. the sound made by 
something faUing (espec. into water). 

Chiani (pron.) what, which; wahumha 
ehiani f what do you u>ant 9 (Kis.ntom- 
bo gani, je), 

Ghibo (see hibo) s. (cha) (pi. i>«<&o) (or 
vi- andi>>t&o a small basket (Kis.fc€«ik- 
ttnda), oAi&o eha kihuru and eha 
htgn&no, 

ChibiUno, s. (cha) (pl.i>«<, {vi or pfi) a 
double tooth, a grinder {K\s Jego) manu 
ya ehibudno, 

Chida, s. (cha) {^phpsida) a u>eapon; una 
hudsa suku denga chida kimodsi, 
thou comest wUhont carrying (even) 
one weapon, 

Chida (v. a.) to make, to do, to beTusve; 
chida pfoo koma, do (it) ufdl; ehida 
pfoo Umbo, do it ftnrdy, or makt it 
firm, tva ehida ehiani f thou molest 
whatf = what do you make? wa 
ehida huanehi, whatever arre you dO' 
ing, «^kvo ehida budnehi, in what 



manner, (how) that of making what. 
ku ehida ntaniasi, lit. to make shame 
s= to be ashamed, ku chida nehiru, 
to make envy = to envy, ku ehida 
nehido, to do work or business. — 
chidira (v.d.) to do (any thing) for 
(another); — chidtlra (v.n.) to befeas- 
able or practicable; — chididfa (v.c.) 
to cause to make, to excite; ku-^n- 
ehididsa tnania^i, to put one to shame, 
to bring shame upon one. 
ddadanga, s. (cha) (pi. vichidadan- 
ga, a widcer-basketfor carrying fowls. 

Chidenffe deng-e? 

Chidildaa, s. (cha) (pl.p«< or viemdi- 
htsa) a plateau; iya ni ndsedse, na 
iki. ni ohidikisa, that is a low plain, 
and this a plateau, table -land. The 
territories of Kabdra, Togera and 
Nkoma are said to present this variety 
of landscape, ni chidikisa, that is a 
low plain, and this a plaieau, table 
land. 

Chido (or properly n-ehido) s. (ya) (pi. 
with sa); work, business, nehido sa 
nkani, or ehido soo ohuruka, much 
or a great deal of business, 

Chidui, s. (cha) thougtlessness, 

Chieka (or dieka) to be eaten, or to be 
eatable, ehiera (or diera) ku-mr^liera 
naeru (or n4>seru) to eat on^s loits, 
i.e. to outwit one (Kis. ku-^av-bemba 
ahilisakwe), 

iStdgimn, s. (cha) a detached multitude; 
1) ehigdmu eha wantu, a troop of 
men; ehigdmu eha gnotnbe, a herd 
of cattle; — 2) ehigdmu eha mpfura, 
a shower of rain, 

Chigiiiza(v.a.) to hurt {Kis, umisa),^ 

chigaragara, S. (see kigaru^gara). 

Chigo, s. (cha) i^\,psigo), a small log 
of wood, 

Chigororo, s. (cha) te act of fornication 
and adultery, tnkaai wa ehigororo, 
a woman of, — muana wa ehigoro- 
ro, an illegitimate child, ku ehida 
ehigororo, to commit whoredom. 

Chikaradmba, s. (pi. p/Uhiharaum- 
ba); (s.<itadj.) barren (said of men and 
animals). mJcaai uyu ni ehikara- 

2* 



20 



CHIKO— CHIRI. 



igntba iki eha-tU-d wmb ur ir a, ch*- 



CIkDM, name qf a Unum or viUage in th§ 
neighb<mrhood qf DBtmga, 

Chiko, s. (Idko) (cha) (pl.piifco, vOco 
and pfiko) a coUOhuK ehiho eha 
hu guMra madsi, a edlaba$h.for la- 
ding <mt water out of a eanoe, ehiho 
cha hu dungira wnadsi, a calabtuh 
for drawing footer from a well. 

Ohima or dima (v.) 

Ghimlm or dimba(v.n.) i.q. hu limba); 
onljf in tht Imp. he bra^e or etrong. 
€^ima, hondo ihaliho, be hrane, the 
hatUe it not yet over (U is still there). 

Ghimbiii? 

Chimbvisi (adj) full to overflowing 
(only said of rivers), mdeinae wyu 
uutdsi ali chimbuiei eacroheka, 

Gbimb^Uora (s. <ft adj.) barren (said only 
of the male); wwnuna awa nipfinmr 
buira, these malee are barren; ehinv- 
buira or himbuira, seeme aleo to 
mean an Eunuch, The Waniassa kings 
and chiefs Icnow of Eunuchs only since 
the time Uiat the Portuguese have 
settled in their country. The indivi- 
duals are given a certain medicine, 
they do not undergo an operation. 

Chtmpi, s.? 

Chindui (v.a.) to interpose an obetacle, 
to shelter, screen, prevent, obstruct j 
Ka-'in-chineha muntu uyu waeorm^ ' 
b€me,^ chinchika (v.a.) lit. to turn 
into an obstacle, to let come between, 
(said of a door); ehinehiha u»a daa- 
gure pfJwipfUvi.—chJnchlMTtL (v d.) 

1) to put (the door) a jar for another; 

2) to stick, to let stick, hu ehinehi- 
hira hibeso, to stick a comb in the 
hair. — chinchikidsa (v.a.) to stand 
against (by way of support), to prevent 
from falling; to stag one or a thing.— 
chJDfihlrita (v.a.) to d^end (by words 
or actions), to act <u advocate to one 
(by instructing him what to say before 
a judje.— chincbara. 

Chincha or Uncha, s. (cha) {plpe^^ 
cha) a knot; the part of a tree where 



a branch shoots. In plants and strings 
it is pfundo chincha cha md em g ^i 
pfundo la ndcimhc 

Ghincbiade, s. 

GbioAa (v a.) (see fcinda) hikmruo ch— 
chinMhira, a thick tfetfn.— cUdA- 
kira(v.n.) to be thick, to exceed in bulk 
or substance (see babuhalj,— rbfaii- 
kUia (v.a.) lit to make one (compara- 
tively) thick; i. e. to give one more 
than another. 

Obindni, s. (ra) (pi. machinduij roof, 
tnaehindui ya niumba, the roftfs qf 
the houses. 

Ohinyima (v.) 

Ghinfikna, s. (ra) (pi. machingtkua) 
portion (said of food and provisions) 
dsima ana-ir^reniba, ana-tn-sUra 
chingihua, he divided the paste (l^ind 
of coolced food) and left him a portion. 
cbingiriaa (see chinchiriea). 

CSbingiM, s. (cha) {plpA»Hn*«U « string 
or small rope; ehingue eha mbedea 
lit the rope qf a fish-hock =■ fishing- 
line. Strings are made of the fibres 
of various plants and of the fibrous 
part of the barlt of certain trees; hu 
boda ehingue, to twist a string ;pfiin- 
guc via mfpaea, strings qf a mot. 

Gbingnmni? 

Chira, s. (wa) (pi. id.) 1) Kis. ft<m«. — 
2) a species qffish. 

Chlra(v.n.) to heal, to grow imII, to 
escape from danger; ca ntai n*na 
chira, oh mother I ha/ve become well 
(have received agratuity, thanlc you); 
^hiirfirfi cbiriUusa, cbirikiflira, cU- 
rira, cbiridsa (v.int) to be effective in 
healtng.-- chisa (v.a.) to cure (or hica), 
to save, deliver from danger, 

Ohiranyali, s. 

Ghiragra, a (cha) iplpfichirega) a hd^f 
wiUed person, afooL 

CSbira(n.prop.) nameqf a territorg, un- 
inhabited, level and covered with grass, 
and straggling trees. 

Cbiri, s. 1) a bribe, (yy, sa).— 9 « »lom 
fixed into the ground, with apot btfore 
it near the place where {seegagiei^ 
superstiticus practices arepeiformed. 



CHIRIRA— GHOKEDSA. 



21 



CUrim (v.rel.) to e$eape (from danger) 
(by, through) J¥*na cMri^ mwU or 
tnuawl, J escaped hy (my) good Wdc 
(see ebirs, (v.n.). 

GUfiha (v.n.) toptd eoaeto lean againet, 
to u$e a$ a prop, chirildiBa (v. a.) to 
prop, met. to intereede,— cMMkMnt 
(y.d.<ftinstr.) to prop for another, met. 
to intoreede /ar.-^ chMrisa (y.a.) to 
make run down or out with vehemence 
(water). 

ObMngiam, probably chirihioa. It 
refers to the fastening of a door by 
a stick pat across.— chirtehMa (▼.)--• 
chiriaiiiBi/s. see in K (grieQ.— chili' 
kHni(v.a.) 

Gblli, s. 1) name qf a coumiry,^ 2j (see 
uehioi) obtHnaey, toay-wardne$$. — 
cbimefaini, s. 

Cbiiida, s. (wa) god, (Kis. Mnngu) non 
n^bontpu Chiuda na toaoimu ufa 
mdu na toa dsibuSne w<Mri%,1rohiHhi- 
Hre, b€^fa ba gagiai, 

dmimba (or chttaba), s. (cha) (pi. 
potMinha), i.q. ehihaira t««nl»a, barren; 
gn4nnhe i»i nipowmba; imhaei uyt* 
ni chwmb€u 

Ghlimdo, s. (pi. pfiundo) (cha), a raised 
teat made qf clay outside cf their cotr 
tages, chiundo efta nthonde, a seat 
(of clay) along the side qf a cottage, 
ehiundo eha ba homo, a threshold 
(of clay) qf (>\'here) the entrance (see 
homo), 

Glliniio, s. (pi. pfi,uno) (cha), the hip, 
Ohiuno cha hikuru, a large hip. 

GhiBTe. s. (cha) (pl.i»>tuy«), any thing 
qf which one does not know, or does 
not like to mention the name (Kis* 
hidude), ehiuye ohtpa ni chianif 
what thing is that? 

Caiiwaada, s. (cha) (pi. peiolUwanda' 
vioMwoMda or pfiohitoanda), 1) an 
eoU spirtt, a demon, — ^ a spectre, 
rnikaei toanga ana guidua na ehi 
wanda, my wife has been seiMed by 
an evil spirit, has become insane, uei- 
hu wa roro nahtunana nu ohi- 
wdstda (or kideodohua) to — night I 
met Mftth a spectre (see kideodohua). { 



i, 8. (cha) driMMUng, miWra 
or mp^sra ya chiufdwa, driaaUng 
rain (Kis. moflrMtfo^ntota). 

Gliiw«Nnifmmaflira»s.cotMitor(/«00ff 

Obdo, (The second o is scarcely audible), 
a relative particle implying the imper- 
sonal pronomen 'iV* That which, or— 
it which is — that of; nvwana adonga 
ehoomake, lit. the child carries that 
qf its mother, i.e the child takes after 
its mother, ehoo ohida buanohi, how, 
in what way, lit. that of doing what; 
eh6, is a particle relative to the ki 
and ch class — which — kudea nd oho, 
to come with it = to bring; eho dani 
or ehoo dani, howf lit. that of what 
(see dani), 

Chochororo, s. (ra) (pi. nutehochororn) 
comb, crest; dantbara ana ohochoro' 
ro, the cock has a crest or comb, botn- 
bo una chaehororo, the bomho ser- 
pent has a crest 

Chodsa (v. a.) (see ehoka) to take out, 
to re/move; dsttngara rikari vnkogo- 
idea ni-kU'Ohoeeref eina-i-ehodse, I 
have not yet taken it out, — ch^daaiia 
(v.rec.) to remove one another (in con- 
sequence of quarrelling) (Kis. toana),— 
chiodaera (v.d.) t > remove a thing for 
another (Kis. to^a, ondolea), 

Chofti, s. (ya) (no pi.) colic, a pain in 
the bowels, 

dioira ehogfa (see Uoka Uoka) said 
qf a woman who has complete mastery 
qf her body in dancing (to appear as 
if set on wire). 

Ghoka (v.n.) to go or come out, to leave, 
quit, emigrate; waehoka k»*di, wfiere 
do you come from? dsua raehoka, 
the sun comes out. mdeimhiri ana- 
ehoka kuAo,an€uiea ku kdrakuatu, 
A man qf the District {Deimbirij emi- 
grated from them and came to dioell 
with us,— chokora (v.d.) to leave one's 
place to, to give place to anoVter,— 
cbaiEorana (v.c.) 

Ohakadaa (v.int<£caus.) 1) to stiek out 
much— 2) to cause one to change place; 
mdeukua wa kaeu ranga ftna eho- 
kedsa ndita, the hqft (or hilt) qf my 



22 



CHOKA— CHURURA. 



lioe $tick» out very mwih, hina wa- 
ehohedga ni eMani 9 what taike$ them 
away, or drives them from their cwn- 
try, or what caute$ £Aem to emigrant 9-^ 
chofUa (v.a.) to remove, to take out of. 

Ghoka (adv.) aUme (it alone) (rel. to 
words of the ki and chc lass). 

Choko, s. (wa (pi. w€tehoho, .a spear; 
vnahale ya ehoho, Ferrules of a spear 

CrhokoTO, s. (cha) (pi. psogoro); Tcu 
dwnga, Jcu roa, hu denga choharo. 

Chomba m-mancha, s. a hand-clap- 
per, a nick name given to one who 
does not himself know, when to clap 
his hands for giving applause, but al- 
ways waits for others. — ^ something 
given in addition to a purchase (ma- 
rensi) it being their custom always to 
clap their hands after a bargain, ni- 
engesa chcwnba nv-nitxneha, add a 
something for clapping our hands. 

C]lonchoncho(adv.) Imitative of sound, 
hiho oharira ehonehoneho Tcili mo- 

yo. The calabash cries "ehonehon- 
eho," it is whole. 

Chong6rsL m-sana, s. (for ehoongora 
see ongora) drink-money, gratification, 
gratuity. 

Chonse (adj.) all, whole, rel. to the ki- 
class; km cfionse, it is all or entire 
(Kis. ukamili). 

Choni, s. (cha) (pi. paoni), A small ca- 
labash used for mixing beer witli 
"punddbui." 

Chosronera (choosronera), lit. that of 
to sleep with; the meal taken in the 
evening, after which they go to sleep. 

Chosa, which not; ref. to the ''ki"-class. 

Choso, s. (cha) (pi. psoso), a place 
where a fire had been made (outside 
the house, in the fields or in travelling) 
(Kis. Jiko la vnoto), toantu tvana- 
sonka moto psoso psitatn, the men 
have kindled three fires (Kis. watn 
teana toasfia moto viko vitatu). 

CrhnAra, s. see kiwara, of which ehu- 
ara seems to be a contracted form. 

Ch^e, s. (cha) (pl.i>«wl«), a frog (Kis. 
cJ^i«a). 



Chiima. s. (cha) (pi. ptuma) (psa) pro- 
perty (Kis. nHU€). 

Chamba, s. (see ehiwmbai^. 

C9inmba, s. (cha) {^\,p9wmha)^ a trap 
(for catching birds); ehumiba eha ln« 
tsera nt^baraani, 

Ch^nda (v.) ku kdra chunda ehoo 
banda ntuana, 

Cnndo {seeehiundo). 

Ghnni, s. (cha) (p].psuru), a MUock 
(knoll), &arroto (of white ants (Kis. feu). 
Insoa »a duruka vnpauru, vohitte 
ants come forth from the psuru (after 
they have got wings). That kind which 
is employed in building them, is called 
kiaue. Both kinds however together 
with several others, are most likely 
only dififerent transmutations of one 
into another, ohuru ehanga ni m- 
Bunga, my ant-hUl is a fresh one (see 
vnstimga). These ant-hills are much 
attended to. 

Ch^rnka(v.n.) to be much, to be many, 
to be plenty; wtxntu ufoo ehuruka, 
i.q. wantu wtmkomi, many men (Kis, 
ku itngea); gnombe soo ehikruka, 
plenty o/caeeZe.— chiinikidiia(v.med., 
lit. to be muched-ed or muUiplied, i.q) 
overwhelmed with btuiness, to find on&s- 
self overburdened; rero sita kuta* 
kudsa kuako, naehurukidua na n- 
ohido sa tikani, lit. to-day I shall 
not finish (shall not be able) to come to 
you, (because) I am multiplied with 
busines; uyu na-vnu-itana, anor- 
ehedua, siziwa anaehurukidua, I 
called this (man) (because) he was de- 
layed, I do not know (whether) the bu- 
siness was (not) too much for him, — 
chnmkira (v.d.) to be much to any 
one. — chnrakidaa (v. int.) to be very 
much, to be more (many), gnombe 
sahe aachurukidsa kuli aanga, 

ChurAra (v.n ) to gush, to flow through 
quickly, forcibly (said of the mtsere).— - 
chnmrisa (v.a.) to make go through 
plentifully (by pouring on too much 
water at a time), uaa ehuruaire'taera 
tonora, do not flood it (viz. the mtaere) 
i distil it by drops (else the salt will not 



CHUDSU— DADSAMA. 



23 



be extracted from the ashes).— clm- 
XWUL (v. a.) to mulUply, to Hicreaaet to 
augment; uko umthako uka churtt- 
dse ftseru, he circumepeet where you 
go; ugon— eha dara«<, eha vnuan^a 
hidsike, get the favour qf tho$e who 
are near, and those at a distance wUl 
be gained likewise,— chiinidAini (v.d.) 
to augment to. 
Ch^Utoa, s. obtrusive talk; ni-ehohera 
aba, us€tr-nirikir0 ehudau ntrhonde, 
get away from liere, do not put me 
r^use in my verandah. Though the 
word chudsu denotes refuse of grass 
{hi udsu) yet is never used of such, 
but only in the fig. sense mentioned, 
and always in conneaion with m- 
konde (see honde), the usual word for 
refuse being: Higniadsi, 

Dm (pron. pers.) 1) we, but only before 
verbs (see "//a.") daiba data, we are 
had, we finished, i.e. we have become 
obnoxious already; uda-i-ononga 
contr. ndiontynga, ~ 2) a prefix used 
in forming the Imperative. T>a ukat 
awake I da ivna, stand. Verbs of one 
Syllable retain the particle hu, as: 
dahiidsa, come (pi. ddkudsani, come 
ye!— 3) da (v. a.) to have an aversion to, 
to disdain (inf.hu da), ana-^i-da. he 
has an aversion to me.— daiia(v.rec.) 
to have an. aversion to each other 
(Kis. hu dsirana, teeana).— dera (v.d.) 
to Dislike for, to he angry toith (any 
one) for na-kurdera dsaru yanga 
uditoiionga, I dislike thee (for) my 
cloth (which) thou hast spoiled. — 
d«rera (v.)— daiiidsa(v.c.) to set at 
enmity or variance^ — dereredsa, de- 
radsa, deraka.— dedsa(v.c.) to in- 
cite, itistigate, to cause any one to Jiave 

an aversion. 
l>a (v. n.) 4) ik4. da) to he black, dark. 

wnunt9$ tea hu da, a black man. 

lBt«na hii da, to with he dark, i.e. it is 

4ark; namha kuna ku da, I go (for) 

it is already dairk^ grows dusky, twi- 



light, U dawns; hanga la ku da, a 
black spot (esp. on animals); fnawanga 
ya ku da, black spots; tnganda wa 
ku da, black beads; ditnke ku ada 
dsdbano, let us go, it is now dark; 
leka ku da vnditna, leave off being 
dark as to the heart, or to he dark' 
hearted, distrusting,-^ dadaa(v.a.) to 
blacken. 

D^Uura, daarira(v.)? 

Daba(v.n.) to take of or from any thing, 
so as to leave a smaller or greater 
part behind; ku daha vnahira, to take 
up a handful of Guinea com; ku 
daba n-kuni, to take some wood (so 
as to leave a remainder). Nidabe 
nidenge ivonse, shall I take a little 
or carry off all? k i^tu-daha n^kdmaa 
lit to take from one in the mouth, i.e. to 
elicit by artful questions.— da1iika(y.n.) 
to admit qf taking from Ac, gaera uyu 
Bodabika, these beans are not handy 
daliira (v.d.) to take part of any thing 
for another,— dabidaa(v.int.) to take 
from much.— dalilrana (v.rec.) to de- 
vide hetween-among (i.q. gawdna), 

Dibiia(v.n.) to wonder, to he curious 
(to know); ruuiahua ine muntuuya 
ni kabea, I wonder whether this man 
is not a spy.— dabiU8lia(v.a.<£v.n.) 
to astonish, to raise (one's) curiosity; 
to wonder, to be curious to know,''— 
dabniahana (v.rec.) 

Dade, s. (wa; (pi. wadad4i) Father; when 
the words are joined by the pron.poss. 
they are changed Into dede and wa 
dede. dede toanga, my father; dede 
wako, thy father; dede wake, his 
father; dede watu, dede wanu, dede 
waof plural wadede wauga <£& 
NB. Oy way of honour the plural is 
generally used instead of the sing. The 
same is the case with mai mother, and 
nibuye grandfather and grandmotter. 
dede watu ni tn^tnodsi; tvadade 
watuni wamodei, 

Dade, s. a relation by the father, i.e. on 
the father's side. 

Dadsama (v. n.) to stand pressing the 
upper part of the body forward. — 



I 24 



DADU— DAMBE. 



(y.a^ to put up againit 
(e.g. a stick against a wall}.— dadaa- 
midsa (v. c.) to eauu to lean against 
(any thing which previously was stan- 
ding nearly upright and was ready 
tofaU. 
Dadn (tatn) (adj.) thru; wantu tcor- 
dadu, three men, pfintu p/idadu, 
three ihinge; gnombe gidadu, thru 
head of cattle; n^usi wanga aidadn, 
my goate are thru, 

Daittna (taftma)? to chew;— dafanftra 
(y*n.} to admit of chewing or being 
chewed.— daftmlra (v. d^ to chew to 
or for, with; in^da/iinfre tnuana, «»- 
diedse,— dafonidsa (v.int.) to chew 
well. 

Da^radag'a (v.n.) to be busy, fluster, flirt, 
move about, bustle about (esp. said of 
women).— 

Dagnanda (v.n). i.q. — dangadaa. 

Ihua (or dajra) (r.a.) to throw away, to 
spill, forsake, mislay, lose, to part 
with, to have an abortion, nirindo 
mbeni ti sikudaia I have still this 
knife, I have not lost it, daia daia 
(y.reit). to scatter about, to sell off 
cheaply. — daika (v.n.) 1) to ad- 
mit qf throwing, dispensig with cf e. — 
% to appear or turn out as thrown 
away, spilled, mislaid, wendatnua- 
ffaOBa.— daira(v.d.) Thou goest in of 
possibly thrown away (said of unne- 
cessarily going into danger).— dairiaa 
(v.a.) to sladcen, to let go or ucape, 
to let wander; hu-vn-dairisa fntu, to 
let one ucape; hu dtUrisa gnombe, 
to dUow cattle to wander (so that they 
transgress on plantations); huhutoan- 
ga adairisa, my hen lets (her chi- 
ckens) go from her, she will soon for- 
sake them [dsabano cMicMlato)^— daia- 
na or dayana (v. rec.) see boron- 
gona,— daia, daia (a4i.) scattered, 
spread about; madsi aii daU da4e, 
the waUr is spread aHl about; fctcfus 
dsetra visunsi visunsi, there remain 
only Uitle islets,— dadaa (v.n.) to spre- 
ad, to spread out; — daid«a (v^ — 



kodid-daia to throw on^se^ away im 
the senu <tf leaving one^s home, un- 
called for and getting into difficulties 
in a strange land.— daidaa (v.c.) ht&- 
um^daidsa Tca/mptsmbo huih^ to cause 
a hawk to let fall a foul (by fright- 
ening him). kU'dsi-daia data to 
sprawl. 
Didi (ac|j4 long^far (root otmdaU^, moM 
aya ni ya dali, iheu words are long, 
or unau yoo daii, words which are 
long; ntunSu wa ntdali, a tall man 
(Kis.4n«w nvrmfu); yoo refers to words 
beginning with ma; nouns beginning 
with m and belonging to the inanimate 
creation form woo, n%dongo woodali, 
a long tru; Mingue eha hidali, a long 
rope; kadali and kndalidali or dali 
dali(adv.)/an ot a distance, far about* 
mdali mdeUi, in far infAr = scattered 
about at a distance. 
Dama (v.a.) niama aenda mdsuro, 

adawue nu$r4o (provt) 
Dama, s.(ra) allurement by drus, las- 
dvUms adornment, meretricious gaud, 
vnuntu wa dan%a = KiS^nttalaUs^ 
hi, n^Minmi, 
Damanda(v.aJ to speak (in praise) qf, 
to harp upon, to keep speaking abouLr- 
damandira (v.reU to be proud with 
respect to — ; to praise for; didaonO' 
himene wt^-mrdwmandira, we shaXL 
su what they praise ^w/or.— daman- 
didaa (v.int) to praise much, to extol, 
magnify, usa-tn-danuMMdidse,hfina 
niua*n*na ndiye yeka, do not extol 
him, as if he was the brave man dlono 
(the only brave man). 
Dambdra„ s. (wa) (pi. wadambdra) a 
cock; dambdra arira, the cock crows 
(cries). 
]>ambarara (v.a.) to stretch out one*» 
legs (when sitting or lying on the 
ground), dsiko rina/dambarara, the 
land is stretching out, creeping dUmg, 
U level,— dambararidaa (v.int.) ta 
stretth out well; dambararidsa nU- 
, ondo yo, (Kis. niosha magu hayo, 
Dambo, s.(ra) {pKwtsrambe, i.q ^uyu 
in Kisi.— ^faiab^ ^bunba (a(jy.<ftadT4 



DAMBO— DANSA. 



25 



kf9K9 «f|fM aU kmmbe dmmbm 



t, 8, (ra) (pi. wutaa m ho and 
»)/ a pIotfM; meadowif gnm^fit 
for patture, a fne, open tract qf 
eoMntr$f{JSL\a.barraJaMpe), gnombe 
oanga Hna wUba hn dmimbo, my 
eatOe a/re out at paetmre, 
if 

^fy.n^togo by the hOp qf €mo- 
iher, or while laying hold of any thing 
(said of a child beginning to walk), to 
toddie,— damjfbMuk and *»^*itn 
(y.a.} ku dmmptHdoa nvmma, 
Mmvra (v.a.) to eing fm praUe qf; to 

meHtUmmtyoiteimeiitgiMg/orpraietiig 
Mm, proY. v ktw i ra r ddnwra mu tma 
nMtua mhmot, huonei akose udetwa, 
lit. if you wail, make memtion (to say) 
the ehOd (who died) hmu a female, that 
ihefrimd maty kmow it, \s, if you com- 
plain, state the cause openly to your 
friend. 

b(y.)— dABidMi(v.c) (seeAsi.) 
i(y.o.) to put up for a day or 
fipo 1m traoeOiug (Kis. hu ehittda), 
mdadanddra deihu stwUi, I ehaU 
putup for Uoo dayi,— daadaridMi 
(T.c.) (Kis. hu ehiHdiea). 

lhnidaala(y.n.) to be eorry, $ad, eor- 
rouiM, to yrieoe (Kis. sigitika), ~ 
dMid awri m (v.d.) to he eorry for or 
with respea to another; to pity, to 
lament (Kis. eonon^ka, Ao«*Mmto). — 
J andwiHdw (y.ciftint.) i^\s,9igitu- 
ha)f cans. udoHda wanga wa^ni- 
dandauUdeoi intens. dandauitt-ht^ 
ino, usa d a nd auiide e (Kis. eoaoneea). 

IHnUbriito, s. (ra^i wa) (pL ma and urn) 
a epidef), 

Ihuva(8ee tonga) s. (ra) (pi. madaitga), 
the UHUer^meioH. 

P«ng* < iw (y. n.) to looZfc aetride, to 
itroddle,— drnn gu i t Om (y.d.or rel.) to 
ttraddle, to put the lege apart to or for, 
to take between the legs (a child) Iwe! 
ueadangadeiretnotou, Thoutdonot 
take M« fire heuteea poor leg$; da^*- 
Uika na*nm niate, let me aleo unarm 
myie^f. 



P wir^lnia fy.n.) to admU Ught tkro^k. 
ifttoreticee (said of things planted, e&^ 
pecially the hadee (see angartera), ia 
afford free hmmm.— daacamUMi' 
(y.inU to leave large iateretieee (in plan- 
ting the kadse tree). 

>(y.) 
(y.p.) 

Dani (pron.lnterr.) what, which 9 in what 
manner? of what nature? (It can 
only be used in connexion with other 
particles of speech) oho, ufo, p/b, 
ro, go (£c. unga-fH-dani, ungeh- 
m-dant, deabano wabuhua, liUro- 
femUe him what, reeemble htm what, 
now he iff homeeidc, i.e. be -eyer sO' 
kind to him, or do whateyer yon 
like unto him, it will be of no use, he 
is homesick and wants to go (ungai» 
the 2nd person sing, of the yerb 'nga'%, 
ungor-m-dani, nntntu wya eagonoS^ 
ha, do what you may wUh him, UuHt 
man ie unimprowMe ; adamoeha oAo- 
odwni pfum/u HH? How eon CUr 
muddy water be drunkf 

Daaimpa (y.n.) to be taU, high, Umg^ 
dietant; vnuntw wyw ngo danimpm^ 
thi$ man ie tail; mdongo ngo din 
nimpa, or woo danimpa, thte tree 
ie high; hinhue ihi ehoo danhnpei, 
thie rope i$ long; dimkaho ni ko' 
danimpa, or dtmha ho ni hu doM^ 
where we go to, there it ie far or 
diffeont.— 4aiiiiiipini(y.d.) to be long 
to. — daaimpM (y.a.) to lengUken. -* 
danimpidra (y.intifty.c.) to mete 
very long (Xstc danimpidsa 
ea n-dearu). 



I (y.a.) to etreteh out (one's hand 
for fetching, taking or giying any thing), 
hu danea (manoka) deaneka, — > 
daBSttui(y.rec.) to etreteh out handt 
one to another, one giving, or deliyer- 
ingany thing, and the other receiying it 
danaika (y.n.) to eU with the kneeo 
opread out— danaildra (y.d.) totprea>d 
OMt «te. to another in one's way. eon^ 
dSra uko, uea-nrdaneikire (gee aeig^ 
niondo),— dawalMrfaa (y.lnt) 



26 



DANTA— DEGU. 



(v.a.) to pa$9 <m tomeMng eUr 
voted; hu danta uidio, to pa$9 over 
a bridge; hu danta n-iawi, to pa$i 
^rom one hoagh to aawtk&r (said of men, 
birds and espec monkeys).— dantika 
(y.n.) 9i dantOca n-tawi i, ideba- 

dSba, -' d«Bti<li« (v. Int.) — dantini 
(y.rel.)— 4aiiMiii]ra(T.a.) to stretch 
ofter a/n^t tMng, itanding <ip-£o«.— dan- 
tammfra, haronga adantoMHugira 
w(0a waranubdo, 

lara (adv.) intentionaUy, pwrpoeely (Kis. 
Jk4««tMU); hu buda dara, to annoy 
pwpoeely; hu hwmba dara, ta desire 
expreealy, for some purpose, 

I, s. (ra) iplmadardra) hail-stone. 
.(y.n.) {seedaia). 

WaA, s. (ra) (pi nuidUsi) a bald spot, 
baldness; mdu waho ni dasi, his head 
is baidness, i.e. is bald; dasirapfuga, 
a bald spot (in the shape) of a pfuga 
(seepfuga), 

IDasira (v.n.) to struggle, when going to 
die (said of men and animals). This 
word denotes the convulsive motions 
in connection with extinction of life 
in men and animals (see dsaUma), 

Han, s. (ra) (pi. madau) spot, blot (said 
in anointing and plastering); tea^ni- 
dsoga fnadau madau ni ehiani? 
why do you oU me only in spots? 

llaAre da4re. This word is only used 
of the leaves of Indian com; when they 
are ripening, they get various colours, 
and thus they become daure daure, 
cheehered spots; ban%anga hiU mar 
hogo daure daure, 

k(v.n.)— danvidsa (v.int) (see daia), 
dawa, s. 1) Being straight, con- 
tinuous, running on witltout interrup- 
tion, (only said of a road); ndira ya 
dawa dawa, a straight road,— 2) (adv.) 
freely, uninterruptedly, madeiyadea 
dawa dawa, 
l>aw«, s. 1) (ra) (pi. madawe) a kind of 
weed (Kis. nddgo), thus being called 
as it grows always again and is mul- 
tiplied,* — 2j (adv.) spreading aU over 
fsaid of a river) nutdsi yali dawe 
^Uswe, 



Dadma (v.a.<ftv.n.) to bend, to make a 
courtesy; muntu adednut; dednus 
gniendo yo {migniendo), uea ende 
uhara uii porogodi de&ma tuna 
ulemu, bend your legs, do not ke^ 
standing upright, you have no respect, 
duamilra (v.n.) to admit of bending 
(the knees); ^ daamira (v. d.) to bow 
to one,— daamidaa (v.c.) to cause to 
lurch (e.g. boat) (see infra),*) 

Delia (v.n.) to bend, to sway,— debar 
deba 1) (v.reit.) to sway much, to con- 
Onue swaying; — 2) trop, to give way, 
to yield to difficulties (see umirira).— 
dabedaa(v.c.) 

Mbtte, s. {uyu) pi. (sa) a vegetable gro- 
wing by the side of rivers, 

Doda, this word only occurs in con- 
nection with the pron, poss, (see wa- 
dade) dedewahe wa nvuAmuna wan^ 
ga, my father in law; dede witnga, 
dede w€the, 

]>adeke8a(v.a.) to pour off gently (so 
as to leave the sediment behind). 

I>edera(v.n.) to crackle (said of a hen 
when she is going to lay). {Kis, dedea), 

I>edema(v.n.) (tatama?) to tremble, to 
shake (said of visible things, e.g. sword, 
reed, body). 

I>edsa(v.) to incite, to ir^me with anger 
{seedal^ 

]>adsa(v.) to blacken (see da II} 

Datra (v.n.) to be loose, languid, to flag 
e.g. hu dega hua nehara, to flag from 
Tatnger (Kis. hu legea hua ndaa). — 
dagm deg'a (adv.) otdy in conneetion 
with; hu denga dega dega^ to carry 
flaggingly; (those who carry any thing 
between the hands, seeming ready to 
foil). 

Daflra, (s. abstr.) Languor, This word 
accepts of no pron. nor any sign of 
the gen. 



*) Bowing is a very general custom 
among the Waniasa — children bow bo- 
fore their father (though not before the 
mother), the young before the elders^ 
and all before the great ones-while to 
the king they kneeL 



DEGERESA— DENGA. 



27 



BerereM (or dakerwia} 1) hu lenga 
daraf-' 2) to connive, indulge, to he 
lenient to (abstr. from lefheresii). Q^u- 
nmrdegeresa -muantii, — deg'ttrasana 

(y. rec.) connive, to he partial to, to 
fondle one another, 

DelEa(y.n.) to he quiet, calm, eteady; 
fnadsi anadeha, the water ie settled 
(when the mud has subsided); muntu 
uyu wuidgha, t?U8 man is quiet (sett- 
led in his mind), remains still and si- 
lent— dekecUia (v.trans.<fcint.) to.obaerve 
the utmost stillitess (in order to listen 
or to waylay); na-^mrdekedsa ku di 
nt^mr-fere, lit. I am perfectly stiU to 
him, in order that I may listen to Mm; 
na^n^^ekedsa hu di ni^^mr-laae, I re- 
main (to) him still and quiet in order 
to shoot him.— dedekedta (v.) 

Delela (or der«ra) (v.) see do. fKis. hu 
telesa, to ^ip). 

Doma(y.a.) to cut into, to incide; hu 
dema tnpini, to tattow; to dema 
bora, to inflict a wound; hu dema 
maenge, to make small holes into the 
ground for planting.— deakeim{Y A) to 
tattow to or for any one (one's child).— 
dem6diia (v.refl.) to cut m^sself (ac- 
cidentally); hu dai dema, to make 
incisions into one's Jlesh (for extracting 
an arrow). - demana (v.rec.) — de- 

, medta (v.int.) to make large incisions. 

l>emba, s. [tiyu) (pi. wa and ma.) One 
who is weak in^ body and mind; mun- 
tu uyu ni demba (pi. wantu wa- 
demba or mademba and ni d&mba), 

l>emba (v.a.) {hu demba pebo). — dem- 

bodsaiv.) 

l>emera (n.prop.) Name of a territory 
one day's journey W. N. W. from hu 
Mptmde. The inhabitants belong to 
the Wahamdunda. 

]^6miira(v.n.) to appear red, to gUam 
(the sky), only said in the morning 
before the sun rises, hu Nianoha hua 
demura, it gleams toward the lake 
Niasa. dsabano dsua rasa, the sun 
is coming presently. 

l>«lid«psa(y.a.) 1) to carry any thing 
in one's hand on the side opposite to 



those in yiew, to preyent them from 
seeing it — 2) to lock downwards e.g. 
maso yahe nehodendepsa dendepaa 
sabegnia garamu garamu, lit his 
eyes are of looking down, he cannot 
look upwards. Hjs look is always 
downwards, it is in his nature, mu- 
ana wa yani? abegnia Joo den- 
depsa, whose is this child (boy or girl), 
A« (or she)- looks downwards (the op- 
posite to this word is *hu niamu 
rira muamiba),"^ dendepstol (v.d.) 

I>end«re, s. (ra) (pi. madendere) the 
curved handle of a fudi or pfudi. 

Hendemka (y.) (see runchika), 

l>eii^ (v.a.) to carry or bear al<mg, to 
carry qff or away; da leha udenga 
mdima, tnasiha ya nJcani njoo 
pfara, do not be impatient, you will 
be a long time wearing it, (even longer 
than I in weaving, says a weaver 
to one who wants his cloth alone). 
hu denga udenda, to carry off or get 
(a disease) by irtfection; hu denga 
nhawa, to carry one'sself with fear 
to give way to fears, anxieties <yr impa- 
tience; msadenge nhawa, didaeho- 
ha, do not he afraid, we s?uill come 
out (of any difficulty); dirinde matu, 
distidenge nhawa, let us wait far 
our mother, and not be impatient, hu 
denga mhawa, is a Standing expres- 
sion, meaning "to give way to fearSf 
anxieties, or impatience." nimadenga 
nhawa, I was afraid; hu denga 
mdima, to take away the heart = to 
dishearten one'sself. — denfirera (v. 
d.) to carry to or for; to take afUr 
to inherit from; muana wadenge- 
ra ehoo maJce (Kis. htt^m^titHulia, 
todUa, ondolea),— deng'esa (v. a.) 
1) to assist in carrying;— 2) to set in 
motion, to shake sligity.— deng'eseka 
(v.n.) to shake, to trem&{«.— deng'edaa 
1) to cause to carry, or to engage one 
to carry ,-^2) to carry for wages; hu- 
m-dengedsa deoga, to bring mitfoT' 
tune upon (any one), ohodengedsa, 
that of carrying, portage, the wages fw 



28 



DENTA— DIDIMA. 



carrying (Kis. «««*«*•<).— d an g ufcm 

(V.n.) (v.rec.) fcu dengana. 
I>onta(v.a.) to hum, to eontume with 
fire; daua la denta, the iun bums — 
dentera (v.d.) 1} to bum any thing for 
one, e.g. heaps of weed or grass; — 
23 to bum one any thing and spoiling 
it (v. instr.) for to bum vf melt — 
dent6diUi(v.ren.)to bum (m«'««^ (ac- 
cidentally), but Uu dsi denta, to bum 
me'ssdf purposely (by way of medical 
treatmenr, very general in Africa). — 
dentana (v.rec.) to bum one another, 
i.e. to offend one another (see hibale), 
diftntaiii»liffifj s. a recreant, a coward 
lit. burn-let us quench, i.'^.he knows 
to set a house on Are, but will not 
help in extinguishing; uye nidenta- 
diMitne-hondo ikauka sakartr€h 

Denfe (or denche) Name of a territory, 
about two days journey 8. W.ofMpande.* 
The inhabitants in want of wood, bum 
cow-dung and the refuse of plantations. 
The name of the king is Kanienge.— 

Deral. (v.n.) to be anxious, apprehensive 
about one; muana ttyu na-m-dera 
mdivna, sana duare vnauga uifu 
Bi-n^-dera mdi'ma, I have no featr; 
about this boy. mauga denge, my 
heart goes down for t?Us child, I am 
anxious about him, he has not passed 
the mauga sickness. 

, n. (v.) from *M da (see da\ — 
\, to grudge (seerfa) (v.d.) to be- 
come dark to (any one) — d«ra, s. Oa). 
l«raIIT. to sUde down {hu da), to go 
down, to subside, madai ana dora, 
the utater has subsided.— d«rora (v.n.) 
to keep going down, to slip, to reel, to 
stagger, to roU or tumble down. — d©- 
reredBa(v.c.) to cause one to sUp or 
stagger, e.g. by thrusting; moa tvormr- 
dererodsa,— dtTtwaL{\4^.) to let slip, 
to bring fi/rth prematurdy (said of ani- 
mals).— deroka (v.n.) to pass by swiftr 
ly, to rush by.— domka denika (v. 
Teit.) to continues rushing by,— der4- 
duaCV.refl.) muana wya adcrSdua 
anena sidahu da. 



(adj.) boiaUrons. 
s. dsdb&no datia UnO' 
h^Maa ba m^lerereai (about 3 o'clock). 
Dewtee (v.) 

Di, 1) (pron.pcrs.) we, us. used In the 
optative and forming the object case of 
'ife"/— 2) a parUde qf ini&rrogatUm, 
answering the Kis, pi. It is never used 
by itself, but only In connection with 
ku and ngag see hu di, wa ngadt 
(see v^a). 
DI, s. [di uyu) (pi. trcMii). The name of 
a bird which sleeps and has its young 
ones in 'mambara." hu Hra huah^ 
dif di. 
DXa {km dta) (V.a.) to eat; n*nddia, I 
haive eaten; hti dta mangdwa, to eat 
debts, i.e.to incur debts.— di«ra(v.obj* 
<ft instr.) ejg,ninka eha ku diera, give^ 
me something to eat; kibanduka oha 
ku diera diera, to eat with; diera 
means also to eat what belongs to 
another; to come to eat, to set one*»- 
self to eating.— dMca(v.n.) to be ear 
table, to be eaten of— diedsa (v. int. 
A cau&) 1) to eat very much,— 2} to feed, 
e.g. ku diedaa gnamhe, to tend cattle; 
ku diedaa wnangawa, to cause one 
to eat, i.e. incur debts. — d i e d a^ d aa 
(v.int) to tend toeU, to see that all eat 
to satisfaaion (Kis. ku iiaha ttenus> 
hatta akiahiba). 
PUdi, s. the sound made by something 

faUing (especially into water). 
]>ibIlEa(v.a.) to dip into, to immerse, U> 
keep under water, kudibikamdauga^ 
to dip a jar into the water in order to 
fiU it; ku dibika mfuma, to sink a 
net (to the ground by tying a stone 
to it).— diUldratv.d.) 
Dibo, s. (see tdnuta). 
Wbora (v.a.) to pound (only said of what 
is soft, e.g. fresh Indian com, red 
pepper &c — diMka (v. n.) to become 
powder sasOy, to be easily pounded; 
daabdra wadibuka, 
Didima (v.n.) to thamd er; m/ttm yo^ 
didima, the rain tkundera (IbandeT 
and lightening being generally spoken 



DIDSA— DOKODA. 



29 



of In conneetion with raio; JNmhK- 

Didss, 8. (uyM) name qf a creeping and 
thomif pkuU. 

IH«M0«ni(y.a^ to he ptvrHal to (Kis. 
hu pem de iSa^ 

IMka (aiy. * adv.) ImwI wUh the meaeure. 
hMMte hiri Aika, the haeket i» hrim- 
fuL; Hra dika, flU U level with the 
meaeure (see daroro and pinoa), 

]>ilEfem(y.a.) to heave up, or puU out 
of the ground, whilst the opposite side 
still remains. — dikdlai (v. n.) to get 
looeenO, (on the side opposite to that 
which lias been raised) said of a stone, 
or of the root of a tree creeping along 
in the ground. 

SiiiUi, s. (ra) (pi. madima). A number 
cf men edUed in to euUivtUe a large 
piece qf ground at once, for which 

«^they are well fed. 

Umba, s. (ra) (pi. madimba), A low 
piece of ground, which daring the rainy 
season presents a swamp, but is culti- 
yated in the dry season and produces 
a rich harvest of Indian com dea- 
teeira rinapSa, rinahua dinibtt, 

lHmbiiiai(a(y.)/tiK to overflowing (only 
said of rivers, see ndendonde), 

Mnde, s. (ra) {p\.madinde). !%$ arrow- 
root. Reducing it to powder, they use 
it as soap. Eaten it is but rarely. 

JMndika, tfadildn. 

MiiCirira (v.) to euepeet ontM/^in- 
girim oMani aJta-ni-don^orera, 
what doee hit euepeet me of, that he 
remaine eo eHent to mef 

IMro, s (ra) (pi. madiro , tratk, beaten 
path (of rats only) (Kis. eugu), 

Wmo, S. (ra) (pL maeo, the eye); muana 
wa dieo, the pupU of the eye. 

JMwa, s. (ra) (pi. nuUiwa), any thin and 
Jlat etone. A plate or piece qf sun- 
dried clay, diwa ra imuaira, and 
diwa ra daU, need for trope. — di- 
wmiiia(v.n.)? [eiab =» liuw in Kis.) 

IHwa(y.a.) to queet and watch any one 
for the purpose of betraying him. To 
play the «py.— diwa&a (v.rec) to watch 
or ecout one another. — dhvika, to 



admU qf being eeouted; .uea ntw u ^m 
neorHoaka, eakmra udiwika, do not 

teU him your eonceme, he doee not 
bide eeouttng, i.e. he is easily spied 
out — di«ini(y.d.) to watch amy one 
ae a $py for (another.) — diwlrim 
(v.a.) to intrude upon; ,ana diwirirm 
nkondo i, eiffiOco, he intruded in tkU 
war, UUnot hie,-- dlwirifi (adv.) 
intrueively. — dhiidsa (v. int) to vpy 
out weU. — d^kmrnmrn (v. n.) 

DS, s. (ra) (see madfff, 

Deba (v n.) to etarve. — doboka (v.n.) 
to be greedy; ngadoboha, one who ie 
greedy. 

Debera (v.a,) to looeen, to peek, to nibble 
(said of guinea fowls and rats, with 
respect to seeds which have just sprung 
up.— d«boka(v.n.) to get looeenedfrom 
the earth by being peelced, nibbled at 

DddO; dddo 4Mo?— dodoa? n^eeat 

uUdSdSa,— ded«bna(v.n.)>-d»4o- 

. rwa (V.) 

Dodoma(v.n.) to be at a lose, to fed 
perplexed, to heeitate,— dddoma dd- 
doma (V. reit) to heeitate again and 
again— dodomadMi (v.c) to perplex, 
to puznU, to embarraee. 

I>odM«ra(v.) 

i>og'9, s. (ra) (pi. madogo). Landing 
place, doga ra hu Meauha, a Um- 
ding place called Meauka, on the weitem 

. bank qf the lake Niaeea. 

OoffOda (v. a.) to backbite, to elander 
(see hueentu — dogrodera (v.obj.) to 
eUmder any one for any thing; wa- 
ni dogodera ohiani? what do you 
elander me for f— dog'osa (v.a.) 1) to 
pidc (when said of the teeth ;— 2) to poke 
into a hole in chasing an animal). 

D4ira(v.n.) (Kis.]ku digidiea) (obscene). 

Doka, we alone; dina'm.u-ona ifo 
doka doha, we only saw him (no 
others). 

Dokoda (v.)— dokodaaa (v.rec)— do- 
kosa, dokoseka (v. n.) to admit qf 
pote'ti9,^doko8era(v.d.) to poke to.-" 
dokosadsa (v. int.) to poke forcibly. 
dohodea maenge, make the holee 
near together in planting. 



30 



DOMESA— DOWERA. 



(y. n,) to ettt to exce»i; to 
gltMonize, usadie hua ku datnedsa, 
mtu hu ika mkude vikaeha hdtna, 
msonka mmnika ucha gnamba 
tutmbti. Do not eat to excess, a person 
hcuL better leave something over night 
(for: addttiODS conlinaed haTe rent a 
bag, sense: you will only be the worse 
for it). 

Doiida(T.a.) to come close vpon, and 
thus to deprive or dtfraud one; hu-fn- 
donda maro, to encrocieh upon on^s 
sleeping place; hu-tn-donda gnombe, 
to cheat one in regard to catUe (In on- 
fairly dividing them).— doiidaiia(Y. 
rec.) to come dose, to press one upon 
another (for room).— donMi(v.a.) lit. 
to press upon, to remind one of an 
inconsistency. 

Donde, s. (wa) (pi. wadonde), A Tie goat; 
donde abema {K\s,ndenge), 

Dondeka (doncheka) (y.a.) to fix on or 
in loosely (said of the heads of arrows, 
in order that, should they miss their 
aim, they may fall off from their shafts 
and thus become useless for the enemy), 
(but applied to hoes or knifes, the 
word implies a reproof for negligence). 

Ddndde, s. {uyu) (pi. morofui^, aya), 
a field-rat qf a reddish colour, 

DondorOfli, s. (ra) (pi. madondarosi), 
a line made by any fiuid triekUng down, 

Doii£r^,s.(wa)(pl.«fflHion9tfl«). Namu 
of an insect, which, lilce the bee, gathers 
honey. They are generally found in 
hollow trees. 

Donfftfra, s. the wild bee. Prov. tcor- 
daoga ni dang^re, tvofinpfkira tvoo- 
banda tnoto. 

Dong'osoro (ra) (pi. madongosoro). 
Mention (made of favours bestowed, 
while forgetting or ignoring favours 
received) dwelling upon (see rongo- 
•ora). 

Donors (v.a.) to break off or out (the 
grains of Indian com from the stump 
on which they grow (Kis.imlBtt«a).— 
donerora (v.d.) (for another).— dona- 
redsa (v. int.) (said of children who 
give a cob of Indian com to another. 



to break off the remaining grains^ 
after most part has been eaten or 
broken off.) The other child says: 
una-hi-danaredsa ^— donidra (v.)7 

I>ontora(v.n.) to be silent; woojdanr 
tora, one who is silent (Kis. mn<(»- 
n»aA«).— dontorera(v.d.) to be silent 
to (Kis. niamalia),— dontdsa (v.C) to 
sHenee, to quiet (Kis.w<am€Ma, tulisa), 
don'CoMra(v.d.) to get one quiet for 
(another). 

Dooka (v.n.) 1) to break through (so as to 
form a hole), dsaru yanga ina d4- 
oha na ndarcimo);— 2) to come out? 

D6era(v.a.) to take out (Kis. Xeu eda). 

Dd^ra (v.n.) to sink into (what appears 
firm ground). 

Dora dora (v. reel.) moto una dara 
dora, the fire burnt here a spot, and 
there a spot. 

Dora (v.) 1) to pedc up (food, as birds); 
^ to pick up, to take up; huku adara 
nuibira, the fowl pecks up mtama; 
fttt-n»-€lo«*o tntu ana aogera, to piek 
up a man who lost his way; hu dora 
ntdima, to pick up the heart = to be- 
come quiet (Kis. ku tueha roho,)-^ 
dorera (v.d.) to pick for another; ku 
doreka, e. g. n%gandu & eudorekOf 
ihesebeads cannot bepieked up. (v.cont) 
to keep picking (with the eyes). (He 
fixes his eyes on what he is pleased 
with.— doredsa, dorana.— doaa 
(v.a.) to poke,— dmptnauL {Y,rec,) 

Dororo (acy.itadv.) heapy, heaped up, 
to be fuU (Kis. ku Jaa mehumbi^, 

Doaa, s. (ra) (pi. madoBa) the name cf 
a plant (shmb) the frnif of which ift 
used in making m6a, 

Doti, s. (ra) earth, soSL; doH la ba mato, 
lit. earth qf where fire, l.e. ashes. daU 
loofuira, red earth, i.e. clay (see he^- 
dondo); doti la nutkande leant used 
in pottery; doti la mdeiro (see n^ 
deiro,) 

Dowo(s.4ftadj.) mUkiness, milky (only 
said of Indian com not ya hardened.) 

Dowtal(v.n.) garu uyu adowera, iM$ 
dog makes himsei{f at home any where. 



DU— DUMPSA. 



31 



Dn (ady.) 1) (enclU^ thorougkiift ctm^plU- 
tdif; KJB. Vu is always construed with 
the Datire Fonn of the preceding verb; 
ntfUMiu uyu adtunkird du, fodor 
huSm dsdbUno, this man teetU away 
eompUUly (for good), he vM not re- 
twmnoio;— 2^ A particle denoting the 
diminutive form in plurals. 

Dna 1) Part of the gen. rel. to the di- 
min. form 'du*' e. g. d^pBi dua 
niama, the excremwti qf an animal.— 
2j (pron.) They, used in connection 
with yerbs.— ^Myo (pron.demon.) those, 

Dnaka dvafce (ady.) §eparaidy, at dif- 
ferent Urnee;— 2) variaue, <tf voHous 
edUmre or ehapee. 

PAXm (y. n.) to be <a, indiepoeed, im- 
umU; naddttra mmdu, I am unweU 
fm the headt I have the headache (Kis. 
naumua ni hifoa), — dvaridfla (y. 
int.) to be very m,— duudloi, tofiurte 
or tend the tiek» 

Dliba (y.n.) 1) to eufM;— 2j to abound;— 
8) to appear great; nMiendo wanga 
una duba, my leg it ewoUen; pfa 
kddia pfa rero pfina duba, the food 
qf to-day was abundant,— duba dnba 
(y.reit.) to tweU ewell, i.e. to swell at 
different places at once.~diibira(y.rel. 
orcont.) to moell toward, to "keep tweJr 
ling, to be abundant to, to prove too 
much to (any once).— dnUdsa (y.int.) 
to eweU mw^— d«Ukaiui(y.n.) (said 
of men) 1) to be mdky, eulUn lit. swoUen 
with anger;— Zj taid of things boiling 
in a pot, to be moollm.— dnUdna (y.p.) 
to be inflated (said of too much, or 
unwholesome food). — dnUdnidsa 
(y. c.) nuMbira aya adubidtnidea (Kis. 
fimbiea), 

Diida (y.a.) 

Ihika (y.) Jcu d%aca n^eana as Uu du- 
hidua, to be envious, lit to be badc- 
broken, said of the grief one feels at 
seeing others possessed of things, of 
which he himself is destitute (to be grief 
shot).— daka&a(y.aO to despise, to 
contemn,— d«kaiiira(y»dO to despise 



for — through (by means of).— 
nlMiiia (y.rec.) despise one another, 
D«kdrm(y.a^ 1) to raise up at one endr 
2) said of ati^ma2«, to leap with tko 
hinder body. 

Diikdmi (y.a.) to make feasts, to give 
entertainments (to exalt one'sseU). — 
dakuira (y. d.) to display greatneso 
to another by feasting him. 

Ihdctoa(y.n.) madsi ana duhana, tke^ 
water is detached (only found in pools)^ 
doUdna (y.p.) (lit. to have been cut of^ 
1) to be envions (to consider one'sself 
cut off from another's good) to feel 
envy;— 2) to be Jealous,— dnUra (y.d»> 
to brecOc to (any one), to break in (any 
thing) nwupfi a una dukira, the ofr- 
row broke in (the body).— dnUra (y.d4 
V^ to cut for anoiher; %tocivA towards^ 
round about (m shaying the head, so 
as to leaye the middle part untouched)^ 
9j to cut qff (the course or direction 
which you haye taken) (see dura, to eutj,. 

Ddma (y. a.) to send, to employ, to ask 
for the serf9ices of any one. — dn- 
mana (y.rec.) to <uk for the serviceo- 
one of another.— dwnlka (y.n.) to ad- 
mit of being sent or a^ed for one't- 
services, 

]himba(y.a.)— dnmbira? dwnU? 

Dumbo, s. (ra) no plural; malice, spite- 
fulness, wa$itonnes, 

I>dmbtta(y.n4 to be haughty and red^ 
less, insdent, over bearing, to behave 
wantonly (from knowing one'sself rich).. 
dnmbiiira (y. rel.) to pride one^ssdf 
upon, to behave arrogantly; n^*nia- 
mada upu adwnbuira ufolbale wO' 
he, this youth behaves proudly fron^ 
his brother's (being rich). 

l>diiioa(y.refl.) to bite (ones tongue ia 
eating) uye anadumoa, sakosa hu 
did ndso, he has bitten his tongue^ 
he can no more eat, 

Dlimpmi (i.q. rumpsa) (y.a.) to throw, 
to cast over or beyond (any thing). — 
diimpa(y.n.) to leap, to bound,— dnBt- 
pira(y.d.) to Jump for,— dnmpidsar 
(y.int) to exceU inJumping.'--4ma9niaL 



82 



DUMURA— DURURU. 



(F.n.) to come up from the water, Imh 



i(r.n.) to $hako $ligkay, toqutoor. 
Uvupi dmnpi? 
lhm<lndM (v.a.) to irriUUe (men and 

animals). 
lhniidvra(T.a.) to be the innoeeiit cause 

of misfortune to another. 
DvBdannida, s. (ra) {plmadundwrtm- 

iIm) peeoiehneii, petulcmeif, tmatt ouk- 

breaki qf pMsion. 
Ihuigm (t. a.) to drcno up. hu dunga 

mu»doif mganda, doombOf to draw 

up (water, bread, to string fish). 
OmngvrtauL (v.a.) (only said of the eyes) 

to rivet one^» eye$ a§ if loH, gnonibe 

adungurtga maao, the cow fixes her 

egee when dying. — dmigiinilim (y. 

rel.) to atare at (any thing) (K]s.fc«^ 

w^hodoHa rnaio). 

\, 8. (pi. ufodungunaro), 

(y.a.) to ««iMi (one) off under 
a false pretence, 

]Huite(v.a.) to in9tigate(JBi\d,gungudaf) 
to lead aetra/y, to tempt — dnntana 
(T.rec.) (0 Instigate one another.— dwi< 
iSkm (y.n.) to admit qf being instigated. 
dwitini(y.d.) to instigate one who be- 
longs to another^ wna-ni-duntim 
mwaana wanguk^ndiwo, — dantam 
(y.a.) to dilate, to cause to expand (e.g. 
a lump of iron by beating it— daa- 
torika (y.n.) to admit qf being dOated, 
expanded, to yi^Id.— ^Uiatariim(y.d. 
4 instr.) to dilate to or for (another).— 
diiiitiilidfla(y.int)to^ftepflmd too much; 
woarhirdumtuHdoo hiktMhoba tUM, 
do not expand it too much, else it wiU 
become too thin, 

Pwntama (y.n.) to crouch (only used of 
beasts of prey).— dimtamira (y.d.) 
to crouch to or for; moenga a-tn- 
duntanUra n^huku hu^m-guira, — 
2) to rest satisfied or put up with any 
thing (for the present) while aiming 
at something else (for the future); m- 
jMMi wa hu dunt&mira, a woman 
married for present convenience whUe 
intending to marry another in future. 



I (y.n.) to tremble (Drom fear 
or cold). Hmba e ndi w wi wemdwmtd 
mtire, tdke courage, do not <ram5le.— 
dmtamifira(y.d.) to trembU, to be 
agitated for (any one); dmntuw t JHdem , 

IhtgnA, 8. (ii«8a) excrements qf men emd 
animals (Ki8.ma>l). 

Dvra I. (y.a.) to put down (what one 
carried).— dikram(y.a.)— dsfira (y.d.) 
to put down to (any one) to take 
off, to pluck (mushrooms). — ddftta 
(y.n.) to come omi qf, to start from, 
to come forth (of the sun) to go right 
through.— dnnddra (y.d.) to com/s out 
to, to appear to\ niaima aeunadiw 
rukira ba hundu bemga^ an animal 
started by the side of me, or: by my 
side.— danilddaa(y.int4ftcaus0 to 
cause a thing to come out at the other 
side; to go right through; mde uhw a 
euysdwruhidea, the n t deukua eowMS 
out much, — dinrndaa (y.a.) to takeout 
of, to draw out qf.— dvmdsira (y.d. 
uye undgua fndeengOf dimike dikeir- 
m-durudee, hefeU into a pit, let us 
go and draw him ottt.— dvmldra (ady.) 
dnrtiia(y.rec.) to put down the loads 
one of another,— dvrika (y.n.)— dn- 
rira (y.d.) to put down o^-to.- dnlidsa 
(y.int) to throw down with force; to 
cause to put down (a load). 

DvralL to cut down, to cut,— daka 
(y.n.) to break asunder.— didnuui, to 
be agile (in dancing).— dnlddnai dn- 
Ura, dnrika (to be cutable).— d»- 
rira, dnridsa. 

Wan, s. aputUng down » sleep; dura 
dua-ni^guira ndUu or pfiurip fieri, 
sleep has seteed me much; ei uya 
wadea, ofmeneugonanaye ku duro f 
lit. is it not that one, he comes, the 
very one you live with at sleepf i.e. of 
whom you think when lying down, 
and dream when sleeping. 

Ddm, s. (ra) vehemence, wratK 

Diirdni(ady.) in one line, one behind 
the other; wantu w«Oa wadeogoeann 
dururu, those men foUow one another 
in a line, opp. to deamparira and 
nueaeika. 



DUSURA— DSAOALI. 



83 



(r. a.) to rtgfrowt to teoldL — 
daraiid«a(T.1nt) to 9cM 
much, 

Ntara (or dfira) (y.a.) to poiUh, to 
eUan (metals).— ddttEft (v. n.) to he 
Iright (from polishing).— diinfilEa(y. 
n.) to admit of piJiiihing, to be ee^able 
of being poUehea.-- diiiiridsa(y.inU 
to pdUeh 1060. — dnvram (y.) The 
Waniassa use the fruit of a tree, called 
mp^mgudi^ for polishing theirsvords, 
spears and kniyes (Kis. mJ^ngSnia). 



Bsa (XmS doa) to come, hu dea na oho^ 
to come with it, i.e. to bring (Kis.fe«^ 

Ja, hu ieUa); wadoa, he (or she) co- 
rnea; anaikudoa (and aniBdaa) Ae <« 
come; adahudsa mawa, he wHl come 
to-morrow; inu idoani mawa^ndoa 
walibo, come ye to-morrow, that I may- 
pa)/ you,— d»«ra(v.rel.) to come to, 
to come upon; ^oana-tn-dsera tea- 
rendo, traveUere came to him (Kis. hu- 
fn^jia),— dsa, becomee dee in the ne- 
gative preterite tenu, e^,$ihu nadoo 
msana^ huhaii fnnuawa, — dseka 
(y.n.) to admit qf coming to; to be ac- 
ceaeible; yaba oi-bo-dseha, here it 
if inacceeiitlU; miudai u oudoeha, 
thie town i$ not aceeeiible.'-' dsodsa 
(y.int) to venture very near (e.g.in figh- 
ting), (y.caos.) to make or induce one 
to come; ni iwe una^ni-deedsa hu 
maoewera huno, it i$ you who 
brought me to thiaplay here (see maoa- 
UfeP€^f 

Diaba, s. (ra). 

INibano (ady.) «1010; dearu ya dod- 
bono, a doth of now, i.e. a new cloth; 
dealbafnio n/dehooa ftmuMna nwoMk, 
wait a lime «010.— dsabano daabano 
(ady^ preeenOy, immediately; — dsA- 
bano (Kis. otua hiuH), huaera, cUtSa 
iauruha, it i» getting light now, the 
»un comee forth. 

DsaMft, s. (ya) (pi. with sa), a kind of 
fl$K 

JKniMta- 



DmM*. s. (wa) (pL with sa), a Iokm 
(Kis. tawal 

lhiAda(y.a.) to fcUow, to do, to obey; 
fforu orm-doada ml^wye weOto, tho 
dog fcUowe hie maeter, — ^"fldimil 
(y.rec) tofoUow one another.— dam- 
dlka (y.nj to admU nff Mowing, to be 
that which can be followed.— 
rika (y.n.) (does rardy occor).— 
dIridM (y.int)-dMi4lsa» ^^^'"nwfi 
dMidira, 1) tofoOow at a diatance,-— 
2) to keep following, to pureue,— dim- 
dimui (y.rec) to follow one another 
at a dietanee,— diadid«a (y.int) to be 
intent in foUowing, to foUow cloedy, 
to pureue. 

Dsado or Ndiido, s. (ya) (pi. with 9a\ 
the name of a large terpent (perhaps 
the boa constrictor); modo una-m- 
raga nrdeada, fire wfU conquer the 
Deado (when the grass is burnt). The 
naiiyes say, that this serpent changes 
itself into another serpent, called tunga. 
doado aeanduliha tunga, the Deado 
ehangee into a tunga, 

Dsacha, s. (ra) (pi. maoaohe), the heade 
Ofmabkra with the eeed beaten off (Kis. 
ehuhe and ouohe in Kin.) Dsache is 
bepe in Kis. 

DsAdiui? 

, s. (ra) (pi mmm) (Kis. mtfdon^a) ^ 



n'Dsadil, s. 

INadmi, s. a bird which ie §aid to ehom 
the place where there ie honey or a 
eefpent, 

Dsafabiidv. 

Duifmda (y.a.) to eeoop up a hani^ful 
Oiis.hu piga honeij.— dMmgwUkk 
(y.n.) to admit qf 'hu deagada." — 
diafadira (y.d.) to eeoop up a hemdr 
fid for (another).— d»«gitdidMi (y.int) 

Dtag'Aika (see cfoatoa); — daag^fcilni 
dsag^Ukft.— daacwut A^B. the pri- 
mary dsaga does not occur in Kini- 
assa, but in kidumma, in wchih it 
means 'to hunt" 

PdlMlg^li, s,(iisagdf< ya ehego, a torch) 
(made of) ohogo (see) s. (ya) (pi. with 
ea) a wisp of straw or stalks of mar- 

3 



84 



DSAaAMA*--D9ANOABABUI. 



bira tied together and set on fire for 
scaring birds at night in order to- catch 
them. 

BhHiyimi (T. n4 to iUdc from bei$ig 
caught im amn ikhig (as an arrow in 
a tree).— 4aagmmOtM (r.n.) to get 
eoKgJU or mtamgUd,^ dsaffamora 
(r. aj to tmAMUHmr to dUUodge what 
stfdbt fa§t (as it were, 'to unstick"). 
dwg^twMhi (y.tt.) to get didodged (by 
itsself or after endeavours having been 
Vade) (Kis. boroneoa, ^angtma, ton- 
yt<a)."- d— gimm<l»« (v.a.) to aeeKoay 
dCfto^flpe (so that the thing which stack 
falls to the ground) (Kis. borofnothn), 
Htignnn (v.rec^ to 90 toflr^t*^* <o ^ 
tef^A one loAom you aeddentaUg meet 
with, 

IsatrAra (v.a.) to open, lew*<toatnira 
htdsigo, to open ths door; hu d«a« 
giira baratugu, to open a bottle (Kis. 
fmngua^ oihua eind^ia, ouhua). — 
dMmgvkm (v.n.) to open (by itselO, to 
inm or prove open (after endeavours 
having been made).— Amgnlllni (v. 
B.) to odinit ^ open^. habigi ugu 
9adoaif%trika, — dsa^vrira (v. d.) to 
open for or to (another) (or deguHra). 
dsacvridMi(v.int.) to open wide. 



Baala (or dsan) s. 

Diale and dsale daale, eaid qfteoed; 

doaletako oinabodana or oaiba, 
HiaiMktL, s. wMmda u/a ndodUka, Ht. 

a >le^ of a leveH or Jiat, i. e. when the 
groundt in ctdttvating it, %a» been l^ 
level, fwunda wanga hk%»a ndsa- 
Wca (i.e. hu Umn huya unfieaHkiiij, 

B— Hma (v.n.) to etruggle (said of men 
and animals when dying). -r- dsali- 
midMi (y.int.) to etruggle vtoUntiy. 

Usama (or titoia), s. (ya and oa) a 
meamre of cotton, 1) doiMma ya doan^ 
ohn, a preeeed han^td; — 2j deama 
ya n^-httdba, an ormpttftd. dina 
gurana deeuna m^fnodei hua nt- 
gdbue Ufa fnoa, we barter on deama 
for a eailah<i9JtfiU of beer. 

Baama (v.n.) to etick (as meat between 
the teeth; to stick, to stop). 



inei ni-doatna nf> 'mmn o, UnadMmtnm 
paoQ iH,— dflimte (v.pO to be cho- 
ked or etude wUh (any thing), espe- 
cially used of animals — to be with 
young; netdedimua na ntunga »un%o- 
••ha, lam ethoked with a tAom0.e.a 
fishbone) which cannot be swallowed. 

Dsamb^i s. a treef Inoi ra mombo 
and deanibo, 

DwiinMdwinMt s. (yaand«a), an in- 
eeet found in ewarme on the ernifoM 
of ttoeet waUfT, 

Dsambo, s. (ya and mO iron wire;deam' 
bomhUa (Kidur. mhodo wa mkut^ 
doa). 

Daainig'a(v.n.) lean? 

Ndsamparira, (s.i«adv.) 1) overflow, in- 
undation; tnadoi anaohida ndoatm- 
parira (Kis. nu^ yataptMnika)/ — 
2i fig. diepersion, ditpereedly; dina 
hwya huonda dewmparira aba. 
I,S. 



(adv.) (Kis.>Mi) the day before 
yeHerday. 
P— fiamira, s. (ya, ea) the outer potf 
of a native cottage which tupport the 
verandah. 
DsaBcha, s. (ra) {plmaneha), the hand 
and arm: deaneha la huone huene, 
the right hand; deaneha la fnaneere^ 
the left hand. 
i,s. 
I, s. (pi. id.) (ya, pi. »a); deandu 
ya wd9u ya hu pfolorera ehindui 
oha niumbui, 
Baawgadede, s. (ya and ^a), 

Daaiiflra dsancra* 

Dsangamlka (v.a.) to confound, cottfuee, 

to perplex (see dodomedea). — dsaa- 

gawidaa (v. reft.) to coitfound much. 
Paangala, s. (Kis. bambaniea and 

hMnfkiec^ 
Psaaira mada, s. (ya and ea) a strip qf 

riig tied round the head when it achee. 
Baangr^bra, properly Ndaaag^bra, s. 

{ya, pl.«a), the ttone 0n fruits) (Kis. 

ukonde, holeo). vihadeo vina »- 

downgara, fruite have etones. 

BsaB|rw^vt» 8* (pl* y» and ««0 petbU, 
pebbles (Kis. fan^<H00). 



DSANGE— DSEM60E. 



35 



or oUHMM, 8. (yttftod M^ 1) a 
MM tfpUHfofm fui$eA in apianiatiom 
for waUkbtg U (KIs. uUngo);^ ^ trop. 
Jeakmijf (from the watch kept up on 
it) (Ki8.w<A>)^ 
9mmg9 or <Widi» miiteB, s. Ktjao- 
loiuy (of) madine$9, i.e.Rroiuidle8B|ea- 
lousy. 
VwKMkgo, s.— dwmgm 4Mamgm (a4J.) 
Diiaftt (D.propO ifitmcha pm Ibu 



Pna^mni (v.a j «9 «rffM, few 
fnaAMia*^ Anuicriika, diaaffwira, 

Dsaai, s. (ra) iplmadtani, a Uaf); be- 
sides madsani there seem to be two 
irregalar plurals In use 'nuuyami and 
fftdowl" (Kls^aftn€, p1.«fMtNw<). 

Dmd^bm (v.a.) to iKwr (from one vessel 
into another) (Kis. fcmp^ia). — diaai- 
(v.n.) to admit <tf pouring. — 
, (y. d.) to pour out to or for 
(see hu-^n^ogodera)^- dsaniondsm 
(y.int) to pour with force. 

Dsaakiiro, s. 

Dmno, s. (ra) (pl.ftHKUano). 

Dsanm, s. {ya and ^a) a rag or rage; 
doara ganga ina dsara f^dsdnta, 
(of) my €ioth8 remain the rags only, 
(Kis. hidambd; inaohagdf h^thS, bo- 
A>); dsaru yoke india, tmapfara 
doanaa, Ms cloth i$ JMehed, he wear 8 
rage. 



8. Ms being aele^ (a leg); the 
being set on an edge (teeth), m u on d o 
Mwnga %inaf» dotutoif mg leg ia at- 
leept or hu otmb&rora n dt tntH, 

Vwmamo, S. (ra) (plmadoaneo) the bu9hy 
or hairy part of the tail of am atnimal, 
deanoo ra gnonibe wgu nda ridali 
huU l^a, or huHko Uya. 

Dsaati, s. (ya and 9a), dry twige or 
branehee ; hwmi oa n*daanti (Kls. vt- 
dondo), 

DMaitira (= t^^^atapa or biBbmUka hi 
Kis.) 

DmilifS. (pl.M) (ya, sa), 
dt-ra»a. 



(y. n.) to be futt; hu 
or unogo (= Kis. hujaa, tetU).-- dm- 



(y«i| Ml.) n^earu, doth. 
Dmi, s. 

Dunva, <l«arM i una^ir^nnba deawa 
8 unM4d9<»gaika doagaikiB, groumd' 
nut (Kis. fMitf «a £lnto««a}. 

IHwipairm, k« cJ^^^ia. 

Dsaya, S. (pi. «na«ay»]. 

DmcIm, 8. (pi. <ci). 

Daadeka (v.a.) (see harura), doedura, 
DMdM(y.a.) 

DS0ffft> fltoAIra i dideoge, neaiu uyu 
asage afca«o0rera. -- dfl«f oka, dse- 



Di68r»a dMffeka, dMff«ra.-- Am- 
g'edsra, X«ee muana 9ukt&-n~d8o- 
gera nchira, 

l>fleg«da(y.a.) to lop, to chop, *« d«e- 
9«da mbanda, to lop a fence (to make 
it even).— dMffeddni(y.n.) to appear 
lopped nicay» wen,— dMg-edeni (v.d. 
i^instr.) to lop far or with;— diefe- 
dedia (y.int) to lop well; (y.caus.) to 
cause one lop. 

NdMg-ereiO, s. (ya, oa), doegeei. 

DMir«ro, s. long grass for thaUcMng, 

DMIfllla (see dsagura). 

Dseka, dtfekera, dsekereka, daeke- 
rera, daekoMdsa (y. a.) to prevent, 
hinder, 

IHlttkedMlw(s.4fta4}.); naanadooko 
dooho mkongonot mn a tii ya, »<r^« 

PMfnlo, s. (pi. M.) 0» abortion^ mi- 
«r«MMla ya €l«a|;p«»<8. 

(Ki8.<i«JbesAa). 
1, 8. a &2aefc fr/rd^ 

Dflakiitea, name of a country on the 
banks of the Niancha, North of Mbara 
Dsenga, and about 8 days journey N. 
E. of Mpande. They go to Dsenga for 
fording. Their drinicing water is that 
from the lake. 

lMmho9, 8. a goose-shin (from cold), 
tubiranga rina ehida dsomboe, my 

body has made a goose-skin. 

3* 



36 



DSENCHE— DSIGNINDL 



(or daMiff«)» 8. mou$&-koU 
(Kis. n^pango ura pania), 

Dsendem, hu dsendera ^huru. — 
dMBdMredjia(y.iDt) to pre»9 in wdC 
tndoro u toana-u-dsenderedsa; Ipm 
daendera fudi (Kis. ku ahatniri or 
ahindilia hundt»ki)t hu daendesa, 
to ahove, puah,^ dMnAereka. 

Ndimnbe, S. (pl.M.) (ya, ^a) qfferinga* 
but only consisting in flour mixed 
vfiih vater (Kis. Jbu gronfa komUf aa- 
daka), put on the ground near the 
'gagiaP* for the 'ufwHmu,** in order 
to procui^ their favour and assistance. 
This is done before they go into battle 
or set out on a journey, and on be- 
balf of siclc relatives. The workman 
also in ivory brings this offering that 
he may be succesful in cutting his 
arm-rings {maJkoaa), 

DsonAie, s. (ra) a lUUe (said of grain 
and vegetables), anatirira daimdae, 
aakudaadaat A« pv/t a litUe, he did 
notftUit 

Dsengm, s. (ra) (pi. madaenga), (i.q. pale) 
(ra) a large potaherd, 

Dsencil (n.prop.) NUtncha yahu J>atn- 
go. To the N, of Daenga there aeema 
to be no more ferry, I>aenga is the 
nearest ferry for Mpande, 

DMB^e, s. (ra) i$\.maenge, a hole), (in 
the ground made for planting Indian 
corn, or for receiving posts in building 
a cottage). 

DflMiC«ni(v.n.) to turn aaide and be- 
hind a aofMthing, to htde onefaae^f, — 
dseng-araka (v. n.) (to admit of). — 
d««iigMa(v.a.) to make turn aatde, 
to put out of iike tcNiir or aii/gld, — 
daenflrMmna (v. rec)— dseng-Mt s. 
the other (hinder) aide qf a thdng, 
i.q.aeri. hu daongeai^ndipo niao' 
ku one, you where behind (at the other 
side of a tree &c.) (therefore I do not 
see you), ukali ku daongera. 

JOsttBkna, s. (ya and aa) a sort of basket 
used as a dish, it is shallow, while the 
"kibo" is de»p {Kis. Mdao). Adsenkua 
with a very broad edging; daenkua 
pa kamba na /Vtm, a daamMumf qf 



ike ahOl qf a Unioiae (i.<>.retembliiig 
it in shallowness); daemkmt y« n am 
kmttnga, a daenkum, with a round 
brim or border (in contradistinction 
firom a daenkna pa k^uta) {daem km a 
pa tuhkua). 

Dm«i».-- B'dMTtea, 8. {pa, aa) patha 

made by rate in the thatched roo0»g 

of nod'M veitagea. 
Dsedse, s. plain, daiko iHntkunr- 

daedae: paba ni ba ehidtkiaehbetpa 

nt ndaedae, 

KM, one^aaelf, rnrandu u m-daPehida- 
maadi mehtda ine, you do thia to 
youratXf, don^t aay, you do it to me, 
i.e. the consequences will be upon yon. 
ufontu inuf mdaiehida maadi n^ 
ehida 4ne. 

Diibnene {seedaubuene). 

Dsida (v. a.) to preaa into. — dildika 

(v.n.)— dadildsa(v.a.) to fix into, es. 

a sword into its handle.— dsidau 

(v.rec.) diidira. 

Dtfdia, s. (ra) the other aide, the oppoaiU 
coaat or bank; nanika ku dMiOf 
I go to the other aide (l.e. of the Niancha) 
Kis. gnambu); niengo ahino waii 
ku daidia daidia iri or lino, thia 
aide (as opposite to the other); daidia 
lipa, that yonder tide, 

I>flidfla(va.) 

Dsidn (acy.) obacuring, darkening, kumm 
^tantu ufoli da&tu, 

Dfldira (v.n.) to deaeend, to dtammml; 
ku daiga mpiri, to deaeend ammm- 
tain(fL\s.ku ahukamlinuani, lau t&' 
romuka)f ku daiga ba maem a ba 
gnomba, to come down from the badt 
of a cow; ku daiga nwHHt^anpOf to 
come down from a tree; iTirfgn iiiiii 
nkuera (s= mtkuora), come down that 
I atao may aaeend.— daifikm (v.n.) 
to admit qf aaeending, peiba betdoi- 
gika, bapa ai-ba^daigika^ Mifflim 
(v.a.) m-daigira naako^tuapa akuSro, 
4riffi4M(v.caii8») to make dtamomU; 
(v.intr.) to diamount qutddy, haatOg. 

Prignindl , s. (yaand aa) amy (iu|.«»- 
oMru) (Kis.fttMiMl«). 



DSIGURA— DSINDULA. 



37 



(▼•8.) to MOMT^f to OV€ftttt% 

w ty O B g Se, to mp erimn apci fty ehcving 
a piece <^ wood tmder U or bif romo- 
Ping oii«.-4iifafira(v. d.) to ooerttun 
to, to make faU upon, — UflfvidMi 
(▼.cans.) to be ike eauee qf om ooer- 
tttnUng any tking (e.g. by giving bim 
a push.&c.) 

IhOd, t. (y», pi. ea) 1) a forked eUde 
orpoU;^ 9 a poet ae need imformHtg 
the won of a cottage (Ki«. ngiieo h€- 
gueo), 

Brigtd«i Arigidita (v. a.) eiUf (to cat 
dura)? 

IHd or Ukidil, s. (wyu and €«i) « friitr 
(Kis. hmngiiwi), 

IMko, 8. (ra) (pi. nmko and fiMMtellw), 
e(NM<fy. 

Ihdlni, s. (ra) (pl.uMMitfifcM), actay; the 
plar. with <« is also used; mad e iku, 
nuewUi, or dfilew eieoiU, two dage, 

IMkna, s. a piaig4hi»g. 

ItdidBUL, 8. (rs, ««) /ood flMkie qfjiowr 
hotted into a thick paete (Kis. eima); 
det m rnpa n ga Hi kudif where ie my 
dtimaf but: nden^i emmdenga mdei- 
immpangetf who hoe taken away my 
deimaf 

Dafmba, s. (ra) {plmadeimba) a cottage 
for girle in which they eleep by them- 
eAvee, 

Diimba, s. (ra) (pi metdeUmbe) coal 
(only such as are used by blacksmiths). 

Daimbiri or daombiii,! s. (ra) ruet; 
deinUtiri ra mibeni, 

PiimliiTi, n. name of a country about 
8 days' Journey to the south, neim ebiri 
yeuMndikioa na deiko ra Ngara, 
Ite king wae Mguba. 

DaimMka (v. n.) to be indignant, en- 
raged.-^ 4aiaibakira(y.rei.) to be en- 
raged at—,^ daimhnlrHaa (y. intr. 
iftcaus.) 

Daimika(y.a.) to Ht, to flx (only said 
of a potter when beginning a vessel). 
daimilrfTa(v.d.) (Kis. kw-mM-oMMla). 
4aimilrfaa (v. a ) 1) to eorroborau, con- 
Jlrm;^ 2} to teet^fy againett <m to what 
one hoe done; as to what one has not 



done (Kis.««Mlfl) hemim mmtt be need, 
UaaiUaaBa (y. rec.) to teetif^ one 
againet one anofher,— JatmlWaiim 
(y.d.)lo<0if^/or, to— .— 
(y.) fcg m deny wyo, 
a-nn-doimnikiao, bring Mot one uiho 
hioe eeen htm, that he mag wUmeee 
aga/inet him, 

Dafaite, s. {paKoAoa), the new growth 
of hair aftot ehaeing; deideitape nda 
n'<to<fMo«y hie httir begine to grow 
again, 

Dafaipa (y.a.) to wrap (the cloth) over 
theboeom (during pregnancy); mkaei 
wpu ana-i'doimpa ndetnrupahe- 
eideiwa ana nUuneif — dajmyjira 
(y.a.) to admit af b^mg wrapped. 

IMB[|]^ba(y. n.) to Ump, to walk lamely 
(treading either on the heel or the 
toes only). 

Daimpaka (y.n.) /oK.— daiaapakira 
(v.rel.) 

JMna, S. (ra) (pi. madeind^ name. — 
wor-hU'iia yon< deina rako 9 (Kis. 
UfaitoaJeJinalako)f hintu iki mua- 
ekidana cMani.— deina rake ? [ehi- 
dona for: ki idana) %\e.kitu hiki 
ehaitodje Jinaie for Jinatakwe), or 
deina rake ni ehiani iki 9 

Daina (y. a.) to pincK— dainlra (y. d.) to 
pinch for. — dafnidia (y.int.) to piwh 
eeverely, 

DaiiUbna, s. (ya and ea) the edgee of the 
leaf of the "mraea," bamanga eha- 
nunka deindna (= Kis. «Aa nona, 
ia fat) when it seems to have the 
smell of dsinana. 

Dtincha, s. (ra) 1) ths rainy eeaeon; — 
2) a burying place. 

Dainda, s. neu>ly aUtivaUd ground; 
nvunda tea dsinda; namka ku detn- 
da, ku linue deinda, 

Dtinda, s. (ra) (pi. mndeinde). 

Daiadika (y. a.) to take advantage of, 
to profit by, to get the enjoyment of 
(Kis. ku feidi), una deinka nawe 
ku begnierera ntaeewera. — dttn- 
dini(y.rel.) 

PaindAla (v.) ku kdra kudtu eakada- 
n*deind%Uaf to be with ue, he woul 



38 



DSINDDRA— DSmSE. 



not pret8 bade, Ke. if I was in my own 
country, he would not oppress (reduce) 
me, as if I was a strip of ground 
{nkmM ndime anetntf that he «4y«). 

Dtriadnnt (v. a) to make mope batik (with- 
out turning round, a wac-term). — 
iJriwiiiiwma (v.rec.}— daindwrilni, to 
admit of being moved bade; moveaMe 
bade.— dnndmidMi (v. int) to miOee 
move bade much or fair, — dwnilfilni 
(v.n.) to baek, or move baek. NB, The 
head-word dsinda seems not to occur. 

Daia^, s. (pi. <d.) oli-mrdBinQa, he U 
in the string. i.e.he is made prisoner; 
tnup/l uti-m-dtingaf the arrow i$ 
on the etring, ready to be ehot. 

Drindiina (v. n.) to ehwt the eyet (Kis. 
kn fvvmha or p€oa peea tiMifo). — 

dsiriia [K\s,konie»a, ku-n^-pigia 

MJbOfM). 

Dflinga (v.) 

I>aiiiir«diiiig«, dniicadriiike, s. (pi. 

unatdHngodHnge), 

Dsinifirmy dwngiilw. 

Diiiniiro or kidsinfiro, e.g. gnombe 

»4na h-wrungira ba dsingiro* 

lHdiiira(y.n.) 

Dsiakini (v.) 

N'dflinta n'daiiita (adj.) unequal (in 
length) (only used of what is inanimate) 
tnipfi i Hi n*d8intan*d8in*a, these 
arrows aireun^uai (in length); mtfum- 
ha iU n'deintan'dsintaf this bed- 
stead is unequal (one stick longer than 
another). 

Damn. 

HaiOyS. 

Dairil, s. (pi. maskr^ 

Daim (v. a.) (Kis. ku paka udongo, 
MUtfta). 

IHirikm (dsMfm)? to make $ure &y 
charms (Kis. ku gaga), aignanga 



hue akadoa aada-ai-ta ku okru- 
ma, the dkarmer has secured my 
calUe — when tke tiger comes, ke wUl 
not be up to them to bite them,— 4si- 
fiUka (r.a.) to admit i^ being eecared 
by charms, ba nuedsi 



doiriMka ut a a iu Ufa hama lipan- 
depamda, at thi$ foam (abode) cAorm* 
are of no atMifl, ike people who are 
tkere, do 4u>t keep the coaditians (see 
i4MMMi€9MMMia). » dflifikini (T.d.«l 
inst^ to secure to or for another. — 
diiiikUhMi (Y.int) to secure well by 
charms. 

Dnrangm, s. (pa, ea) a fowl wUk na- 
turally ruffled feathers; dHramga i, 
pi. dHranga ioi. 

iMro, s. the being set on an edge (teeth), 
mono yaaga ana dHro (or ame^- 
ekida dHro). 

Daiiibiira. 

Ililsiam(y.a). to fMsh, to bring to am 
end (Kis. nuMea, margiea, Hndikiaa). 
mUla u unadoirisa deirioa una 
deara? have you finished thi* beer 
{ov) it there some remaining f uoennke 
ku dal i da U , ntdu aiga ainaie ku 
dsirioa, do not go far, I havenotyel 
brought these words to a condiutiem.'^ 
driririka (y.n.) to end, to torminate, 
to <Mppear or prooe Jtniehed, uwmn dm 
u eudoirUlka, okaka kina n*ku- 
ana unauka^ this deibate (or con- 
test) does not terminate — sonte day 
one sees it rise (again); moa toangm 
lore unadoirioika, my beer appears 
finished today, — daifisfm (y.d^ to 
finieh to or for (another), nk m wk a 
mfmawa ka n i d otriro, when you go 
to morrow^mo m ing, (please) finish U 
for mc— dairirid— (v.cana.) to maJte 
(one) finidk by rendering aesisiance. 
ono'dt'doiHHdoa ni uge, baka dm 
gana loro, it i$ ke who helped us to 
fimieh U (else) U would hose slept to- 
day (= left undone). 

Dsimi(Y.a.) to know; oidoHoa 
«mK (sr Kis. oifui kmmaaU 

awgu oadoium ku loam, this eretfte 
man doe$ not know to cut (iYory-rings). 
dahvaBa(Y.rec.) to know each other.— 
dalwilai (▼. a.) knowable, known. •— 
daimbem, dii«iiini(y.d>-dii«ldMi 
(▼. c.) (Kis. t ambu lU ha, idijto). 

]MUfaM,a(r#;t»LMS<MdM). Thehair 
(betoDging to the eyes) (Kis.tMM, 



DSID3I— DSONIA. 



89 



ike ^febrow$; dsid^e •« mig^b^, tke 
ty&-laihe$ (those of the eyelids); cMI- 
49e 9a hun9; iks lower ty^Uuhee* 

JHddffi, s. (ra) M« hair (of the head) (colL) 
(Kia.«ffM««ile). dsUUi la im<imIo (a 
Kis. wimII« Mi tfiM^a). 

Dmw, 8. (pLina<i«<ur«)/ (» KiS.«4Ni- 
na, nina hina), 

I>nwdnw, s, fkey plamUd the$e 'ha- 
dee, treei" in a row, they had regard 
to their carves, luiew to a<Uusl| theoL 

]|aidaida(y.ren.) (» Kia hu^-goffoia). 

Diidaimiilm (Kia ato l m tf a ) .— dilM- 
■mkR or daMahnlni (y.d.) to be ttari- 
Ud (^utaka, /W^ciMi).--diidaimn4M 
(V. a.) to ttarUe^ mtrfrUu (Kial»««iMiUi). 

4iiddiB«kini(Y«dO 

Sao (= Kia im^ 

DioMra, a (icmi, pi. ML) Oo^amis p^iip^* 
(p^f»a<). 

Ihiogm, a (ra) 01 Itiei; mUforttme (Kia 
^oleAK im6o>\«, MMoro, AcMlor^ mo* 
<e«o« na«ifrM). 

]>aora(v.a.) to oa (KiajMJba mayWd«). 
d i tt ga d a fm (v,reit) to oa parUaUif, 
bg 9poU (Kia ra^hmK^a^ha) mlMM< 
•il«o0ra «Mat^\Mla uda wa 
olM.— df giin«(Y.rec.) — 
(v. n.) — daof em (v. dO -- 
fidam(T.int.) 

Hdadffa, or rather Btsdka, a (y»» pl- 
«a) fptref (or blodM) <|^ Indton eoim 
or «iMiiMr«i, wAm iiMt $hooHitg «4» 
fh>m the gromul; Uogasm hamamgm^ 
or •« modira .(seepaw rf g)/ «iMiiMr«i 
iMMM^Mci HisolMi (Kia mtoma 

«iMfHr«)/ 
lMi(Kia^ 
I>ierMndvm(Y.D.«iii.) «0 eoiv* (Ki<. 

sa),— d— frwoodm (y.causj to «MdP0 

Hmogvmiiif, a a fc<iMl </ mmhroomf 
IHMf 4» (Y.a.) to 90 htfort (any one) 
toi>rM«to, to/or^nm QL\&,UmgffMa), 
daerdM(Y.n.) to let go Ufore; 
m-490go9O'amahi$UBni9, — 
«aaa (Y.recJ to let go one before the 
^tier ga^ / k i a tamn, p a mb ana. 



)f 



djurmm, tke cows go one before the 
other (one behind another . is iWo- 
i«MMi)/ dimhe di deogoemmeuem^ 
uha^ai-eiaairira, let %e go tdgether 
(to the Judge) leet yoa go and ttfmm 
nkue me.-^^M9g99ktm (y. d.) to precede 
to, with regard to — .— diafif dl» 
(Y.inL) to go b^are at a dietaaoe. -* 
daofMMorm(Y.d.) to mafee or M #• 
HAwtf to — i 

PMfwre (adv^(4fof^ Tha word is bow- 
ever never used without the particles 
'fttf" 'fra" 'm", hu deagara, ba dea- 
-garo, mrdeogaro (Kiaat^lto). 

Iladfua (or dadkoe), a a vwrd imfto- 
tive of the ecmmd eaneed bg pomnding 
oraim battkoieaa ofciii fiii 

BTdMOika, a (yo, pU •a)Jleh{ hu ^ 
n'deomba, to /Uh (with a line); hm 
pfOiura ndeaa^bat tofleh (with a neO» 

DsMBbe, a (pi. M. and Mi), 0« toeatl; 
«l«omft« IH (pl.«l«*iii»6 M (Kian- 
•^e), m^rofMla «m» i lM iiit e (seeiki- 



I 



Ifdaooibo (Kia«o«»iMi tUaHU)f 
Sadmoa, a (ya and Mi), the ridge or 

middle part qf the Im/ qf the mraea 

(JL\s.ugnango), 
BfdsmDfdraa'dflmBfdmCadY.) seoft- 

teredabouL ndep^uaheeiUWdeam^ 

pSra n*deampSra, hie beard eoneiete 

onig of etraggling haire, 
Dsanq^drm (y.) (» ^tnetdea) ^— daeni- 

palam(Y.d.) uea^a^-deampo iSr e mam 

aiga eadaUngtma, 
H'dMneha or daMiff«,a (ysandMi)^ 

the breaethone (of animals only) (Kis. 

hiddri^ 
H'dflanOf >• (y»«MlMi), the point or 

eharp end of ang thing {fc il e m b—^ 

nta, hono), 
DflOBfa, a (see d—meih^f deonge ga 

gnamhe (see jum ty t) . 
DaMiC«ni(Y.aO to mOt op inm wiXk 

iron 9 

(see •M^ors). 

l>sonim (Y.n. 1« a) to mdbs a MiaelelN^ 
noiee, fai driving away a dog» and ia 



40 



DSONSA— NDSUMO. 



shewing eontampc of a person who is 
disliked (see «Hi#dMto). — - daonSUauL 
(V. rec.) to $com cne anoUur (y a 
$tna«king noi$e (pecaliar to these Afri- 
cans). 
]lMBMl(r.a.) ku il«o«t«a miendo, to 
draw vp om^B/eei in lyimg dotmf 

H'dSMltOyS. 

<f 9» 

I, s. {plmad0Q$i)t tear (Ki&«o«<). 

Daem (v.a.) to rub on, to rub over with 
oiL muana anad»iMra doti (Kis.let*' 
Ji-pcriBaV- dMWeka(y.n.) to admit qf 
being rubbed on; n%afi»da a^fa •«»- 
d90T€kat «ma pfwtigo, — dsoifra 
(Y.rel^ tomb on to,— dfl«ridMi (v. inf.) 
to rub on weU or much, 

DmkMrm (v.) gmnnbe anadsodsoraf 
iuhirakB ndosmrara, 

DsovOyS. 

DtM7o, s. coll. name of a species of 
small tree, very straight and smooth, 
therefore used for the 'kaima'* "ho- 
hu^r and 'Hka."* 

Osda, s. (ra) the, tun. d»ua Una dH- 
rulroy the 8un i» ri$en or lit. oomeforth; 
dtua Una r&a^ the 9un $et$ (lit. has 
entered); dstta laduruka^ the 9un ri- 
tet; deua rarda^ the 9un eett; dsua 
rahuSrOf the iwn Meende, rites; dsua 
ra msana, the sun cS midday;— dstta 
rabondikaf the sun bends or turns, 
i.e. begins to descend; »ua leddma 
(contr.from ta edama), the sun lowers, 
descends, 

Ihmba, s. 

Dmibtttei, s. (wa) iplwadsubuenij, an 
elder brother. 

IhRidsa(Y.a.) to surpass, to exed (by 
accomplishments), vnuntu uyu una- 
fn-dsua nsake (jkua) hu imba 
hu p/uina, ku b6nia tnip/lf ku 
omba ndaarUf ku lemha f¥%aho- 
sa Ae, (Kis. shinda), a^m-dsudsa 
kua fniremdu, he surpasses him in 
speech. — dsvdiika (v.n.) 

Ihradfura (v.a.) to hurt (said of a woun- 
ded part), fcondo i nehodsudsurOfthis 
Strife is of hurting an old wound, i. e. it 
is an old strife, they are stirring up. 



.BiUQ karOf ana ktvdrt in Kiduru* 
«n«.— isaiaanuui (v.rec.) to quarra 
(by reason of an old hatred the pre- 
sent occassion tieing yery trifling); 
wantu Moaya Moads/ud s u r a ma , »4- 
ttadmteka ku ufa randidta dsU' 
dsurana ni mbukiriro, — dnUUm- 
tiAn(y.inL) to hwrt (a wounded part) 
severely,— dsiidsUaafy.ref^ to hurt 
one^sse^aeddentatty In a wounded part 
(Ki8.AfAM» n&mo la keUo). 
Ihmgn (y.a.) to dean, to wash (of clo- 
thes the word is neyer used; see ganta) 
{K\9, oshet, sugua), hu dsuga k»- 
dundu, to wash a ve$9ti; mkasi a- 
fn^suga migniondo tnudmuna^ a 
wife wa§hes the feet of (her) husband; 
ntkasi or^mrdMuga muama wake, a 
mother washes her ehUd; ku dsuga 
mono, to clean tike tesM (they do It 
merely with the fore finger).— ^raglka 
(y.n.) to look elMm.— 4silc4]Ui(y.rec4 
to wash one anoUuir. — dsoclm (y.d. 
Ainstr.)— d«iifldMi(y.int) to Oeanse 
wdl; fUhchi-ta (or na-kltei^ ku lb€ 
dsuffa, I have done eUaning it, when 
another, who is not satisfied, wQl say: 
Xaidsugidsa, ai-ki-naifere, — dsil- 
gxatu or dtigwnu — dtngwcUbUii 
dangunMu (Kis. sugudua), 

Daiikn, s. (ra) {plmasuku), 

DraMiiia(y.a.) to shake, to toss (see 
bugunia) (Kis. sumfiay-'dMnkmiJSuk 
(y. n.) (Kis. yumba),— drakodM (yJ 

Dsmiui (y.n.) (Kia ta^fabu^-^dMuaodrm, 
dfvmidMI (KU^tae^abiska) (Der.Uf 
dsumo see). 

Drambft, s.(ra) (^^mad9umba\ a tttft 
ifi\9,kishungit maokungi^, ku meda 
dsumba, lit. to shave a intft, i.e. to 
shaye the head and leaye a tuft (kw 
nioa kUhm^ In KIs^ 

DsnmUrl ^ diimUri, s. rust, 

DsmBMi, s. 



», *»• 



SmunbidBi (Kia SHftiuw). 

Iftemio (see dswma y.n^ s. (yoy Mi)t 
a curiosity; any thing nsw that exeite9 
wonder, or admiration, dtu^no 



DSUNDA—ERAMA. 



41 



dtanuOtono, mmUking new ka9 come 
juH now (Kis.k«iiAa). 

Diaada(r.a.) 1) to ptwA, to moke Hide 
atongt to ehove,^— Sj) to bring to a dose 
(said of a weaver), mmomba ana- 
omba ndearuytMh9t dedbemo ana- 
ir^eunda (Kis. eoea), — dsOBdwui 
(F.rec.) to jfueh one another, wmuu 
or ffnon^be wttdeundtnta, — dnm- 
4ika(y.n.) 1) to admit qf being puehed 
along, "^21 to be doee, near (the beam— 
a dotb when finished being woven).— 
4sQBidira(v.d.) to pueh on to or /or 
(another).— d w m^ldga (v.inr.) topueh 
on much, to ehove forcibiif; der. fn- 
deundanOf mdeundi, fnd»%tndu» 

Dmnidiira(v.ao {seedeindura, dein- 
durana). 

VdMungm, s. {ya, to). 

Ssiui^, 8. (ra) ipLfnaungu), a pump- 
Icin. 

IMtDgtd, 8. (yaandsa), the bmnboo, 
cane iJK\s,fnuanmi)f deiSngui ya tn- 
d^ia; deungnti ya ntgangdra. 

DiuigiirtfrVy s. (uyu) (pi. wa deuf^ 
gmnire), name qf a apeeiee (ff bird. 
deunffurure ewfhoka nibwmi bona 
mpago, 

D«&ro (adv.) yttterday. mdeura (ss Kis. 

jioHi). 
IhwngndMiY.iL) to rub (only said of 
the body in washing or oiling). — 
dflonmidaiui (v. rec.) to rub one ano- 
ther (e.g. in bathing).— dsnm^fiidllai 
(v.n.) to appear weU rubbed, to look 
clean (from rubbing) (Kis. hu einga),— 
dsiinirQdlra(v.d.) to rub (one) for 
(another, ejg, one's child).— dsanvQ- 
(v.int.) to rub wdl, Oean, 



8ft(interJ.) ea n%ai Wna ehira, oh mo- 
ther (says one when receiving a gra- 
taity) I have become wdl =» thank yon. 
They say so even to males. 

Ma (yedet]." edaiiui (v.n.) to get lower, 
to deecend (of the sun and birds) Hnda, 
deua Hda eda$na deabano bono* 
i(v.d.) to go down to. — 



(v.int) to be very Um (dear 
setting). 

Msttn (v.a.) to lean agaimt, fopuiwp' 
againet (Kis. hn teg em e d ea),'^ > d— 
kMra (v.d.) - •Jtricdd— (v.intj i» 
lean wdL 

Mi«mika(v.a.) Q,q,hu 
or tndeeunika), 

■ds4mttra(v.n.) to eneeae. huatn 
m oka edeimwreirwudi oiehMre p/W 
gomke dikoee htt^mr^eiwa, with us ». 
when one eneeaee, he muet name hie 
tribe, that we know him. The reason 
for this custom is their aversion to % 
man being married to a woman of 
his own tribe. 

Bada (or jMiAa, {according to euphony)' 
(v.n.) to go (walk) {wonda for waendedl, 
hu enda wlMMto, to go a Journey (see 
pfeka)f madei yaondaf unende^ 
contr. from nna endaf adonda contr*. 
from eida enda,— w i4aa n da (v.reit) 
to go-go s= to be ahoaye moving about 
(Kis. umgentanga). In a good sense^ 
when said of a man who likes to travel; 
In a bad sense it is used of a woman.— 
andftka (v.n.) to bepcueable; mdundm 
uyu euendeha deabano, a n d ek—- 
lit to treat ae pcteeable, i.e. to wait for 
(any one) ueamke, mu-endekSeOf do 
not go cfft wait for him; deima Mi 
bafupi, i endokSeo, the pMte ie ne- 
arly ready, wait for it, — mid«ra». 
andaraiia (v.)— kn ondara (v.rel.) to 
go or run to (of water). — andMaa 
(v.int.) 1) to go about much;— 2) (v.caus.) 
to make or teach to go (a child) (Kis^ 
Jueia). 

, (v.n.) to Jit, to euit wtU. — eii0> 
,(v.rec.)to euit each other. Prov- 
ing eamba nUevna naJco-ku enore^ 
na nin^obe," miMtta(v.p.) to be 
euited (with any thing). 
Ilicam(v.a.) to increaee, to add; ni 
engeea tnarenei (see nmrenei), — «B^ 
ireflera(v.d.)— eng^atedia (v.int^ to 
add very or too much,—- MUia. 
(v.a.) 

(v. n.) (see wertuna) eidi {we) 
erama feu dttnga nutdei, we do not 



42 



ERENGA— FIDI. 



•Coop %ohm we are fetching wMier (Kis. 
haiuindmi ku teika fnt0€^ — 



(▼.a.) to eoMM, to redccn (or 
(Y.d^ to eomU 

(or JTMM^ (v.a.) to meaauret ««y»- 
fiMioro «i ImmI<| uda u deng9 
or ImmW, twig M ia, try iM« load, wJk^- 
M«r yoM eoii carry it;-— ^ to eoNr 
MlOtT in the sense of looking upon as 
great — asa asa (y.reit) to imtuue 
<in drawing).— •■ani(v.(i) 1) to hmo- 
4Mr« to or /or ,*— 2} to try, niaika d9i 
Sfolko, ni edeere 

^am^ai — 8) to imitute, » jWMka 
(y.a.) to admit ^ metuwrimg, to he 
meaettrtMe; poeerm, tryl— yWMdia 
(Y.int) to mM«Mr« wU,— MMraaa 
(v.rec.) to imitoto om onotAar. 
lriM(a4J4 ftM«o«*alM ftlH UUH, 
sudeiwa ku nema akaii m mi m mnd a, 

w 

fm (lM/») (v.nO to dC« (more nsoal word 
In* iekokwBBku/h)» kdfa «i«a«M^ lit 
to d<e eroiiip, to eroMp-iKe, te. to be 
seiied with cramp; mdondo yanga 
jrw/to demtti^ }nst itf fhie homde amd 
^Mrme the eapreeeUm *ku guM^a na 
M&nM* U need; ku Ai mttrnngo, lit 
to die Umbe, to he Itmb-deadt i.e. to he 
seized wUheoBtreme laeHtmde (Kis.«Mi- 
umgo ffWMKM^-toyAi) to feel an en- 
tire prostation of strength.— tern (v. 
relO to d<« to or ai. XdtUumhui rkta 
Jfu r um m, Hna ferm domoa, on ONI 
stimge thee emd dUe at the verypkm. 
(▼.a) to die aip«y (a tomoor)— 
(Y.nO 1) to to«« fty daaa; — 
2} (v.int) to die in great mmbere; dit^ 
gmi^eo dtmgm/^dso HdideOoka^ dia 
we ever eo mamg, die we ever eo mamg, 
we BhaU not Uaae cff (Oghting). 

yata(/Wa»«). 

"WmMmk (Y.n.) to retfrst to 6« private, to 
keep alone, to Uve kg om^ee^ ijDiL 



dea yoka mfniutnba muake, thie 
man Uvee hy himee^alone in hie homee, 
fiiUrini (y.aO (or Inadiiirini) pav 
eing to and fro to watch oneprtvatdy 
(in order to shoot him). 

Tmfwnnn (v.a.) 1) to mingle or cover 
with earth, uye ana ntui$ea kidotve 
ehake, oaku fafanioa, he eowed hie 
eomeUn, hut did not mingle it with 
the earth (which is done with the hand). 
21 to rub out (as figures drawn on a 
wall).— fkfanidlra (y. d.) — fafoal- 
■isa (v.int) to mingle wOL fig. to 
coi^fUee oiM (in a contention) &y o»t- 
voidng one, 

Faliwali (see mfeaiweai), 

Famkokm (see dtmta). 

Famfola (v.a.) to make go off,toU^off 
(a trap).— fiutttarim (y.d.)— fiunboka 
(y.n.) togo cff (Kis. ilM*a from ilM«a)^ 

FMUUia ^S\,pigafna, wan*u wafa^ 
fuma na ufamaa).— fllB«flma (y.n^ 
to r0Mm5tor to fts eimHar; kupigana 
denotee a etrcnger reeemihlanee than 
ku fanafana, 

Faatn {seefkUj. 

(V.) 

(y.n.) to eob. 
F«ni(see/») (im/a)^ 1) Msa (seeA^ 
/iNl«a is not causative of ku fa, to 
cause death, but it means simply 'to 
loee hg death, and is confined to a 
mother (Ki8.ill<«cw) who has lost her^ 
child, but it is never used of the father, 
weumai anafedaa scil wnt anmf — 
imm Sa (v.a.) to light upon, to come 
upon what previouelg eaioted, m ta th a 
yaaf^ea, a ctaite cfpregnameg drts cto d 

to marrg; mti a w «0aaA*a» lit a 
chOd qf Ugkting upon, te. a step-ehlld 
(Kis. Xmhn»m). — ftrttaia (v.recO — 
ft gi ka (y.n.) 
fUi, ntjldi, a eoreervr; dviko 
rina rina m^ftdi la fmUu 
guaa, lit oiir countrg thie hoe (so 
many) earcerere, (thai) people die vmor 
teemdahlp. Im f an iu is a contraction 
firom U^ wa n tu , the predicate belog 
of the country, instead of tba maiw 



FIGISA— FUA. 



43 



4Hko lafa for 'w€m*u wmfaf* (KIs. 
«N<a«4. A sorcerer who is thought to 
cause the death of prople by witch 
craft, must pass an ordeal, which, of 
he is guilty, will cause his death, if he 
survives it, he is proved to be innocent 

r!iffiMi(v.a.) (i.q.in KiB.A9i^, io rub 
hehoem thtfingtrn, 

Fiffa (V.) {wwpfiguy-%ifl3UL (v.a.) io rvh 
(eyes;, to crumtUt puiverAM.— Ilginrm 
(v.d.}/or oMoeAer.y fifiaidMi(v.int.) 
to rub 1O0U. 

Fiflfnla(v.a.) to wrmch out (a cloth), to 
sgeme (a swelling), hu fignia dturu, 
hu-m-fignia namkaiimbiU, — fi|f- 
Bim 1) (v.a^ to eamtinue to pre$8 to- 
gether (in making arrows, when they 
fix the hirideo into the Bom^. — 
29 (v.d.) to wrench or tqeeae out any 
thing for a$»other. ht^-n^fignira <!•<»- 
rugahe,— AgtdkM.— Bgabnrz (v.d.) 
fiffiiidHi (v.int.) to wrench or tqee^e 
toeO or much. (Kis. kamua, tu/mbua 
popotoa), 

Fika (v.n.) to arrive, to come up to, to 
wffiM, to reach:'— flkana (v. rec^ — 
fikira(r.re].) to oirrifie at, to reocA, to 
l»e «i(/3^<en< /or.— flUrira, flkldui 
(v.int.) to arr<«0 imU, at the very 
spot; (v.c.) to makie one arrive,— iUbui 
(v.a.) 

(adv.) 
(see pAna), -- ibilm and flaldia 
(see pilniro and pilnidMi). 

Ftenm (v.a.) to brea^eaet, (i.q. fiMMra), 
(Kis. ^tngum hnnoa)f eSmnnftewte 
woM^miiQ vvemga. my etrangere hoee 
not ir«< frroelEfMMtod eoemm contr. flrom 
#<MWMM»).— flMuira(v.rel.) to molee 
oiM^f 5rM|/M«l qf (any thing). — 
AmiMMi (v.int) to Mrt mtidb at ftrMrie- 
feaet (see MMitrtf4«a). — AnuHi (v.aj 
to let 5rMri/Mst, to give a bretOtfeeuit 
Mima wek-^vuee wa i o nd v wmm g a, I 
have not yei given a braol^. to fHg 
etrangere. — fiAia (v.) 

7o (seep/b). 

(v.n.) to wrMUs, to ehrMt; 
fohe (or iMcMa yy fco ) 
/Ma,Aa (or her) cAMfcf are wriahUA ; 



mw d ee mi euuifeda^ theUavee are 9kr$- 

vdML— fodma (v.rel.) to ehrivel cr 
eiuik into; fnadeagn gaike anafederm 
mfgndi^ fodMM 1) (v.int) to ehrMi 
up much; — 2) (v. c.) 

FMia, s. (wa) Tobacco, but which to 
never smoked, but only taken as snulL 
The expression for both smoking and 
taking snuff is however one and the 
same, vii. k« g^gn, beeamee each is 
a kind of draeettg; hu g6ga fedia, 
to take enuff, but Jbu gaga c ham b m 
is 'to cmoke henpf* Wddia um imeiat, 
green or unripe tobacco; pemde s» 
fodia, the small round leavee of to- 
daeco, jutt ehooting forth (from their 
resemblance to a kind of thin, round 
shells worn as ornaments by the na- 
tives.) 

Fod0fd«a(v.) J^a-n^-Ukn-ada/^dv 
gaea-eada-hu-pamiSraf uea/bdo' 
g6ee ehoodddeimukim, 

Fiirerm(v.a.) to thatch {lf\.pfig^ — 
forerttlEa(v.n.) to appear weU that- 
ched {fUumba yoke inafiprerika),-^ 
for«r«m (v.d.) to thatch to or for amo- 
<Aor.—foravadsa (v.int) to t^totoAiosll. 

F«v«irof«raM-(adv.) only used in con}, 
with the verb kn pfwndaf amapfmi^ 
da /&rereforeref he ha» covered Mm- 
8e^ all over (neither head nor feet 
being seen, as If he were thatched. 
fMMni(v.a.) to serope ever, to bmy, 
(said only of things) to enter, to cover 
with earth, to eoneeat In the earth; ka 
pemra na ku fedeera, to plant and 
to cover it; ku fodaera u^' nU tMga, to 
burg un Oephanlfe tmtk (In order to 
conceal it); ku fedevta mmanda, to 
fXtup or cover a grave.-^ fo4Mffdkm 
(v. n.) to get covered ever (e.g. yoong 
plants when there to much rain). — 
IMMff«ra(v.d.) to cover over to or 
for (another).— IbdMradsa (v.int) to 
cover over tosll. 

Faa(v.n.) to /all ef beiffeg dome (from 
want of fire;; to he underdone, kdbuv 
wanga amafaa mnpika ewnanevWf 
my beatne are not done (because) the 
pat hoe no JIre, kidi 



44 



FUAMPURA— FUMBURUKA. 



/iMi, madHmbe neka nmma nmma, 

iki$ iron U not done, (because) th6 

eoaU are (too) few, 
Fnampim (see /bmyptm*) (Kis. tog%»a 

tnfomfro). 
Fob! (adj.)- ftiMlai (r.o.)- fiiMkiAra, 
^di (property m-AMiO, s. (ya, pi. wr;, 

afirdotk, afu$u (probably aportiig. 

word) (Kis. frwndule^* Xbu don^aAMi', 

to cAaiV6 a firelotk; na^m-bdnffira 

mfudi nennffa, I load tJU fire lo<A. 

for my frttnd or comrade; hu doen- 

dora, to ram a fire lotk (Kis. leu «^«1- 

nUH, hu thindUia). 
(seeiiiAmfca). 
(y.a.) to tprinkU (only said of 

things dry, but never of water) to^ 

sprinkle water Is ku nmaea model 

(Kis. gfwgniea), 

Vnfa (ady.) (e.g. hu pfunda dearufU' 

fUf to cover orufiBelf entirely. 
Pnfiunimba (adv.) (see/um/u inim^), 

Pnfiiia(v.a.) to grope , to grapple, 

Fo^a (or pf«c'a}> s. (ra) {^},mapfuga\ 
a nest (but only of such birds as hatch 
on the ground, ejgAhe domestic fowls) 
(Kis. hiota), 

Fiifada(v.a.) to take into one's lap; 
hu-m^fUgada mtiana (Kis. pofcafa). 
iiigadika(v.n.) eatily to admit qfber 
ing taken into the lap (said of a quiet 
child).— f«ffadira'(v.d.)— ftvadidia 
1) (v.int.) to take into the lap eartfuUy; 
2j (v.caus.) to put into one'e lap, 

Fnguia (v.a.) 

Faffwra (v.a.) to ecrape up, to dig up 
or out (Ki8.<tfm5t«a orA*0va) hu/U- 
gura ndeoma^—foigukai (v.n.) to turn 
looee (in the ground); deihi eafuguha, 
filCVXira(v.d.) to dig a hole, or dig 
out for another.— fliflrvridsa (v.int.) 
to dig out much (he does it for wages). 

mm(v.n.) to be red; yoo fuira, that 
whieih i$ red; maeo iwnafuira na 
maeo9if the eyee are red with teart. 

Paka (v.n.) to rise, to spread (said of 
smoke, of a fog, of the rain-bow &c) 
(fcun^PM gafUha). — fiildva (v.d.) to 
rise or spread against, to ^ndts or 



disgitst (said of food and of the be- 
havioor of a man, see buera), ada- 
hU'A*kira dsihu Hmodti: He will 
disgust ihee in one day (Kis. ata-hu- 
hinaisha sihu m'mii^i).— lokldlia 
(v.p.) to be disgusted, to loathe; trop. 
to be displeased (see huera),-- lUd* 
dsa (v.int) to rise and spread much 
{nafktktdua na ncMa sa ufontu). 
Fala!Ua(ady.) indicative of abundance, 
but only with respect to mawngu oli 
fulafula (see go^tgoa), 

Fnma (v.n.) to go out qf cr to come from, 
Wafuma hu di, where do you corns 
fromf resp, n*na fwma hu NiofMhis, 
I come from the Niassa, — ftunira 
(v.n.) (i.q. fuma). Wafumira hu di. 
IPnufwmira hu-mr-Vunde, 

FninlMi (v.n.) to become powder.— famr 
bidsa(v.c.) hu fumbidsa nwhere, to 
reduce to powder ^by stirring or po- 
king in the fire). 

Fa]nbada(v.a.) 1) to dinch (the bare 
hand);— 2) to inclose in the hand. — 
fnmbadika (v.n.) to become clinched 
or crooked (the fingers from cold). — 
fiitiibadira(v.d.) to dinch any thing, 
i.e. to take into one's flst for another 
(in order to conceal it).— ftunbadidia 

1) (v.int.) to dinch well, tightly. — 

2) (v.caus.) to press into ontfe hand 
(any thing) and then make him dinch it, 

Fa]nbira(v.a.) tofietch, to feather (an 
arrow) (Kis. hu papika mfrotva). -* 
ftunbirira (v.d.)— fnmbizidia (v. int^ 
to fietch thickly, (to put on many 
feathers). 

FAmbte(v.p.) lit. to be pulverited (only 
said of trees and grains in consequence 
of insects (to be worm — eaten). 

FAmMto, 8. (wa) {plufe^fuinboe), 1) em 
insect destructive to wood and grains 
(Kis. umdudu);— 2) Me immm itf a bird, 

Fombimka (v.n.) to start, to move sud- 
denly, especially when sleeping (said 
of animals; of men Ihey use the verb 

■ dsidsimka and garmmuhm),— fiuB- 
bvrakini(v.d.) 1) to start to or «<,^ 
iQ to surpriMS, niama iy» <fMi-«itf- 



FUMFUMIMBA— FUBA. 



45 



dM(T.caiu.) to 9tarae, to otorm. 
r»inflnnimlwi(>dv.) lit beU^-wi$e, i.e. on 

to Ue <m tJU ttomaeh (Ki&ftM imoa 
ku fu m mm f hu fmtnm i la; Kin.M/Wf»< 

Fampa (y.a.) to gUmn (only used of 
things which grow in the earth). The 
first reaping of these vegetables is cal- 
led hu donta). 

Faiii^Uai(y.n.) to mOl /te«^, mmUkg, 

\ (y.a.) to SMfc, to long for, to womt. 
^(v.reiL) to omk esefc, i.e.to 
tease, to annoy (Kis. mUmiMa).—' for 
nikmtv.n^ to admit qf 9mklng, bout- 
ekaUe. Btmm tntngm oi bm/%§mikm, 
ikere are thonu, where it i$ not eear- 
ehalbU » fehere one eatmot teaireh. — 
fluilm(y.d.) to eeekfor, Prov, Mntu 
uka-fn-kwmba, uoa-n^-fmUro Uu- 
ntu»mba, uka-fn- f kn ir m hunei 
Immmmm hu em d a nytdoi^^ twMMtL, 
to eearch mueh. 

^ondluilv.n.) to be toam or hoi (ac- 
cording to the olijea spoken of), mawa 
hu haii na hioaimo, deabetno deua 
laftmdha, lit moming U wa$ wUh 
e6Ub»ei9, now the eun became wairm; 
madoi yooyWsMlAa banamiunammt 
hOce warm or tepid water; mha, uha- 
pidoo mmdot, a^indhOf liLgo amd 
heat wator, be it warmf mfniwmba 
mmmmg u nMMAMMto, in my houae U 
ii warm, or niwmbo ymnga ya 
fundet, my houee ie warm, Mbaia 
ufomga ama guidom na twari w yo, 
tmbirate rqf^nnda, my brother wae 
seized with the Umbe, i.e. got fever, his 
body is hot— ftudUsa (v.int) to be 
verg Ao( (so as to scald); (v.caus.) to 
warm itp (food which has become 
cold), (of things which had never 
been warm before, hu pidsa, mu$t 
be need, 

PobAo {aeepfmUtOf Joint, knob, knoL 
(see mt/Wfl»cra). 

i; s. {uyu) (pi. wafungo). Name 
inf a epedee of monkeg. It resembles 



the ^htmaf* bat is much larger. Prov. 

ndhmtdkitm hdnia, akwdi, 

MHlMra mm m o. Be iaU 

ie eeM to be $o heang (i.e. the doauoa 
of it) that when wet it can no more 
raise it properly for the purpose of 
hiA Mia. Wherefore a spy. considering 
himself the 'tail" of the chief who sent 
hhn, will answer, when charged with 
staying too long in a coantry by the 
Fungo proverb. 

(T.) 

k(v.aO to epoU, timnder, to take 
bootg, 

FmMi(v.a.) to aek, to mqwire, to urn- 
sutt (Kis. uiioa, daOiei, hahihta, 
•ftatf<H)^ltaBMi ltaBMi(v.reit) to oak 
nrnth, repeatedly, tmnSw «iyw afuuoe^- 
/MMS".r-ftuifliina(v.rec) 1) to acooet 
one anoihsr in paeeing, lit to inquire 
of each other;— ^ to eonetdt wiih each 
other, (seeanlrMrcma)^— fluairm 1) (v. 
d.) to (Ukfor (another) (e.g. in marriage), 
2) (v.rel.) to aak (for any thing) uro-m- 
funeirorftgif whait do yqn aek him 
forf^ flmainuim (v.rec.) to aek one 
for another.-^ fimsidaa (v.int) to atk 
weU or much, to examine (Kis. hu •<- 
•<e<«a).— ftmaMaa, uhooe u^nu/edoet, 
aek well eo that yon may hear weU 
(what one says), 

FiUKta (properly m-funia), s. (ya, pi. oa) 
1) the act qf stumbling; hu otnba n»- 
^nta, to etamble;— 21 a womnd got 
from stumbling (seep/^fwto). 

Fanta (v.a.) to v&ffr,— foitira (v.d.) 
to pilfer from (any one).— flutidaa 
(v. int) to exceed in pilfering ; (v. cans.) 
to inetigate one to pQfer (incite). 

Faniira (v.a.) to open slighOy, i.e. to 
make only amcU tneieUme in tatto- 
wing, as also in scarifying the skin 
(Kis.]sM taja), to eerateh (by accident, 
coming in contact with the knife or 
sword of somebody. But of thorns it 
is never used), (see ra«a)«— fiumraait 
(v.rec) 

Fap«a(v).— flvialnpfla. 

Pnra (v.aj lit to deaden (from hU fa, 
to diil^ 1) to •uffocaU;-^ % to ca$$rai$: 



46 



FURADIRA-ONAMM. 



this is only done with dogs, never 
with bulloclLs or other animals (Kis. 
ha9i, — teim (v.d.) to deaden for 
(another)* 

(vO 
I, s. (ra), (pi. w« and mafura), a 
tortoiae; kowtda ra fuirUf the ihUl 
of a toiioUe, pi. mMkamnJba ym ma- 
^tru, the eheXU qf Utrtoieee. 

I (s.) (see maramha and ineoa). 
(v.n.) to he in Aotte, or in 
a hurry. — ftinimira(y.a.) to haeten^ 
to hwrry (Kin. hu himiea),^ Iva- 
miflira (y.d.) to haeten (one) for 
(another), u-ni-furumiHre mbali 
^tmntfa, aU-^tu^mhuifo, (pray) hatten 
my brother for me, who i$ behind; 
(v. reU to haeten for (any thing) «r€M»^ 
/Wrwm<H»w ehiani? what do you 
hurry meforf 

Fiuriira(r.a.) to brew, ku fwruirik m^ 
which ie emtirely the bue^eee of women, 
finmridMi (y.int.) to brew qften or 
much (Kis. hu tuea ufi), 

FlU'urire s. (ya and »a) a very large 
earthen veseel, in which the moa 
(a country-beer) is preserved. 

Fndsa (v.) witf^ea vfaf Jai, ni 

geifnba.— Ihdflalaclsa.— tadaaauL 

G 

OAMm (v.n.) to fluctuate. 

Gbibnka (v.n.) to fall in, to break in 
(by itselOi to break open (a blister) 
(Kis. hujftiha)/ fuea langa lina 
gabuka; ntoto untt-ni^enta, n*na 
gabuha. 

CMnira (v. a.) to rip up (what has been 
undermined e.g.the holes of mice).— 
gabnxiMi (v.a.) to dig through, to open, 
to turn up (the earth dtc.) ku gahu- 
risa fnaonge, gn&ma. — gjiboii- 
naa (V.rec.) mtdeingo yagahuri- 
tana ss Hrana, 

Gadhanui (v.n.) to lie on the bade. (Kis. 
kingdUngali).— gMhamfia (v. cans. 
to lay on the back (e.g. a child.) — 
(v.) I 



CMffl S. (wa) (no phir.) the imdOer emd 
finer tkaff, which comee off e^ter a 
second and third pounding. It is pal 
into a vessel and pressed into it so 
as to cause fermentation, in order to 
make use of it in brewing (seemrtMwU 
gaga wanga emaMeua, my €hMffa it 
fermenting, 

Qmgigm,8, name ef alOnd ef dawn. 

Oag«diMl(v.a.) d^nga etgagoAidf, 

QtaaaLxangmagvwnt s. («iyw) (pi. mIm- 
gangauf^ (Kis. kikuaida\ tnaenga u 
%oa gamiungangawo enidongo 4 
neha gamungeingatoo. — gMlUlA 
(see kanta, kanHra), 

(V.) — r««PW» (V.) 
or ngMDgmn^% (s.4fta4J.) 
s. (wa) (pi. wa}; a thread faeteoF 
ed round the bluMt end of an arrow 
for to lodge the ftngera on in drawing 
the bow, 

Chui(«, s. (ra) (p].mMfango) a nooee, 
a running knot belonging to the native 
trap {aee kukurule) (Kjsr kitanHi. 

Want, s. (wa) (pl.teo^orw), a dog (Kis. 
mboa, fiboa) garu wa nionohOf «ra 
kidearaf toa barabaret, 

CMEwm(v.a.) to divide, -- g[wm§kMfy.n^ 
to be divieible.— gwwmoM (v.rec.) to 
divide among.— g»wira(v.d.) to di- 
vide to or for,— flrswidia (v.int.) to 
divide much, to distribute libercOly. 

Qtmgmro, s. (ra) (pi. mageregere), a 
chain (Kis. «H'n<o, mkufu), 

Gnamba, s. a break (said of line weather 
after rain) (Kis. Mon^a). 

Gnamba (v.a.) to tear, to split, kss 
gnamba ndime, ht to tear off an n- 
dime, when there is much grass; when 
the grass is little, they' use the verb 
'ku lemba"(fL.\s.rarua iabua, papma 
passwe. — gnamMka (v. n.) to get 
torn; to spUt— ffBanbiim (v.d.) to 
tear to, — gnambirira (v.a.) to tear 
on, to continue to tear, to tear off mart 
and mare of the boundofry-line. — 
fnambidsa (y.int) to tear much. 

Gnambi gnambi, s. (y», ^a); 1) the 
glouMoorm;— 2) a spark of fire (Kis. 
1) iBlm«eem0«0;— 2) tete ta wait). 



GNANA— GNIEREGNIESA. 



4T 



QmaadM, s. (ya, ««) afmrnaesfer meie- 
iitg from. 

OnAalba (v. n.) to Ughtm, to Jkuh, 
gWtor (Kis. m««0m«to k« gnm. hua 
g Mm n i bOf U UgUmt; n^mrm ^ mm g na- 
ni^a, <Jk0 roAi UgMtm9 » it is lighte- 
ning, lightening and thunder being 
in connection with rain.— fnaaite 
gwantha (v.relL) n^^ura ya g n mm ika 
gntmib:— fnaaiUni (y.n^ togUUar, 
fikbu forth (fcw 9M«). n to ray iw i <« 
^fMm^blra, Uu Ham gUtUir; mthetU 
wagnmtUhira,'^ gnaniMJaa (V.JDt) 
fo irtttter miidk^ to iurpa$» in gUU&ring 
(k« 9IMM0 ^nortete in Kis.)— fBft- 
Bi^psm (Y. aO lit to molw «Mne or gllttor 
]k« sman4p«a tMngo, to hrcmdUh a 
aioord. 

Onmnignmiid, s, (ra and oa), the glow 
loorm. 

ChuuUM, 8. only «1 cofiiMeftofi «0<(4 tA« 
loortf mdkeres inch0ro «ea ^rfMNMOi 
roct-BoU in contradist from wioAor* 
«r« mohenga, $dlt qf $and, i.e. sea- 
salt, so called because it is in small 
particles; me h ore wa gnanoa wadoa 
na WawUa^ InU'oiUy ao much a$ tkeg 
want for huping their food, while the 
Wadonga bring the sea-salt as an 
article of trade to buy cows from the 
Wakamdunda. 

Onarm (Kis. cbamba cha ptQ). 

OnXa (or iila) (v.enclit.) 

C h d a g n i ma (y.n.) to go Up toe, (to 
avoid being heard (Kis. nitiduka, 
«(»m5aifa)v— gniagaamira, 1) (y.d.) 
to go tip-toe to— ;— 2) to etatid tip-toe 
i» etretehing one^eee^f afit/r toAot i9 
above one (expressive of continaanee.) 
gvia^rnamidaa (v. int A cans.) hu 
gniagfunUdea nntana* 

CMairniampira (v n.) (i.q. gnfagna- 
mira, more eepedaXiy ueeA cfanimale, 
to etand erect on the hinder-legs (Kis. 
gniapia) vnbuei agtUagni a mp ir a 
h^UUa madsani ya mdengo (with 
the balls of the toes na neino), 

Onli4rBiira(v.a.) to deepise. (Der.JMm- 
gniagnuro). 



OBlamblda(v.aO to Udb; «*ifnf 
gn imm Mda^ lit the anHdU Utk§ — 
a standhig expression for a particular 
movement of the white ants, when 
during on^ night they alt come out. 
and eat away the grass, leaving the 
hill quite bare.-- ffBlaaiM4ira(v.d.)' 
to Uek in order to tMte (for another) -^ 
fBlamUdidsa (v.caos.) to give one Uk> 
Itofc in order to taste; (v.int) to Udk 
mmchi gnamba a^in^gniimnMMrm- 
miM i m i naako (KiSL gtunnbo a-«»> 
rambia nmama tiMiondeim), 

OBiaii|lida(v.aO to make leod (said of 
white ants after having eaten off the 
grass of their hill; 



OnlMra (v.a^ to dOaU (by beatiDg a 
lump of iron).— giiMnfca fv.n.) tomom^ 
to yield (said of a lump of iron, i^ien 
beaten with the 'Imnn«." hido^tra 
cha gniduku. 

OttMfBia(v.aO to bite or gnaw Mo- 
pieeee (in chewing the sugar-cane) to- 
split into small pieces (wood) (Kis-lM 
pao^aa Hdogo vMog«.— -faltgvkm. 

(vj 

,(V.)-flrfMMni(V.) 

(adv.) farther (always, 
construed with *hu. mkar and only 
used of cracks, holes and wounds, hi-- 
damra ihi Mnmmka g ni e md e rSra , 

Ontonda, s. (y»and ea) irregular ptarat 
form of muondo, leg, 

Onlenifa (v.a.) to cheat, to impose upon;- 
{Kis, e^te^ta, bomba),— gniangfaaa. 
(v. rec) to deeefoe each other,-^ , 
fAa(v.n.) to be deceioahle,— 
grera (v.d.) to deceive for (another) (Ki8» 
in* euoutia)," fniangredaa (v.Int) to 
deceive often or much 

Gniaraffiiitea (or gvflragiiMa) (v.a.)^ 
to tidOe; (v.n.) to itch (aeeydhua) (Kis. 
hu tehenia)f tnigniondo yanga yoK 
nirynioregnieeaf my feet itch me, — 



48 



GNXEREGNIBSI— OOMA. 



(y.rec^ totUKU^m 



OnliMfBiMi (or MlttNfBMi), 8. • 

atar (so called from its twittering, un- 
steady light). 
CMflMNka (T.n.) U> $teal awaift to 
withiraw prMlp (especially said of 
serpents) (i\s.HHrika). 
CfaiifllbOy 8. (see nimbo) Kis. uimbo), 
OBiiida(T.a.) to wrinkU up (the face) 
ufiih the 0y6i and mouth shut (In eon- 
tempt). tKis. hujignia m«#o).— faift- 
4ini (r.d.)— gidndna, gniBAnn&a, 
ffnfaubilika, faiiidnlirm, falate- 



.(y.a.) 1) to open tUghttif (as 
the leaves of Indian corn, in order to 
see whether the grains are forming;— 
2) to diHort the mouth eUghtlff in eon- 
tempt— gntofBaMva (or 
mm) {K\S.huJ4 ohdkua). 



Chilofa4moa(y.p.) tofea meUmcheHy, 
to be $ad (from lonliness).— gnS»g- 
WKthm (v.) to tttm about (the tongue 
Ui one's mouth after eating any thing 
sweet, or to get out meat which sticks 
between the teeth. 

CkilteMi fBlteoa (v.n.) to ehow omfe- 
eOfumeaeyt reetUee, as if labouring 
under suspicion by not laying down 
one's weapons, or continually changing 
places (Kis. yu nui^huka thuka), 

AiOgBona (see nognona).-' giiofBA- 
nesa (see nognonoea), 

CfaMmm, s. (wa) (pi. id) (ira and mi), a 
drum (Kis. ngoma), hu eompagnomm, 
to eeoop out, or to hoUow out adrumi 

ChiMaba, s. (wa or get and •«) a 6O10. 
it seems that the particle sing, relative 
to many species of animals may be 
either wm or ya. The inflx may 
therefore be m >- or < for the sing, 
but for the PI. always oi; gnombe 
toa mikaei (Kis. gnombe nike, lit. a 
female cow, 

Chaombo (n.prop.) a $maU town on the 
South-eastern bank of the lake Nian- 
cha, inhabited by a tribe of Wahiao, 



called Wachania. Qn om ib o y JT- 
iMwxNMdo (name of the chief). 

Onona, a (wa) (pLitf.) a eroeodOe (Kit. 
mmmha) {f»gu pVmw^ 

OBOiUMni(v.a.) 1) to hotd u^ amd Uk 
fcXL doum, in order to have the refuse 
carried off by the wind ; to rotes duH; 
29 to throw «4» into the a<r (KianMAa)^ 
ejg, water dust^ gnMtA^mm (v.dat) 
famUtokm (v.n.) to leap or Jig out 
(as things pounded in a mortar, or 
water when any thing is thrown into 
it,— yiitfnddkw (y.d.>— CBmUMmi 
(v.int) to do it with frtolenee, to eeatter, 
to dieperee, e.g. a troop of men by 
shooting an arrow among them; few 
gnondodoa moto, to eeatter about 
ftre in the air, 

anonc^ s. (wyu) (pL with sa); a epoeUe 
qf crow (i.q. kikua f n k uaira) 

Onanamfmha (see ignwmom Um b m) , 

OttdiM ffBte* (a4j.) tiiMill (feimmmuHf 
{mfgnono hignmto, ig t^ na So,) 

G6a(y.a.) to notch, to mdkenotchee (by 
hammering), m i m o m bm mgom f M admum 

CImi grom (v.reit.) (see h6m) to eteal aiong 
etoopfng,-- ^b«ni, y Wrwa. 

Oobacha, s a rattUng noiee; the noise 
made in rummaging.— f bacliaiaa 
(v.a.) to make a noiee (in rummaging). 

Ooell«, s. (wa) (pi. wagodko), a fcuA 
vaitXh imeomfiMNly long lege; kuku ugu 
ni goek^ (Kis. kuku iSoa mbuni «9« 
nuntgisi, 

Oodobera (v.) 

Qog&tkiY.di.) (see goto), 

Q«li, a (ra) i^hmagoli), etodce, a ma- 
chine for confining the legs (Kis. gogo). 

Odma(v.nO I) to be bluni (a knifs'or 
hatchet &c);— 2) not to enter, to tr^ up, 
to make one etumble (Kis. ku dt$mi 
ueMpfi unagofna, unabuera, the or- 
row did not enter, it retuimed; bammt^ 
ga kiri g^ma g^ma^ the Indian com 
(i.a the cobs) is now aU blunt, le. no 
more pointed, rounded off. kidaa 
ktna ku gonut, a etump tripe gou 
up, makee you etmnble.-^ gvmMM 
(v.a.) to blunt, to duU the edge or point 



GOMBE— QUA. 



4» 



(v.n.) to get bhmt^ go- 
(y. Int) to hUmt muth or gna&y. 

Oombe, SL (ra) (pi. mo^om^a), Mtthat 
which i$ eontinuaUy licked or terat- 
dud out, \A the hollows in the banks 
of a river (as being constantly exca- 
vated by the action of the water). 

OonM, s. (ra) {magome), Wlthat you 
knodc v» agaHut;— 1) bank (of a river 
or lake) beach, $hore,itrmidSe. game 
4H ri»uirunohfha,thi$ hamkititraight; 
gama Uga rinahadm hoda, that bank 
ii winding;— ' 2) a imatt plank nsed 
in washing clothes (Kis. hibao), game 
ra ku ganiHra dsaru, 

Clmui(v.n.) to lie down, to deep, hu 
gana f^atn/^amivnba, to Ue dawn on 
the ttomach (Kis. hu UOa fUama\ 
hu gana na ntdSdt$a, to go to sleep 
with inJUMon, i.e. an inflated stomack, 
(Kis. few irim6<iro), leu gana ba m^ 
banif to tHeep on a knife, i.e. to be 
exceedingly artfiiL— ironaam (v.rec.) 
to lie with {num and woman). ^ go- 
IMka (v.n.) 1) to admit qf Iging down, 
yaha etbaganekaf froMa videadeo 
one cannot lie down here, there are 
etumpe (of grass);— 2) to let Bleep, to 
keep over night, to laff down, hu^tn- 
ganoka niarnd, lit to let Bleep an ani- 
mal, i.e. to watch it where it lays it- 
self down for the purpose of catching 
it; ka foiMkm mkoda, to keep the 
remainder qf food oeemight (seem- 
hude), hu^m^oneha tnuana, to lay 
down a (sleeping) child; hu ganmka 
mdengOf mdarOf baneiAe,, to lay 
or put down a tree, loadSc on the 
ground.— gmukmnm (v.rec.) (seejm- 
<M»to)^ iroiMlMra(v.d.) to lay down 
for another,— gomtn (v.rel.) to Bleep 
at, to Bleep awayftom » to stay away. 
hu gonera deamba, lit to tUep at 
thefteh (said of a fisherman watching 
his net); mhuru ufonga anagonora 
hu Hiainehu chaga himodei, my 
elder brother hoe tiept (or stayed away) 
at the Niassa for one year.— | 
(v.int) to befaH aeUep, 

Kiniaeea, 



ClomAMMi(v«refl.) to be yUaeed, graU' 
fted (to take pleasure in) (see ham d a 
(v.a.) to Uke, to pleaee). 

O6lldom, s. (wa) (pi. veeiadndoa), the 
beaver; gandoa adei madira, the 
gondoa BhutB itBtHfup; gondou <iMn- 
dikira mpemga miudke, the gondoa 
ie coiled up (has withdrawn) for the 
winter In its hole. 

Or9Bg9m (v.) 

Oondo dMira (v.) 

Ooiida(v.) unga^^n~ganee, ute g a-n^ 
ganee, «H'n#i» uyu etmfoneeket, 

OoBta(v.n.) nehira i yagonta habof 
mfntu uyu anagonta mgudu, — 
g'OBtorm, e.g. deenge iri Hna gon- 
tora ninoMra, eiti ku ftka kudeM, 

Oora (adv.) 

Owof ttro, s. (wa) {p\,ufageTogara), (i.q. 
komba in Kis. and Kin.) 

Oota (v.a.) to knodt, ku gota ntaro, 
to kno€k a peg (Into the ground) when 
spreading a skin out on the ground, 
in order to dry it— gwlaiim (v.rec) to 
knock or Btrike agaiuBi each other, to 
eottide. — cotam (v. d.) — g^bbdtm 
(v.int) to knodk or drive into welL — 
g'Of flta(v.redapl.) to kno^krepeoMOiy, 
to keep knocking, ekeka ekeha agO' 
gota kua miromo, the wood petker 
knotks with hiB beak.— gogobnm 
(v.d.) fOffflftodM (v.int) 

Oi&a, 8. (ra) (pl. metgda), a heap (of sand, 
Stones, trees, but not of grain; (see 
muru). 

Chuida(v.n.) to kneei (but kuada to 
marry).— gnmdmgnwdu,— g^auOm 
(v.d.) to kneel to; wantu tooMenda 
(for veakaenda) ku nUandu kua 
karonga, too- m guadira fftongana). 
ffWidirfTa(v.d.) to kneatofor (a ew- 
tain purpose). 

Ova (kd gua) (V.n.) tofott, to tumble, 
to go down (sun), ku gua mbanda, 
lit to /oil an ambueK A stratagem in 
throwing one'sself down on theground* 
when pursued by the enemy, while 
others keep running on, until they 
have drawn the enemy with in a fa- 
vourable distance, and can renew 

4 



50 



GUARURA— GURA. 



their attack (K\8,hu keti ufengqjo),— 
filtai(Y.rel.) to faU to or from (see 
pfundo).— guttdisa (v.cau8.) to cause to 
fall (Kls,pafn6sha)f hu guedsantau, 
to Unoer one*9 voice, — ka gnedMm 
(v.d.) f*»an-ffuedtere muanawttnga, 

Ovari&ra (v.a). (i.q. a^ntra) to loosen, 
to take out (a iknife or hoe from its 
haft or handle) (^\s. gongoa),^ gXLBr 
mka (v. n.) to come out, to fall out 
(by itself) (Kis. gonxfoha), — gV9IU- 
]dra(v.d.)— gnamridsa (v.int.) to 
loosen, to take out (by force). 

ChUvgniin, s. what is creeping (an 
abstr. noun). 

CMnm (v.p.) of hu gua, lit. to he 
fatten, to creep (only used of men and 
things espec. of children, but not of 
animals, not even of worms).— gna- 
wika (v.n.) to admit of creeping (e.g. a 
place).— gnawira (v.d.) to creep to 
(any thing or place).— gnawidsm 
1) (v. int.) to creep much;— 2) (cans.) 
to make one creep (child). 

Oiil>idhiia(v.a.) Iq, gobedhesa. 

04(Uui, s. (wa) (pi. wagudha), g^dha 
nkua hu hohera ahmnhti, 

Qll4ht^1ai(v.n.) to pursue, to run for 
ike purpose of caicMng,.— giidlnilrira 
(y.d) to run after, trop. to interfere, 
to intermeddle. 

OMngAdn (adv.) 

Gngnnta (v.a.) (see gunta and leun<a). 

Gliidte(v.p.) to he seized; huhu ana- 
gutdoa na niavna, the fowl uxu sei- 
ned hy a (wild) animai; hu guidoa 
wsa ba miniba, lit. to be seized with 
vibere hetty, i.e. to be seized with diarr- 
hoea; 1^1« guidoa na nwa, to he sei- 
zed with moa, to be intoxicated; dsua 
Una guidoa na ntikuidi, liL the sun 
is caught with clouds, 

Oiiira(v.a.) to catch, to seize; (v.n.) to 
holdfasi, to have a firm hold, to be 
fast (see basuriha),-^ gxangnrm 
(v.reit.)— ff«JTaiia(v.rec.) to lay hold 
pne of another, to adhere, to elea/ve to; 
madsi anaguirana na hungUf lit 
the water adheres with (or to) ice, i.d. 
covered with ice,— ffiiirika(v.n.) to 



be seizable; garu uyu eaguiiHka, 
this dog cannot be caught.— gmrfn 
(v.d.) to catch for another (Kis. sMkia), 
guiriia (v.a.) to assist in sdzing or 
holding,— g iiiziiira(v.d.)— gvnsiMi 
(v.a.) to catch up sUghUy^ to hang on 
loosely or negligently (a cloth round 
one's loins) (Kis.fct« shikisa),— gm- 
ridsa (v. int.) 1) to seize forcibly, ta 
grasp ;— 2) (v.caus.) to make one seize, 
e.g. ht4r-fn-guiridea nuMniasi, to make 
one seize shame, to put one to sha/iM 
(Kis. tahwyarisha).— gmUMBau 

Chiendteo. 

Guedefldka (seeJktM<i««efca). 

Ovepfe 9id\,protuberous, 

Qimidta (a4j.) entire, mnianga akeOi 
guidsi, 

iStngu, 8. name qf a Mnd qf graes, pe- 
culiar to the hanks of rivers, gugu 
ni udsu unadsadisra ntdsinge, 

Chimpira(v.a.) to follow at a distance 
{Kis, andamia), na dedgore, nda^n- 
giimpira, 

Gifindtte (or kandiM), s. red ochre (Kis. 
ng^u) (seepupsa), 

Oiimaiiidsm (v.c.) {see humdnidza). 

Ganda, 1) (v.a.) hu gunda hid»€ho, 
to knock at the door (this is only done 
at night for the purpose of waking), 
ana^dsi-gunda na mdengo, he kno- 
dced Idmseff against a tree (lit. with 
a tree); — 2i (v.n.) mdtma wanga wa- 
gunda, my heart beats, or nuUma 
wa-ni-gunda, the heart beats me; 
mudu wani-gunda, the head throbs 
me, or ntuduwanga uragunda, my 
head throbs; or tnudu wa-nigunda, 
mpftira yagunda, the rain thunders, 
or merely : huagumda it thunders,-— 
gimdawa (v.recO to knock up againet 
each other;— 2} to buttca eaeh other, 
e.g. gnombe zagundana, — f^UMk- 
dfara (v.d.) — gimdidaa (v. int) to 
knock forcibly (at a door).— gvndnra 
(v.a.) to bum, to bump (usedofpoiiD- 
ding, when there is hot little in the 
mortar), hu gundnra n^^die. 

^Mra(v.aO to buy (Kis. hu nuniUi), — 
giiriiia(v.rec) to buy one of another. 



GURE— IDADU. 



51 



to barter, waniu woadasiwa 
nSdue, fndagurana nao ehoodani f 

how uriU you barter toith men vthoee 
lafiguage you do not tenofof— giiridsa 
(Y.iDt.) to buy fMieh or frequently, — 
gtirilcm(v.n.) to be purehaeabU; mo- 
ronda yawa (for ya (»wii^ ffftgurHuM, 
the merchandiee of these (people) can 
be bougJUt i.e. the prize is reasonable; 
9affuHha, cannot be boughtt i.e. it is 
too dear (see «Miia)d— guxknk (y dO to 
buy for (another). There is hu huia 
to grow, hu gura to buy, and ku 
hura to nib. 

G^bre, s. name of a kind qf play. 

Gum, s. (ra) {pUmagwru, a cattle way), 

Chaugnf^, s. (wa) (pi. woffurugu/e)/ 
dearu ya gurugufe, cloth resembling 
the gurugvft in colours (applied to all 
prints). 

GurAlo, s. (wa) (pi. wagwniU, or gu- 
riir^, 

Churamnnia (y. a.) to roU about in the 
mouth (as food that does not require 
masticating (Kis.mMmunia). 

Giir4m(ady.) equally, closely 9 Baya 
unahtHnana naye gururu ukad- 
ha tn-pfuduhiraf ukadha-fn-i«uaj 
there you meet with him (an ani- 
mal) closely — if you had made him 
room (allowed him more space to pass) 
you would have sTtot him (Kis. hueunba 
uH-Jir-tengUf unge^mrfUana)f IHna 
hunuMna gurwru ba nohiraf we met 
each other equally, at the same time, 
in the way. gururu is only used in 
connection with In* hwmana to meet 
The idea seems to be, as if each had 
striyen to be there first 

Gnrtra (y.) — gwnOoL (y.) 



1, 1) (pron. sing.) it, rel. to the 'ya** 
class (pi. si)f they, them rel. to the 
pi. mi; — 2) (pron. demO this (e.g. 
fudi i, this gun), when relating to 
the pi. mi, then; midongo i, these 
tress; ino, io, iya; imoa, drinki (pi. 
imoanif drink ye I idia, eaJtl (pi. idi- 
ami, eat ye)! idea, cornel idsesni, come 



yet The opt form 4m^, Hdie^ udoe, 
wiU be used when speaking by eommis- 
sion, e.g. adi: iimiie Ae, he says: you 
may drink, or may you drink de, 

Ial(ady.) nn. This word seems to be 
especially in the month of the Mgama 
people, where the Mpande's would say, 
si ine. Sometimes iai is a m^re inter- 
jection, and more a mere sound than 
a particle of speech — ah weU Ac. 

Ibm (y.n.) to be bad; oKoo iba, something 
bad; Woo iba, one who is or such as 
are bad {K\8.mbaya)f pffoo ibet, (things) 
which are bad; fnua*fnna %iyu aiba 
fn*maneha, lit this man is bad in the 
hands, i.e. he is unskilfal in his busi- 
ness (opp. akoma tn^maneha), daiha 
data, we have already become obno- 
xious, lit. we are bad, we finished. — 
lstpers.sing.) na€banata, lamalready 
bad; — 2) waiba ufdta, thou art al- 
ready bad; — 3) toaiba wdta, he is 
already bad; (1st pers. pi.) daiba ddta, 
we art already bad; (2. pers.) tnualba 
muata, you are bad ; (3.pers. pi.) waiba 
wdta, they are bad, n%ads€ adhada- 
Uca (or oIbo) si teaora (or saorOca) 
water when spHUd, cannot be taken 
up again, — iUdoa (y.p.) to be dis^ 
figured (by one's cloth, ornament 
&c) {opp, hamSdoa) iwo unaibidoa 
dsaru i, or: ktus dsaru i or na 
dsaru i, ~ ibirm (y.d.) to be bad 
to, to suit iU to; to displease; na- 
miU'iMra mdima, I feel angry with 
him, lit I am bad to him the heart 
(see han%era), dsaruyake ina-mu- 
ibira, his cloth suiU him iO.— Umm 
(y.a.) to make bad, to spoil, to disfir 
gure; uohisiwahe wa-nir-ibira, sP- 
UnhtMmba ine, his (her) dbstineuny dis- 
pleases me, I do not Uke tt,— ibidsa 
(y.int) to be very bad; m*ntu uyu 
anaibidsa huli uya, 

Icha (pron.dem.) that, relating to words 
of the hi and oM-clasp, hironda iki, 
this wound; hironda icho, that wound. . 

UAdn (adj.) three, rel. to the plural form 
mi, e.g. fnidongo idadu, three trees; 
mUsetmpa isano na Idadu, eight 

4* 



52 



IDALI— IMBA. 



trap$ (from 5 upwards the numbers 
are made by compositions). 

Idall(a<jy.} long, relating to nonns be- 
ginning with n\ as n*Mme, ndHmb€ 
Ae, to the plural form tM, m^UiMta 
idaii, long iaiUt nd»4ml^ UUUi, a 
long $ugar-cane. 

Uaaa (v.a.) to caU, to name (Kis. hu ita, 
ftiM).— idanira (v.d.)~ I4aald«m (y. 
int.) to caU loiuUy.— idiwa(y.a.) (pas- 
sive in form) to amwer a coS (KIs. 
ieOMs). The word is not construed with 
Ace.; aidknoa, not: a-mu■^^daufa^ — 
idawim (v.d.) to amwer a eaU for 
(another).— id«pridsa(y. int.) to an*- 
wer a eaU loudly. Ihi wnuaohidana 
ehiani? lit. thi» you eaU what? (ehi- 
dama contr. from hi idana)f Ihi 
uehidana ehitmi^ what doeH thou 
edU this 9 dtaru i waidana ehiani f 
what doe$t thou eaU thft eilofhf (lea- 
ni-4daiwire mhanwa muli handon^ 
do, because the pumpkine being mealy 
stick in their mouth), 

I4i {ohode) {aeedi and ehode). 

Usa, Imperative come.' (Kis.n<ld), of 
hUdsa, i.q. dahudsa, Xdsa bafupi, 
come near (Kis. haribti), idea huno, 
come hither. Idea udsorni-^se, lit. 
come coming me teU, i.e. come and tell 
me. Idsemi or dahudstmi, (pi. come 
ye I) {K\8.nd&ni)» 

Ife (pron.pers. Istper8.pl.) we. In syn- 
tax it is only used, when the stress is 
laid on it (Kis. suisufi, Ife dHuOitna 
ba bakuru (or nditno ihuru), inu 
m*nalinus b» bagn&no (or ndime 
ignono), 

Ira. 

IgniMt (see ^fignia and hignisa). 

Vflmdao (a<]U*) (rel. to the 'ya** class), 
smaU, little, dsaru i nehignano (for 
ntfha ignatuh'neha nanuanama), ig- 
n&no n%itmha (adj.) na/rrow; dsaru 
i noha ignono ntiniba or nohig- 
nono nUmhn, 

>(v.a.) to put ypt to lay up, to detain 
to bury (Kis. hu weha). When the 
word 'ihaf is pronounced together 
with the particle of the Infinitive 'hu** 



you hear hu wiha, but this is most 
likely owing to the preceding u in 
huf una-hi-iha huduli bmnangu 
ohanga, suohiha (contr. fk-om «u 
hi4ha) bafupi ohodani? Daihabo- 
ySra, nTukisa, n^denge, put U ready 
(that) when I come, lynay take Ot 
away).— Ikfra (v.d.)— ilddsa. 

Ikora (a4j.) great; rel. to the 'gar class 
of words; huiiye nvpfuta gehuru 
(contr. from ga ihuru) noha nimga- 
niaga, 

Dranimimba (a4J0 hroad, dsaru i 
ihurwnUmba, or nehi huntnUmba, 
this cloth is broad.— Onuntdiicbia 
(a^j.) liL great (oO cotton, i.e. thick; 
dsaru i nohai hurutonoho, dinm 
inu^ gaba, hu dha. 

Hi ; a i8, rel. to words of the 'ya^-class, 
dsinutgtmga Hi hudi? where is my 
dsimaf 

Ima (v.n.) to stand stOl, to stop (to cease 
to go forward), daimabo tnebo, u- 
ni^rinde, stop there where you are, 
and wait for me.— imika 1) (v.n.) to 
admit <if standing stUl and staying, 
(stayable); gaha sibatmiha, ba>na 
hondo, there one cannot stay, there 
is war; gdba sibainUha, bansi ba 
denia, there one cannot stand stiU, 
the ground bums {is burning hot); — 
2) (v. a.) to let or make stand, to put 
erect; hur^mu-imiha nMuana, hu i- 
n%4ha mdoro, hu inniha m*dengo^^ 
iwiH.iV« (v.n.) i0 admit qf putting 
erect; moHra ga huhu (or Ipm^m) 
seiilmihika, the eggs of a fowl cannot 
be placed upright,— imlkidsa (v. inL) 
to make stand wM, car^utty, — imi- 
rira (imlkira? (v.d.) to stand to, 
before (any one), to keep standing stUl 
(see instances at the word "pori^— 
Imiridsa (v.) andgua, mu-imiridse, 

Imba (v.a.) to sing (hu imba m'nuu^ 
eha), — imbana (v.rec) — imblka 
(v. n.) to admit of sounding (firing off), 
fudi i siimbiha, this gun does tut 
admit of sounding (Kis. hu lisha), — 
imbidta (v.int.) to sing weU, to exca 
in singing, also hu imbidsa fudi,— 



IMFA— IWALISA. 



53 



imbim (y.d.) u-mu-imbirt gnimho 
ahogole9€ (Kis. «-«t»u-ifitMe gnimXfO, 
aiiihw)» Deriy. niwibo, fnuimhiOiie, 
Imfa, 8. (yo, pi. «a) death (see hu, fit, to 
die), Ifi ya nehi mania f Uufa ni 
hdtnoef imfa ya ba^mr-pasa si Jbo- 
tna fn*ntu uyu ni halinumchiraj 
im;fiMiyahe iHh%tdaiif tadaon^ka, 
Imfi, 8. (ya and 9a), grey hair (Kis. mfi 

tea nuelle), 
Imddai(adJ.) one, reI.to the 'ya** class. 
ImpiO, 8. (ya, MS). 

Ilia(adJ.) otTier, another, rel. to the 'ya** 
class (p1.m<) ^\s.ningine), niwmha 
ina, another house; nohira ina, ano- 
ther tooy; midtngo ina, other trees. 
UkdM (v>- indika (see winda), 
Indo (adv.) "yes" opp. to 'iai,** mi 
moyofart thou weU (lit. art thou aliye)? 
resp. inde nili mayo, yes I am well, 
Inde mai, or ea mai, 'yes mother'* 
is a standing expression used to males 
as well as females, when a favour is 
bestowed or answers to 'I tha-nk you.** 
inde nu^i, Chiuda ehhu^rshere m/oyo, 
I thank you, may god spaare thy life; 
inde mttntuwe t (Kis. aha some /} yes 
oh man! yes, my friend! inde hdme, 
yes exaeUy (Jii\»,ndivio htUisi), 
IndMI, s. (ya and sa) (i.q. mfurumfu in 
Kis., and sd in Kin.), a species of An- 
tUope, 
Indflom or inioa, s. the white ant, the 
termite; that species of white ant which 
lives in barrows or little round hills 
and comes out with wings at the thime 
of rain, (see ^srufude, mgogodere, 
n^herewSsoa^nutrdmba, haransi* 

Im (pron pers.) I (Kis. mtfmO* 

IbIT* (v.a.) (Ki8.lcM tua, Uu winga, drive 

awayf) {seeurUga), 
inCBdi, how many, ref.to mi (lit. it like 

where), nUdengo ingadi f how many 

trees, 
lace, 8.(ra) (pl.tnaln^e). 
Ino (pron.dem.) that (at a distance); mi- 

dengo imo, those trees; niumba ino, 

that house. 
Ill11(pron.pers.)(pl.yo«). Znusimdsiwa 

uye ndiye agdbiea. By way of ho- 



nour 'inM^* is frequently used for 
'iwe/* just as "you" in English for 
thou. Wemiamada inu daikudeant 
huno, lit« young men ye come here. 
Thus they will say if there is onfy 
one person, for: Waniamada nao 
waremekesana huaot young men and 
they (bs even they) honour one anoiher 
by them (= among themselvess). 

lo (Kis. Mo) (when near).— Ibo (when 
far). 

Ipfi or ipai, pron. dent relat to the pi. 
form ipfi vi or psi (Kis.Mv<); nin- 
ha vidsa ipfi, give me these stumps. 

Ipfb or Ipso, pron. dem. thoso, rel. to 
tha same pi. form as ipfi, Ipfo aoht- 
dapfo ni pfoiba, those things which 
he does are bad; ipfo unenapfo ui 
hu-m-gonseresera, 

Iri (pron.dem.) this, rel. to the 'ra" class 
fo words.-— Iro (pron.dem.) that, 

Irildsa(see wira) (v. a.) to add (a small 
load to a larger) i.q. saMdikis€u 

linao (adj.) Jive; isano na idadu, five 
and three (there being no word for 
eight). 

in (pron.dem.) these, rel. to words which 
have no pi. form; gnombe isi, these 
cows; niumba isi, these houses. 

i(fli(a4j.} The root-word o( wooisf, hi- 
wisi, iwisi, fresh, raw, unripe, muii' 
tu ttyu wddia niama ya iwisi, this 
man eats raw meat. 

Iio pron. dem those relat. to the 'sa'* 
class, iso nso 6na, thai is true (the 
pi. is here indef.) ieo unenaso, those 
(things) thou sayest which, 
(see nUfusi), 
(v.a.) to/orgef.— iwwrf«i(v.d.)— 
iwarisa (v.a.) to make forget, to pu 
one off his guard (said of an enemy 
who keeps quiet for a time, or a ra- 
pacious animal making no attack for 
some time.— iwaridsa 1) (v.c.) to 
cause one to forget;— 2) (v.inl.) to be 
fvrgeXful; m,u itvaridse manga wa- 
hora «MM*e. 

Iwalisa (v.a. niama uyu a n^i ufoliea, 
ndipo aha^n-ntera neeru (€«ra«a). 



54 



IWE— KACHEKA. 



Iwe, second pers. sing, of the pron. pers. 

thoth—iwiiD/SLMO, thou al$o, 
Iwiii. — iwiri twizi. 
Iwiii (adj.) rel. to the "ya" and *«a" 

class, uwripet green, raw, fresh; dtima 

i n'eha iwist, this 'I>Hma** is unripe 

(not sufficiently cooked). 
Iwo, tiiird pers. pi. of the pron.pers. then; 

two Uua iwo (Kis.tcao hua woo), 

teanti* wa hu hu Mpande wana- 

bandftna or w<Mna tirana Hondo 

iftfo Icua it9o. 
Xy% pron. dem. 1) sing, thcat, yonder, rel. 

to the 'ya" class; — 2) (pi. thone) rel. 

to the pi. *mi,» 
Ijre, third pers. sing, of the pron. pers. 

he Of ehe. — ly^ndso he or $h6 al$o, 

K. 

Sa, s. time (in the sense of repetition) 
ha ntodsi one time; ha wiri, twice j 
ha tatu, three times; ha nai four 
times, ha »ano five times; ha sano 
na ha niodsi six times; neha, I 
alone; weha, thou alone; yeha, htf 
or she alone; ife doha, we alone 
inu nutha, you alone; wauye woha, 
they alone, 

Ka, aka, anaka, the various prefor- 
matives denoting the time tf verlfs 
(preterite or present time); ahaiba^f 
anaiba, he was had; nnamJca, nna- 
ha>ona wddia muroba, I have gone 
and have seen them eating fresh meat, 
Sero uye anttha lima mwnda weihe ; 
rero Warabai wcMUMha ft*hha wa- 
durun^a. 

Eiba» s. (wa) (pi. wdhhba), a scarlet 
cloth (worn by royalty only). 

Kaba(v.a.) to bcUe {to Uwe out water); 
hu haha madsi na hiho mhuado, 
to bale water with a "Idk&' out qf 
a boat; ehuru eha haha madsi ni 
mpfura ya mhSdo. — kallira (V.d.) 
and V. instr. to hale for another; hiho 
cha hu h€ihira nutdsi, — kabidsa 
(y.int.) to h<Ue out thoroughly, 

KalMunba, 1) (wa) pi. wahabamba, 
the spleen, the mUt iK\s,wenau), 



Kabamblra. 

Kaban kiiaro,s. (pi. wakdbanhuaro), 

KahAm (n.p.) 

Sibe, s. (wa) (pi. wiOcabe), a kind of 

sieve used in straining the moa, habe 

uyu agunta uhoma, n%oa unagun- 

tiha, 
Sab6a, s. (wa) {plwahab^a), a spy, 
Sabeifa, s. coll (wa) a kind qf beans, 

habeifa ana hundhe). 
Sabeni, s. (wa) 1) cobs qf Indian com, 

when beginning to horm (just budding 

forth) ,*— 2) name qf a small rivor which 

flows into the Ugonde, 
Saber6re, s. (wa) {p\,wdhaber4re), a 

splinter. 
Sablld, s. (wa) (plwahabthi), habihi 

wa hidsego, 

Kabira»s. 

Sabirimana, s. (wa) (pi. tcalMs6<H- 

fitana). 

Sabiaa (v.n.) 1) said qf rain, when at 
the approach of the rainy season light- 
ening is observed for a time without 
thundering, niengo dsata, ntpfura 
yahabisaf— 2) hg. said qf a powerful 
and daring man; ntfumu uye aha- 
bisa, that chiif puts one in awe, or 
terrifies, 

Kab6ro, s. (wa) (pi. wahab&ro, a man- 
slaioe, bondman (see mjahast) (Kis. m- 
twma, hituana. 

Sabnibda, s. (i.q. sonibodi) (wa) (pi. wa- 
eombodi), a short-legged fowl, gene- 
rally used in connection with kuku; 
huhu wa habuada, though you may 
also say : habuada uyu, and habua- 
da wanga, 

Sabnerendao (adv.) so as to return 
again (from "hu buera and ndeo)," 

g^bwmp n (s. abstr.) roundness, fulness, 
smoot?mess; utatea habumpu, a well 
rounded how; muntu wa habumpu, 
a man of roundness, i.e. a man with 
a full, round body; mtohosa ya hes- 
bumpu, weU rounded rings qf iocry 
(see nuMlcosa). 

Ka c h6ka, s. (wa) a cloth bound tighUy 
round the belly, especially done to 



KAGHERE— EADSIBA.. 



55 



women after childbirth and generaily 
to alleviate pain and hangar, na 
humba dtaru yanga nHnange hth 
ehSha. Ife onsi dthanuinga ha- 
eheha hua ehdru, 

KMichhte, s. {p\.wah€iohSfe)t name of 
a apedet qf tree used for live hedges 
(Kis. uniandege) f haehere adawa 
or adanidsa, 

Sach^sa or kakesa, s. (wa) (pl.iroJko- 
ehSsa), an earthen vessel with a nar- 
row neck, and painted, used for set- 
ting beer before friends, mbta sa 
Uigehesa ndiso sinavnHa Icn h%^ 
arc htiH wantu, 

KachiracUiiwa (or irachiradatwa}. 

Kachiri, s. 

Kaeh6fti, s. s. coll. (wa) a kind of mush- 
room smaller than the hda {smallvioga), 

Xada(y.n.) to cease ^ mpfura yahSda. 
the rain ceases; (v. a.) hu hdda n- 
tenga. 

Kikda or nldUUi, s. (ya and za) ; 1) a pad 
for carrying loads on the head; httda 
neha hu dengera mdoro;— 2) a coil, 
nehoha asinga nh<»da, the serpent 
coils itself up. Khada ya nd»am,bo, 
a packet or coil of iron-wire; hetda 
ya niktia, a packet or coil of copper- 
wire, 

Sade, s. (ra) name qf a disease, resem- 
bling the cancer, hade strisehehts, 
atuhwhnnika ni ehiuda, 

Sad^gii, s. (wa) a prominent back-part 
of the skuU. 

Kacl6mo, s. 

Sidhaba, s. (pi. mah€tdh<»ba), nail of 
a Jlnger or toe. 

gadhatna (v. a.) to lie on the back, — 
kadliamidaa (v.caus.) to lay on tAe 

gadhinganiae (adv.) not teaching to 
the proper distance, hu pfara dsaru 
k€idhingani»e^ to wear one's doth 
too short; their custom is to let them 
reach a little beyond the knees. 

gadhinwat'ara, or kadho woraro , s. 
<wa) the cUmdestine courting cf a fsr 
mtOe, whom one wants to marry (ac- 
cording 10 cnttom her brothers or 



the brothers of her mother, not her 
parents ought to be asked first; uy 
anaehida Uadhowvrere, or « fi«r o < i 
{fnMiiumba) hadho^eerere), 

gadl(acU.(£adv.) 1) middU, midst; in 
the middle bahadihadi {nikadi and 
bahadi) ntdengo u ftduri bahadi- 
hadi f — 2) (adv.) whether (comp. of 
ha and di) nena, hadi uhuUdua, 
usende uhara uliehede say, whether 
a is too much for you, do not keep 
silent- 

gadimba, s. 

gadondo, s. clay. 

gadaa(v.a.) to stretch; hu hadsa gno- 
nia, to stretch a skin over a drum 
(Kis. hu totvmba ngoma) hu h<$dsira, 
to stretch well,— ka kadflira (v.d. 4 
rel.) to stretch for another, to stretch 
over with, ninha hahihuruo hand- 
ma ndtna, niha hadsit*e n*^inin' 
go, give me a smaU skin that I may 
stretch it over my piningo (a drum). 

gadsakar6a, s. 

gadsanclia dema, s. em unsure hand, 
uye ana htMdsaneha detna, eahuia 
hu lingdnisa^ 

gadae, n-kftdse, kind of tree there 
are different kinds, such as may be 
transplanted with the roots, and more 
commonly such as are planted by 
slips- 

gadae or nkftdse, s. (ya, pi. id.) a kind 
of tree, used for planting live-hedges 
round their villages {Vi\s.utuba).l 

gadaeker^dsa, s. an opposerf 
gadaibafire, s. (only used as predicate) 
what scratches for Itself, or: one scrat- 
ching for himself, used of one who 
knows any thing by himself without 
being taugfit (comp. of the particl. ha, 
and the reflexive dsi, and barira to 
scratch for), ndine tnuana wa n-bw- 
hu hadsibarire, I am like a chicken 
which does not need being taught serai- 
thing. 
gadiidai,s. (wa) [^y.waUadsidBtj, an owL 
gadiira (v.a.) (see hadsa v. a.) 'to ex- 
pand, to sweW (said of the breasts of 



66 



KADSIMEBERE— KALE. 



women, after weaning a child, and 
also of the ndden of animals. 

XadsliiiMrvre, s. (only used as a pre- 
dicate) what is grown by itself, in con- 
tradist. from what has been planted. 
md0ngo wa hadt itm e r t re , a wOd or 
uHf-grovm tree Qli\s.h1meUa), 

EadiMnde, s coll. (wa) name qfakind 
qf Ifround^mU, 

Sadin, s. (ra) hrmUnees (Kis. ydbUi), 
mdengOf ti una kadsu, 

SadsArm(v.a.) to tear oiwtaer, to tear 
off (as branches of a tree, or the 
body of a fowl in absence of a l^nife. 
IniJtro^i (y.n.) to admit qf tearing off 
to break off easily,- kadsuirm (v.d. ) 
kadsarirAnm (v.rec.) to tear off one 
for another, 

Sadnbe, s. (wa) the pownded tubttanee 
qf a very large buXb (called 4hnboe) 
which is thrown into the water in 
order to Intoxicate fish. 

Sadnmbll, S. (wa) (pi. wahadumbu), an 
Otter (common otter); hadumbu una- 
nrdiera mono utangaf doeiru ya 



Sadvndn, a coll. (wa) domettie uteneHs, 
especially those belonging to a woman 
(Kis. ohombo). The tools of a muomba 
(worlLman) are not called kadundu and 
seem to have no general name. 

Batem, n. coll. (wa) wMU beam. 

BaflHrapftl (n.) (wa) (pi. umka/ampfu); 

1) a beetle, which on being touched, 
feigns to be dead (Kis. hifauango)/^ 

2) the name qf a tree, whose leaves 
are said to be liragrant, 

Safi or Bkafl, s. (ya, §a) an oar; hu 
bdmen nhafi, to row, lit. to make the 
oart scratch the water. 

SaltacliMi0, s. (wa) (pi. wa) the maw, 
the etomaek of animale (Kis. hiUhafu), 

Saftimbll, s. (wa) (pi. tea); 1) ajloait on 
aJUhtng line, ha,^tn%bn wa mbedea)f 
he^nmbu od^inMcra, the Jloat ehdkea 
from afieh being oanght; — 2} name 
of a epeeiee qf Indian com the grains 
of which sit closer, are softener and 
more floury than of the common kind. 
JBamanga aha hafU/mbn, 



», s. (wa) ipUwoheifumpo), a 
epy (i.q. kaboa), derived from hufw/n- 
pa, to dig aft» vegetable roote a ee- 
eond time* 

Kagnlilmi giBdimi,8, the nettle {wafi 
in Kis?) 

KmgKlndM, 8. (wa) a kind qf imaU, 
eatable muehroom. 

SacnimU, s. (wa) {pUwahagnimbij, 
the Bryeteropue iji\s,hinieg4re) (ao^ 
cording to J>r. Sarth^j 

Saka, a (ra) ipLmankaka), the na$ne 
qf a vegetiibU, a epeeiee qf $maU 
pumpkin, 

UiUui or nkAka, s. (ya, •a), barbe (of 
an arfow), hdha «a mupfif haka 
ea ehira, 

Kaka(v.n.) to be cioee, (said of a forest, 
of enclosures ^•— IraMdaa (v. int.) 

Kakira(v.n.) to be hard; hu hoMm 
mdima, to be hard hearted, pitUeee; 

Z nuikHani u unahakdra, eudi&ut, 

Kalriwa (see htiehoea), 

EaUkorAo, b. (ka) a email hide; dim. 
of hikuruo). 

KaUal, a (wa) (pi. wahahieii, a very 
diminutive temple (too small for a man 
to enter) at which they pray to the 
Chiuda and Wazimu, to perform their 
superstitious practices. It is erected 
at the entrances of their towns or 
villages. 

Sakda, s. (wa) (pi. wahak^a), name qf 
a epeciee of white bird, 

Kakombo, s. coll. (wa). 

S^Uraiika, a (wa) thefagend qf a doth 
platted into a border, kakunku wa 
mponohejf ku pa kdkunMiu, to twtet 
or form a border (from ku kunka), 

Kakngrn, s. Kame qf a river, a contri- 
butory qf the Mdede, 

Kilo, s. Ga) (pl* makaU)$ 1) a ferrule 
(kaie la n-tMngo)f-^ 2^ emaU iron rvnge 
attached to anklete, in order to make 
a tinkling noise (mkaie pa vikuif^ 
giri^f— S) Kame qf a wHd animal (like 
the civet-cat) {p\,wakiUe, awa), 

KUe (s.dKadv.) andet^t time, long ago. 
kale bakdli kCra alba, deab^no ni 
•iei, formerly there woe a caltUr 



KAU— EAMBENI. 



67 



/oU hare, now U a »M; mrnHkn ya 
hale, daif$ qf dd; ntmniu tea hale, 
0» old man (a man of old); dsaru 
ya hale, an old cloth; fnttniu wa 
hale hale, a very old man (the repe- 
tition enforces the -sense).— kato, s. 
(ra) the past Umt; hale ranee wmor 
/Una hifUhua, he woe aU along (all 
the past) seeking for a cause; n'na- 
hu-leha hale, I haoe Itft ihee Umg 
ago; eaha dadere aba hu Idhua 
hua deihH iimodei, (else) he would 
not AoM behaved thus to one who wa$ 
fanUy Juit once (on one day). 

Sili or B'kili (or kizi), s. (ya and 
ea), an earthen vessel, nhali ya «n- 
furuUlo {]^rurire)f aih earthen Jar 
reeemhUng the pfun^riro, but a little 
smaller; nhali ya hu plhira ndei- 
vna, an eatrthtnpotfor cocking dsiima; 
haU yanga ni idi f where U my potf 
(pi. hali oanga ni Hditi tanitihe 
nhari yanga, give me my pot 

Kali, (verbal ac^ect.) to be yet, to remain 
in a certain state or condition; ahali 
mayo, he or she is yet alive; nihali 
n^ayo, lam stiU alive; huhaU m' 
mawa, U is sUU in the morning as u 
is stUl early. 

Kiliba (v.n.) l)tobe fierce (said of men 
and animals);— 2} to be burning hot, 
deua iri siri oteha, rahdliba. — 
kalibira(y.d.l to be fierce to one, to 
attadc to assauU, to be yiolent in 
i^ords and actions.— lEaUbidsa(v.int. 
to be most fierce and violent 

Kalibo kalilM. 

Kalidwi and kalidiana (see hara), 

Salig'O.s. (va) (pi. wahaligo), a musical 
instrument resembling a guitar (Kis. 
hindnda). 

Kali]n(v.n.) (seelbora). 
EalimaiMthhra, s. ^ unthaUman 

ehira). 
Kallso, s. (wa) (pi. wahalise). The cen- 
tipede (Kis. nge or ilotMiM). 
,8. 
i, s. (ra) diligence, assiduity, ar- 
dour; wanUcaei %tyu ema homo, 
addia mdsohue (said of a woman 



who has always beer In readiness; 
hu chida hdma, to make dOigemce^, 
i.e. to be diligent; haduunlhu ema hm^ 
fna, ana^nia n onyera mono, the otter 
has perseverance, he has de§troyeS. 
my net 

Kamm or Bkaaui» s. coll. 1) the gmm$;- 
29 (yOk sa) a pointed hea/vy stone, sewed 
up In a skm with handles to it (0ie 
pointed part being lefl bare) used aft- 
a hammer for thinning a lump of iroik 
so that the piece wanted can be cut 
oir with a chisel. 

SAnui (y.a.) to draw (together, In a heap)r 
to(iraip(8ap from treessto tap) toi 
out, to lengthen (iron), to milk. 
hamantumbira, to draiw up in heaps*, 
Irannilra (v.n.) — kamira (y.d4 hu 
hanun hideuro, higniduhe, 

Kama, s. (wa) (no pi.) A native sleeping 
place made qf slides, which rest on 
little forked posts, fixed into the ground*. 
The sticks are made of a tree called 
deoyo (Kis. hilalo eha tntu), hanu^ 
wa dsinta deinia, 

Xamansi, s. the name qf a smaU river 
which flows into the Ugonde (fcomon- 
si atira in ZTyonde), 

Samba, s. (wa) provisions for travettiny 
(Kis. malSu), hanibaiwatu sadaf^ 
hiret, our provisions wiU not suffice. 

Sambai s. (ra) fpl.ma»€im6o), shM (of 
animals only — as to fhiits and ker- 
nels — kogo is used), hwm ba ra «•*• 
hono, the sheU qf a snail, hambes. 
ra furu, the shell of a tortoise. 

Samba (y.n.) to converse (Kis. hu sut^ 
gtunsa); hu hwmba nhe^ni, lit to 
converse much, freely, to onefs satis- 
faction; fn'notre, dimhe, dihahannba 
nhani, friend, let us go and converse- 
fteely,— kambidaa (y.int) to covfverso 
a great deal. 

Sambanfiro, 8. (pi. idO A kind qf fish^ 
hanhbango awa, 

Sambtoi, s. (ka) (pi. dunUbent^. The 
diminutiye of mbeni a small knife;: 
hamb4ni aha, this smallkn(fe; dumt- 
beni udu, these smaU knives; hamr 
beni hanga, this my smdU knife (pU 



58 



KAMBININI— KANA. 



dumib&ni dwtnga, iheie my ifnaU 
' knivei. 
ICamUiiiiii, s. 

'Samba or nkambo, s. nwuntu uyu ni 
' n*hambo, tcoMiU awa ni nr^uunho, 
gambwemlwte. 
Kambtfcra, ft. igamifmuf) a pistol, 

/ktdi^anga ya hamhura, they do 

wA toy,' hoMthura yanga, 

Aunbnnmclie, s. 

Xambwd, s. (wa) (pi. tcFaJbamfr«#<). 
Aktnd qfJUh. 

Samclia]iclui(a4j') vAoft, Bewrodyrtor 
cHng TOtmd 1M body (of cloths) d9aa^ 
i ni hdimehani&ha Qpl. dgaru i»i noa 
hkunohanoha). 

Samdukodi (see Uamundankodij, 

Kmhdfmdnngu, s. 

Kamdindtt, s. a kind qfJUh. 

(ady.) exaeUy (comp. of ha and 
f, seeifuie). 

Samora misn, s. lit one who has taken 
root. 

IKamA mgvndXLt s. lit a hearer of tht 
potmdM^g noise, i.e. nick name given 
to one who appears to have been at- 
tracted by the noise made by poun- 
ding, if he should accept of their food 

Samfteo, S. (wa) (pl.woXMwn/^sre), liu 
the listener (fromfcw mfera); ham- 
fiere wa n^ftMnu, the couneiUor of 
the king. 



Samniinko, s. {ngu) lit that within 
smelUng, A species of Quinea-€or% 
remiurkaMefor a strong smeU; it is 
speckled reddish and white and 
is generally eaten raw. tnabira ya 
haumwnko (from hatmntinha)! n«Mn- 
fera fcontntmlso Jtn bema. 

KimAm^s. mouth. When construed with 
any other word, «h dr fta is Inyari- 
ably prefixed; ba Itamoa bangaf my 
month, Bahankoa beOee, his or%tr 
month; mkamoa mua gnambo or 
«Mua nibusi, the mouth of a cow or 
goat; mkamoa mua mmniu, the 
mumlh <^ aman. 



(ady.) once, one Ume; nehira 
uda^i-bida kamodei muona udhO' 
dhoma dhodhoma f Heme you passed 
the way (only) once, as you keep hesi- 
tating so much? 

Sampambo, s. (wa) (pi. wahampam^e) 
a hawk (Kis. mu^tc^e). 

Sampani, s. (pi. tcolmmponl) the neme 
of a tree, 

Eamv, s. (ra) i\A,mahamM); 1) a herd, 
hamu la gnon^be, a herd of cattle;-' 
2) a troop (of warriors), usaehohe mr- 
hamu, do not leave your men,'— 2^ a 
crowd, Proy. Ihs-ni-leha, nibiOe- 
muana gnonibe sabdda mhdSmu, 
lit leaoe me, may I pass, the young of 
a cow does not sHck fast in a herd, 
(i.e. It will always find its way in, it is 
never at a loss about it, where is a 
will, there is a way. Mudmiuna ni 
uga, eichoha mhtunu, a brave man 
is that who comes out (ff a throng, 

SamiiMido m-ncbira, the one who has 
her feet always in the way, lit the foci 
in the way. An appelation given to 
women of bad character; mhaoi ugu 
ni hamuendo nk^nehira doom i- 
yenda-mrmancha, this woman is a 
foot in the way (always on the way, 
never at home) the cloth goes in her 
hands (she scarcely has her cloth on 
for any length of tmie {seemahuador 

Samuaro, only used as predicate, 
Xainiiiidsidrodl, lit the plantation is 
whore. A most curious composition of 
a noun, consisting;— 1) of the Par- 
ticle "fca,*"— 2) of the noun 'm^itnda^ 
8) of a particle denoting the gen.; ^ 
D of the adv. 'dir nsiko Ui ni ham* 
ndanhodi, this country is a 'where 
is the flOd," i.e. this country requirtt 
no large plantations, because it is 80 
fertile. 
Xaumcaiicwra (see ga^nwiHfaeir 

goufe), 
Sana (co^j.) as, like, as if; gnottAo i 

nihana iya. This cow is Uke Mot 
B*iia(v.a.) to deny, to refuse (prop, to 

be shut up against) [w^maimmg^^ 



KANABA— KANGAMIRA. 



59 



.(y.rec)— leanirm (y.d.) to deny 
to or for €my one (what one has been 
charged with.— Iraninma (y.rec.) — 
kanldra (y. int) to deny absolutely; 
(y.a.) to interdiet, to prohibit, forbid. 
Unabm, S. (ra) (plmakdnabat i.q. Ibo- 
deibm) (Kis. ukombe, uku^ha), 

(see ffoncha s. ra). 

i, s. name of a country. 

tf s. (wa) a species of 
Indian com which ripens sooner than 
the rest. 

CaadMrtee, s. only used qf fowls, 
hukn wakameherere, a fovH with a 
very tmaU body, though its limbs are 
of common seize. 

Uada (y.a.) 1) to stir (in order to mix); 
29 to work, to knead (said of a potter); 
9 to daw or scratch This meaning 
is taken from the way in which the 
natiye potter works his clay with his 
fingers.— kn kanilana (y.rec.) to 
ekno or scratch one another. — kan- 
tfra (y.d.) to work the cUny for ano- 
ther,— kaadidaa (y.int.) to knead or 
workwdl onefs clay; to wound deeply 
by scratching, 

iMn/dM,s,iftfani, The word seems to 
admit neither of a pi. form, nor of 
any pron. prossess. or demonstr. When 
eyer the word is placed in a con- 
struction of this kind, nwAna is 
put l>^ore itt e.g. nvunnawanga wa 
handa, i.e. my chUd qf a babe = 
my babe; na-^mr^famchn mludna wa 
JUmda uyw, I Wee this child qf a 
babe = I Uke this b€U>e, Muana wa 
handa uyw, or: muana uyu wa 
handa, pi. wt»na awa wa handa, 
or: wana wa handa awa or wana 
awa wahaii handa, 
Caada or & kaado (y.) (ya and sa) 
sediment of pounded grain steeped in 
in water; hande i yafwma hn dif 
baft: «Nlpa ^ekadaiye n-hande (Kis. 
rvk^o, roMo\ 

, when he is just rising? 

i, s. (wa) pi. wahmUlethe, 
t, 8. {chmru ihi ni nUlia n- 
handoe, Hdidaona ineoa). 



Sanddndo, s. clammy and meaiy (from 
hu donda^ 

Sandnra (y.a.)— kandarika (y.n.) — 



Kandaanchadada, s. 

Kan^, s. (tea pi. id) the guinea-fowl 
{Kanga in Kis.) 

Sandra (pron. poss.) mine, my, reltQ the 
"ha" class. 

Kang'ftdaa (y.a.) to urge, to press upon, 
to be at one continuaUy (Kis. «Aut*u- 
disa, sisitisa tcronfo).- kangm- 
daira (y.) to keep at, to be intent (in 
seeking for any thing) momuo ana^ 
budira hare hu hi funa, anaht- 
hangadsira (cfr. dabira) he has been 
teasing a long time now to seek it. Tie 
has been cUways at it. 

Sangm, s. (wa) {plwahdnga), a thread 
fastened round the bhmt end of an 
arrow for to lodge the fingers on in 
drawing the bow. hanga wa nntpfi, 

Sandra (y.a.) to widen the flesh in taking 
out an arrow from one's body. There 
are men who are especially skilful in 
it. hu hanga na hu angura n%upfi. 

Sanka n'na chodaa A mine I have 
done (remoyed), an appellation giyen 
to one whose duty would haye re- 
quired him to assist another in his 
business, but does not make his ap- 
pearance, muntu uyu SiMdahudseup- 
dso rero, ni hanga na ehodsa (see 
tamua), 

Sa]ika(y.a.) to push, e.g.fc« hanha 
buato, to push a boat by poling. — 
(y.rec.) to push one another, 
i, to admit qf pushing, buetto 
buahanhiha,— kanklra (y.d.) «mu- 
ye#)» wa hu hanhira buato, a pole 
for pushing a boat— kawMia (v.a.)— 
kankidaa (y.int.) to push with force. 

Saaidawire, s. The answering to a coil 
for me, contr. from ha ni idawfro 
(see idawtra) numngu ya hanidet- 
wire. 

Kangimira, 1) (y.a.) to grasp, to lay 
hold of, to grapple; — 2} (y.n.) to be 
very adheeioe and fast (said of birds 
lime and colour^— kangamiaa (y.a.) 



60 



KANGARA— KARA. 



to force upon (as food upon a child) 
to urge upon; u9a^^nr4M»nga»n4»e dsa- 
ruyako, sikumba ine, to charge with. 
kaacamimia (v.rec.) to charge one 
another,— luokgtaxJf (adv.) adheH- 
vely, continually, always at it (The 
word contains a slight reproach), u- 
eende uhara ult hangtumire ba «n- 
eana ba gnombs deiga €tb€u 

Sa&c^a kang^bm (a4j.) rotcnded off, 
blunt; only used of the cobs of Indian 
corn. Bavnanga hilt kangdra han- 
gara (i.q. gomagoma), 

Kanika (v.n.) to be negative, to prove 
irresietible; (v. a.) to baffle exertion or 
attempts.-^ kanikidaa (v.a.) to render 
helpleee or powerleee (e.g. a refractory 
animal); — 2j to press or force into, 
e.g.a spear into an animal, to press 
against (Kis. lemesa) to overwhelm, to 
force; — 3) fig. to force (any thing) 
upon another,— kanilddaana (v.rec.) 
to overcome, to subdue one another. — 
1ianllridgira(v.d.) ejg.idsa, uha^n- 
heuiihisire ndende yamga nikoso 
ku tnanga, come and subdue my he- 
goat for me, that I may bind him. — 
UniMii to r^use, to forbid (Kis. ka- 
tdsa).— kaniaana (v.rec.) to reft^se 
(any thing) one to another, 

Kankande, s. (wa) (no pi. kankande). 
kankande uyu, tilis nikufuisi, pi. 
kankande awa these mikunasi; 
pfibadso pfa kankande the firuit of 
(he kankande. nUdengo iya n*ya 
keinkande, those trees are mikunasi. 

Kanke kanke (adv.) 

Kanalre, s. {uyu) {p].wakansire){aiwa), 
name qf a species of bird remarkable 
for its fondness of guinea-^om. 

Sanao, s. (ya and Ma), (i.q. kaba) kanso 
ya karonga, 

Santa (v.a.) to beat what is sqft and 
yielding; ku kemta ndsdru, to beat 
clothes (Kis.*%i« ftia nguo) (which is 
done with small sticks, in order to 
wash them); ku kanta nkunga^ to 
beat the root caUed nkvnga.— kantika 
(v.n.)— kantira (v.d.)— kantidsa, to 
beat welU 



i; ka the usual 
preform, of many noun-s n the initial 
sound, peculiar to a certain class of 
words. ma#o ketn-tanga, eyes aa 
many cts seeds in a pumpkin, said of 
one who is fastidious in choosing; 
wantkasi itve una nutso keuUanga 
or una ma#o n%aso, o woman yowr 
eyes are many; wintu ip»ip fl n»od9i 
modsl, these things are aU oIOds. 

Santa, 8. 

Sa&tnai, s. 

Sann, s. (see nkanu) iya and m») tks 
crab (Ki8.%<l). 

SantftngH, s. [uyu) (pf. wokamiAmgu), a 
smaU species of porcupine. Dimin. of 
nungt€, NB. the meaning is not a 
young one, as one might suspect. 

Saddaa, s. 

Saper«p6ra, S. (wa) (pi. tifaperepSre)i 
The nddrama taken by itself causes 
death, wherefore it is mixed with ka- 
perepere {K\s. kikukuH), 

Sapfiilra, s. (wa) (pi. wapfid^ «m»i»- 
tu uyu ni kapfidra; wantu awa 
ni ufdkapfioTa, rogues, kn«ime9f 

Expfimpflkta. s. colL (wa) whtdrwind 
i)li\S.kikuaku€)f 

Siyflnpamilni, s. name of a m/oumtain 
on the frontier between Btnga and 
Chada. 

Siq^airefSfre, s. (pi. tmi^HrepHre), a 
tree of the branches of which brooms 
are made (Kis. and Kin. nikdmbe^ 

Sl^ttda, s. name qf a town in Msanka, 

Sap^tira (v.n.) to sway, to play to and 
fro (said of water). The word is imi- 
tative of the sound produced by the 
motion of the water, which makes 
'keipui kiMpui." Tira nuapfiwigo 
madsi asdkapuitre, lit. put leave9 
(in your jar) lest the water fiuetuaU 
(roll hither and thither). 

Sara, s. n. pi. makdra (or n t ak a it i ^ a 
coal, a cinder fcliarred wood); ketra 
ra moto, a live-cod*- (lit. a coal of fire).. 
kara ra fndsisi, lit. a coal qf sooi 
= a dead coal. 

Sim (v.a.) 1) ku karafodta, to scrape, 
and rub tobacco On the hand wilii a 



KARA.— KARUWERUWE. 



61 



knife);-- 9 hu h«ta ntanga dam 
mmmmgu, to $erape out the $ud$ qf 
a pmmpk i n (with ttie hand}.— 
(v.n.) to admit of scrapiitg,— 
(v.dj to do $ofor another.— 
(v.inM to rub weU (tobacco) to eerape 
out thoroughly. 

(v.n.) (Kis. hd, Icetti, to fit, to dwOl, 

{!IL\8,hawUUha, hettehet), hu 
Juura iNMi muoei (Kis. muee i imm- 

(fcMlemeofta). 



old, 



(pl. 



(v.n.) to get old. — 
(y. int 4ft cans.) to become very 
and to eauee to look old,— Hrka- 
s. (ya, ma)f 1) an old pereon, 
uyu ni n^haramiba ndHu, 
hnieka l e;— 2i old age, mumtu 
nrharau»ba, a pereon of old age, 
0anr4uuft»mba), — kanUB- 
(v.int) to get very old (Kis. gon- 
gongeeha). 
(v.a.) 
,s. 



i, 8. (Myw) (pl. urahiMrunUra), 
an hueet Wee the mosquito, it stings 
bat is not beard buzzing (Kis.u#«M). 
lis legs are shorter than those of the 
mosquito. 

Caramdim (wa) (pl. ea) , the uvula (Kis. 
Jkaiml). 

CaribiU. s. (wa) (pt. id.) (Kis. mdoa), 
a epedee of white ant different ftom 
the ineoa; they construct no barrows 
but only covert-ways or tunnels where- 
ever they find soft or rotten wood 
which constitutes their principal food. 
The Jutrandet or hturanei are not 
eaten lilce the 'tneoa,^ when the ha- 
ranei get wings, they are called m- 
bereeoa; kieomboe eha mbereeoa, 
or m&ha h«ranei, 

iMrmngtL, s. (ka) regret, grief; leoron- 
ga Jcmmaguira ine, regret hoe ui- 
zed me, i.e. I regret it. 

[araaca or n karang'a, s. (ya, aa), a 
pit in the ground in which whelps are 
kept until they can see. Lit. a place 
to be entered, from hn mnga. 



or n-karanfo, s. {^, pi. •»), 
a grove (Kis. hiehaha), 

KaribAliira, s. {u^ (pl. wakaHbd" 
biro, iAi, ineoa). This word seems to 
belong to the dialect of the Wadonga, 
the word being only used for the white 
ants in their country. They are how- 
ever smaller and not so fat as the 
"ineoa," in the country of the Wa- 
kamdunda, but the Wadonga eat them 
likewise, and they even form part of 
their provisions, when travelling, pete- 
ru pea haribdbire viri (or p«<H) 
dsHco la Wadonga, 

yarika (v.n.) fSdia wanga anafunda, 
evnahaUka or anahariha, eeikaiika 
ahali muiei. 

Karindi or nlnoindi, s. (ya and mi), 
a UtUe hbOow, such as a goat will 
make before it lays itself down, or 
such as are made when reeds are burnt 
for getting the m'chere. UaHndi ya 
mhueii harindi ea tnehere, 

Karinderinde, s. Prov. dtmke dimke, 

harinderinde adarindahutto huao, 

Xikriro, s. (wa) {iplwdhdriro), a tick, 

Saridao (see koKee), 

Sarong, s. (wa) (phtvaikaronga), a 
king or chi^. 

Kammbo, 1) s.coll. name qf a kind of 
eueuw^er;—2i (n. prop.) of a town of the 
Wawisa 3 days' journey W. of Mpande 
leaving Bale to the left and Mkoma 
to the right 

EarAra (v.a.) to eeratch (as thorns) min- 
ga inan'karura, thome have scrat- 
ched me, Deriv. n'karura, s. (ya, 9€f\ 
a piece torn off from a naiU (of the 
fingers or toe) but still hanging, lit. 
something that scratches, from ku ku- 
nira {deedeka, oharaehako kina 
n^karunij. 

Sardra, s. (wa) pl. ufdkaruru), a hare, 
kaniru aHuinta, the hare Ufinds 
about (Kis. kitangtUe) tneanga ni 
koTuru, 

Samwerdwe, s. (wa) (pi. tcolearMtre- 
niwe), one who is always stroUing 
dbotU {Kis, mtembeei). 



62 



KASEGNIE— KI. 



Sa06ffiii0|S. (wa) (pi. tew, \.q./uno in 
Kis.) 

Sastelbo, s. (wa) (pi. wakttdshnbe), 
a deputy, a commissioner, any one who 
judges an affair for another, or de- 
mands the payment qf a debt for an 
other. 

Wkn, s. (ya and wa), the turtle, tortoise, 
(Kis. h<i8a). 

Ksudba, s. (wa) (i.q. Kis. tambasi), rhew- 
matism, 

Kaiidabe, s. (wa) pi. weiJtasidabe), a 
talebearer one tcho intrudes to hear 
all he can (Kis. mdahu and md4»bi-' 
dahina), 

Kailka (v.a.) to pui {on the ground, 
to place firmly (Kis. simikia toMtba- 
rare); small hollows are made in 
their floors for the purpose, in which 
their round bottomed vessels have 
a Arm hold; fig. hu hasika mdi- 
ma, or hu hasiha mdima bansi 
(which latter is more usual), to be 
composed, to be quiet. — kaaikilfa (v. 
n.) 1) to admit of placing in or on the 
ground;— 2) to appear weU placed, 
to be equal with the ground, and then 
generally, to be level, plain. d»iko- 
ratu rina haaikihaf our country is 
level, plain,— kasikira (v.d.) to put 
(any thing) on the ground for (another), 
Or^n-hasikira indima moyo bitnsi 
mbale^e, he trusts in his brother, — 
kanlkidia (v. int.)' to put weU, perfectly 
even with tJie ground, na-fn-kasikira 
moyo wadede wanga or buensi- 
ranga, I trust in my father or friend. 

Kasi]ig'a(v.a.) to roast (Indian corn).— 
kanii^a(v.d.)— kairinfiricUa (v.int.) 
to bum by roasting (Kis. ku keinga), 

Sasin^e, s. (pi. wa and «a), a needle; 
kasinge uyu, pi. wdkasinge awa, 
or kasinge idsig kasinge tea ku 
sokera ndsaru (Kis. sinddno). 

W^o, s. (ra) parsimoniousness, passio- 
nate fondness, the being in love with 
any thing; n^untu wa kaso, a miser, 

W^wa, s. (ra) (plmakasu, a hoe); m- 
kasu, within hoe; an agricultural ex- 
pression, used when one encroaches 



on the ground of another, who is wor- 
king by the side of him (Kis. 
dednij, suana kua ku mhfres 
guird nehi ntkasu f 

Kartre, s. (wa) a tumour on a finger or 
toe (Kis.nMiMilw wa ehamda), 

Eatikati, a word imitaHoe of the sound 
made by a dog when lapping; n'na- 
bida nchira n^na/mfera, katO s oH 
ndipo nikaeheuka. 

Eatira (v.a.) to lap. 
tnadsi, 

Sanli, 5. (wa) (pl.tcaftauli, i.q. i 
kauli wa tnupfif (pi. wakem ii wa 
n%ipfi); kauli wa mfudi, a thong or 
strip or leather wound round the fusee, 
to prevent its burning the hand when 
heated. 

Kawa or rather nldiwni, s, (pi. Mi)^ 
hastiness, eagerness, finpaifeRce about 
knowing any thing, uneasiness, an- 
xiety; usadengo (or uoetcMdo) nka- 
wa, be not uneasy. 

Kikwa rather smwa(v.a.) dMde (see 
igawa), — gwemJOL (v.n.) to be dtot- 
sible. — fwvana (v. rec) to divido 
among.^ f awira (v.d.) to divide to or 
for,— g-awidsa (v.inL) to divide much, 
to distribute liberally. 

Sawaaa, s. a term used only in eonmee- 
tion with Indian com, homanga ohm 
gawasa, a species qf Indian com. 

Eawademaana, s. 

Sawere, s. mkanda wa kaiworo, a 
sort of beads (Kis. samssanne), 

Eawfli(adv.) \\\, twice, a second Urns, 
once more, again (Kis.f0Na). 

Kawiri(adv.) a second time, again, 

ttawirikawiri(adv.) repeatedly, dboage, 
constantly (Kis. pwnde hua punde). 

Sayamai, s. a common asseoeratlom or 
swearing by one's mother; eidHwet 
kayanuU, kaya ada!kudsa I f a y. 

Kaytea, s. mwnda wa kagSra, afieid^ 
the ground qf which, in cultivating i!* 
has been raised into heaps (seefiMte 
and tfUmbira) in contradistinction to: 
n^unda wa n'dsdlika, 
I, pron. it, sometimes softened into 
"ehi," n*na-ehi-rawa, nieiei, I ham 



KIBADA— KIBERE MARODSA. 



63 



tatted Ut it is a gioeet one (viz. cMko 
or hihoi 

XiU&da, s. (cha) (pi.) 1) a gaU, e.g.fti- 
hada noha mbtnutaf — 2} a pass over 
a mountain,' Icibada eha pirif — Sj a 
tax to be paid by strangers, who ha^ 
pen to pass through a country during 
the burial of a chief. I>i-^ihkeni hi- 
hada, ndibo mhose hu frido. 

KilMUto, 8. (cha) (pi. vibdde), a fragmmt 
of a broken edlctb<uh. 

Sib^UU (s. 4k adv.) the clandestine entor- 
ing qfa house (for the purpose of cour- 
ting a female); uye anaroam*niw^%ba 
mua nanyuali hibddi anaohida 
hadowerere, 

Kibadso, s. (cha) (pl.i>«< or pfi), fruit. 

Kibale, s. (cha) relationsUp, brother 
hood (the abstr. of mbale). 

KI b anda. s. (cha) (pi. vi or pfibwuta), 
any stumpy piece of wood, sticking out 
of the ground, or attached to a tree 
or shrub; naldsoa na Tcibemda, hi- 
tutrnr^hoTcera hu deanelia (or fro- 
dsaneha), lit. I toas hurt with a ki- 
banda, wTtich to me stuck towards the 
hannd, or in the hand. 

SIbando, s. (cha) (pi. tfibande), a ladle 
(made of wood), hibande eha hu 
omorera ndsima. 

Efbando, s. (cha) (pi. vibando), a ve- 
getahle (beans especially) mpfura ya^ 
ehaha ehiya vibando vidhapfo- 
fnera. 

Kihandtgnm, s. (cha) {plvihibandu- 
gua), a piece of cltft wood, a spUnt 
(Kis. gome). 

Kiban^f^o, s. appointment for meeting 
at a given place. The word is always 
used with 6a iwe, tuhunmta bahi- 
bamgano batu ni bu churuf did you 
not say our appointment for meeting 
should be at the ant-hiU (see bongo, 
bongono, to meet 

Xibanira, s. (cha) (pi. psiboniro), a 
kind of trap (for rat<t) [mbSwa) (see 
hu bona). 

Kibao, s. hu yoneha na hibao mflety' 
do msa tnu^onehe. 



BibAra, s. (cha) (pi. pfibdra); 1) a 
smUh&ry (consisting of an open shed); 
hibdro eha nuunnbo wo hidBurn; 
3) a smaU square of beads so thickly 
worked together as to have the stiiT- 
ness of a board and which is worn 
by females as an ornament. 
Ufongo wochoha nt*hiboro (not 
hibdro), because the accent is changed 
before the prepos. *m," my kw^e come^ 
just from the smithery; hiboro eha 
mgondo, is made and imported by 
the Wadonga, while the Tode" is made 
by themselves) the Wakamdonda 
women. 

Kibarawadso, s. (cha) (pi. psibora- 
wodso), a very smaU bit qf wood 
such as break out by cutting a tree 
or piece of wood asunder, hibtur^- 
ttodso cha huhu, haitf the leg or a 
fragment qf the leg qf a fowl Oiis.hi- 
bonsi, mopande). 

SibArJTO (or kibililo), s. (cha) pi. vin 
bdriro or pfibdHro, the after birth 
. (Kis. hondo wo niwmOf ufiasi), 
Sibim, s. (cha) {plpsihibdrvl^ a chip^ 

a splinter. 

Bibiai, s. (cha) (pi. vib&9€). 

Kibibio, s. (cha) {^LfHbdso), amy stCdc 
used for smoothing, 'dsegSro** by 
rubbing it in handsful curving the 
stick so as to inclose each portion 
while rubbing it 

Kibembera, s. (cha) (pL i>^6em5er«)/ 

1) the rinoeeros; — ^ a species qf thorn 
so called from a resemblance to the 
horn of a rhinoceros (Kis.i>ea, hiforu)^ 

Sibera, s. (cha) (pi. vibere)f l) food 
made qf beans, boiled and smashed.. 
hibere cha haSro or eha hobeifo Ae, ; 

2) a cutaneous disease seen in red 
spots on the skin (^is.hipuep%ts) tu- 
birohe rino viboro viberOf his body 
has red spots aU over, 

Sibera marodsa, s. name of a cuta- 
neous disease; this is said to yield 
sooner to treatment than the kibere 
^beUewongo ona psibere nuh- 
rodeo). 



64 



KIBESU— KIDALI. 



or klbatfti S. {eha) (pL 9ibUu 
from hu de«a), a eomb (made of 
tiamboo-cane) (Kis. 9hanuo, h id mna). 

gflwhlda, s. (dia) (pi. Hhh%da), a tmaU 
apaHtnimt pcrtUmed off for sleeping, 
a sleeping-room (Kis. eJb«tm6a). 

giWwfagiri, 8. (cha) (pi. p9ln)lngirt^ 

an entire piece, cot from knot to 

iLnot of a sngar-cane, an integrant 

piece of a tree, hibHUngiri eha n- 

d»imbB or eiha mtfan^r*. 

XIUBiBgo, s. (cha) (pt. vihhUnQo), 

gihWimaflio, s. 

SiMriiiiiBai, 8. 

JUbo.s. (cha) (p1.pil5o and ptibo), a 
kimd (if baeket, nsed as a basin for 
eating their dsima (see deenkHo ) (Kis. 
Mshitmda hidotei 

MIb9, s. (cha) (pi. «1^, a hole (a breach) 
in cMh, leather 4c (see p€tge) demtu 

JUbdda mmsAmba, s. (pi. pfih&da 
«ta«4m6a), the name cf a eerpent of 
a green colour and about 6 feet long 
(Kis. fundarSre) ahm'a tn-hadee-, 
wtguira pfiwara na hdelfe. 

JUboAo, s. (cha) fplpfiboda). 

WhonAfi fcibOBde, s. hibande hibon- 
de aha tnel^, eha n%aw0re, ehm 



s. (cha) (pl.p#<frM)y Umthrvsood, 
epunkt a maieh, any eonibueUble matter 
used to catch and preserve fire; hibu 
cha ehayc, eha nianeha. 

MXbnmAu, s. (cha) r(pl. pAhuada), $wr- 
priee, ewrrepUon, a eudden attack; 
hibuada eha m'matea, a eudden 
otfacfc made in the morning, 

WMl«d«a (klbwun), s. (pi. vibuadea), 
a pwmpkin fuU grown but not yet 
ripe; denagu iri ni hibuadea, Jr» 
tMt^pu ays ni vibwadea, 

WBbmMMM (s. S adj.) ehOdteh, any thing 
thiUUeh ; uaa^t^-elMdiire Uibuaaa ins, 
H Uwmha (KIs. Uitabo) lit do not do 
(any thing) tMdMh tome, I do not 
Ute it Neeru ieo nea Mbmaaa, 
atda^ei^mfara, WL affaire thaee wMch 
me ehOdleh, I ehatt not Veten to. 



BMUU, s. (cha) (pi. pHbadij, an ar- 
row without lie head; nt/upfiwanga 
UMtgttruka, 'Mnadeara hibudi, my 

arrow-head got off, there remains <he 
kibndi. 

Xibvdii, s. 

SibnMa, s. (pi. «l»i#Aie), a kind of 
eucuTnber; kibuede ehapea, the ea- 
eurnber ie ripe (Kis. ku lemhtC^ 

Kfbnartem (v.) 

Kiboibviy s. (cha) etammering, uge ana 
kibuibui (Kis. kig%»gwmiet). 

Sitakndv, s. (cha) (pi. vibukttdu and 
peibukudu), a emaU bundle (of any 
thing); kibukudu eha deegSra, a 
wiep of long graee; vibukudu aia 
k6bue, a bundle of beane (in their 
pods) hang np in the house for seed 
(Kis. mfUMMMlA, denge), 

KIbvkataka, s. 

Kfbnma, s. (cha) (pi. pfibvma), a 
emdtl lump (of earth or clay)^ diminut 
of bun%a, 

Silramo, s. (cha) (pi. peibwno), a 
piece qf leather, in which tobacco- 
leaves after being scorched at the 
fire, are beaten to powder, and which 
also serves as a snuff-box. 

Kitamyii, s. a dieeaee among eattUe 
and fowle by which Uiey die suddenly 
(Kis. kideri), gnombeeanga eina- 
guidOa na kibuntpu, 

Kibvnuniiiudra, s. (pi. pflburwmun- 
eira), etump (only said of the limbs 
of the body); ehara ehanga MnO" 
deara k^twrwtnuneira lit my JInger 
it remaine a etump, i.e. there remains 
only a stump of my finger. 

Sibunun«B«l or Idlwinnnmiahra eha 
nuunba. The dock or etumpy tail 
of a eerpeat eaUed n%amba, 

Pci W BfllcliaBya %\B.mgiHaH^H f1) 

Kiehiri (or U|rMX s. (cha) (ptpiM^irl). 

Kida (see ehida) (see kib ur m mun ei^ 

SIdaka, s. (cha) (pt p«ld«Jto), food 
made by boding eoare&grouind earn in 
water (see k^^erepere ) (Kis. madaea) , 

Bdali (acy.) long (pi. pHdaiij, ret to 
the hi and eJk-elass. eharm aha 



EIDAMBO— KID3A0ALIMA. 



65 



hidati, a longjlmgar; u^ €map9mm 
p»a ptIdiUi, h6 Jbo* Um§ ftngert. 

SUambo, s. (cha) (pi. Hdmnbo), a 
9mdU elotid, dim. of ptdmnbo, 

KiUmvm, & (cha) arrofantee, 9piU (Kis. 

Kldawda, n. (cha) pL psidtamdai, a 
eorp$e (Kis. mowM, mfu), 

Kidaadia, s. (ctia) (pL psid^nehe), a 
kind of pumpkin (see hikoh<nnbe). 

Sidam, s. (cha) (pL psidara)^ a fmu 
made in the form cf a crotch$t cr 
hraeket; Icidfra eha harottga. 

Sideda, 8. 

Kideda,s.(cha) ^Iptidede), a haOut 
(Kis. kdpu^ hihdpu); na^m-niitku 
hidede eha ndtwma, I gioe him or 
her a bcuketfuU qf ndsa/ma, 

EidadM; s. (cha) (pL ptidedte), nam$ 
of a kind of creeping plant, which 
emUmgUe (Kis.Mfmd«^ 

Kiddra, 8. (cha) (pL p»idgko), a hoir 
low, a tmM cmntg; hideko cha «»- 
dondo, the hoUow or caoity qf a 
mortar. hidcJko cha paci ra w- 
chapfu, the hdUow cf a foat9tep qf 
an dephanL 

Sidamer^n, s. (cha) regard, recpect 
(see Icmcreca), mdundu uya si wa 
hidemcreci, ni Mfa hifnbahuro. 

Kidanda, s. (cha) (pi. podcnde, the 
hea (li\s.hisigino}. 

to d andana, s. (cha) (pi vidcndcne), 
the eUbow (Kis. fcOctiyu). 

Kidandara, s. (cha) {i^\. peidendcrc), 
a mnaU eurvatwre or round (dim. of 
dcndere); hidcndcre cha fudi, the 
curved handle of a ftre lock or pistol; 
tango ya hidcndere, a sword with 
a rounded top (Instead of a point); m- 
bcni wa hidcndcre, a knife with a 
rounded top. 

Eidarawanda, s. (Kis. Hmbo), 

Xidi = it where; rel. to the hi and cha. 
class, hidcdcchanganihi-dif where 
is my basket? 

MUlMhti, s. magic artff 

Kidibn, s. (cha) (plpsidibu), the pouw 
ding of Indian com which ii itiU eqft, 
or eqft Indian com when pounded or 

kiniasea. 



going iis he pownded; wakmci 
Ufona sincha psidihu. 

Kididsa(y.ing (or chididsa) ofhu chi- 
da, to cause (make); c h m kmd ia Uei 
cha-nd-hididsa wUUuHt mscru, 

Sidiara mlmuidm, s. liL one who eats 
in the plantation, i.q. fc<tf<era m-pcsi 
one who eats within the stalks (in- 
stead of carrying home and laying up 
a store, one "who is prodigal, a spend- 
thrift (one who does not 'toeda^* lay 
np), usa-n^'leherere ntmatta wyu, 
adahtta hidicra n^'m u n d a, dot not 
connive at this chUd (else) he wiU be- 
come a spend-thrift. 

Sidikiaa (see chidihUa). 

Kidima, s.— Udhima, s. (see dMma), 

Kidimbadimba, s. (cha) (pi. psid*m- 
bcdimibc) , a rope made of a fibrous 
part of the hark of certain trees. 

Eldlmdfma (ady.) 

Kida or Iddha, s. (cha) (pi. psidS), a 
hole, a perforation (Kis. hitundu). 

Kidaa (v.) (Kis. yuua utangu) pains cf 
birth? 

Kidada, s. (cha) (plpsidodo), a moU 
any smaU particle cf dusi or dirt 
vidodo via tonehe (or tongs), dirt 
of cotton; id»a udsa-n-dodre (or H- 
dsa-n eJtose) hidodo m^diso nMtanr 
ga, liL come, take me out the mote in 
eye cf me (Kis. fci<aXBa<aXM»). 

Kidarara (see dororo). 

Kidotidati (adj.) earthUke, ashy, wiXh 

respect to colour (Kis. hii/kUfu): hugu 

tea hidotidoU, a fowl cf an ashy 

(grey) colour. 
Kid6wa, s. (cha) iplpsiddufs) mafuda. 
Kidaa, 1) Name cf a country VI % day*i 

journey S» cf Mpande. hu hidsa hua 

Mgog6dai^ 2) s. (cha) (pi. vidsa), the 

stump (of a tree). 
Kida^da, mbnya, (s. A adv.) foOowing 

the back. 
Kidsa^^a, s. (cha) (pi. vidsagdga), 

name cf a vegetable (i.q. hctga, pL 

numhctga). 
Kidsacralima, s. (cha) (pi. vidsaga- 

Uma), a smaU tru (Kis.fc<^<H). 

5 



66 



iQiE^AMBA— KIDCKUA. 



s. (cha) (pi. Hdt m mha ) , 
an tffut, a akool, a 9hnib, cmg brtmch 
qf a tree, vflmm att down (Kis. t &pu 
ft«Mi), vtd^tunbm wtdmmnbaf under- 
wood, nibbUh <tf branch^', im0, ndi- 

dtmmha, tkou {my friend) tHt U «m- 
fiemUme9$ (when) atikt door loppingM 
are to be seen. 
Us. 



>,8. 



(a4IJ 

Sidi^iro. 8. (cha) (plvM«^«), a <ioor 
m«de qf rted$, 

gMfm<lji> 8. (cha) Qpl. vl^MMk^ a 
{orye toorm, /ousel in decayed ireei, 

EUaUn, s^QSAs. dsldoi^ dsora iri ni 
h4d9idH-fnaHra oya ni 9id9id0t, 

Skbtti, s. (cha) {p\.vidsik€j, a log or 
hiOU qf wood (Kis.fc<^o^). 

gMtrimn, s. (cha) {plpsld^hn^ a loell, 
a fountain (Kis. kiHma). 

gfWiigfafo, s. (cha) (pi. vMltfin^o), 
<A« place where eatUe ttay in the early 
morn and heat qf the day (from Ku 
dtingira,see dsingiro and 5an»6<iro). 

^\AmimArmm dsfidOM (adj.) broad and 
thort (sard of the ndime and of cloth). 
«f»Mo«i*&a ana-ni-omheru doaru 
yanga hidHnhuo doinkuo, 

Sidlirn, 8. (Cha) {^\.vid9*ru\ an idiot, 
afocl^ so called from the fl'erceness 
of anger peculiar to such persons. 
Proy.fcM«#rM eihaifga nehhitf n- 
9ag6 ndMda fn-Tcumrara (Kis. JM- 

jNffliMA*). 
KidM, 8. (cha) {^VpoUloo). The face, 
eouHtenanee (Kis. oura tind «<««o), M- 
dooehdke ni eA#XM»«fMi, M« /aee i« 
good (looking); feu XeM«o fciMmyas 
in dr at my /aee; hu hidea huaho 



KidMadsAa,f. 

Bidfl^lii, s. (cha) {plpHdoohi); 1) a 
dibble, any pointed ttidc to dig holes 
with;— 2} an iron instmment of a 
carpeMer; used in hollowing out ca- 
noes, hidoobi cha ku ptiMTira nka- 
d$4 and lUdoobi eha muomba ehue 
hu JMf mrinpeira buetia. 



[, 8. (chs) (pL ^ridoSdHU a 
$peet€» qf v eg eiMe), 



\, 8. (cha) (pi. 

frtMi)f a tpetbre (i.q. 

[Ubwdao, a (eha) (pi. 
bit, off<A, §weeping$, 
or 



and 



8. 



8. (cha) ^K pHdtiH 
gnondi), a cob qf JMUan corn whttn 
the grains are plucked off (Kis. i 
). 



8. (cha) (pi. pHdg^go' 
mSro), the crop (of a bird) (JKis^hibd^), 

SidMnnotl, s. (cha). 

Xidsnbs, 8. (cha) (pi. vindtubn), a 
entaU cdlabaeh in the form qf a boUle 
(dimin. of do%tba); (see hinnubu or 
hindouba), 

WdMadMM, 8. (cha) (pU vidgudge^, out 
who eoceOe (in what with them are ao- 
complishments hu doudoa), a einger^ 
but eepee. a eongttrett. hidao oheOba 
ni ehaiba, ni hidgudon hum nttMo, 
her faoe i$ bad (plain), ehe exede by 
tinging, 

EUMgnm, s. (cha) (pi. irtdgHyua), • 
iaitfeather (Kis.«MtMw). 

SidsuMm, 8. 1) ckOdiehneeei— 2} itdn 
M the manner qf a grand ehUd, In- 
dulgenUy, 

SIteird, s. (cha) (p].p«M«uro)» iron, 

EMt^M wA, 8, ahaii wmiamada, <rf^ 
nadoo ni hidua u%fi, 

SMAbira waUaJ, {seedubim). The 
Words only oecut in language of *hn 



EidtfaMm, s. (cha) [pi pfidiSdooa),, a 
mat ehortened by uee (rarely said of a 
cloth). maU yaya ni hidddooa Hyao 
oongeu 

KUhidtei, 8. (cha) (pL peiduddri), a 
prqieetion qf the nanel Qarge navel)* 

Sidtfktta, 8. (cha) (pL poidmeOa), lit 
eomething broken (firom hu dhuha^ a 
Jb^fe, hoe or axe Sc the point of which 
is broken), mbomi u mng m h^ddhuei^ 



KIDUI— KIGARAGARA. 



67 



my k»^e U a Jtroktan one; ha9u ranga 
ni hiduhuaf pfidutn$a vohmvoka s= 
p H dt ikua ptoka ptohut (ftol^ hi- 
Hrumsi or baUy0 cha urunsi}, lit. 
broke* thhtga merely, ikere i» none 
wkieh is whole* 

Bidni(8eeeJb«iw^. 

KMnlmMma (s. abstr^ lit the being cut 
or brokem in the heart (from hu dur- 
ka and wMUma). Heartt>rokeDne8 as 
shown by being speechless. MbeOe 
aeuhiU-pa nm kiiukudeir 
I, liL fiiy brother kOled me wUh §o- 
meihiiio hemrtfrending, e.g. ill news or 
insulting speech = he made me speech- 
less. Z>«ura nafa na kidududeima, 
lit yeeterdaiy I died wWi eomething 
heart^reitding » I was made speech- 
less. 

KiiikBl, s. (cha) (pL pfidukuii, food 
made (gf mixing and boiling the eedi- 
menu qf beer together with maU (see 
§nd»&tue). 

Eidnmbi, s. (cha) (pi. peidumHi, a 
momd, hm (Kis. kiHuMe). 

MUtnnAm, s. (cha) (pi. pfiOundaif, the 
appairent eleeation of land as seen 
from a distance* 

BidABkai, S. m n U imba utmu mrnna 
kiddnekwl, WLinhonee in (Ms inwith 
heal Oa8,Jek^hk4, 

Siftni, s.«mImm< Myw «m« ktfemit «mw- 
nvn'ne^ uyu ana kiftni. 

Sifoiiibodi(adj4 9(ift (only used oftrees), 
mdamgo u ni kifemibadi, ^ woo 
MWMs (pi. nUdango i nipflfentbodi), 
(This a4i. seems not to admit of the 
osoal Tarioos preflxeslL 

Sillfia, s. (cha) (pl.F^/tt«)/ 1) ihe cheet; 
2} an c^eeUon qf the eheet^ a cough; 

SilUbi (a4j!} ehort, rel. to the JM and 
chn dass; nahwnbti k i d hn bedimbe 
eha Mi\«W, lit Iwani a rope ttfehort 
s I want a short rop& 

HiHUlM, s. ifsee MpfAdnm). 

BilML 

Siftrva (^ abstr^ (cha) reaean, comet 
(Kis. eeibahnf ma an a) , kifAgua ni 
ehiani kifugua kadee iei ku-ei- 



peara kie^a kiedgmf resp. nea 
baikadi ba budro. 

SUbmbomkirm, s. (cha) euddenneee 
(see ^umbttruka), 

Eiltamwro, s. (cha) (pi. peifumuro), 
a medicine againet the bite qf eerpente 
and the effttite qfpoieoned airrowe, 

Eifimdo (s. ahstr.) (cha) pitg, compaeeion, 
\\t, warmth, (9eefundm\ knmr^idiiHe 
kifundo, to pity' one, to ehow one 
pity (Kis. kn^n-eigHOtia, JtorMm£r» 
kifwndefu^ kigulij. 

Sifimnnn, s. (cha) the decayed part qf 
the tree called m'fannnu, the powder 
of which makes a powerful perfame 
(Kis. ufUvnba, nuanukato), ki/Ununu 
«Imi benut. 

Migiign, s. a plant qf which etringa are 
made. 

Sigambo, s. (cha) (Kis. kibamba), 
Eigumu (see ohigamu), qf which it ie 
only a different pronounciation, 

Kfgangaliw^'a, s. (cha) (pi. peigan- 
galinga). The breaet-bone (of a fowl), 
also of man when much emaciated. 
Muntu ugu waonda, tooeAoIca ki- 
gangalingni. 

Kigangnniama, s. 

BiCraraftla (s. abstr.) (cha) greedy for- 
wardneee, greedineae. kigarafda, ki- 
•Me and mUndui are synonymous, all 
meaning greediness, with the following 
nice distinctions: kigarafua is gree- 
diness shewn by impatience in waiting 
for others, not only as to food, but 
generally — wherefore they also say: 
nsadmtge kigeurafdm, nmdea ds»- 
beuM beuM, In this general meaning 
the word coincides with n^eaeea (Kis. 
buba and heu^ra), kieUe is greedi- 
ness shewn by always taking food 
when offered (Kis. uiafi), Mmdui 
shows itself by always taking more 
than one can manage (Kis. buba) 
ueaehide kigara/kia kana ohaia- 
u/a, do not be eo hasty with your food 
ae if U would escape you, 

SigteaffAni, s. (cha) (pi. vigdraga- 
ra), the breaet-bone, 

5» 



68 



KIGNANDA— KIKO. 



i, 8. (eha) (pLpH—), a brtMiUi 
qf iron. The ht^namdm is of flat 
workmanship, while the Mhuimgirt 
is round (Ki8.fc«fcS). 
tignanignani, s. (cha) (pi. pH—), a 
Jla$h of lightning. 

Eigviadfli, s.(cha) iplvigniadoi^, r^fiue 
(from dry grass) HanidOH viH m^biSS, 
(y.a.) — kS^nuiaiui (v.rec.) 
it 8. (cha) (pi. pA—), a imaU 
drum (dim. of gnoma) (Kis. fci0<»0Ms). 

g%n«no, s. 

Sii>o, s. (plpfigo), 

Wig6ho, 8. (cha) iplpoi—), the eyelid. 

Biflrodlu^ & (cha) (pi. i»«i— ), tAe middle 
qf the bade qf an animal. 

Bicodo, s. (cha) food chewed for a 
CMM (see rapfura) from hu gogoda 
iit vjhat ie drawn out from the mouth. 

BSc6iido, s. (cha), a rope tome vihoit 
etronger than the hidhnbodimhef and 
for fattening cow$ Ac 

BicoDgm, s. 

Bigwrfeo (see ehigororo). 

Kifndkii, s. (cha) (pl.i»«<— )i <>»y emcXl 
piece of cloth (Kis. hipamde eha ngiio), 

Eigtgn, s. and adv. a elueter of cot- 
tages, huts or trees, any number of 
dwellings irregularly built together, 
in contradist. from mbtngo (see m- 
bingo and daia) MgiAgu hitmod9it 
one clutter (of houses); ditut hmm 
higugu himodti, we lite at one tHutttr, 
i.e. we liye near together %\B. t uea i o H 
tndantfmoeha). WadtambuhantMtn' 
bataOf wanartir^maetget higugu, but 
the Wahemndunda wamati^mamga 
fnbingo umodti (Kis. padapada and 
ngi ngi n^ fnidengo iya itu^ 
fnora htt^ugu, thote treet grow in 
a clutter. 

Vigugwaohmt s. (cha) (pl.i»H— ), a cage, 
a cot (for fowls and doves) (Kis. hi- 
timba)? 

BiirvtotS.? 

SicvmlnifS. (cha) (pl.pH— ), haft, handle 
(of luiives only) (see«nMf»tf) (Kis.JW- 
pini). 

gjgnmiiWf, s. (cha) (pl.p«i— ), Ht the 
breaker (from JkM irwm«fc4r») (a stream 



breaking off from a river, or brook, 
at the same time of their overflowing. 

Miguadm, s. (cha) a tmaU pUmtatton 
(dimin. form of m— mtar) (Kin.JMlMNt- 
<l«), higunda ihi ni eha yatUf 

BifimipAra mako, lit a eoumtrp-Jlinit' 
Aar — an appellation given; 1) to a 
great traveller, mda-n 
tu uge ni higuttgura 
mr4af ~ 2!f to a ektif or king who 
has subdued other countries, haronga 
uffu ni higungura m afc » 'teUehtL 

BikaiaUmom, s. spMcftlsstiMts (from 
hu heida and ftamoa, forgetting to 
atk by being taken by twrprie^, 
I, s. (eha). 
s. 
"an certata ami- 
mat (Fond of mdtSro). 

Sikaraltia, s. (cha). (^ roho cJboeJto in 
Kis.) 

Kikmfiuaiclio, s. (eha) (pl.j»*Mi tke 
drott or tlag of iron (Kis.iM«il 




(see 

B (adj.) womanUy, fendnine; ehida 
ta hihaei, womanUke work; hu tmwm 
uhu-ufatawa hihati, at to ihit M- 
eaping, you etcaped Uke a woman; 
ieha uhewaeho ni Mhaeif haim JM- 
n rn a nU ina, you behave like a woman, 
behate Uke a man; lit thou art which 
is womanly, be manly. 
,s. 

, s. calabath.' 1) As to the pumpkin 
they distinguish between two kinds: 
a) hiho cha rttnda (hin ae hS a) , ike 
pumpkin qf Uttamecs (known also to 
the eye by its downy surtece). To eat- 
tract its bitterness they keep water In 
it for some time, iMfore used as a 
calabash, b) hiho oha tUi («mM- 
roho ni rootardra), the pumpkin qf 
coeHnett, i.e. the one which is not bitter. 
2!) As to the shape of the calabash they 
distinguish between the folkiwhig: 
a) hiho oha mgdb%to, ike cdlabath 
ttUh a neck b) hiho oha pfSru^ 
c) hiho eha m th tnohe, an obUmg 
Ubath. 



KIEODESI— KIMBCIRA. 



69 



, s. (eba) (pi. 9i^, am amgU, 



K 8. apumpkin with a hmrd 
rinA, and the inside nMaly. 

K s. (cha) a hwteh (Kis. 9hmdm). 
t, 8. (cha) (pi. tri— or j>#i— ), a 
pUOffe (from Im Jkdra) (Kis. roAAwl). 

re, mrmdwa ndUtownbdra, 

nkorokavo, s. (cha) a erap (for rats 
only). 

WkAm, s. (Cha) (plpti—\ a path in tM 
graa$ being different from the bande 
in which the grass is only trodden 
down, bat in the hikiSa the grass lias 
been crashed or sqoashed by tread- 
ing on. 

Kiknato&a, 1) s. (cha) mu^ndo wanga 
tea cMOa Jiiknakkua, my leg makee 
torpor; the numbedness or torpor of 
a limb which Is asleep;— 2) (adv.) «otm- 
ding hollow (said of a drum when the 
skin is loose); gnunna i yttrira hi- 
htuOti^, tMe drum eounds hollow. 

ESknmniA, s. (cha) (pl.p«<-) {Kis.hofuf) 

gihwnlrnin i, s. (pl.pl^-), a epedee qf 
crow (Kis.fctMt^. 

KIkBiru, s. (cha) (pl.j>i^-), a gap Itft 
Ini a tooth (from huaruka) (Kis. pon- 
go), mono ya uyu una vHcuturu 
vikuaru, but tnano ya uyu cmms 
ntanyara, are tuth naturaUy widf 
apoH/rom eocA other. 

KiUlda, s. (cha) (pi. p#i—), confinement 

Kikteda, s (cha) pridtfuU goMdmen 
(JKis,nmmhuaJij. 

KflnMUe, s. eikada hunUta ku hua- 
diufa na kikuek^Uf 1) a erippU; — 
^ nkHenamet for one who neotfr traneU 

KiUUli, s. ku omba kikufu (Kis. ku 
ptga kofS^ 

Siknl,8.(cha)(pl.vi-). 
>, s. (cha) (pi. r*-). 
ini, s. (cha) (pi. vi- or pH— 
or pfir^\ a braceUt and ankUt; tri- 
kuiHc M ri ^Hutyoona (Kis. ehaeana\ 
them tinge are tioeed; pfikuingiri 
ipA pfnganmkaf theee Hnge etand 
open (Kis. kikuku). 



i, a4i. 4 adv. ehort and 
etout; nme m a uyu e ad m ku r a , nt 

kmkwiteti kuinti, 
[iknMmte,s. 
SAaunbo fcambo, $. (cba). 

m, 8. (cha). 
1, 8. (Cha) (pi. j»A— )» am inetru- 
ment for cleaning cotton; kikunkt% 
ifetgunkui) oka ku borera tomeke, 
lit. a Idkunku for grinding cotton, the 
action resembling that of grinding. 
11, 8. (cha) (pi. j»#«— ). 
I, adj. great, large, rel.to nonns 
of the ki and eliMs-class. 
SikiirAo.s. (cha) (pl.j>«<--), tkin, hide 
(only used when taken off an animal). 
Sikote, s. (cha) (pi. r*—), an endoeure 
within which they make their beer; 
kikute oka ku furuHra mda, a 
kikute for brewing beer. It is made 
of ndeUci and deekSra. 
Kilalo, s. (cha) pleuriey, a pain in the 
side. 

KIlKttril). 

Kilimbelimbe (see kidimbedimbe). 

Kimake. s. (cha) (p|.p#i-), a eheath 
made of wood, ased for knives only. 

KimlMd»^bro,s.(cha)£iMo2e»ee,syoo. wieh 
nwwno andpwn«o (from ku bitbura), 

Ximando, s. 

inuiafft , s. (i.q. bwnHmga) f 

Kimangiro, s. (cha) (pi. j»«<— ), a bond, 
any thing to tie with. 

Wmtoyo, s. tnkomuene uyu batnu' 
dei bona aHyo kimango, 

Kiminin, s. (cha) (pl.yjt-). Indian corn 
pounded, roUed up in lea/oea and boiled. 

KimUvm, s. (cha) {p\.pfi^bira), (i.q.fc/. 
kwnku or kigunht*);— 2) name of 
a bird 

Kimbompertea (see Mn^babur^) s. 
rudeneea, want of reepect; wantu wa 
kun6*ufa, wana kimbon^^orera, 
wadordna, the people qf here are 
rude; they elight each other (Kis-Jkitoci- 
ya, oBi^ali watu), tana ulonvu. 

KimbQ, s. (cha) (pl.j»#<mftt«), the hore^flu. 

Kimbvanda, a kind of bennanga, 

Kimbolra (see ekimbutra). 



70 



KIMBUIRI-MBUINDA— KINGUISI. 



KimMM-mMbBda, s. (« mUmtba y« ^ 

ku buiu)f mu&na «90 hutn ana 
fnhnba ya 'kifnXmSrirmtbutmAa, 
Simb^Ud or UmMUbri, ana-hu^faira 
n^-himhQd9i, onatanBa (pL ffUttr 

SindMdsteft (or UmtadMni), s. ehe 
or «*A« i« <2feen prcnowneed Uk» ke 
as forming a more easy transition 
to the syUabUs whieh foUaw, mtf- 
Ofwfta uyu hu dsiwa adHwa, an»- 
h^^-omMra wMia ItinuhedBera (KSa. 
hiA9ud€^ (It refers to a cloth badly 
wowen (Kis.t«MM^ 

Eim^nto, s. (cha) a smile observable 
at the comers qf the mouth; Mm e m ae 
0Jkiy« hina-m-hofnera, 

Kimando mpagv, s. uyu, (pi. id. with 
aiea], name of a bird which Uves on 
snakes, 

MxBkVk^ s. hieongoU kintene dieo- 
gera nn-paea* 

Kim6ra, s. (cha) (pl.p«< or pit—), matt, 
lit it grows ^ from hu mera, 

Ulmfano, s. (cha) unity, friendship, lit 
mutual hearing from "fct* n%fdna." 

Kiinfiwifi^ s. 

Simfine, s. (cha) a cold, catarrh. (Kls. 
tnaf^ia), n^naguidua na hitnflne, I 
have been seized with cold, 

BimffBiaffmro or kimniaiihiro, s. 
(i.q. hifmbaburo), 

Elmkedatem (or Umcliadstai) (adv.) 
purposely (Kis. huaudij, eMdo iso 
u»a-H-^id0 kinui»era, do not make 
euch (bad) buiiness for the purpose; 
aankwra nag0 kinikedtera, he talks 
wtfh him for some reason (not because 
he likes him); teemtu a/wa wana 
kinikedtera (Ki& ubishi)f kudHwet, 
ddHwa emaohida fmua kimhidaera 
there is no question about his knowing 
it, but did U for the purpose (see f»- 
dsera). 

BiakoflHkniO.s.fiiKtiKiI respect, lit The 
being great one to another, from *ku 

n 



Simpi, 8. (see thimp€^ 

SimpM , s. (cha) (pi. frtfmpae)^ theparrot* 



,M 

Simpvrl, s. 

Simywim, s. (cha) (pl.pH— ). 

SinumiffMrwl, s. (cha) tardiness; ki- 
detUnda kuau kuesu. k is set g m'a H , 
it wiU wait for what eoates along ars^ 
ping, 

Efmi^mHIfffrft, s. (cha), tnattentlon 
shown by pretending to be very bmy. 

gjmtnianff, s.'(eha) rMky, mnutaUon 
(seeftMa), kitniutetno H-k i k om ui, 
ntrtuoana na ehata n UMu nba, or 
udatueetna na oha^ a Unm ba, lit 
rivalrg is not good, in rival with a 
ftnUher in tike bag, sense: rtyalry is 
not good when you compete with one 
whose property seems inexhaustible 
{aeeehaia nt^tmnba). 

Kinmimftna (a<!U.) manly, bravOy, be- 
coming a man, y 

Kiiiittiui(a4j.) male (rel.to the ki and 
0fc-class), ekamba eha kimOna, 

Sina, s. 

Sininffte, 8. (cha) (pl.j»«Mf *^ ms- 
sada (Kis. muh^o), 

Kincha, s. (cha) ip],p/lnekaf see 'chin- 
eha"), 

gJnclMHiche, s. (cha) (see kingonge). 

Elaehanche, s. (cha) {^tmehentske), 

una kinekenehe uddta kn di kfw 
laea wuMtfi* f your hand is unetsady, 
how can you shoot a mant 

Kinda (v.) (Kis. tomba, eogoa).^ IdJa- 
dana (Kis. tombana). 

gtndlliida adv. without taking notice, 
i.q. nibetgambetgOf ama-d i bi da ntmm 
kidanda (see nddn d drn dd^ f paeekeg 
by straightforward, 

gfad— naa or Jriawnia, s. (cha) (pi. 
peindeanea), name of a epedes of 
wild dude (JSi\s,mabada ya Hhw). 

Bindikisa (see ekindikieeii. 

King^braafAra, 8.(cha) (pIpji—V 

Sing'taffo, s. (cha) {pVpe*—), a iremh' 
Ung of ihA hand (from age), unsteadi- 
ness of the hand (from nervousness) 
(Kis.fclflMiemeM»),«Mm^ «NMi «9mm« 
peingengo or peisnehenehe, 
or UalniBl, s. (cha) (pi. 
vhOeuieij, smmt, mildew gOLk i ek n u ) 



EIH(H7BtJBU-*KIPSBRA. 



n 



himkuiH «fe« «na6ir«»; hh94 
himh^imi, a kind qf ^oiB-hoper. 

Siliflr«ntell» 8. (cha); 1) miit;^ ^ W9- 
ning-red, espec Uiat which hovers 
over the moontains. Begwta Huya 
teunaoMdahinffururUf look yonder, 
it haa made a mitt;— Sj exhalation 
from ike earth in the morning; «t»- 
p/kra Ufa hingururu, miety rain; 
hinffururu eha m'nuwfa, 0ha dtua, 
eha vnpfura, 

Siaiiigi, much (see ning€), rel.eo the 
hi and oJb-ciass. ktmerachaJee $i 
eha hiningi =■ ti chanhani, 

Kivk6dm, s. (cha) (pi. p/MkikUt, pfa 
modiro), ih/e lower part qf the atalk 
of Guinea-corn, which, being more 
juicy, may be chewed as sugar-cane. 

JQnkdwe, s. hu-mu-inibira tnuniu 
hinhowe {a kind of pipe or J{fe.) 

Sinkae, s. (see ehinkue), a etring, 

BSnktte, s. (cha) (pi. vi—), name qf a 
epeciee qf bird with blttefeathen. 

Eino, pron. dem. rel. to the fc<-class of 
words; ehaha kino, 

EindniyS. 

SinMlflre, mkaf ukadenge hinsag€' 
Mn»ag0 ni Mdif ni higa, una 
tiya. pfioMogo viiri hudif— ^ that 
of on^e friend >= mttteol aeeitUmce 
in tiXUng the ground; daniha hu 
nwimda, dikaUtne kinsage kHanga, 
Rero dindadtiriea kinsage ehatu, 

SiBsali, s. (cha) (pi. vin^-), am inftm- 
mmt for twisting their cotton into 
thread. kinsaUchakupfadiraton- 
Che (see nehingii^ 

Etnianilia see kindsansa; (Kis. mo- 
bada ya Hum), 

BinJMdi, f. (cha) (pLi»«<tMMlOt nibdle 
ya kinsedi, 

Siosiii, 8. (cha) (pl.«ftM<ri), a §peeie$ 
qf bird (fond of moMra), 

Kiwra, s. (cha) (pI.p«#i»#M) (Kis.M'«w). 

JOnanhm or IdiuUiaba, s. (cha) (pi. 
frtnr-^)t a 9maU ealaba$h in the form 
of a bottle, dim. of dtubft, 

Eintento, s. (cha); 1) fear, anxietg, ap- 
prekention (see manto)/-* ^ the eauue 



or of^feet of fear^ fri^tfalness. 4r<fiNr 
eAa ya ku IfgHo Iim kininUo, 

Ei»l«, 8. a thing, maUer; bona fjb^Um 
khUu-ni-ohiani kiniu n'naonia ina 
H-^fi-dsiwa, 

BImui mtoo, s. (cha) lit what $ee /%et, 
i.e. what the eyes have seen, reiqa- 
neration for finding any thing (Kis. 
utotoie). 

Ei^nde (vj? a river f 

EiongV, s. (cha) akakdra mdundu 
Ufa dade, ni kionga ehanga; nnor 
fUneidsa-ni kionga thwnga, 

Eipaaca* s. 

Eipe, s. (Kis. 9umu ^ 

Eipena, %. (cha) (pl.v<— , pai-^t a ^cMt 
of trees and reeds, i.q. ehincha, 

Eiperep«r6, s. (cha) (pU vi—\ food made 
by boiling fine flovr in water, ku fu- 
rura kiperepere (Iq. in Kis.fcw 9U- 
»a uji^ 

Eipeto (see kipHAte), s. (Kis. m«aAa^ 

Eipfte, s. (cha) (pi. vipfu) (Kis. twmbo). 

Kipfttdne, fL.freqv,enee, conttnudl patt- 
ing and repaseing (Kis. /<^o), niuniba 
4 ina kip/^due^ thi$ houae h(U Mpfu- 
dfte, i.e. it is quite an open house (from 
kup/ksda, the houee being, a$ it were, 
continually putted, 

Kipliiimpfiu, s. 

Klpfimde, s. (cha) a putrid emdl, a emdl 
qf deeompoeiUan. I^e, bemunhaki- 
pfunde yaba, ni eJMmmii kinafara 
yabaf 

Kipftudddiui, s. (cha), the ekin l^by 
a terpent, the elough qf a eerpeni 
(from ku pfundura). 

Kipfiira, s. (cha) (pi. vi—l a ealdbaeh 
wi^ the neck cut off so as to widen 
the opening; kiko ihi ni kipf4ru, 

KipluriArai s.(cha) (pl«i— ), a hdff -grown 
dome^ic amimal, kipfurura oha 
gnomhOf eha nthuai Ae, 

Klpiilda ifiee kibinda). 

K^ifli, s. (see k^ieij (Kis. maehiiH f) 

KipodAftfro, s. (cha) (pLpii— ), the hoof* 

K^orop6iiflro, s. (Kis. dudfu) f 

K^^ftpso, s. (cha) (pi. «<— ), ike fin atnd 
taa (of a fish) (Kis.96W). 
ii8.(cha) (pL«f— i a 



72 



EIFSERO— KIBOBUE. 



s. (cha) (pLj»«A ^ ^room or 

Kiprimii, s. (cha) (pU w- and psi---], 
a elomd efft (Ki&itflo la lew /Wtnfta 
UabUa)! wuimiu awa ufawiU wmrna 
«Mq»«Mto, ikut two men AoM tooted 
eife$, ijB. they are one-eyed. 

id^stewpflAro, s.(cha) (pl.vi-^ pH— ), 

Klptt«te,8.(cha) ridtaOe, motkery, tpiU- 
fulnesi (see dHHkidsa) (Kis. UMuOca, 
hinayaf fneoAa, u6i«Jb<} ; hu ehlda 
hipuet€,ioridiatU, to mock, niutUu 
Ufa Mpuete, a man qf fidieuie, i.e. a 
ridiculer, a mocker i]Bi\s.mbi»M, n^ 
teMiteti), 

Kip^Uai, s.(cha) (pi. v<andp«tf— )• 
Kip^bntpAmii s. hMte, precipitation, 
hurry (Kis. buha), Dita oMde Jtlpu- 
vnlpuvni, Ut UB ht in no hurry (Kis. 
tu»ifdni0 huba), 

KiritMn, s. one who iurpaetet (in power 
or strength) one who baffles (Kis.fcl- 
ume^ bora), n%untu tuyu ni hiraha 
waffnanffa, thii man outwiti char' 
mert; nan%uali uyu ni hiraha ehnn- 
bere, this girl baffles women (with re- 
spect to the 'marangoy* 

Kirangilf, s. (cha). 

», s. (see Kilalo), 

1, 8. (cha) (pKpi^-), the yam (Kis. 
^rtasi mangel, 

Sireka, s. (cha) (pi. vir-l the fettftdom, 
rtfraetory one (from Hu reha)f one 
who habitually leaves or disregards 
what others lell him, as half-witted 
persons generally do, and therefore an 

idiot a fool 

KirmidOt s. ordy used in predicate^ the 
manner of a traveller or stranger. 
f9a/Wtntr» hu di wm%da tnua hi- 
rondo 9 where doeH thou come fromf 
thou goest in of like travelling, i.e. you 
goUkeatravaier. Momue ud€»d9era 
haro haro, mtsoorera^ukara tmca 
hirot%do, tutanguruha, it i§ long 
ago iinee you came, and (yet) you do 
not get accustomed, you (still) are Uke 
a stranger t, you are not cheaful^ 



fO, name qf a momUoiin and the 
coumtry adjaeeni, south of OelmMM. 

\, 8. (cha), Me eUn, 

\, 8. (cha) (pl.pei— )t name of a 
serpent (Kis. n<iwmalM«#U). 
I-Xi (Kis. hilioho) hiriye, it is not 
(there), rel. to words of the ki and 
efc-class. Also used as prep, chdkii- 
dia iki hiriye ndtwo nehoo siba, 

EhQs9 (there is) Prov. hiribo hiHba, 
nwuina wa Tca/ya saehira, 

Kiilbdiibo. 

Kilidso, s. (cha) (plpsi—), that part qf 
an arrow which is fixed into the bona 
and receives the head. 

Siffif Jru (= Umcliim). 

Siriko, hiriho kiriko mdimaurasa 
paso. 

Kirimba, s. (cha) (pl.pei— )» the spur of 
a code (Kis.petn&e). 

Kiriml, s. (cha), a lisp (a defect in the 
speech (Kis. fcifiMmfte). 

K irinda maaira, s. iplpsi—), a waiiar 
qf eggs, (a nick-name for one who 
never travels), mua w^ninha yani 
mo€t-o, n^th^nr^ninke kirinda nus- 
sira, whom do you give this beer, do 
not give me (like) on egg-waiter^ So 
says one who is not satisfied with the 
beer given to him. The "o" after 
'moa'* Is euphonical for "u;" uye ni 
kirinda nmeira, eadsiwa mndmn- 
tumduniu, (Kis.fc<clal»a«ftafcdnoa» 

Kiriri (acU. <ft adv.) upright, erect, (l.q» 
pari and pontgadi,) Wonda nhdra 
ulikiriri ni ehiani-m^kongifna' 
mo nutU minga f muntu uya anai' 
mirira kiriri (pronounced in a high 
singing tone). NoU: When the word 
is construed with the prep, "m", the 
"k" becomes 'eh**, m^Mriri, ana-n^ 
usa aii mehiririf sikwmfedeiB, 

Kiri w r i i i, s. (cha), gr^ v^tymot. cause 
for crying or weeping from ku rira)» 
(The repetition denotes continuation- 
the not forgetting); akun%mdira oM- 
ant 9 ans. ana kirisiriei, 

Kir4M&ia, name qf a country t day% 
2f»JV»/tom 



EmOMBO— EISABIBA. 



7a 



»,s.(clia) igLp9i^)t 

tmmbo (Kit. mmku^ h U k Ult) , Rror. 
umm hi r dh w^ a X ? 9uM»4 u m i fti- 
r bmtg eAa 1n» (or «Jb«o) r twyM t^rw 
wMoho Uidaita nMm gu, 
KMaio,8.(dui4 (pi. !»«<—), iw«Mi9 tti 

KivMkto, s. (cha) (pl.p«<— )» « icomnL 
Klr«Bd», 8. (see pimdm) . 

ro,s. 

(pL 1»«^, a ifuldB, any 
one loiko lead* <Jka'«Miy (used of men 
and animals) (Kis. s Kin. Mto«Hr«lo) 
«f ie«Mlo «c^t* Iitfr owy org «Mi«M»tf ? «ribo 
<# fke yiilcto or leader /or ikUJauirmyf 
N.R The kirongora is any one of the 
travelling party, who luows the way 
and may himself carry a load, while 
the 'kHeinda- is the principal man 
among them, to whom the property 
belongs (see rangara), ha-fn-buete- 
tUi ha dsog&ro ndiye hirangarOf 
turn kur bade^tke one in /rant U tike 
Uadw (said of a cow which leads the 
way to forbidden ground). 

Brfoo, s. (cha) (pi. «i— ), a fold fwmtd 
hf/ looping (or tucking) up the cloth 
on one^ side (which is done for the 
sake of beauty); «ye akumba hSr&ro' 
fnatiku yonee a-i-hu4gnXa f^-dettr- 
rugak€ virdro, aenda akad§u a ira 
(contr. from dai-uttra), he goeg Mo- 
ving off every partieU of dtttt, that 
9etUe9 on Me cloth. {muam,*na ugu 
ahomedua ni hiroro,) 

Sir6ai, s. (cha) (pi. «M» ct festivity 
kept up for several days on the safe 
return from the perilous voyage over 
the lake Niassa. IHmhe dika onero 
viroti hu "Dtongaf let us go and 
attend (Uthe kirosi-festioities at Dsenga, 

Kimliy s. (cha) (pl.pii— )» a very large 
wteker-badcet, in which the vegetable 
produce is stored up; Uiruli oka tn- 
hia or tka kiefro, 

Kfanmiba, a (cha) (pl.i»e<— ), a wstive 
fiddle, made of the half of a calabash 
(Kis. ubomJbOt ugombo t) 



1, 8. (cha) (pi. «i- or j»«i— ), 
p/kuru MHmmdn, 
being [signs of oomdng ooUd; B eg t Um 



s. (cha) (pi. peiea), a bMfs meetf. 
such as has a small entrance, a bottie- 
nest (see kUemehm) (Kis. k O em dmy 
(see W rfo awI ti iaHi). 

• ,s.(cha) Qpl.tri— )• 
», iMHne ttf a country l>/i dagt- 
Journey to the 8. ot Mpande, The 
people of Kisambo have a peculiar 
art in shooting arrows which consists- 
in an arrow repeatedly touching the 
ground and leaping farther (see tadea),. 
They are therefore flrequently hired 
by different chieb in war. { W ak t oe n n 
^ tMMlotfioa ku bonia m^Aifaa 
ht» amba n-tudea)* 

Eiiancha, s. (cha) (pl.j»si— ), a birds 
nest, such as is open; kieame k a eka 
nekHeu, the nest qf a dove; Meae^ 
oka oka kineUf oka bmmibua, oka 
nutio Ae» 

EiMmngWL, s. (cha) (pi. w— ), a speetes 
of serpent, remarkable for a beautiful 
skin (see einga), 

BiflaaifS. (cha) (pi. v<— ), a temporary hut, 

Eiwrnii, g. (cha), coldnefs. Niomgo ea 
kUanu. (Kis. beredii Xnt on%ba ki- 
•onu. 

Kisarl, s. (cha) (pi. vi—), a kick; ku 
bonia kisari, lit. to throw a kuk, i.e 
to give a kick, or simply: to kick. 
(Kis. ufctMifa) gnombe %tyu eofronto 
kieari, this cow does not Mde, The 
pronunciation 'kiekare* is scarcely 
correct. 

Biaaiira, s. (cha), fastidious deiicaeg 
and eieanUness (from the root eara. 
and sarara), wauUu awa teana 
kieoHra wmmmui «oaM^a,acla6Mrw- 
kira na kiearira, one uiho has ki' 
sarira suffers nobody to eat out efhis 
Dsenkua, and his mother must keep 
it separate. He allows no one who 
is not clean, to sit down near him; 
his bow he is continually oiling and 



T4 



KISENDE--EISUE. 



his ^ipe is -Ibe neatest. His motlier 
also, indulging him, makes even from 
time to time the plastering on -his 
cottage (see huaro), 

XiMBda, 8. 

Sistee, s. (cha), sloiMMtf ; u^ ama 
hUSi/^, tkU (man) hen Oownea *» k» 
if ilow. 

giiawwr^e, s. (cba), ploy, tport, nUrth; 
Ine u»a--tU-e$e hisewetero chaiko, 
HdiUngana ni iwe, 

MuA, s. (cha), a aavowry muU ai$ tif 
rooiting meat (Kisi denotes the smell 
of something good or bad, which has 
l)een exposed to Ore, the meat wnich 
is roasted, or which is burnt in the 
pot from want of water.) 

Siaimamriro, s. (cha) (pl.«i— ), a ip^ 
eie$ qf tr^, remarkable for straight 
and long stems. Tney are found in 
the open country {damho). Of the 
wood ladles are made. 

Xiaiadikiro, s. (cha) (pl.pA-), tiifti. 

JKiairo, s. a metallic tuhHance used for 
glazing earthen vessels, for which pur- 
pose it is ground and mixed with wa« 
ter and applied before they are baked; 
HUiro ni eha mdabo (Kis. ron^a). 
the fnbaiU and hoiekeaa are glased 
with it 

Kfairfr a, s. evening; n'«MMl«a nm ItitC- 
•u*<K, I came in the evening, 

Sisiai == ain, dsira iri ni kisisi; 
wasira a/ya ni tdsisi. 

Siatwo, s. (cha) a itopper, a etopple; 
hiHwo cha mr-bara»uffUf the $top- 
per of a bottle (generally consisting 
of a Mdtomoti hisiwo eha n'dsuba), 

XiaodI, s. (cha) (pi. p»€)\ a red cap (only 
worn by chiefs) (Kis.fco/ta,.cltffr^ 

Siaoarteo, s. (cha) the act <tf aeemUh 
mdng, udamr-nk-de^ea na hisoerero 
ndiwe, 

Xiaoartei. t. {chB)famaiaritif, readineee 
in getting ctecuetomed (from ku toe- 
r0ea)f ueaeMde nao kieoereei, do 
not get familiar vith them, ni wa 
aap6nia ttriOcua, do you not knew, 
thaitthie i$ a kindred who totU forget 
nothing (see untkua) muana uyu 



kU 9e ri 9if eMi cM^ii 
treOnediemranka),. 

Slaoffm Idaafm (adr.) teaUered akant 
^ h etda li bm daU ((rom hn 9oga)f In»- 
Uife w U m d a ya kiedffm ki»6gm 4n»- 
atu. The .treee an the burial groemd, 
near the granee >of kinge are ptmtted 
pieogavieoga. The word islespecnsed 
with regard to such trees, as are planted 
. for the sake of their shade. ■iiiMliaPn 
kieaga kiaaga a imd aone tui f jgou 
eat down eeattered about^ you wiU not 
bevieOOe. 

Xia6iiiboa, s. (cha) (pL vi-), a emeUy 
underground of &species of white ants ; 
mtuattu wa reea udurukm fn^kiadmr 
boe^ the rainbow eomee forth from the 
kieomboe (a foolish notion 1) (see Ket- 



Eaaomo, s. (sha) attraeUon, attraettve- 
neee, lit. that which cuts inwardly, 
(from ku •ohms); muniu uytt emet- 
kiaomo-ti'ki^&naka, thie man hoe 
attntetion, vfhMi preoentt one from 
eleeping, Wagigunda awa umna 
kieotnOf weunka nao, 

Eiaonir^a, a (pi. «i— ), a large iron- 
needle for sewing together the plaits 
of a mat {^i\s, ehdsira), kieangala 
eAa ku eokeru 'mpaaa, 

Klanamp^po, s. a kind of e^hfrom 
the Portmgueee. 

Biaadaii, s. (cha, 1) eaptationt the quet- 
lity of etUehing the faaour of eteory 
body, uye etnu kieudeUf he pre- 
possesses every one in his ftivour, 
e.g. in trade, all will come to him in 
preference to others; — 2) eeiaure ^of 
the bowele i.e. a fl.ix, diarrhoea; vara 
n'nuoMda kiaudeu, I am retaeeed 
to day, I made kiendeu, 

Wta^, s. (cha) (pl.|p«<H» that ktnd of 
Umdtee, which b/uOdt large hOle of 
oSbovX 10 feet in height, 

Kiada or kiadwa, s. (cha) impatiemee 
or eagemeee (as to food, said of one 
who cannot wait for others, and never 
hesitates in accepting of food when he 
is offered) {aeemtndui and kigi 
fua), (Ki8.wlai/I, ku la/MMi). 



KIBUEUA— KO. 



75 



I. (cha) (pL«i— ), « 4»M«r4^ 

\.q, h4dtodok^ta and hiwanOa, 

OMUBfi, 8. a rain makdr (Salimini first 

mentioned him to Jfr. Bib, in a way 

as if he was equal with the Chiuda). 

I, 8. (cha) (pL jMi— ), »vmU 



pokii9 (f) in the slcin (Kis. lB«ie«) ? 

Sisoaginire, s. (cha) giddinets; 

to wnumnga -muachida Uisunffuri- 
re, lit <R e§e$ mine it mdke$ giddint$$ 
(Kis. hitunti, Kin. hisumgu). 

Sinmsl, s. (cha) {plpH^ and vi—) (Kis. 
hiHwaf fmtgu); bongo Unawtin^ 
dtka, Unadsmrtra Hounol), 

Sisofi, 8. 

Xltata,8. (cha) (pl.i»#<-); 1) a rud$ kind 
of Her or litter, Tcaronga fBhafarha- 
huika-ufm-'n^dongera .'m-MtaHHt lit 
fohm the king dies-iohare to hury-they 
tarry Mm on a Her;-' 2) an integrant 
piece qf any thing hrcfken, a eoumter- 
or eonttituent part qf any thing 6ro- 
tkm or ditided^ a pattern, the 9ame in 
kind, referrimig to beade, eloihee de, 
daima nda denga hitata Hitatm 
ueama ^ida ligawtgami. 

XHApni, s. (cha) (pi. «Mf a pool, a pond 
^\s.Uie*wa). 

SitMreto«re or kltilisratalisre, s. 
(cha) Juiee. 

StMM orkltltaAM (Kis. falsa ea «m- 
ehSre). 

VHoMiitiiiifli, s. (cha) (pi. v*— )> •hadow 
(see nUMnei^ (Kis. hi^Mi, 

SItiiMii, s. (ctia) (pi. vi— ), a heap of 
graee, branches &c in a plantation 
(Kis.MtH)f 

yitoda, 8. (dia) (pi. p«i— and pfi^\ 
I%e youmg qf birde (as long as they are 
unfietched), peiitmda pea n4nmda, 
the yoang qf pigeome; peituedm pea 
bumJbua Abe, {wnbardmi ana wana 
fti p«liMMki). 

lOmtMlO, 8- nirige hiueiHro eha hu 
boorera or eha hu ueirira, 

JSMak (ad|.) 

SiirAda, s. (cha) memory; diye, dimke 
hua tnan^ tea hiteadaf oMa-di- 
htiaahuAee, ife dinaiwdra. 



s.(cha) is^\»pH—), a epeeire, 
(see hie4kudj, 
Wkmdm, s.(cha) (pl.w— orpA— ), a graee 
hopper; different kinds are: hheara 
eha hinhuiei. eha ftei,eha amho, 
eha defimbe, 
WLwisnemdm, s. (cha). a ehart eeeeaUon 
qf rain; mpfiira i yapfumba, iha- 
dhara hiwaraufora (Kis. hiaaga 
ehaaga), 
SHrasiray s. incmiioe (from hu MiMcra), 
Ufena wtunhira hiwawira eha 
hu wawira w«^ wadhadeogora 
hutnha,) 
KiwAro, s. (cha) (pi. pei—), the joint of 
an animal when slaughtered, [hiwaro 
eha hugu, 
Siwawm, s. (cha) drizeUng rain {mpfa- 

ra ya hiwaw€i\ (Kis. nunUoniata), 
Siwembn, s. (cha) (pl.pil— ), a plot, a 
conspiracy, mdundu uya una pfi- 
weinbu, that kindred ha$(\a fond oO (is 
distinguished for) plots, 
Eivntkdm, s. (cha) (pi. pei—). 
Siwong'^flro, s. (cha) cucumbers and si- 
milar vegetables cut into thin slices 
(from hu wenga\ wenga hiwengere 
ihi ueangdniee na ndiwo, 
Siw^re, S. muana uyu'januha hiwere, 
Kiwinda, s. {uyu) The master qf aca- 
rawan, i.e. the principal man, to whom 
most of the property belongs carried 
by the carawan (see hirongora); hi- 
winda uyu eadiedea-ulendobuahe 
m-bo iba, this caratean-master does 
not feed (his men) — his Journey is in 
where bad, i.e. it is bad to travel with 
him; hiwinda, lit the gatherer, pro- 
vider (fh>m hu ufinda). The ploral 
'peiwinda" will scarcely occur. 
KIwiil (a4j.) rel. to the 'hr class. Un- 
ripe, green, raw, fresh (see«»«*a). 
Wkfm, (pron.dem.) thai, rel. to the 'hi 
and eh** class. Chaha hiya eha ma- 
wa, that year qf UMnorrow, \,e,neagt 
year, 
Ko, umdho, thou goest thare, i.e. there 

where you are going. 
So, uMshadundu waU hihho-ha, iei 
waU mderongo; {mabira goH hSor 



76 



KO— NKOaNIE. 



M^ hSa). Tke ko may he repeaUA 
a$ qftm a$ om Wc$9, 
to, the rel. to "Jku". hut hu maima 
h9, 10M6A U at ik» JbMre than b 
XitfmaiM aUmga «lo. 

», €ft rel. to the Infinitive. Uu du- 
Bi hoohoma, to b$ $Me if not 
good; ni hu imba hoodanif— koo 
rel. to Im where? e.g. fitfci-fctMlfM- 
ruguda hu nUmba hoo begnieha, 

Kdak»m(adv.) h6hue alih6a h6a h6a 
Ac anabad9€^, 

Sdm(Y.a.) to catch (so as to get enta- 
gled). Said only of things, e.g. d»aru 
yanga huOcoa mtnga, my tioth caught 
thorm; wUwfdnga unahoa mdongo, 
my bow caught a tru^ i.e. was caught 
by a tree.— k6m ka«(v.reil.) to tteal 
tOong ttooping; hoantdta (Kis. toto- 
n<#a). -- l»aiui(v.rec.) to catch each 
other, to get entangled, hinhue hina 
hoana, the rope i$ entangled, mbedtet 
oinahodna, the fiehing linee are en- 
tangled,— knioM koiiM (adv.) with 
entanglement, intricatdy {see yanga),— 
kowora (for goera), if a "w" has not 
been ejected between ho and a (^owa), 

1) (v.instr.) to catch with, nhdwo ga 
hu howSra mde, a hook (a catcher) 
for hooking down the fruit called mde;— 

2) (v.d.) hu^mu-houfira niama, or 
hurmu-houftra howera munt9€, — 
kowodsa (v. int.) e.g. minga inaho- 
wedaa, tndoro eugoroboroha, 

Kobe, s. (wa) {plmahobe) (Kis. huembe). 

SobedllA, s. a ratUing noiee made in 
rummaging, — kobedh^sm (v. a.) to 
make a noiee in rummaging about 
{see goboehe), 

Ko-bo (adv.) it$ pronunciation ie draw 
ledouiina high einging tone, e^.hun- 
gu yafuha hS-bof pfumbi lafiOea 
h^bo, 

Sob«ra (y.a.) drobwa), to break, or 
pUidc off Indian com wUh the ekOk, 
(T.nj— koboNfftt (v.d.) — 

(v.int.) 
i, 8. {pa, ee^ a tlip4cmot, hu 
h^borSra, to tU dc 



i, M, (wa), (pL ea^), beane (Kit. w 
hundo), 

K o cb— ■ (v.n.) to land, toeomeonehore, 
to drift aehore. 

Kocho, s. (wa) {plwahaeho), a foud 
with uaeommoniy large lege, hugu um 
haoho fgoeho), or: hugu %§gu m< 
hoeho (Jtia.huhH wa mbdui or 
mumgiei^ 

MMbh (v.n.) to her crooked, to he 
koda koda (v.rec.) to be very eroo' 
ked, to have many hende or cmvee; 
mdeinge u t m ahodeOtoda, thierioer 
meandere,— kotedMi (v.caiu.) to can- 
to he crooked, to curve, to hend, kodO' 
hode eomething crooked {seenhuirQ), 
Der. hUeodaei. 

BodABi(adv.) in what mamur, to what 
degree. The word can only be used, 
when the inOnit has preceded (see 
dam/oea), 

Kod6ro (adv.) thue (only used after an 
Inf. adipfb mdhaanhara hu menu 
hodm^hu (Kis. manouo hema haga)» 

KodM,8. 

Sodi (see noMo). 

Kedhobtai (v.n.) to eU with the armg 
eroeeed upon the kneee and the head 
hent forward and reeting on them He 
gri^, anger or in idleneee (Kis. hu^ 



0, 

hodhobera, 

KodOb4re (adv.) dun$hani muhembm 

tMMo, n^eende uhewa n uiii hodobero, 

go out qf the houee, do not go eitting 
in U idly, 

Koihi6ink{y,A,)towihkat,tobed[onto;hu 
hodhora na wuteo or na manoha, 
to wink with the eyee, or beckon with 
the hande (lli\B,puetg4a, hanieea), — 
kederem (v.d.) mha uha-utr^hoda- 
rSro mu n ta uga, go and heOum to 
that man for me, 

i(v.a.) 1) top/M(Ki8 hu he^daHyA^ 
2) ■Wfcidi«(v.a.) (ihrire?) 

»8. 

Kedtta, kadnedM (see hara), 
Katie (Kis. ntani^, s. (wa, pi. with m). 
Ntofnie, s. iya, pi. ta), a etrokewOh 
the knueXlee of fhe fngore; bw-m- 



KOGO— KOMA. 



77 



tefMto h^gtUe, to strike cn$ a kogrtie, 
(Kis. hodo and n^rttmi). 

KdflTo or n^kog^, s. (^, pi. «0), ih$ 
enut formed in the pot, from meal 
food being boiled in it, but the cmst 
of the surface is called magogo («mm 
gogo ya dtiMngura, ya virondOf 
ya ndHina), hogo ya mfkaU ya 
dtima, the cru$t of in the pot of 
pa$te (jR\s.ug6go). 

Sdka or ktfkakdka (adj.) dUme, only; 
rel. to fctt (see huseri)f mniypfi uma- 

. «N^/M»(Mfw fcofca ft^tka (Kis. n»JI 
«MMi-fi»-/VMM» niama Kaba tu\ t0«f»- 
da hudia nditu hohahdha wo- 
oa^inta, thou gout to eat onlyt but 
thyeei^f alone, without aeking- 

Ifkoka, s. {ya and dou), a kind of trap 
(used for the nengo and hunda). — 
koka, s. (ra) (pi. moH^ a traO, Irocfc, 
lit. something drawn (from hu hoka), 
only used of the maric left in the 
ground by creeping animals. 

Soka (T.a.) (Kis. hu fata, ehua), to 
drtuo, to drag, to pull along; met 
to urge, to force; hu hoha eha/m- 
ba, to smcke hemp; hu hoha fodia, 
to take enuff; oihoha fodia, meant 
both. -- I do not take enuff, and I 
do not emote {see fodia); -^ kokttft 
(y. n.) to admit cfdranotng or dragging; 
kokerm (v. d. <§ v. instr.) Og. ha^mu- 
hohera hipuote, lit. to drato naugh- 
ttneet to one, i. e. to ridicule or mocic 
one. Tuntu ya hu hohera ehwmha; 
kokma (v. rec) to pull one ano- 
ther; «9CHMi awa waihohana inan^ 
oha, these children pull each other 
by the arms. — kok e d»a, to pull 
with force, Der. fcofta and n'Jieofcaw 

Soko; adachora mhoho muanawan- 
ga, ueanene ni waho, uda^m^ora 
(Kis. uda^mu-eUUlia) hidouhuru, my 
thild became ripe within the Uaf, do 
wA eay, it i$ thine, you wiU bring him 
up Uke a grand child (said by a father 
of his son to his wife as a warning, 
not to indulge him too much as a 
mother would her daughter; see dan* 
). 



iiS. (ra) (pl.tMolBolw). Pod (of be- 
ans), or hutk of ndeama, rind of mm- 
eada, a leaf of Indian com corering 
the icnob. 

Kokftdm (y. a.) to draw, draw out, to 
puU, hu, hohoda udoima, to draw 
or get out the paete (from a pot, only 
used when you haye come to the 
last); hu hohoda madei, to draw out 
water {from ayessel.when there remains 
only a little), hi* hohilda hihunio, to 
puU a ikin On fixing it on the ground 
by little pegs, in order to dry it): — 
hu— ndedru, to puU a Ooth (in wren- 
ching it out); ufohumba hu dei ho- 
hoda (Kis. waddha hu^eida eida); 
hohodSra (y. d.) (Kis. hu huangftia) 
vnha mfhohodSre fn6a ns mdoa- 
fUuHre, 

Kokoiiim(y.n.) 1) to ru$h, to roar (only 
used of flowing water and of rain) 
(Der. hohomo and mhohomo); (adj. 
good, weUf — 2) (a(^.) good, weU, (see 
hotna); hu enda huahe ei hohonue, 
to go with him ii not well ~ hie 
gait i$ not giroMful, 

X^ldwmo, wMdoi onMihida, deabano 
hualira hohomo, s. (ya, »a\ roaring 
(Kis. le<AMM<), mhohomo. 



X6kfte, s. {ya and ea), a kind of baim 
or etore-ltouee, 

Solesa (see hora), 

BoUbede. 

Somm, 8. 1. Name of a territory to the 
S. of Mpande in the country of the 
Wapiri. Kotna ni deiho roohomag 
BJan%a is a country which is good. — 

Koma(y.n.)n. 1) to be good, handeome 
or agreable (Kis. hu fana, goma, ta- 
n^u). M€^na neoru $00 honuB {= ha- 
na adabu- ngoma in Kis.) — 2i to tap 
(a tree), i.q. hu hama ijtu homa n»- 
bira, tStnboei).— komem (y.d.) to be 
good, agreaible, pleating to (any one), 
ya-^n-ho*nera ndoaru i, thi$ doth 
pleaeee me; niun%ba i ei-^i-hofnora 
honderahe, ae to thie houee, its Ver- 
andah is not good to me =^ does not 
please me ; m^ntu ugu e»n€-hiHnera 



78 



KOMA— KOMORA. 



fn'wMwo i ^g w ya, thi$ man U not 
pUoMmt in mif eytt, JLero nannrho- 
vMra mdimthanaHt-9ua hua ndungi 
ahatnan»a nuMtnta = akaehiddmr 
<i#o, Aa-n^*-€bira mdimaf to-day I 
wiU excun Mm, ht ha$ brckm it by 
aecSdmt, but if doe$ to again, IthaU 
he angry with him. ku hamSra tn^fi 
(Kift. hu hongomga m<il).— komodsm 
(y.c.) to make goodt fi^;(v.int.) to bevery 
good, to be better, handeomer (than 
another); muana uyu anakomedta 
Ituli {]p«> uya, tM$ boy (or girl) ia 
beUer or handeomer than that — ko- 
madfla komadfla; immuu uyt* ak€^ 
homodaa hamedoa mkdfmoa, afksna 
hohofnera, this man Jlatteri with hi9 
lipe, he teeke wTtore to pleaee,—- ko- 
m^tta (v.pas.) Ht. to be bettered by or 
with any thing, i.e. to JU, to etUt well, 
ntuanawanga i»nakotnidua namth 
hosa tfdk; lit my eon if made good or 
hand tome with hit ivory -ringt, i.e.the 
iyory-rings (round his arm) suit him 
"well; wye aleomedua na ndepfu»€h 
he, hit beard tuitt him well.— kome 
kOBM, Prov. hovne home tcra n^kn- 
fnoa, hu numa hum&mha n*hogo 
(Kis. tnanena yahwo ni m&ma, laikon 
ohoyo ehahwe hina huenda tnno), 
k6moe ktfinoe, Pror.uta-ni-aioro 
komoe hotnoe ni€Kna ikanona in- 
ona hanoe honto, 

Komm m. s. (ra) (pi. mdkomm), a broad 
edging of thin wood (round a basket 
used as a dish) ; dotinki%»n ya hovna, 
a broa^edged beuket, in contradistinc- 
tion from a dumikua ya namthw- 
runga, a beitket with a rovnd rim. 

KommlV. (T.a.) to drioe into, to wedge 
in (one piece of wood into another for, 
the purpose of cleaving it To fix in 
a small post by beating or knocking, 
hw homa higirif — 2) to rap or 
ttrike with the knutklet, ht$rn^hofna 
timniu, 

KOB&a V. (T.n.) to be blunt (see^roma 
gomeoa Jte.) The Student will distin- 
guish. l)homa,tobegood,'^2lhoma 
or rather 0POflN« QLii.duta), to rebound; 



. Q hamm with a sharp k» to drive, to 
knock in. 

Sombm (y.a.) to H€k out (using the fin- 
gers as children do) (Kis. hu dumn)*^ 
kombedMi (v.int) to Utk out entirely. 

Sombe, s. (uyu) (pi. wahombe), a twin$ 
net (Kis. nia/w). 

Sombe, s. (ra) iplmakombo), a thruib 
the teedt qf which are pounded and 
mixed with the .juice of the 'Muora** 
leaves and of the bulb 'honho,** which 
constitutes their poison for arrows. 

N-kombo, s. (y» and pi. oa), ohetl-juh, 
and merely theU not of nuto but qf 
Jlth only (see hogo)f ntuomba etgout- 
ba n%b€a hua Mr-hon%be, the potter 
terapet out the pot wUh a theU; hombo 
i noha namana m a, tkie it a mnaU 
ihOl. 

KombOy s. (ra) (pi. mahombo), the wattr- 
Ulyf (Kis.yim^? 

Sdmbaa, s. dya, pi. oa), the name of a 
kind of ruth, which grows by for- 
ming bushes, which during the inun- 
dation gives the water an appearance, 
as if it had run in numberless direc- 
tions—wherefore they say: hagttiro 
Hn%ad»i, uoixkaehide m ade e ra deo- 
m, hana fnadei ya nih4hnbua, keep 
to one thing what you have been eon^ 
mittioned to do, and do not vary like 
the water among ruthes. 

NlMmo» s. {ya, •«); 1) a vpeeiov ftffUh; 
^ The ttanding up part {or the ri&i) in 
witker work in eontraditL from the 
ndsengo which are platted round. 

Somo, s. (ra) (pi. mahomo}, the opening, 
i.e. tpaee l^for a door (see hidofgo), 
hovno la bormfniendo, a tpaee ^/1 
on that tide qf the haute which it op^ 
potite to the door in u$e (see «»'«•<- 
ondo)f homo la batara^ a tpaee (for 
a door) on the tide qf the houoe. These 
spaces are however slightly dosed 
with sticks and plastered over with 
the rest of the wall, only marks bmng 
left to denote the exact spaces, so aa 
to facilitate their escape in a surpriseu 

Somtem (v.a.) to makefatnt; madonda 
yorm-homdra^ tidenett makev Mm 



KOMORA— KONGORA. 



79 



(7. D.) fa «100011, to he appearmtUif dead 



t. 8. (ra) (pi. ««****•), tt« 
eorvMr* hemgiifg dowm from a €Mh 
romtd the loine (ooly used in pluial). 
EMoie or MimKm (adv.) denotiitg di- 
f«<Mm: <k0re, ju»t there (Ki8.*ufco)» 
coming to the same (in result), turning 
oat the same thing. h9$f» ni komoe- 
ueaoMde mamm, todteie there (can- 
not be avoided) mofce ther^ore ftofear 
(Kiaftf). 



(T.a.) to e^oop mp (water from 
a smaH pit) (Kis.deM9<S«).- 
(yjiO to.OfdmU of ecoopkig tip; 

i/ (T.d4 



(or muamam), oUhurm or 

(l i ot w ^o), yon are not ffrettt, cr you 
wOl not be great, if you Uve at Jte^ 
ije. it is not honour to do so, and this 
is the reason of the ud^ngua. hU/ke ni 
Md n^ ue na lwMH»*iiiwiH(Kiae^afcft a) 
itUdUthe eame whether ome dtee a 
naturdloraHoieiUdeathtCrdeathbyDBr 
tnre i» the eame a« hyvMenee, ij&. each 
kind equally terminates bodily exi- 
stence; wadhakara hua hu emuka 
kdtmoe, they had nothing hut trouhU 
(KiSLSft). 

Mmnehm, e. (ra) (pL nmkomahe), the wOd 
«106, the fSbre% of which are much 
used for threads and strings (Kis. 
gonge, K\Jk,goniohe). 

K«n4a (or ^ onia) (T.a.) to Uke, to 
pleaeer- InondWMi (T.rec.)— 1 
(Y.rel.) to WDe for; utuk 
ahUmi^whait doee hehkehfrnforf— 
hgndadaa (r.int) to Uke mmch. 

KmMm (v.pass^ to he gtad^ to rejotee, 
9i m komd^n inu km mdin um km d n u, 
ei nme nm n*n a o kidn Ime 9 are you not 
pleaeed In your hearte at what Ihaoe 
tfonejf — koBdatea (v. d.) to r^oieefor, 
•ver or at (Ki8./W«MM»); 



okimHif tohai mre you gtad 
aho^f (Kia wmp emdemmd -ioD ^ 
ho B daada a (v.int. d v.caus.) to he uerp 
glad, to eauee pleasure.^ koadn*- 
raaa, to he pleaeed with another, to 
Uke each other,— kond^dnara, diea 
kandodMore-^vai m a tu wm na -dt-dw 
nut, dikaeino k ^ 

ftonda, s. (ra) (pi. makonde), a rude 
kind dfpiouua, ajutty {Jborkonde), n^ 
konde wnMi, 

If^BSndtt or kftndtt, s. (ya, pL ea), » 
wcBT, quarrel (Kis. wHa), n^untu ufoo* 
kondo), 

Kendodofea (y.n.) This is a very sin- 
gular formation, not met with in other 
words, a reduplication taking place 
of me syllable 'do*\ 

Konfa (T.a.) 

Kanff O, S. iwe eimeno wtnienaea Hb^ 
da ku nikongo (Kis. haipa ntnendgO' 
u>ayahurwg%$eho£^ {mhemha pa konr 
go in Kis.), a round houee. 

IV4»iif o or koBfO, s. (ya, pi, eoi^ 
the ha€k part of the OcM (i.q. k6go 
hi Kis) 

Bdnirte, S. (la)(pl.mafc^na^), artUn- 
tioud (sing, rarely used), kuna ehlda 
n*ak6nkua nuakonkMa, kuli dMkw, 

XoBCdno, s. {pa, pi. 0«), the knee/ 
n^untu upu ngoolhnha nikongono* 
thie man ie etrong in the knee; wanf 
ta awa mhooHmba mkonfj^ono, theee. 
man are knee-etrong, 

Xongrdra (v.n.) to come to nusturity, U^ 
he fine, heanUiiful (as to perfection and 
completeness in growth and stature^ 
the word being used only of men, 
animals and plants, not of cloth» 
houses dec uMuUfa wpu ngo kango- 
ret, thie ie a fine, wetOmUt man; kiko 
iki neko kongara, thie ie a WeU 
grown calabaeh; m n abira apa neka- 
kongihra, thie eaffrooom ie ejn t j e lJ eni 
(of perfect growth); gnankbe upu 
ngokong&ra, thie cow ie qf a fine, 
peifeet growth » this is a beautiful 
cow.— koBfwadaa (T.int.) to eceel 
in fineneee cr heauiy; hkra «yw ago 
kongoreden kiaU «f|fa. 



«0 



KONGOSA— KORA. 



JKMIC^M^ «Ma han§f09ahuk 



roto (Jkanff090 ta gmru), s. (la) 
(pi. mcOson^co), 1) a ttidk to whieh 
9tring$ are /(Utened at both endi to 
ieeure a dog;— 2) two pUee$ qf utood 
tUd together and hwng over eatUe to 
accustom them for riding;-^ 8) a ttlek 
with a rope fattened at both end» 
^hich is hung oyer one's neck while 
you tread on it with your feet in 
order to smooth down the grass, which 
is done when they want to malce a 
way to their ant-hills; hongoso la 
Uu wandira mb&ndo, Prov. garu 
^eoobuoa a^amika na hongoso, do 
not truet in that man, he it more 
ewming than he appeare, he i$ a slip- 
pery feOoie. 

KoBfliia (V. pass.) to be ehiOed, to be 
benurnbed (from cold}.— homgohdiUL 
(v. int.) to be greatly ehOled. Ine na 
Hongoodoa huli iwe, I am ehOled 
more than you. 

Kdnie, s. 1) cramp; podrapsdnga poa 
migniondo poina hdnie {gonie), 
I have the cramp in my toet; petwa- 
psanga psinaguidoa na gonie or 
honiof— 2) (ig.niggardneee; manoha 
yago ana hdnie itoo, 

JV-konko, 8. (ya, oa). the name qf a 
plartt like an onion, the juice of 
which forms one of the ingredients 
of the poison used for their arrows 
(see kontbe), 

JI-]i6diO, 8. {ya, aa), a enaU; leano i 
yddia niungu, (pi. hano ioi aadia 
niungu). 

SttBdni (v. a.) to pound (only of Indian 
com when it is hard (Kit. hanSa) iwo 
si-i-naf, ikanare huSne hu4ne, 
•Aohna yaho ioayo ikanunka gaga 
o ikou, it i» not yet ftniihed, pound 
it thoroughly, Utt its dehoa tmell <^fter 
the chaff, -^ konovakm (T.n.) to admit 
qf pounding; 2) to appear toeK pounded. 
IwiMrarm (v.d.)— koawdia (v. int) 
to pound vmUL— Inmafca (y.n.) to go 
off, the huekfrom grain. 



(▼.a.) to repair to rieondU ODs. 
eafidi, tongaoa}^^ Wwil » kl (y.nO 1) 
to be rtpairalNe, trop. to be cofrigMe; 
w him ba yangm oi h a nooha ndso, 
my houee i» no mere ropairaUe; m tmn 

eoneSUMe;-^ 2) to torn out well repai' 
red, to be brought right; to have yielded 
to reeondUaUon; n H emba y e m g a rara 
ya hanoeika, my hoaae lo&ka niedy re- 
paired now; wemtM aiwa «nmmi hanee- 
ha rero, theeepeopU are reeoneiled to- 
day,— k ttBM gm (T.d.) 1) to repair de. 
for another,—- 2} trop. to eacuee,— \ 
■•reia (r .a.) Uha hu hanet 
aym si yaho, U'tea-Uhere 
mtoIm.— kMUWdw (v.int) to repetir 
weU,— kMUMHUUi (y. rec) to eonei- 
Uate partiee one for another, 
Imum contr. from hu anee, (a^J.) aU, 
eoery (only used as to direction, 
quarter.) >- kMUW Imaam, eU, eoery, 
on eoery eide, from aU dtreeUene 
(Kifl. hotehate). This redopUcadon 
of iLonse is more in use. gnambe 
teana roa nt^nvmeyda «MMm^a han- 
oohanee, eattle entered my plant ati on 
from eoery quarter; huhundu whu 
hua ndoaruyanga huna tehuha 
haneo, thie eide qf my eloth ha§ all 
got holee. 

ff-koDii, 8. (Myu, iet) 1) perhape the 
animal eaUed Qnu; wna Immo (jgetoo) 
hana n*haneii henei aeta heuOf the 
gnu is eaid to etand like a giraffe and 
gaae at you;^ 2D gnamlbe wa n*han- 
oi (pi. gnaniboeemga ea n*hane€). 
The iLonsi are generally of red colour, 
the dsanso only being of black. 
KMm(y.n.) by way of transpositionlBtf 
gora may be used of a person lost 
of the trap (seemoMMi manoa), to 
produce an effect, to cateh (said of a 
trap and of seasoning) to eoBtrteate; 
meampaiwaeega wna hora {goreii, 
m/y trap hoe caught,— koTCni(T.cont.) 
to be tae^ful, eaooury (the salt proTing 
effeaual, making itself perceptible m- 
ohSre wahara). — kmka (v. n.) to 
admit qf catching; hamga iei neo 



EORA— NEOSA. 



81 



tlhm*oh0ra, gUi hartika). — kOTCm 
(v.)— kddiw (v.pass.) to be ectught, en- 
trapped— k»diM4Mi (y.cauB.) to eauee 
to he eamght (see bomftocorai).— ko- 
VoMra (T.n.) said qf an animdl eeca- 
ping from a trap or noo«« (Ki& «un»- 
puha), fig. tnuniu uyu wa %Ue»i ana- 
horohora karobara na hu mka, 
ihie Uuy feUow Jutt picked up or 
scraped a little patch qf ground and 
went qff, — koroboreka (y. n.) to ad- 
mit qf disentangling. — koroberam 
(v.d.) to disentangle (any thing) to ano- 
ther; tndoro wanga unagoa minga, 
n€ horoborSre, 

Kom, 8. (ra) (pi. nuahora), an enelosurs 
for cattle, a cot for pigeons, fowls Ac. 
(Kis. eiei). This word is rarely used 
for cages of fowls and pigeons. 

Koro, s. (ra) (pi. n%dkoro), a very old 
animal J horo ra huhu, horo ra 
mhuei, or gnombe uyu ni horo, 
(pi. gnombe iei ni makorof nthuei 
uyu ni koro), 

Korobom (v.n.) said qf an animal $s- 
caping from a trap or noose (Kis. ta- 
rupuka) (see kora^ v.n.) 

N-korofiToro, a kind cf fish (yo, ea), 

Korok6da(y.a.) to scoop or pick out 
(of things, the inside of which is soft, 
as viko, deuba, tuntu Ae.) — koro- 
kodeka, korokodera,korokodedfla 
(y.int.) to scoop and pick out well, en- 
tirely.— korokodakorokoda(y.reil.) 
uye anakorokoda korokoda eidi- 
deiwa deimene tUinadso. — koro- 
koda, b€MUMMga iki nenda {naenda) 
korokodu {gorogodu). — kororoko 
koi 01 ok> (ady.) cracked qff, snapped 
or broken^ qjf, e.g. bam%anga kiri ko- 
roroko kororoke (Kis. tnahindi ya- 
nakoniok4a). 

Kordra (y. a.) to break out or qtf (only 
said of Indian com in reaping it (Kis. 
konioa);— kororoka (y.n.) to break 
and hang down by itseHf.— kororedia 
(y.int.) to break off, reap mticA (for 
trof^atf). {dedbano wakorSra frcMtton- 
ga eha M-tiHra). Banu»nga ihiehO' 
kororoka f banusnga ivi or ^eipA- 

Kiniassa, 



mm gororokai p4rm iri rina 
rormka/ t n abtra esym emagororahet* 
Eo r oyode, s. 

Boroweka (y.a.) ku koroweka peiko 
m'niunibaf mka ukakoroweike po- 
doranga mfniumha i^\&.dungika1) 

Boia (y. a.) 1) <o twirl (a siring on one*s 
thigh);— 2) trop. to compose, to edfm 
(the mind), koea fndhna, koea n»- 
din%a urandire kintu iki-wamud- 
m,una eaguira eimodei (Kis.<iw«a 
m&yowako-kitu hiki utode-fnia 
mwme haehiki nemo tneja), compose 
yowrsei{f, take what is offered to you — 
a brave feUow will not always stick 
to one and the same thing (said to one 
who refuses what is giyen from anger 
or yexation atmut any thing); Mm- 
kOs iki kinakoeeka {pfokoma), 
kifikOe iki aikikoeeka- 

Boia(y.n.<fty.a.) to can, to be able, to, 
eon do with, to haive power with (any 
one), (Kis ku weea), eim^koea, tiMcn* 
tuuyu, Icamnotgetonufiththisman 
kosana(y.rec.) to can each other, le. 
to suit one another, ^vemtu awa ei 
wa koeana ku deadanaf these men 
are not calculated for each otJur, to be 
on friendly terms,— keseka (y.n.) to 
be possible, to admit qf, to be prac- 
ticable; uda ubu eubukoeeka ku 
bindika, this bow does not admit qf 
being bent; ehido iei ei eikoeeka; 
mau aya eakoeeka,- kosora (y.d.) 
to can, to be able to or for (any one) 
(see bindira) — kosodsa (y.int.) to 
excel in ability, 

Koaa, s. (ra) (pLmo— ), a ring of ivory 
worn on the arms and legs; makoea 
yanga yabegeeeka. 

N-koia, s. (pa and mi), the shred fibres 
(of bark and the wild aloe made into 
strings).— Ko«a iya) a. ya konvhe, fi- 
lamemt qf wHd aloe; koea ya ruei^ 
filament of soft fieaeible bark or batlt. 

BTkota, s. (kimaeawi) (wa), pL id,) 
a sheep; koea nymodei, one sheep; 
koea wiMiwiTi, two sheep; koea wan- 
ga, my sheep (sing, d pL id,) 

6 



82 



KOSI— KDAKUA. 



1, 8. (ra) (pL fiMH- ), thB iieefc (of men 
and animalsj (jILis. 9hingo), tma-^n- 
banda b€iho»i b€ihe, he tiruek him 
on hii neck. Prov. Xieka u-ni-guira 
fnaaewera sa kara fn'hoH, abetain 
from eeUting me (leave me alone), play- 
ing or dancing doe$ not take place 
on ontfe neck. Said to one who en- 
croaches on your body in some way 
or other by leaning on you <cc. (Kis. 
hakuna niMdha wa ohingo). 

Some, s. (wa) (pi. mo— )> « houee^at (m- 
h0wa) Qi}S,pdnia tea or ea niutnba) 

mi6nm, s. (ifflK oa), one vho i$ ewrety 

for the good treatment qf a wife (Kis. 

fJhamofca)/ Ine nhwmbira adeere, 

Mu n*ho9ue, I want him to come to 

be the ewrety, 
Katamiro, s. (ra) (pLumk-), the upper 

HU of a doorf 
SotllM, 8. {:ga, 9»), mabira aga ni ya 

wMsleono, meho ehida buamehi f resp. 

ni ya n-kot»he {kotehe ya ku gui- 

rira kideuro). 

En, 1) The particle denoting, the In- 
finitive mood, corresponding with the 
English "to," but in these languages 
its use extends even to the-A^jective. 
If the subject is an Inf. the predicate 
also must be the same (see JCorom- 
bidea^ Ku duara ei kookoma, to 
be tick i% not good, Jr< ku *mba 
k^oddnif eimd9lwu ku imba; — 
2) Abbreviation of 'liku^ \n which 
case it is always an enclitic (see 
). 
1) there is, e.q. kuddea (= ktta 
odea) mMWfo tewina, there comet an 
other man; kuetdta toantu wena, 
there come other men. kudda it it 
getting dark (i.q. kuddua a ohua 
iettua in Kis.); kuaira, it it getting 
Ught; kua gnaniba, it UghUnt\kua 
gunda it tkundert, — ^ prep, by, 
at, with, to, from [Wee kua in Kis.) 
kuatu with ut, kuamu with you; It 
is sometimes contracted imo 'ko**. 
Also gen. to 'Imfca*' of. — 3) (v.n.) to 
be (the sam^ in Kis. kiia), ohaka 



kina a dak u a mpetwi, another yeetr 
he w(U be a poor man. 

(v. n.) to tcream, to teredt, fo yeU 
(Kis. ku koma, piga koUte)yA,kiu*' 
ra, to tcream out to (v.int) kuidtth 

Kvaba, s. (ra) (pi. mo—), the armpU; 
mkuaba muanga, in my arm^ptt. 

Kttida (v.a.) to marry (only said of the 
man = to take a wife) (Kis. 6a);— kua* 
dim (y. rel.) to marry (the daughter 
of); — 2) to take paint in marrying; 
kuadiwa{y, pass J to be married (Kis. 
olSwa) only used by the woman ; mua- 
nawanga i»nakuaditoa ni n^'kamr 
bo, — kn adidaa (v. cans, s intj» 
(Kis. Sta to marry, e^. the fother a 
son, or the brother a sister) to marry 
often, to take many wivee. 

KnadM, s.(ra)(pl. mfk—), the thinjleth 
•wpon the rib$ qf animcUt, 

Kudsnra (v.aO {tee guadtura), to 
pull off (as leaves from Indian corn).— 
kiiadaiirira (v.d.^ to puU of for an 
other,— Imadfluridia (v.int) to piiU 
qff forcibly. 

KuJUoUUnia (knalraaira) (adv.) Inuto- 
tive qf the eound of a cracked vettet; 
kiko kina tueka oAa rira kud 
kud kua, the calaJnith it cracked, it 
crie8:kuakuakua (see ehonehonoho), 
k nalra^ n a (v. rec) to go abreatt, to 
go tide by tide (i.q. bampana) w€uUu 
awa wakuakueuia, thete men go 
dbrecktti mabuato aya yaJeuahuana, 
thete boatt go tide by tide; gnombe 
iei takuakuana , thete cattle go tide 
by tide Oiis,ku onda tambamba)f 
n^hira ya ku kuatcuana, a by-path; 
nuMU yakuakudna, — koakoailtsa 
(v.a.) uta tunge nehlra ya kua- 
kuana, do not take a by-path, 

XvalM, ttie prep, kua in co^j. with the 
pron.poss. of the 8. pers. sing, with, by, 
to, from, him, her, it, ku kara kuako, 

KvalM, the prep, kua in coqj. with the 
pron. poss. of the 2. pers. sing, kuako, 
with thee, 

EaAktta, s. (ra) breadth (only used of 
weapons) (tee m be t rir Q), 



KUAKUAPSA— KUBA. 



83 



,(7.a.) to trail on the ground 
(especially for concealment; aeedon- 

mnudi,8.(yifli, pi. «a), the partridgef 
{pz pm Sro 9 foond in Ukambanl, a fowl 
with red eyes and feet, and spots on 
the chest; not fonnd on the coast). 

Waaa^gtL, the prep, in conj. with the 
pron. poss. of ttie 1. pers. uMh or "by 
me; 9i huanga Ma, ni hua wena 
lit. HOC with me or mine J, U U with 
olhere » it is not my home here, it 
is the home of others, hu nwamha 
huemga, above me, over me (only used 
in the physical sense) (Kis.^ ya^ffu)^ 

Soania, s. (uyu) Uanee qf kaira when 
plucked for food, ndiwo ea huawia. 

KaaBlm (r.n.) to tpreiod, to extmd, to 
reach, hwngw ina huatUra doCto 
ronee, ike fog epreade dU over the 
eomnirgJtwngwit%ahutmiram*fnad*ij 
the ice epreade on the water; moawtuh 
di4ntatUra ife wonee, tbe beer ex- 
tende or reaehee to all cf ui; nianut 
mida h%ianira wantn wonee, the 
mean wOl not reach to all the men. 



I, s. iya, pi. sa), cm axe; «ktM- 
dSma ba koai na n*'kuankuaf he 
cmt him or her (ballock or cow] ai the 
node with an aaee, 

(v.a.) — tuaiwana (y.rec.) 



(y.n.) to be oblique; vnupfi- 
nut huoMta, my arrow-head 
itamd$ohllqueiJL\s,potemaMa)podo%t^fu 
ema iNMMiv, thie quiver i$ wry, 
diaUDTted. — kWMitMaa (v.int.) mupfi 
w m mg a wn aikumniiidea pflwipfiwif 
(▼.cans.) to turn ohtiqudy, todiatort ; 
wn i j p j l u suiku kuanta wohaf una- 



The prep, hua in conj. with the 
proD. poss. of the second pers. plur. 
(f\B,huaMu)t by you, or to and from 
yamre; takm huanu, to go youre = go 
home; ^oafuma huauu? we^Uma 
hudif do you eome from youire (fh>m 
home) or wh&re do you corns fromf 



^ the prep, hua in conj. with the 
pron. poss. of the 8d pers. plur. loM or 
by them, to or from them, 

InmHopm, s. (ra) (pi. «•«*—), a roadway, 
a highway (Kis. nd/ia hu); huardra 
ya maiegana, a road of eeparaUon 
(where two roads divide); huardra 
ra bamhano, a road of divaricaiion 
(see bamb€ina)f huardra rahu Mm- 
gaaa, a road of to tiroMe ^ a cross- 
way (Kis. uOia panda). 
(T.a.) 

aim (adv.) 1^ a mawner of 
tearing along (without stopping to speak 
to any body). 

Iflman, s. wuutu uyu ni n'huaoi, 
wahuanchan%a ni hu pft&a, 

Bnasurm (v.a.) to ewing (only used of 
the arms), hu huasura numeha, — 
kiuuRiridsa (y.int.) to swing (the arms) 
much, affectedly. — kiuum kiuum 
(adv.) twinging twinging (the arms), 
trop. empty handed = aha/ye ehayef 
hu buera huaeu huaeu, to return 
empty handed (because by carrying a 
load one cannot swing his arms). 

Kiiata, the prep, hua in coi^. with the 
pron. poss of the 1 pers. plur. with 
or by u$ (Kis. huotu), to vr frofm u$, 
Wamha hudif Where aire you goingf 
yatnha huatu, I goto oure, i.e. 
home. Wafunta hudif nafkuna 
huatu, 

Biumlm (v.a.) to take off the rind (see 
dafmbe and miaare), 

KfuMe, 8. (ra) (pi. ma--), the Uetf qfa 
reed or etaXk (like that of Indian com 
and of the stem of the Banana tree), 
a etemrleaf (see mfani), 

Knawa, s. (ra) (pi. ma—); 1) a guUy, 
ditch or channel hollowed out by a 
torrent;— 2j the torrent iteelf. 

Kiuqra(v.a.) take (only used in the Im- 
perat). huaya huaiya [take <afc«) wa 
mShamoa, wtdhna ulibomebo (Prov.) 

Kn Bale, n.Prep. (see Bal«). 

Bvba, 1) to waioe, to whitk away; -^ 
2i to mow (with a senga). — Mbika 
(v.n.)— kiibira» hu-m-huhira t me ntM 
n^doaru, to wave, or uMtk ontfo eiotk 

6» 



84 



KUBIKDBI— KUEKESA. 



to one; THye dika huMre maMtw, 
Utfuh6<^to clear the way (catting 
off the grass merely with a *9MHfaf* 
without tnrniDg up the ground (seeftw 
Hmlrain*^) ; — S^trop. mouoflra hu- 
Wra m/mUMwe atamfeyB hu %oantu 
urofMe.— kohidaa (y.int) (see Inm»- 
gwrup9a. let come off), 

KvMkllbi (ady.) nmami weO^a |fe«M^ 
huhi (KiS. demtiu yaohmmrika or 
nuioifca). 

Knbnra (v.a.) to etrip <ff (bark or rind). 
kob^Ukm (y.n.) to come cff (as bark or 
rind, or as the skin from the body 
when scalded) (Kis.fc« amfttOsa). 

Kn dim (see «fca). 

Kliclia, s. nwMvi toooJbMa InioAa. 

Kn da (see da), to he dark, Uaik (Kis. 
hutua), machedm'edua aba huda; 
dina nuvnga n*um!ba fca da; dina 
hara bono ? kudo, hu da n€ hu 
tnanga pfugiUi, 

KtL da, (see da, dera), 

Kdda (y.n.) to be eatUJUd, to have enough 
(Kis. hu ghiba).— kadira (v.d.) — ka- 
dldfla (y.int) to be fitted, eatiated, 
(v.c.) to Botiefif, satiate; NdsimbiUi 
si-si-hudidsa, these eugar-canea do 
not satisfy. 

Kn dali (ady.) far, at a distance fun- 
plying direction) (see hu and daii) 
(Kis.lk«il0); hudali dali, i.q. hudali 
(see dsirisa), 

Kikii, S. (ya, pi. 9a), a pit, hoUow (Kis. 
shifno), 

Kq di, 1) (ady.) lokere (implying direc- 
tion). Wamha hu dif lit. ihou goest 
wheref i.e. where are you goingt (see 
d€^, unnha-ho ni hu di, where is U 
that yon are going f lit. thou goest 
thwe it is wheref-- 2} The inflnit, 
particle "hu" and the yerb *<U" to 
say = hu nena, in the sense of 
"thoL" 

KA dia (see dia). 

Kiidsa (y.a.) to touch (Kis. gus9a),hud- 
seuHSf httdsidaa, 

I, prep, b^ors, 

i(y.a.) to sha96 badiyf 



I, & (ra) (pl.«MriMMk» and 
the ear; hudn la tmipfi, pL 
ya mi^fi, the barbs of arrow-heads. 

. {Y.&.)toshake,orshakMff[aM 
k) garu a'dai'hudutnurtif 
the dog shakes himself. — kniluiim- 
xira (y.d.) to shake for or to ammXker; 
u-ni-hudiwMwriro t^daarwtyaiHga, 
please shake out my doth for me, — 
kadiimiixidsa (y.int) to shake for- 
cibly. 
Knecba knacha, s. (y», pi. oa). The 
drawing antfs cMh beiweem the legs 
and fastening it in front, as done 
when trayelling or fighting (Kis^ w- 
binda or uuHnda^. 

KnMse knMia (ady.) only in connec- 
tion with the yerb kwmana; dina 
hutna n a km ed s e kmedme, we eaeaeUy 
met with each other. 



U 8. (ra) (pi. nta-), the bladder 
(JKisJcib^fu),— koadae koadae means 
also s.(ni) (pl.mo— ), a handle (such 
as they put to their drums, while to 
the baskets they seem not in the 
habit of putting diemX X«m gnoma i 
eukutira makuodae kuedee, you have 
put no hatadles to this drum. The eat- 
pression'kukutnanakuedeekuedse^ 
may therefore be a figure from the 
handles, we haye met together like 
two handles which are opposUe to 
one another, kuedee kuodao k imna 
dsi rinadaka, one handle is broken. 

Knadara (y.n.) to be loose, to shake 
from being loose (e.g. a knife in its 
haft). — k a adaa a (y^a.) to move, to 
stir, to loosen by shaking, e^^. a stone 
in order to wag; gmru ak u ed eea 
flvMftira/ kmedBsa euru na ujkt wa 
ntawera, to stir ndSk with fUmr of 

(▼.) 
(y.a.) to smoemh, to sledc Osaid 
of a thong of leather intended to be 
used as a bow-string), ku k m e k esa 
deinga ya uda, to smoo th the bow- 
string by means of tik« scrapings cf 
the Bamboo came, or with the chaff of 

(y.nj— 



KDENCHERE— N'KDIKO. 



85 



(T.d. St ioitr.)— 
(Y.int) to fMooM toeflL 
[■•■clMVS, 8. ike mmmd a kn^ or 
oiker iM t n u m mi giMO whom wUkoui U$ 
h^€rhamdle(JIU iiJBm i g o1)mb&i^ wan 
gm mmv f vmknw mt ihmr o^ uUb umk^o lit 
my JOKy^ crtOu kmommbtb jMOt whore 
fou ore; 



I, s. {pa, 9»), a emd of ludir, 
also used of cnMt gnined wood. 
rknteie, s. (y* and m4, fJto Hmi of 
a iroe {g m m p o mi and t mo mh o ) beaten 
out thin so as to be used for a cloth 
or a hasty basket. Wamguru (i.e. the 
») d»mm »mo ni nfkmonde. 




pfara 

oohe fetfaeka, oome tedb up likelr 
eiofibflt, odien wear them J bm oo ho 



K (s. St adY.) (never nsed 
in Oie Nominatfre case), HgMg, tr«%, 
e o iw dfy , Mvy flwdk a6^ (firom hu 
and aiM) 1f«MMi -<n->»w dg huo m o 
hmone; domm oH ka ia huo m o lemone, 
fke rigid hand (ICIs. imuk ono «Mi At»- 
4kne)f nok ira y» huo m o hnonOf ike 
wag to ike rigid kaoA. 
EtttelTOr s. {jfa, pi. ••), oa Uulirwmmd 
for koOowimg oat trmo for eaaoeo. 



(v.n.) 
(▼.n.) to tern round oaddeailg, 
taking an opposile direction; to wimd 
aboai:h mm a a k mt mia^ ike kare wtude 
about— knantm knantm (▼.reiL) to 
wiud oiboui ftregmomttg, to meaader; 

or wa hW om ta At»- 

iCr.d.) toiumromid 

to or for (any tfaing).^ kacaMtoa 

(Y.int.) to tarn or tpMI saeeeailNyiy. 

i* fc » W , a (r«^ MiX «a<<i0 wkiek kaue 

been trafmod for ridiug; g n out i be 

oamga mamoo n* m fc i i arw, all My 

OtttOe are troHwd for ridiug. 

CMra(y.n.) to eikub, aootmd (Kis. UaSa) 

k —ni i r a (Y.n4 to admit qf eUmWny. 

aeceudmUff jP«i*€ ^rf 



i(Y.d.) to eUmb or aeeeudfor 
auoiker. — kOMPatai (▼•Int.) to ettiii5 
or oiotad mmtk, aery Idgk; hr.caos.) 
to eauoe ome to tlUmJb (Kis. few jhmmi). 
BiMr«ro, s. (ra) (pi. mar-), ang (Mny 
by wkieh one eUmbe or aeeeude (Kis. 
n%hingikol'~ mnknofffeo, <^.A^eMi6 
of sCQ>t 5ir loMdk M«ir eKin^ up i$^ 
to tkeir kokue. 

Mm, s. fke eoundtng-hom of the Wa- 
wisa tribe? 



(ady.) (see on^bSa), 
8. (ra) (pi. «nci— ]^ M« frotfl <{f roto 
on the bare ground after the grass 
has been bnmt. 

KdgBln, s. (ra) (no pi.) ike falling Hdf 
neet, epttepep (Kis. MA^)/ hagwim^ 
rao eawulkara hu gouukka, lit their 
epHepty — ikey remained not — to 
ewoon {or to haee JUe); i.e. they were 
never safe fN>m an attack. 

EniM (Y.n.) (koiia), to be etOkn, etiOty, 
angry (Kis. keutrika, runda, Hga 
firuka, nana, «aiM,n«iy»«M»Aa). — 

karim (kaiin^ (Y.d.) to be euUenoreul' 
ky to (any one), to be diepleaeed (with 
him) (Kia «Mm<a).— kaUia (v. int) to 
be rary tuXky; (y. c) to ecNue om to 
be wuUen, to dtoptoaoe, to make anyry 

(Kis. fMlliMI, M«M»toAo). 

Kaignia (v.a.) to draw «p on^« eto(k 

(a little higher than nsoal); dedra i 
if »na^4tuigfUa.— kol- 
(Y.int) to draw «p nrneft or too 

Mock {Ki\8,hu hmeea ngno hidogo}, 
Waig9, S. ieka hu di huigo, Uave off 

being eidky; deienm ihaU nuUando, 

there ie etiU oome deima. 
KWkoWliia (Y.a.) to putt; peruro «H 

oi ri r6af rida r6a huahu hufhui' 

diea (Kis. hu U fkata hua ngu^), 
Bn faui (advj eUewhere (see hu and #na) 

(Kis. jKmy <■••). 
KaiBdm(v.a.) to toek flq» one^e ekih, 

so as to leave the thigh bare (Kis. 



S s. {ga, pi. oa), Ms tciw d -plps 
(Ki8.«MN<a). 



86 



KUKA— EUMBA. 



Bidn» s. the mdo$ed 9paee occupied hy 
a toim, into ivhich no stranger is allow- 
ed to enter witliout permission. !>•»- 
0r«i vnbia i ukeni-bm'eke kuhaj n»- 
huka at home 

Bvka,t]ie particle hu, and the particle 
Im, denoting past tense. 

Bidaidi(ady.) towarde the middU (see 
hu and hadi). 

KnkD, s. (wa, pi. §a\ 1) the domeetUifoud; 
huhu Ufa nikaei, lit afoud qf female. 
i.e.a hen. Generally other names are 
used, denoting different states of growth 
2j ehidee»-pox (jK\s,ukambe)f 

Biikiida(y.a.) to gnaw off. 

Bnkadii (adv.) 

Bukiuni (y.) — kakmrira. 

Enknro, s. (la) (pl.ma— )> « waU, hu 
tirira hUcuro {Ki8,hiufamba9a). 

KvMm (adv.) greaUif, eoeeeedintfiy. 

Bvkiir^U«, s. (wa or ra) (pi. mah—), a 
noose; tuun teh fera huhunile niatna 
uyUtni-m^tfuireiseB tsha), lam going 
to entrap thit amimail in a nooee, that 
I may eeiae it 

Kn kfila n-kAnkna; hu huia, to grow; 
hu gurut to buy; hu huru, to rub; 
ka korim (y.d.) to be great to; eti^i- 
hurira, he ie net great to me, J do 
not coneider him great; haye^-mai a- 
huhurira iwe(JKia»nifnhubahuaho), 
knsm (v.a.) to inereaee. 

Bn Ik, Compos, to be, where i$ (Kis. h%&- 
Wco, omtdi^i alehorS^ngi hu dodo- 
nut dodowna, hu eauha huti uutntu 
uyafHow cam he help being perplexed, 
with aU the troublee that man haef 

lff*killiorkaii»s.(ya, pi. ea), greedinett 
for antmai/ood (Kis. huiu)f huriydho 
yoo n»nha wutana pfuba atahonuk 

KvKdila (y.p.) to be great to oneeeelf, 
(see fetcra and Jkwa), to fi»d any thing 
too mmehfor ontfee^, to be exceeded, 
(by any thing as to one's strength or 
ability.— kn]iiMm(y.refl^ to attow a 
thing to matter, to be of ccnee^umiee 
to ontfesefff to be ii^^ueneed by, to take 
notice qf —; ouhuUdun «n'«MMO 
ntuaho t n u-unn punoo, \\U thou art 
not mattered in thine eye$, you take no 



notice of tMf thou art with eeneeU 
i.e.a conceited fellow. 

KaUy», a compound qf the tkreeparUc- 
lee hu-H^Ot to 5e not (= theire ie not, 
not to be there), (Kis.AalM)/ Dodawmha 
huUyo, hie or her father ie not thcr^ 
huHyo u eu n t u amodai y o ne Of there 
ie not one man. 

MmnidM (v.a. d v. n.) to eroee ontfe arm$ 
on the breaet [trom cold and grief); 
humada na hiemnm (Kis. hu^i ha- 
uiada hua euitnntt or berodJ^ — 
kamadlni (y.d.) (in grief for one dead). 
knmiMliilia (v.int. d cans.) 

Bn mano (see mono). 

Knmtoa (v. rec) to meet (Kin.>wi f) ; 
hu humuMna huedoe huedee or hu- 
ruru, to meet one exactly at a certain 
place, nim^te nthutname nape, IwOl 
go to meet him; hu hu m nnm n» u^ 
bingu, to meet with a bad omen, — 
(v. rel.) to meet for or at (a certain 
place), dimhe, dthdhumamiro hmtpa 
ha nchira ha ntpwnibatno* — (V.inL) 
to meet cloeely, exactly; — (v.cana) to 
cauee to meet, to bring together; hu 
humaniea p n ow tb e; — ka knuuir 
nldsm (v.a.) to join with, to close up 
with,— ka fcwmaniaWig (i.(i. hum m- 
nidea), to bring together, to ca^ f ron L 

Bwnika (v.a.) to find after seeking, Qo 
find accidentally is hu dar^— knii- 
kirm (v.d.)— kamiklsa (v.a.) to pueh 
on, to pueh together (said of pieces of 
wood, which being burnt on one end 
are lying asunder), hu 
huui or simply, wtwoto.— 
sira (v.d.) 

Ntamba, s. (Mytt) (pi. with ae^ A pig, 
of which they know by the PortogiiMe 
having introdaced them, while the 
native swine is only the mdadd. 

Bomka L (v.a.) to wiU, to decir; to 
want, to with (kis^lm Mmi); huhum 
ba ddra, to want purpoeely (Kls.«iM- 
lia).— kamkaknmka(v.rect) to ^ 
want «B to be capridoos. (Kis. 
•*•)•— fcwmbika (v. a) to 5« 
Table, to be pleaeing, to be 
for, to be liked.— kmaHtbtm (vjwL) 



KUMBI— KUNGUDSA. 



87 



10 tooirt/or amotkert to 1>e duirou$for 
amy thing. ProT. Buru9i akwmkbira 
kmUle. — iw»M^— (or Jramliiia) 
(v. inL) to deiire greaUy;— (v.caus.) 
to cau86 one to desire. — kunMUoi 
|y. D.) to remember, to reeoUeeL — 
kon&Mdkirm (t.cL) to remember for 
(another) by mentkming dretunitoMeee 
(Kic to/bOcari).— knmbvkidMi (v.int.) 
to remember wetl (Ki&/ll»iH)^ knm- 
tadsa (T.a.) to remind of» to put in 
animd of ^is. ufoUnUa, «r«Mia, hwmr 
&M«lMi)<— kombttftdMi (y.a.) towoto* 
(one's conduct) in order to find fault 
(see deinduia),'' KvmtolL (v.a.) to 
dig, fctf hwmiba deengo,— knmhilnii 
kmnhbrm, kamMdwm (Kis. roro- 

thm). 
it s. (ra , pLmo— J, an open eked 
built especially for vomen to pound 
under). 

JK^mWIa., a (9<s pL •«)/ 1) mmU fcNo6s 
^ Zndton com; bemumga oka Uuu^ 
boa (Kis. nuMh i n di ntmdogo tnadoga 
ffn ubMoni^i ^ ^9 a (ra) (pL mor—), a 
kind of reedi, which it redneed to 
tnhu and need a$ edtt, 

Sn-mbnyo (adv.) behind, baOewarde 
(see feu and mdnyo) jfiii, nuumgo), 
lit. at the bade; fUgtmdo kumbutno 
na hu ftMoiMit, rub me €U the bioKk 
and the baek-bone. 

KnBMbo^ knmima^ there where, the 
place or epot where (see mene). 

JBaml(a4).) ten. 

S^bnoa (y.a.) to ehrivel (from heat; 
from cold it is hu omboa) said of 
plants only (Kis. niduk a), bamanga 
kina kiunoa. 
SviBpniio(adv.) qfterwarde {aeepuno), 
Enm^Mwa (v.n.) to etmnble (KiafciMl), 
(lit. perhaps to be placed in a crooked 
position). — knmvftoidMi (v.int.) to 
etumble with force, eeoerely (Kis. kun- 
W&, kufniua) (v.causO. to cauee one 
to fttMn&t6(Kis. kMooa), nakummdHa 
na kiden^ na %• ametkumudtta na 
tMuora, / etuuibUd at a etwnp, tmd 
he stumbled at a stone." 



(v.reL) to stemMe at (a place) iw 
ueaiware bapa una kwmmdtUrm. 

Kwmnfca (v. n.) — komvkini (v.d.) 

Kttm^bm (V.a.) (Kis sura 9) to dirag out? 

Smia, kwna dei, kuna kuoha, wmhmi 
kuna oMda kungu; kuna winda 
m^nra ina (Kia.pana^enga «n/m<i)» 

BnaclMl (v.a.) to bend, ku kunoka 
uda, to bend a bow; mudu ufo^ni 






i, s. (ya, pL aa), the cup of a 
ftower\ calix. 

KvBda, s. {wa and ya) (pL so—), the 
hoitse-pigeon (see nohiwa). 

Ewnda (or koncha) (adv.); Maitta, s. 
(wa) red ochre, 

Binida, s^ (wa) (pi. wa), i. g. — kmva 
in (Kis. see n'kOta.) 

Kondi. s. (ya, sa), the fibrous rind of 
the mgundi, used in fletching arrows 
and for binding bows. 

Evndn, s. (ra) (pL ma), side; bakundu 
bauga, by the side of me. (Kia ka^- 
do, utKi«ui«). 

KvngM, the infinitive — particle "Ipm" 
and the verb 'Ifga" q.v. to resembU, 

muca, s. (ya, pL sa), plant with a 
fibrous root, of which bags and even 
cloths are manufactured. It is pre- 
ferred to cotton for its strength. 

Eimgn, a (ra) (pL makungu), the skin 
(Kin. chingo). The pL makungu is 
only used in the sense of pieces of 
skin (see sendodsa). 

Ntamfn, s. (ya), 1) a fog,— 9 dimness 
qf the eye; kungu ya maso, dimness 
qf the eyes; nuuo ama chida n' 
kungu, nnidst ana gnirana mm 
nkungu; m6a u nkua karrOf una 
m*kungu{Kvs, kunge, shemali, kiwi, 
koga). 

Evnirvbai, a {uyu) (pL mo—)* « spedes 
qfbird. 

(v.a.) ta gnaw cff.-^ kan- 
(v.n.) to be spoiled by gna- 
wing; kidsuro iht kina kungudsi' 
ka, the iron is eaten by rust Bo- 
fMonya cka-nt-kungudsa, Indian 
com of within gnawing (not yet quite 
ripe so as to admit of breaking out 



88 



KONGUDSU— KURA. 



the grains iwith the flngers, aod is 
therefore gnawed off). 

ragidaa, a ktmd c/ b€a$u, 

h y i c wmfcnmi , s. (wa) (pL M), a $p^ 

Eaaffteft(v.a.) to take qf /to maoo$e 
(adoth from the beam; trop. to make an 
endof, to finish).— koafwika (v.n.)— 
iRuiffarim, to flnHh to.-^ kongu- 
lUaa (v.cans.) ~ eo ecMMe to mtOto 



Mwag'tanL (y. a.) nm mu ona ahibmmpa 
akanona ladordi-kungiira. — EVi- 

faka(y.n.J to torminato, end, e«au; 

doattu 4na hunguha, 
Mnngunjfm, s. ^, pi. m), the thnad 

Uk§ ashes qf &iinK graee (seepwte). 
MUai, a (ya, pi. ca), toood. 
BaaikoiaifB, s. n%ah%»ato aya y«#M- 

•ona na ii^hwtUhuing€$, 
■mkatv.a.) to ^{mmi said of grain, and 

beans,of?egetablesgrowingin the earth, 

as to potatoes, lew AMf»|w is used. — 

hnwlrf i laa (y.int.) to glean for wage$. 
¥imi«di (vji.) to smig, to eurl imeeeOS 

tip (when lying) (Kis. 0r«MMia) (see few 

ImMra). 

(V.) 
i, S. (ya, pi. mo—), nJk«{nlma) 
bark (Kiagoil, pl.mo— ), rind at a 
whoie, n*kvnhua (Kis.n9^il); (ya, $a) 

tunkimidam (y.a.) to roll (i.q. »««Mftt^ 
r<d«a) (see «»Aa).~ kmlnnkbdrm 
(y.d.) to roU to, 

CnnlnuiiM(y.a.)— kimkmiiiiwi(y.d.) 
uoa kunkunioo nta/uytingiB. 

Cankom?— Emdnrika (y.n.) toroU, 
(by itselO m u ar a wahunkwHra, the 
Stone roUt (Kis. gSga fingirika), to 
wallow; gaitu aHunkwHra, the dog 
ttuMowe,— kaBkniidMi(y.a,) to roll; 
ku kunkuHdea mgogo, toroU the 
trunk of a tree; ku ImnkuHdea mta- 
n», to roll 9l(me$iJiiis»AngiHsha,gar' 
0»Mi, htmgkHohm).^ kmknldMI 
(y.inL) to rcU awav forcibly (y.caosO 

Cwokoate (orknknita)(y.a^ (redupl. 
of hu k%tnta), to beat off, to shake 
vMena^ by beatfng(hukfmtakido%ge). 



Bvrta (y.aO to beat (for the purpose 
of shalLing) e.g. a Idnd of sieye, used 
in straining the mtdu, to make it 
ran the faster; clothes mats ^. in 
order to shake off the dust— kon- 
tika (y.n.) to admit €f beoHng and 
thaking, to prove weU shaken and 
strained, n%oa wanga wakunHka 
(Kis.«H^ara), kmmiira; 1) (y.d.) to beat 
far another; — ^ (y.n.) to nod and 
to beat about (like the wind at the 
change of the seasons); peba ya nmS- 
ra ika kwntira Ineoa eobuorons, 
when the south wtnd is blowing or 
beating about, the whiU ants return, 
because the 8. wind U too eoldforthem. 
8) (y.a.) to beat or shake on, i.e. fire 
on the grass by means of a burning 
wisp {dsagtaij. — knntidwi (y.int) 
to beat or shake weU. 

Kmtio (ady.) hither, here; idea kwno, 
eome here; deengo iri ri ma d O ru 
kira kunom 

Bvam (y.a.) to make go; 1) to push om 
a boy or girl in the way;— 2j to lead; 
kU'-m-kunsa wmmOw woo duara, — 
kuudm (v.d.) to do so for another, 

Sa Old (ady.) (Kis. eM) memo ya kum^ 
9if miomo «Mi kwnei, under, below, 
(Kis. muomio wa tlnC) 

Evnto, 8. (ra). 

En pwH {seepsa). 

NWrm, s. (ya) a red wood, which grows 
in the country qf the Wavisa, who 
reduce it to powder and sell it to the 
neighbouring tribes, who mix it with 
oil and rub it into their hair; wwuioa 
nditoa wene n*kura, iai wmumus 
nayo ku gura, 

Bwa (y. a.) to n(&, to smooM (by rubbing), 
ku kura deinga, to rub a bow-string 
(for smoothing it); kura, to rub {k%aa 
and kura, to grcu^ itn^, to bu^ 

Evim(y. n.) tobeor become great, togrow 
(Kis.lMSa). ku kura nteemga a^mw^ 
ga, to grow quidOy (Kis./W/WMaM). 
ku damemdira ku ktura, to boast 
qfto be great, i.e. to boast of great- 
ness (Kis. ku gniataa fOni). ^ 



N'KDRI— KOTDRA. 



8» 



liiKis4(w6faPM«), 




Ho ho m M i (Pg.>ii f M im htoe to 




(adT.) compound of Jkw-rl-M, 

to he had {mi mtha hmHHi? 

teim (T.d.) to he great to. f 'fcti-Jwt" 

rirm 9 i$ he not great to gouf do 

yoo not eoniider himgreat (see Xnirs, 

h uim aod huoa), oa^ti-huira, he ie 

(a4iU.) UturUf nihuru, hikuru 
So, great, large (Kin. none). 

BnriUbv (Me wm^u Hd en), inu nma 
44-^kUe hnru h u huru h u ngadif 

\, oididoiwa 



hird. 



, s. («w, p\.«fa), name ef a 



(v.n^ to ratUe In the throat 
to enairl, to grontH (Kis. hu Jb«roma 
and hu ng m r u ma) » 

adiO lit large hdUod (Me 



(v. a.) to wMI nNMKl, (o fowMi 
<0gr(Kiailrin0P«, MN^a). ln«lMirMi». 
gn dotmga wfuda, to wkid the ekring 
roamd (the end) qf the how (Kis. oon- 
gomeoa^ kanuflka (v.n.) to admit 
<if dctobe rounded off nicely (Kis. 
t). — lnnaffini(v.d. d rel.) 
i(T.a.} to MioaM, tomtOce 
eooH (as clay on a wall) (Kis. saMM).— 
(Kis. toioi*)^ kormi- 
. (y. int) to wind np or roumd/ctet, 
UghOg; to round and emoothen weU. 
nwrnng ^, s. (ya, pi. ea\ a etone need 
hg pottere for rounding and finishing 
off eanhoi ware (Kis.«MMi^ mfir*n' 
go); humngo pm hu h wr nngira 



(y.aj (^BUTfira is the enlarged 
form of "hu hum,'* as in Kis. hu hu- 
kUa of 'hu hula"), to take oat or 
from, fig. to outdo (Kis. ehinda, shin' 
dmna)^ tanvMUl (v.rec) to contend, 
to rioaL'' kortta (v.n.) come oat, to 



/aU oat (by itself, as a hoe from tta 
handle).- tarakfani, kvttkiiMk 

,s. («Mi,pL ••), aor<dtet(Ki8» 
0/ hurOru aoMdu htdog^ 
ddru ohn hu rira or ahoeo hu rkm^ 
Komi (v.a.) to inereaee (see huim, to 
grow, BDAhMaebnL^,d,)tohegreat to. 
hu o m maupaho, oihum^, or 
Johe$ huno (Kis. haga oOtiUhi 
hu). 

Borsa, to not — the *«" amalgamated 
when followed by a word beginning- 
with a vowel, e^.hueop90ta, not to^ 
heterri/Ud, tor: hu-oa^heohu, from 
hu oha, to fear; nmnhu huatu mmj 
hueetge huha ni deru, I go home, 
mother (see mai), to not go to me get 
dark, i.e.hefare it geU dark. The hu 
in huha anticipates the past tense.— 
Ituou is also used in the sence: to 
hone done wUh — or: already; e4^ 



un ahuo m udoium' amhu hu 

ruhudabain9oa,ifanMkamdnnda 
carriee a hag, yon haae already known 
that he goes to the ant kOl to fetch 
nMte ante, heeauee at other timee he 
earriee no hag wtth him, 

C«Ml(v.a.) liUto make grow, to tend^ 
to paetnre (Kis.ln« huou gnonebo nu- 
mb%$oi), — iRgrim (T.4) to tend for 
another.-' knridM (v.inL) to tend toell, 
ear^fuUy, 

EvMli (see eori); e u ng u Hra ohmm 
dihahumdno hu e or t f uamnono wi 
huonei to hueoH honoo husori 



.s. 

Bn-ia (y. a.) to Jlnieh (see to). 

En-tambo (adv.) towarde heaioen (see- 
hu and tofmho). 

EwMa (y.n.) to U eharp (see toa). 

Kn^taair* (see Umgo). 

Katfra(y.a.) to empty (by turning a 
thing upside down) to ehake out (Kis. 
In* nUmina); hu huluru ndftoMi).— 
kniavika (y.n.) to admit qf heing eha- 
ken out; •ih%ttuHha, inagangamUrm 
«»-«MMr-]nitaiira(y.dO toehakeot 
tarn oat to another, na^mr-huturirw 



90 



KUULA— LASA. 



, (Y.int) to $hake or twm out 
foreibiif.— kntoka (r.n.) tofdU or run 
out from; doima inakutuhm yonoe, 
Kimlm (T.a.) to ttrip off bark (Kis. imna, 
ponou). — taniilai (v.i]«) — kmrira 
(yA)— knoridsm (Y.int) to bark weU, 
thorougkly.— Uoka (Y.n.) to eotne off 
(as bark, rind, skin 4c) hiingfua oa 
mdengo v odkuuka. 
Svwifi, 8. n^hina uri huw^< 
Knya (or kqja) (Kis. hule), that, there, 
Kiajn, s. (ya, pi. m), the fruit qf the 

Mkui/u) 
Xwisira (or koirini).— kniririkm(Y. 
n.) icho kiri hobede, oi-hi-hu hui- 
ririka, (Kis. fuhia, fohoa f 



JLAfm {0TTmg9L) (Y.a.) to preoaa over, 
to exceed in itrenffth (see doudoa and 
tuoa), to overcome (Kis. hu^m-oidia 
'ngufu, Icu-nt'OMinda); A-ni-raga 
hua nUrandUf he eurpaeeei me in 
speech." UgQUL {Y.n.) to turn out ae 
powerful, to evince euperiority in 
etrength,— laffm Imffa. 

I«aim (Y.a.) to take leave of; tobid fa/re 
toe«.— lUJrinKv.d.) to take leave for 
<aB0Uier)&y commieiion i^\s,huag»- 
na)f or rairu raira, to take leave 

^ agiUn and again, lairana (Y.rec.) 

MakoM (rakM) (Y.n. <fi a.) tofaU, to err 
to transgress (Kis.fc« hova, hu hdU- 
fu)t undtakua ndiwe, it i» you (thon) 
ufho have erred — lalraifcna (Y.rec) to 
commU faulU one towards another; 
to offend one another (Kis. hoeeana),'- 
laknikm (Y.n.) to turn out faulty; to 
be wrong (Kis.iM» hoeeoka).— lafett- 
idia (Y.int.) to faa greaOy, to commit, 
mmyfaulU; (Y.cans.) to cauee one to 
fan or to do amy thing wrong (Kis. 
hoeesha); uye anapunsa deabamo, 
anaimkuidta, — laknin (y.) woUa 
Uua 8 (Kis^NMiAol^l/V. 

irfdada (or nnUbi) (y n.) to brag, boaet, 
to uakbig^iolwdUtto iwagger (see 



MM<Ma).— ialattni (Y.rel.) (Lq. 
dira)," falmdMiMi (Y. int d cans.) id 
quod $ae4»dtd e a; hu iaimda ni Imo- 
koma, ku dwrnbou, ni kooiba, the 
Jlret denotes eprighHineee and buoyain- 
cy of youXh, ih» latter inOudes epite 
fulneet and malice, 
Lamba, s. (ra) (pl.«iMilafn6a), a tpeciee 
qf the white ant; the second in the 
emigration out of the ant-hill (0A«r«) 
(see tu furude). — laiiiba (y. n.) see in 
"rtunbit." 
LaBda(Y.a.) to take from; to depriYe, 
to rob {Jiis.poka, pokonia, gnia- 
gnonla).— landana (Y.rec.) to take 
from each otA«r. — landira 1) (Y.d.) 
to deprive cf Ac. for (another); mka, 
uka-n-Uimd4re mbeniwangn Uuu 
vnuana unga^n^-buedeke, go, take 
my knife from th/t ehUd, it might hurt 
him,-— 2} (Y.a.) to take (from the hand's 
of another) what ie given = to receiYe, 
to take up (Kis. ku pokea, pokelva 
pokeeana),— landirana and randi- 
■ana (Y.rec.)— iandidaa; Der. Bnan- 
du or nt,*randu, 
LaDficmka (y.) — langiinikira (y. d.) 
to have regard to, to be concerned, an- 
xious about (any one), uka-in'Um- 
gurukira, uduttn^'dedeafn^nuBeo, if 
you are too anxious about him, you 
floiS blaeken him in the eyes, i.e. you 
will bring a misfortune upon him. 
(Kis. wadapdtoa ni «aatfc<nw). 
(Too much thinking about those who 
are absent on a journey or in battle, 
is not good in the superstitious Yiew 
of the natiYes). 
IdUdnra, s. (KimornH), a haXberd (see 

loMflrcro). 
Lapaa (or rapaa) (Y.a ) to grab, to fore- 
seiMC, to JUch, to pi^er, to finger. — 
fapaana (Y.rec) (Kir.im UMa). 
IrfUia (or rasa) (Y.a.) to pierce, to strike 
wtih any thing shot, gen. to shooL 
Begnia mupfi uya, unurmea mr 
dengo, look at that arrow, it went 
into a tree. Anumea mdengo, he 
shot ike tree,— ]iasaiia(Y.rec)top<0res 
one amther, — laaira (Y.d.) to pierce 



LAULA— LEMA. 



91 



fmyihrngfo^ (aoother)); 



si, they toM pU/ru y<m taUh thame,— 
(v.int) to pierce ikrovf^ (see 
0. — UudUUia (v.rea.) to pritk, 
or e»t tmeesAf (accideDtally). twaSkk 
(y.n.) to he piareeofrle. — rastta (v.p.) 
Uu rasa toneiho na «ito, lit. to ehoot 
eoUon with a bow (at i$ done in'' 
Egypt for the ptirpoae qf dieentangliny 
and tqftentng it), 

J^aida (mm) (y.n.) to be obscene, cor- 
rupt, foul (with respect to the language 
used in abusing others, hu ora m- 
iMMMoa, to rut in the mowtik) (Ki3< 
ieuUka bagawa).— lanrira (y.d.) to 
be corrupt or foul to another, eepe- 
daily used with respect to children^ 
whom one vitiates by his filthy langur 
age {see semgarara)^-^ lanridna (r.p.) 
1) tobe vitiated (said of children who 
happen to be present at the birth of 
an animal, which the Waniasa are 
extremely careful to prevent, and still 
more with regard to their own mo- 
thers).— 2Sj generally — to be shodeed 
or starOed, e.g.at a supposed appa- 
rition. €H%ambe MyM Mfodefnbedsa 
usehfn-n'sktra toana, toahadsa, wro- 
hisrattridua, this cow is near calving, 
do not leave her to children, who might 
come and be spoiled (by learning too 
early matters referring to sexes). — 
tavridsa (v. int) to exceed in Jllthy 
language, 

Lanm (rawa) (r.a.) to taste.^ lanira 
(or rawira) (y.d.) 1) to tasUfor (ano- 
ther), daSma hHUuvhanga uda-ehi 
(hi) r aw ira qu m>*punio {seepwno)f — 
f^lavira hibore ehanpa, 21 to be 
early lit to taste of — to get the 
first of the day (see lindidsa), — 
lavidia (y.caus.) to make or let one 

Iiaka (or nka) (y.a^ to yidd, to leave, 
to leave off (Kis. "ku atn^ isorhorUika 
halo, rorv dinahogniana, I^ftyon 
Umg ago (i.e. it is long since I haye 
seen you), to-day we ses each other 
again. ^ The root of laka or rtfea 



is rAw (y.n.) to &e loag^ lM<M<» iiUM (see 
roreu lAkaaa (y.rec) to lease eath 
other {\i3a,tanguhana, sp nkan a)* — 
MMka (nkaka) (y.n.) to admU qf 
being Iqft; uga nkua «ilMMik«#4, ««- 
leheha {starsikoka), that is a woman 
indeed, the muet not be l^ or eepor 
rated from.— lakara (rakara) (y.d.) 
to leaveiany thinf^to or for (another) to 
grant OMmda arohore n%ogo. Ishe- 

rdna.—UkMm, Ittkesana; lakadaa 

(y.caus.) to cause toleave.-^Uiknkrm 
(y.a.) to connive at, lit to leave one 
to (any thing), to let one do as he ple- 
ases; mtiana tea ntMansana ««#«- 
mf'Mtorere toetfnahe, adaburuhi' 
ra, do not leave a son to his 
mother, (else) be will become silly 
(effeminate).— lagrwMaa (v. a.) to 
negleet, to give up (to leave a thing 
to itself). 

[■tela (raina) (v.n.) to be tired, to fag, 
to grow weary, — l a mak aa a (v.a.) 
to regard or treat one ae heavy, 
weighty, i.e. to honour or respect one 
(Kis. l»M-m-«r«Jb^ hoshivna),^ la- 
mara (v.contin.) to tend to tire, i.e. to 
be heavy; trop. to be rich; hidouro 
ncha lemora, toneho noho babuka 
iron is heavy, cotton is Ught; woo 
lomora, one who ie rich. — lamadsa 
(v.a.) to tire, to weary, to fatigue, 
unaohida buanohi , una roga ku 
pOeanW, whatmokestthouthatthimle' 
avesttocookf Resp. imoKiborokinarii^ 
rowkodsa, sina dsiku Untodsi ku 
semdulisa, I am tired of kibere, I 
havenot onedayofto change, i.e,— 4aiBa- 
nni (y.n.) — ramakaMm (y.d.) 
to pay honour to (one who belongs 
to another) tsna^f^-romokosora «nu- 
ema wanga,— lamakasana (v.rec.\ 
wet s ungu tva i e m e k osema (Kis. ufo- 
s wng u we nv s koo H a hos Mma J) — 

lamaraka (v.)— kn-ltaila (v.a.) to 
weary, harass, i.q. saudsa,^ rama- 

rakaBa(y.rec)— laoMvadaa (v.int) 
to be very rich, to exceed in riches,'-^ 
2) to cause to become rich, law — —. — 



92 



LEMBA— LIBOMBO. 



(y.n.) to admit of htiam 
AaRowied, to be worthy of honour. 
Der. HULmmm^H and o d t rn m ro^ L 
bamka (vaaita) (v.a.) to dirom (while 
catting or mailing a mariL). All catting 
and marlcing done by a backward 
ihovement of the hand is called In* 
raiMfta; The word 'lm UmS^af* when 
used singly, denotes a special trade 
among the WtmiaoBa^ viz. that of 
catting ivory rings; iM» rtmiJba 
to, to oA a thong; hu romba 
hooa, to out iooryringM (done by an 
instnunent which is continaally drawn 
backwards); hu romha mfumde, to 
draw a mark; hu remba niumbti, 
to mark a hou$e (when going to baild 
a house, which is done by sticking 
a pole in the earth and drawing a 
circle round it by means of a rope); 
Uu rmnba maHre, to draw hotatdary 
Umm; flg. to be at enmity with each 
oUier, i.e. to act as if boundaries were 
placed between them, neither party 
Tisiting the other, hu romba ma- 
wanga, to draw markt; hu f » m ha 
niama tnidsongo, to ctU meat iitto 
ttrip: — MmbarTCOita (v.reit) «^ 
hmotyanga |fcw»m&a r0mbaf mg 
tmrtU move$ /orwaird and badeward. 
This refers to a play of children, in 
which the turtle is imitated.— r«mb«lai 
(y.n.) to admit (^ cutting and mofrtfmy; 
irtma romboha Hooa 4H, thit ioory- 
ring io weU out; hooa iri ritui 
beha pfiHkiba, io badig cut.— 

i(v.d.) to cat and markfvr onoMer. 
(y. rec.) — TCoak^iMi 
(y.int.) to e^ wdl, boaMMf^Xbg. Der. 



i) (y.n.) (0 deoi^, to gtt 
foMt, to bo Todmood, OKkamottdf hu 
romda ma r u n g o (Kis.fliMlw, om d a, 
popa, nata, f Uu tn b u k a ) , — ImtoiflA 
(y.a.) to redaeo, to weakm, to oaikauit 
QJia^imhaMohm) mdomda mmmmioi^ 
I, sidbMM rodmeeo him, Der. 

9, hiro- 



(Ki& 



, s. (wa) (pi. «w— ), a owing (Kis. 
) (lit that which hangs loose) 



(v.n.) to hang to loooe, to dangiof 
a romd Bwem CKis. «»tooleo^ 
rogalr^ laadMP8Nha(y.nJ to admdt 
qftnoponding omtfndf (as children do 
in playing). — iMiitfipeNim (y.fait) 
to eaeed in muponding on^ut^ (ftx>m 
trees, when one yentares to do so at 
greater distances from the gioond). 

(yji.) {hu lat^gm dara).— 



(y.n.) to balftU; 



Mtoma a<iMn<iwita(Kls.lin dudhihuSp 

or ofrifma).-> IwiyamMw (y.a4 
, e.g. mg t tifl f yg m tore. 
(Mro) (ady.) to-dag (ias.le*). 
(from tora) (y.a.) 1) roUm; — 
^ to Ut down, to lower; hu Meow 
mupfi, to Unoor a bow (in taking aim 
in contradist firom 'tUmmmom); hw 
Uoa wMMfu, to lower on&e votfes. — 
Imw (v.d.) to looe&n to or fort e.g. 



dodbam»f who hoe now looeenod mg 
bow 9 w utu gah o wem-loeoro mhaeo 
hu bogoUoamm, — Umikh (y. a.) ta 
elmde, eoade (a missile, esp. arrows).— 
laiwa«4Mi(y.ing to be clooer in dw 
ding, eoading; wgo 



liibm(y.a.} topag.— liMaa (y.relt) to 
pag each other.-^ UUkM (y.D^ pagobU 
to be eaO^/led,— UUmfy.d.) to pag 
for oiM.-- lib«fm(y.a.) to radnes, lit. 
to eatort fromj bentniimJbw b^ttwMHd^ 
Ubwrm (said of relaxed bowels). •- 
UMfta (v.n.) to got redmoed, to get 
feeble (KIs. hun a wgwfu hmbiat^ — 
liM4lMi(y.caas.) to canee em to 
iB. to cause one expenses. 

when poonded It is mabira. 
N.prDp. 
U s. (la) (pLtn*— ), eomb (of a 
rock) Ift e—te «w rf ai nK r a , pL«i*> 



LICHERO— LILA. 



93 



I), s. i.q. 
IMkf, ird Jbom. 

LUtt pron. inleiTOg. what; rel. to the 
'la^ or 'm^'-elass. Jr< il««ko Hdi 
iri, what eomttry U ihUf dHku UOt 
(on) what day. 

LHiifca, s. (ra), the ofrtery on ihB temp- 
Ui {rldsiba ra ntiudUf headaehe). 

Udairo or rfdafaro, s. (ra) dirt (only 
on the human body, vessels, clothes 
&C4 bat not of the road). — 

IMM9f 8. (ra) (pi. tnad$o). The end or 
point of emg thing, ejf^. lidso ra uda, 
the point of a how. 

Ufiddfli, 8. (ra) quUk-eand; flg. prone- 
ness to qoarrel and to fight; mOundu 
u una Ufuhiei, 

UftmH s* (ra) dmt (Kis. vwmM, fun^ 
MIMa). 

liif niymf, s. (ra) (no pi.) inclination 
to denff (see gema), quarreleomineiB 
(Kis. uohupa^). «Mla fcn yo-mi-to 
iwo? ema rtganigani, wHl you go 
to JInieh (with him), he witt deng all 
(he has rigamtganii. 

Ugmkkwb, s. (wa) (pi. «0«—), (or likMi- 
gH^), the eqirrd (Kis. Hindi or cMndt). 

UgVJi (Ukaa), pi. mdhua, clamf (Kis. 
gaimdo). 

Ufum, Uirvka. 

LllEa(VA.) nkata waUka md^ngo, ea- 
humba n'huangod ndso. 

Ukafli,8. 

Ukpdflo, s. (ra) gonorrhoea (Kis. hieo- 

fMMM»). 

LikUf a word which cannot be trantlated. 
It is only used with regard to food 
which one taltes all up in his tiands 
and goes off with it, as hungry boys 
will do. 1>ohnai€ma4denga''lihtaf 
t%a hu-i-boniera hu maneha, 

Idkom (a4j.) great, larger rel. to the l»- 
dass; deungu la. likuru (s= dango 
h^ba in Kis.); dsoga ra rikuru, a 
great mt^ortime. 

Ukomi, s. (ra) the Ouinea-^om (see nut- 
bira^ f^tOrgrown, but still soft or milky 
(Kis. l lama mehmt^^ or tafe ya m- 



1). M mhi nt a w ac fc a mi r a (n) H- 

htlwi {or rikuwij. 
Lila or lira or lira (v.n.) 1) to erg, to 
Mownd, to weept to wail; — 2) to long 
qfter (Kis. ku lia)^- lila&m or linnui 
(v.rec.) to with one for another, either 
for good or bad; to want to meet each 
other; ufontu mwa ufonndkaira too- 
kaUrama, %»akwm»nira u)a6Mda 
theee men remained long abemt (one 
from the other), being deeirone one for 
the other.— lixika (or xirika) (v.n.) to 
be worthg of being cried for — to be 
detirable, worthy of deeire (Kis. ku 
waHka); (v.a.) ei <ne n*nalirika n- 
kunieako, lit. it ie not I who have 
crackled up thy wood.-^ Urildra (v.d.) 
lirisa (v.a.) tomdkecry f or ;prop, to cry 
(one) into deeire , i.e. to urge, or force 
upon, to importune to solicit, to cry 
to persuade (Kis. ^fUagnlaJbaa); uem- 
nrHriee-wuiniwake eideiMdea kinr 
fte ohanga ime, lit do not urge mCf 
ImyteUfdo not teU my thing I; ubaio 
wa ku Uriea wor-kweaudea (ss «6a* 
1« Ufa dsiufodeiufe), lit relation ship 
qf to obtrude — troublee you; kibale 
iki ei'ki-deiwaf n< kibale ekooli- 
riea, I do not knewthie relationehip, 
they are tnfeiMlflrs.-r- Uridsa (v.int) to 
cry much; (v. cans.) to cauee to cry,— 
Uriiaaa (v.rec.) to force upon each 
other,— lirisidMi(v.int) to bemoet 
obtrueive, importune. — analirieidea 
or analiriee^-ndipo aka-n^-gnionga, 
he toot importune, thertfcre he decei- 
ved him (the seller imposed upon the 
buyer).— lirira or xirfara (v.rel.) to cry 
over, to bewail for ^- or to; uea-n- 
iiriro^ikumba umka nawe, do not 
cry to me, I wiU nai go off wiXh you, 
toa m r i r ir a muntu ana kufa, they 
cry over a man who died.— liralira 
(v.cont) to continue to cry or weep.— 
lira, in the sense of to esepeet (see 
deideida).— liia (v.a.) to make cry, 
to make sound, ku liea mgondno, 
toenore.— Uiana (v.rec.) to moArtfcnf 
one another. — liiira (v.d.) to make 
cry to (a child to its mother). una^M- 



94 



LIMA— UNQA. 



dm p/hdire aba, unmt^-liHra titM- 
ana wanga, it i$ thu$ you behaoet 
you have made my child cry, 

Lima (y.a.) to HU, to adtivate the 
ground. — Umikm (y.n.)<o hetOlahU^ to 
admU Qf eumvatton," limira (y.d.) to 
Uafor another; (v.inst) to tiU witht 
e.g. Xmmw ra ku HnUra.— 1*-*^«« 
(v.int.) to titt muOi or for vHige$; — 
(y.caus.) to make or induce one to tUl, 
walinUdea hua yani dhamha Tti- 
ffa f vaiik whom did you tiU for that 
hemp f resp. n'naUmidea hua Cha- 
rtra, I cuOtiwUed with Charera, 

Limlia (y.n.) to be strong, vigorous, ener- 
getie, said of fruits and yegetabie 
wheB perfectly ripe as haying come 
to their fall strength, of animals, 
^hen fighting, struggling, fluttering 
&c. on being killed, as showing their 
strength — of men especially in con- 
nection with the word "mdima" 
(heart or mind); hu Umba mdi- 
fna, to be strong, vigorous as to 
the mind {fiis. HfahiUf bora, imara, 
pefUha, ohoha, dapadapa, bab€^- 
tika, peperuha, sufnba), — Hondo 
i yakaimba tcranfM ufooUvnba ntdi- 
vna, this war requires men who are 
strong-hearted, i.e. braye, courageous; 
anantu woolimba marungo, a man 
who is strong bodied— Umhmnm (v.rec.) 
to fight (said of animals as displaying 
their strength to each other) to hug, 
to hold fast one another (said of men). 
limbaairm (y.reU to hug each other 
for (any thing).— limUn (y.reU to 
fight, struggle, flutter far; huhu wa- 
Ufnbira wn^ida donga, fowls keep 
fluttering in the wicker basket (for be- 
ing confined).— Hmhidia (y. int. Acans.) 
to eaoeel in strength, to strengthen, for- 
iffy (the mind), to encourage (Kis. hu- 
mnrtta nfahUi or u§ne); amahttimba 
hu tawa, na^^m-Ubidsa tndima n- 
dine, he wanted to flee, but I encou- 
raged him, wen I, it is I who forti- 
fied his mind,'— limbidMUUi (y.rec.) 
to encourage one another^— limtelim- 
hm (T.relt.) to JIdget O^ke a child on 



its mother's back), to flutter like birds. 
limbaiiidsa (y.caus.) to cause to fight 
(only said of animals); hu Umbantdsa 
gnambe (Kis. hu piganisha), 

Mmodri (acy^ one, rel. to the 'la or 
ra** class. 

Umima {p/kmde) relaiing to man, 

Una. 

IdBda (rinda) (y.a.) to waU, to watch, 
to keep guard, hur^mr-linda fnuntu, 
to wait for a man; hu Unda hu 
ntMnda, to wait at {or to) the plantar 
Hon =■ to watch (Kis. Unda, tunsa, 
ngodja, sdfnu).= Hndana (rindana), 
to wait far each other. ■— lindilra 
1) (y.n.) to admit of waiting or wat- 
ching; siknHndiha, huna mpfumbi, 
one cannot wait, there is a heavy 
rain, — 2i to set to watch, to charge 
with watching. — Undlra (y. d.) to 
watch for another. Na-t n rindira n^ 
6«l0 ufonga munda wahwe, Iwateh 
my brother's plantation, — Mwdlia (y. 
n.) to wait for what is nearly finished), 
i.cr. endehesa, e.g. murondehese, ado- 
hudsa dsabanobano, wait far him, 
he wiU come presently. — Hndidaa 
(Hndidaa) (y.int.) to %oateh well, atten- 
tively, (y.caus.) to make watch, to 
keep waiting, to detain. sida&h/Sdua 
ine uhasengeresa, usa-n-lindidsa 
madsi ya fn-pudsi, Iwon*t be delayed^ 
if you linger; don't keep me waiting 
for nothing.— Undlkira. 

Linira (y.n.) to think, to imagine, to 
consider. The fundamental idea of 
this yerb seems to be: 'to Uken, to 
compfvre" (Kis. asa) waiinga ohianif 
what thinkest thou 9 what are you on- 
asious about 9— UngSL llagm (y.reit.) 
to think much, to reflect (Kis.lrtf «mi- 
sawaea),— hngWMM (y. n.) to be egud 
wUh each other (in length, breadth dec 
Hwyanfra (y.d.) to be Uke, equal to, 
sntfident to (Kis. f^Mnana eleheeetf 
saua sema, henna) minha oka hu 
Ungania na ihi, give me one whUh 
is equ€d to this\ «n«a <i fihum hee 
Hnganira na wemiu wsMba nsr 
I, lit fiUff beer U to U Uke to 



UNGADSI— M. 



96 



With mtn who an there tfn here theee 
s this beer is sufficient to the men 
who are there. — Ifaiyanfcni (F.a.) 
to e^uaiUMe, to put equal (in order to 
measure) to adjust dfLie^eauaniea),^ 
UBfiiiimCT.a.} to eutpeel 9it.to lIlLen, 
what is wrong or hu iMen done 
wrong to any body), to consider, to 
be anxious about (Kis. fc n m t t m Sa 
or waeU^) prov. ku Hng t r t rira ei hu 
eMda; euhu UngiHra wm iw dliw 
ntuaho tnu-Mdakmra ehooehanif 
you did not reflect in miNii in of thee 
3B in your mind), you were of what? 
what were you doing.— "^ngwaBAabm 
(y.d.) to make eqwUfor (another). 

UniTSdn (n.pron.) name of a rioer, a 
contributary of the Lintibe, going 
from Pande westward, it is forded 
after half a day's Journey. 

Lino, pron. demonst. (Ait, rel. to the la 
(ro)-ciass. 

Lintiba (n. pron.) name of a river which 
rises in the country of the Walcam- 
dunda and empties itself into the 
inland sea Niassa near Dsenga. 

LlntninliBi (ra) (see IHtembui^ 

Lipoado p««ide, s. the tranegreeeion 
qf direetione given for one's dieL 

Uacky, Uie nots=, without, rel. to the 
no-class. 

Iiiso, i.q. diao. 

Utombvi or lintambol, s. (coil) (ra) (pL 
itf), the Imrge blade ant (Kis. eit^). 
lAntumhul 4H thie or theee ante, 

Linla. 

Li^ytt, s. name of a river, a contribu- 
tary to the BiUi, 

Uviro, s. (ra or ia) running, epeed (see 
MUv€ro)» 

Liw«w», s. coll. (ra) (pL id), a Ue, a 
faieehood; riwewe ra nknni numy 
Uee, To speak lies the Waniassa neyer 
say, as if the word to speak had been 
too good to stand by such a neigh- 
bour, but they invariably say: Ttu 
nia (see Mia) riwowe, or: hunamOf 
to Ue, to utter faleekoode; uenmie 
rtufowe, do not Jke. 

Uiiiid (adi.) 



Ufa pron. dem. Mae, rel. to the "ra**- 
class. 

Lte (rte) (y.a.) to enter, to enter upon, 
to etnk into, with the subordinate 
idea of disappearing (Kis. ngiUea , to- 
peea, tnw€UUha, HH mien).— roaka 
or rowaka (v.n.) to admit of entering,, 
loam or lewara (y. d.) — JfeM-m-ro- 
wetramrntumha, to enter one^$ houee 
to one; hu rowera noMra, to enter 
on a road,— g oagar a (or zawravara},- 
1) (y.d.) of the preceding and implging 
a reproof,'-^ 2j to dieappear,— loadfla 
(or rowadsa) (y.int.) to enter deeply,, 
(y.caus.) to induct, to inetaL— rawa> 
rtea, to intrude. — rowavadaa (y. 
caus.) to eauee to dieappear, 

Lola (or ram) (y.n.&y.a.) 1) to yield, Uy 
consent, to Wee; — 2} to marry (but 
only used of the woman, while of the 
man hu huada is used), 
(y.causj to eauee to yield dc 
n^loreden ndiwe, ytlha yeka m»- 
hada-n^^rora (or tola), it ie you 
teho caused her to marry him, she alone 
(left to herself) would no have mar- 
ried him. 



Laaf ara, s. a halberd (see iaethum),, 

Lowara (see loa). 

Ldla(y.)— lolddiia (see nfrrfcUa). 



1, 1) The prepos. in, e^^. m-nimnba in 
the house, m'tenga in the wilderness; 
m'memehn in the hands;— 3j The 
objective case of iye, him, her. Before 
a vowel and before words beginning 
with m it is changed into "muf* — 
8) JIT is also used before an Inf. iTo- 
li-nk-hu boniana, lit they are in to 
shoot one another, i.e. they are ligh- 
ting;— 4) the 2.per8. pi. of the prospers.. 
ye, you abridged of mmm/ — 5) A 
sound of -transition employed before 
words beginning.with *ji and p/** when 
the word belongs to the 'ya and mi" 
class, and is preceded by an other 



96 



MA— MAGHOKERO. 



word; e.g. SaUmini's country iscftlled 
P mm d0 f but except the word be men- 
tioned as the first of a sentence, yon 
will nerer hear merely JjMMie, bat 
always BC^pamde, and the more so as 
these people will never mention the 
names of their countries, without nslng 
the prepos. 'ku," h u m B e m de, to- 
toardt, atcirin F a md B, Buimo yamga, 
^ny nose, but at or towards the nose 
is lMMi»j w no. Bona m^^puno, he ha$ 
no nou; words not beginning with p 
and pf, bm belonging to the same 
class (y« and mi) hare 'JP' instead 
of 'JT'. for their forerunner. The 
sign employed to distinguish it is "m!* 
u a particle used in the comug. of 
yerb% denoting continuance of a state, 
or action and implying the Imperfect 
tense: fUma, wma, a/mm^ dima, tM- 
fita, «roma. It esqresses the idea of 
being 'in", "within" "inside". 
Uanl, s. (ya) i.q.MMMto«Ht<, Uaoe$; ir- 
regular pi. form of d9»ni, 

■dIdM (ormlMUttiud), s. (y»)^ on- 
ly, pU in sense 'natiure" (also used of 
what grows). 
M aha to , s. (pi. of pale), 
MabaafaiiOy a. (y») offretmeiU, c<nm$d, 

eomulUUion, 
Bbkarotaro, a. pi. (ya) 9et<aekbig9, 
BUbarobam f w>rm$ totth winga 9 
Wahiaa (s. coll.) PluroUly ai a MrM 
In mm OMd animdli (flrom hu bSga, 
$0 pa$a by the side qf (any thing); 
nwuema wyw nt nutttSea, ufona 
ni fnabasaf wana 



taf tUam/B uyu odorai mabSee^, 
tabara mabaeaf does tiUs animal 
bear fiMUiy at a time, or doee it not 
bear, man^f abmtn nn'nutdsi, m'fno- 
dH, $he bears only one, one (at a 
lime). Mbueisat^ eabarn mabd a a 
moHhu yonoe, . onr . goate dboage 
hear mabasa (8 or 4 at a time). The 
word is also used of plants, like 
Indian com when two or three knobs 
Are growing by Ifae side of each other. 
JfB. the word mabSsa cannot be 



rendered by im ims , becaaie It Im- 
plies an indefinite plurality. 

MakMKya) (plotpagi^ 

■bMmfirok a. (yi^, meanefor beggtag 
(XBmOni hiffyoroi 

(ya) (pi. of p«*<r»), 
i, a. (pL of p^M, flaOBs). 
ro, s. (ya) (pL of piga, wing^ 
i, 8. (ya) pi. of pirof the 
or tafrt<am (Kis. m t< ma ) ; 
ya "higobo tika m^gamtga; maH rw of 
ike ege-Ud qf a Uon (descripttye of a 
certain species of caflkre-com). 

if a iya) (pi. of piril, moantaine, 
s. (ya) (pi. of bMbu), the Wage 
(Kis.iNi/W). 

Mabomba, s. (ya) (pi. of bnmba\ lamps 
in meal-food; doima i in* m a b un s 
bat <W daima haa lumpa. 

Malwintf, s. (ya), reekUaenee, daring, 
which in war will lead to courage 
and bravery, but in ordinary life to 
violence and oppression; nmnim wee 
mabundi, a man of daring, may 
either mean a violent or an intrepid 
man; a man will also show his 
bundi in giving profusely (KIs.^ 
ffd, MJdMUf Ofi^aii, 

Kata7«, n. prop. • terrttory, one 
and a half day's distance to the west 
of Mu^fnptmde, Its inhabitants belong 
to the WaJeaimdiumda, Mab w yu, J)o- 
mera and Mian, These countries are 
said to be much frequented by the 
Portuguese for trade, bartering slsves 
and cattle for guns and gun-powder. 

Wachamchwa» a. (pl.y») (see h id mr m) , 

MacMda €hida, s. (ya), praetiee (mo 
«JMda) hu puno a a 
oMda, to learn (lo play) the *' 
is (by) practice; hu 
ni meiohida 6hida,*to become a eraf^ 
ia^)praett€e; 



^ s. 1) Uba coming forth, lA 
rise of the sun;— 3) nUeranee (of the 
mouth); uoa me guito oaiko, ni 
ohokero ya ba buSra 
hudke hunet Hmaf do not beUem 
him lit seiie him not his (words) ^ 



HADA— MAE. 



97 



H is (only) an ntteranee of depaitare. 

. when he would not gain-say, lit an 
ntteranee of where out of doors, bm 
at his heart (a^ there is something 
else (Kis.«MMo Unglne), 

Mbida (y.a.) to pla$ter (a house with 
clay), to beomear (a drum with m'- 
nagay- madilBi (y.n.) to ttppear wdl 
platter&a,— BUidira(y.rel.) to platter 
over; 0^\B,gmtiha) ku madiramSm, 
to plaeter over beer, i.e. the yessel in 
which it is contained. (y.d.) to platter 
for another*'- madiridtia (v.int.) to 
platter over wett, tigkay.— madidM 
(y.int.) to platter, to betmeair wXk — 
madnni(y.a.) to uttplaeter, i.e.talce 
oflr the clay (see). — |iuiA«tni(y.a.) 
to take 4^ the day (from a beer-yessel, 
or from a drum for (another). 

WUimg; s. (pi. of tago) (ya) bottomt 
buttodu, the botttmrpart efemg HOng 
(Kis. toko, n%aita!ko), 

MtMQ, 8. (ya) a tmm pla^orm made 
of ttidct for broiliHg meat; niama i 
ehidani n%adao dtdie maroba, 

Madarira. s. (ya) (^\. of darSra), haO- 
etonet, 

Madaya madai, s. (ya) pi. (no sing.) 

Savet (lit. scattering water). 
Made, s. coll. (ya) a game played with 

threadt or ttHnge over the fingert (the 

rat's cradle of the children of England). 

ideani, dUcatow^re dikatte mSdo 

(see ttha), 

Bladeda, 8. (ya). 

abd«mba,s.(pl.of umba), a tpeoUt 
QfJUh. 

Madhan d a, s. (ya) tiehutt, diteate (pi. 
of wtonda). The pi. refers to long 
protracted ilhiess; maahmtdaan»-m- 
iondodta; mmdhend a n< y» moHhu 

Bbdteo, s. (ya) fMMig, 101001^ (one's- 
self); any thing you lower yourself 
to — where it is always preceded by 
the negatiye uta take away, do not 
do thus, such things. 

Madawa, s. pi. (ya) (no sing), bandy-Ugt 
(Kis. tege, fmHege). 

Kiniatta, 



\t 1) especially used of persons 
whose diet has been prescribed to them 
by the 'eignanga," but do not Iceep 
to it; MWMTO mtmfM ugu emm fiMi- 
dUUUa;^ 2i (ya) glmttoi^f, voracity 
(Kis.fMal<UC* 

MMia, s. (only used in the Predicate). 

Maditea, s. 

Madte, g&ndam thdti-^nadirei. 

Mida, s. (pi. of dS\ (ya) a kktd of wOd 
plwn; the tree is called mdo, 

Bladaba, s. (pi. of dabe), mMddy placet, 

Madaara m>aaa, s. ML JUUnge or fair- 
nete in the note, used as adyerb in a 
nasal tone; hu emkwra mnadtmnt 
mfpuna, to tptak ikrough the note. 

Madsasi. s. 

if s. (Kis.poii^). 

i, s. (ya) freqntntaUon, 
constant passing and repassing. 

Ibdfli, s. water; hu madti (=s Kis. 
poani^ 

Wadif g ala , s. pi. (ya) wrinklet (of the 
forehead only) Uu chida madeigmia, 
to make wrMOet, i.e.to wrinkle the 
forehead (in anger). ana-n^ch4dir» 
madeignia, he frotmtd wpon me. 

Madflo, s. pi. (ya) (see sing, rideo), eget, 

Madaiiadi, s. 

Madn, s. (ya) eart (pL of kudu); the 
plural especially occurs in connection 
with arrows. Madu ya mupfi, the 
barbe qf an arrow {seen^kaga); ti 
tnadu yoka yoka una^n4caga nwpfi 
w, tayt one who it engaged in getting 
otU an arrow. 

Madndn, s. (ya) (pi. of tudu), 

MadoBiba, a ^L of fMmda). 

Madnmba, s. (pi. of fwmdo); mm du m- 
bo ya gnono (Kis. uiongoMe). 

Maddra (y.a.) to nm-platter, i.e. to take 
off the day, ejg, from a beer-yessel.— 
madnka (y.n.) to fdU qf fiy<fte^.— 
Buidviira (y.d.) to take of the day 
for another. 

Madn yanfoma, s. (ya), a gpedtt qf 
wHd aloe, the fibres of i^bich are used 
for strings (lit ears of the ngam»). 

(mayaJi a (ya) (pL of deaye)^ a 
large rowndfrvU (of the si^ aad shape 

7 



98 



MAENGE— MAKADI. 



of an orange) the hard shells of which 
are used for domestic utensils (see 

Maangv, s. (ya) (pi. of dsenge), hoUi 
(Kis.ffi»ena); hadae aahe »a maenge, 
Ma kadse-trees are qf 'hoUB^ i.e. plan- 
ted iii holes, instead of in a ditch 
(see mkuga), 

Maere, s. (pi.) juggling trUk$: ar^tU 
practices (Kis. hUntmdta); maere 
yoke ya-^i^aunguta, Ait tridca he- 
wOdcr me; muntu wa fnaere, a 
mountebank; erne caipdbleqfpeiformling 
gtrange expldta. 

Ma&gmaL, s. (ya) matter, pu9; maflg- 
nia ya ntmikaUmhue (Kis. ttfa»aha 
uaaha), 

Mafiiim, s. (pi.) (no sing.) lump$in meal- 
food (see mahwnba) (Kis. mafumbo), 

Maiiui, s. (p). ofpf»*a)f afire-place com- 
posed of three atones or hard masses 
of clay (see ehutni). 

maluda, s. (ya) Fat, grease, ott; ma- 
^Mda ya gnomhOf mafuda ya («)- 
daiMoa, mafkida ya {n)dsads4, 

maflmde, (pi. of pfunde) (ya) vtaves, 
billows ^\s,nunvifnbi). 

lifafimilhl, s. (ya) spring, flrom 'hu fun- 
da" to be warm, fm&esi u nkua 
mafundhi, 

Wagada, s. 

IIag«wafrswa» s. [Khnaravii (Kis.m- 
buba, small pox), 

WMgimigAwi, s. (ya) doubts^ fears, 
from 'hu gdwa," to divide, 

Magtat, s. (ya) coll. breaks (from some- 
thing growing in the ground); magna 
ya vindngoa Ac, 

Magnia, s. coll. (ya) the wrinkles qf the 
skin of an old person, and of one vatth 
an empty vtomatk (see nwdsigniOf 
torinkUs qf the forehead}. 

Maffnombe, s. (ya) joint responses in 
singing; hu pfwma, or ku tira ma- 
gnmnbe, to hum, or to put in mar 
gnombe\ i.e. to Join in chorus (perhaps 
called so from the loudness resembling 
the lowing of a herd of cattie (see 
gnomba)^ 



MEairodi, a (ya) kind aUenUom or ser- 
vices paid by a vsife to her hmsband. 
The word is nerer used of the hus- 
band (Kis. mahdba, pendo); magodi 
ya wamfJeati, 

Mag'dg'O. a. (pi. of k6go), 

BUgva (or mAkaa), s. coll. (#»), sctOes 
of fish &c. 

MagfiiiiffQ, s. (pi. of kungu), pieces qf 
skin or rind, 

Kai, s. (pi. wamaf), mother; this word 
is very irregular when taken together 
with the pron. poss. The declination 
of the sing, is this: manga (my mo- 
ther), mdko (thy mother), make (his—), 
matu (our mother), ntame (your-), 
moo (their—). The declination of the 
plural-form used by way of honour 
instead of the sing, runs thus: wa- 
memga — (our mothers), wamako, 
teamake, wanuMitUf wamanu, tcro- 
mdo. The i is dropt as well as the 
syll. tea of wanga, wako, wake, 
(<tcf« tnai, inu teamai) (Kis. nusma) 
Uf€una4 ni pikirani ndeima, lit 
mothers cook ye Dsima for me, i.e. 
please mother &c. The word seems 
also to be used as a general endea- 
ring expression between comrades 
without regard to sex ; e.g. a boy will 
say to another: nanika kuatumal' 
kueaye kuka ni-dera, I go home 
my good friend, btfore it gets dark 
(see kuea)f mai mudmwna, or nutke 
mudmuna, a brother of one*s mother 
only (Kis. n^om&a) mother's brother). 

Maiko, s. (ya) pi. lit. puttings, the place 
where something is put; unatwara 
maiko, have you forgotten the place 
where you put itf— ^ the place where 
the dead are put, i.e, a burying place 
i.g. l>einekaf anamka ku wnaiko. 
The word Dsincha being the real and 
stronger word is rather avoided in 
conversation. 

I , s. pi. of deUve (see). 
I, s. 

Makadi, s. (ya), time (see makeno and 
niengo). This word has probably 
not been used in Kiniassa originally. 



MAKANDE— MA LIRO. 



99 



Jts use is however confined to Ibe 
particalar times of the day, while for 
time in general there seems to be no 
word, makadi ya nt-mmcra, the 
Ume of i» tks morning =■ forenoon; 
maJciMdi ya moiMna, mdkadi ya 
md9uro, (Kis. wahaHi. 

Bbkande, s. A soil which is clammy 
when wet, and soon cracks when dry, 
as is generally found in low and 
swampy places. Such the soil is said 
to be in the Maravi country along 
the lake Niassa. In the upper country 
the 'mdkandtf* is confined to swamps 
(see damho)f ftom 'leu, handaf* to 
knead. Makandi ni dhoH rinatdro, 
MakoMdo is in gen. a Adaejf omdL 
dammy $oiL The sing, is not in use. 

Makandii kande, s. pi. (ya) $eraiehe$. 

mialraitjraiiiAiHaj S. tAe UmC Of the first 

cock-crow. 

Ittakadfli, s. coll. (ya), the being on the 
stretch, the being bUxUed (from hu 
hadea). Only said of plants from grains, 
as Indian corn, guinea-corn, mche- 
were &c. They are makadM when 
the heads are on the point of coming 
forth, undbira deabano ni m a k ad s i, 
(Kis. mahindi yasanga). 

Makew^biat s. lit the children's mother 
a title of honour given to their kings 
or chiefs. There is an irregularity in 
the formation of this word — the pron. 
poss. standing in the sing, instead of 
in the Plural, nuOcewana instead of 
moQ wana, but where names are con- 
cerned, language always goes the shor- 
test way. I>ina bembedea kua nuMr 
kew4Mna-eibo kumfn yako, dintfs 
ya yeinif 

Mako, s. (ya) (pi. otd^iko), Icmd, eoim/try, 

Wakoch^, 8. (ya) (pi.) drifts, any thing 
drifting on the toctter; sing, koehesi 
from koekesa (Kis. tnieiHj. 

IWIakdmak^ma, s. (ya) beauty; «Mim- 
kasi uyu ni tndkonHMkonut ya eha- 
ye-nda-n%4suadira katOf ML this wo- 
man is beauty ofworthleseness, I mar- 
ried her from ttrong desire, i.e.1 was 
deceived by her beauty, I found her 



worthless (in character). Prov. mofto- 
makoma ya n^uyu^ nikadi mu- 
linierere, 

Makdno, s. (ya) 1) the time being, the 
present year; — ^ (adv.) just now (see 
deunuf); m/Ura ya makono vintu 
Hna ganUf (By) the present rain things 
toiU Tifuse growing; nnMkono bano 
or yano (Kis. n»t«afca Am), uka-n- 
raga nwdsi uya, sida-^urkttmhan- 
dso, if this Ume also that town should 
prow too strong for me, I shall not 
want it again. 

Makiiaiile, s. (ya) (pi. of kuaule) (see 
mfant], 

Makumi, s. (ya) (pi. of kum€), tens, de- 
cades). 

MaiaffSno, s. kuarara la vnalegano 
(Kis. ndia pata or panda f?) 

Wal^malfaia, s. (ya) fatigues; only 
used in conjunction with "ya ehaye,** 
(exeilions made in vain), imaleinale- 
ma ya ehaye, fatigues undergone for 
no purpose. 

Malenda, s. (ya) the birth-water (ob- 
scene) {ya fnkaei tmd ya gnontbe), 
(also uhoko?) 

Malen^aleiig^, s. 

Malile (or marire), s. coll. (ya), boun- 
daries, limits ; ka dura, or ku ketn- 
ba mariref to cut or draw boundaries, 
fig. to be at enmity (= siwenderana 
or siwam»derera*ia, they do not go 
to e€ieh other). 

Malimka (adv.) forcibly, with united 
strength, together (see limba); tcro-m- 
dsora n%alimhaf th^ came upon him 
with force aU at once; ku bdrasan- 
kafi meUimba, to keep time in oaring 
or paddling, usaukeuke, ukanen€$ 
ni kudnUf ku tiuBHinba, do not keep 
leaving your place or getting off, think- 
ing (saying), it is like in your country, 
Mdlimba here is the high land, 
where the cold never leaves. 

Malinga (seeeheru)? 

Maliro, s. (ya) cryings, wailings, lamen- 
tations, gen. obsequies (Kis. kilio); 
dam/era marirOf kuna muntu ana- 
tehoka, we hear lamentations, there is 

7* 



100 



MALISEGHE— MANOA. 



a man who died. %m iha maUr&, 
to put or lay doum wUlinga, i$ the 
general expreision for burying the 
de.ad. J>wm'ka dikatka tnaliro, we 
go to mdke tcailings, i. o. we go to the 
hiiiial, because when one is boried, 
(he whole toM'n goes, to clear t^e 
burial from grass, each fomily doing 
til? graves of their dead (see Pingwru). 
Malis^che, s. (ya) nakedneet; muana 
tea Tnaliaeehe, a naked child (Kis. 
titupu), a child of nakednets; ali ma- 
lim'ehe^ or ana tnaUseehef he is or 
hts nakednese, i.e. he is nalced; uea- 
nf-karire vMUiaeehe, do not $it (be- 
fore me) naked, fnaliseehe ya ttfona 
aica a-n-dandaulidea. 

Mamba, s. (wa) (p). wannnnba), name 
of a kind qf serpent, mamba akara 
nihisiimboe {K\s. fira), 

Mambarm, s. coil, pkices which escaped 
the general burning of the grass [mafm- 
bara ayui), 

Blambodsa, a. (ya) any thing thai i$ 
slimy or glutinous {Kis,utomfu); vnan^ 
bttdsa ya daira^ the white qf an egg 
(Kis. uto). mambedea ya n-kono^ 
the slime of a snail; mdengo utwit- 
eJioka nutmbedsaf this tree yields 
mambedsa. Mamb^daa ya tfunbdeit 
the white stimy ytUce wf the tofnboH. 

nUme, s. coll. (ya), dew; mame oyo, 
this dew (Kis. umande), 

Mamina, s. (ya), mucus (Kis. kamaasi, 
kohoai}, nuunina ya m-punOf the 
mucus qf the nose. 

MampsOi s.pl. of ^npao (Kis./I^o). 

lllina(v.n. di v. a.) to be niggardly, to 
niggard, to stint, to rtfuse (Kis. yuna 
efioyo, gnima).— manika (v.n. to 
admit of being niggardly dealt toi^A, 
or of being stinted ; tnuntu uyu s»- 
manika.-^ manlra (v.d.) to nkigaird, 
or stint one to another, e.g. muana 
wangamdao ana-ni-intinira, — ma- 
nidsa (v.int.) to exceed in niggardness. 
(v. cans.) to cause to experience it from 
others. 

Maaabara (adv.) 



8. (wa) (pi. wanamlbia), lit 
the chOd (of the) pot or poHshild, le. 
the bowl of the pipe from which they 
smolce hemp (Ki8.wMJbaMra toa Mt%d€j, 
lawankwfai, s. (wa) (pi. temiH» cobs 
qf Indian com qfter budding and 
while in the state qf formation. 
i, s, (ya), bands, pi. of < 
i, s. (ya) pi. (contract from 
anda); 1) tokens of moarning for a 
deceased relatiye, exhibited by not 
shaving the head, or bathing the body, 
nor wearing any ornaments; the wife 
also separates from her husband. 
This is continued till the deceased 
has been paid for, fh>m tiie belief, 
that all who die in the prime of life, 
have been bewitched. It is in child- 
hood only and age that death is 
considered natural, and in such cases 
the show of mourning is only of short 
duration ;— 2) ku manda, to the graioe 
(= Kis. ku aimu) tuaane HdHro- 
kuna manda kuao^ do not see dirt 
(do not say, they are dirty or nncl^ 
aniy) there is mourning with them 
(they are in mourning). 

IHaiidaere, s. (ya), l^ - handedness; 
uye ana mandaere, this one is ^fl 
handed; uyu ddia na ku mandeer^ 
uya ddia na kuSne kuSne, lit tkie 
one eats with to the ^ft, that one eats 
with to the right; deaneka la man- 
daere^ the ^ft hand; mka da€S»eha 
la kwmandaere, go to the left hand. 

Maiigm(y.a.) to bind, to He, to fatten, 
to build (the principal business of theur 
mode of building being that of bin- 
ding) (Kis. /tonga, ganga, jenga) km 
nuMnga mdoro, to bind up a load; 
ku manga nehido, to bind work, 
i.e. to do binding (e.g. fences, houses, 
bams); ku manga niiMHba, to buXid 
a house; ku manga buato n%^on%Sf 
to fasten a boat at the shore; ntucM 
ainwmanga tenge, the bees bind a 
truster, i.e. they swarm.— mawgaiia 
(y.rec.) 1) to bind one another (for the 
purpose of imprisonment);— 2l tobe 
entangled, mitwiated.^ — ^yifc« (^.q.) 



MANGANIAMA— MANSA MANSA. 



101 



1) to admit qf binding Ac,— 2) ic U 
wtU IxmiHd, toeU buiU; hu nkongika 
ehede, to be bound or fa9ten$d into 
HIenee or quietude ; Nianoha ina 
nrnngika eAode ina hua badaf 
Inmmi fnangika or htmakua bada, 
it ii good tpeather,— mMngirm{vA, 
A rel.) to bind Se, for (anottier). — 
mangirini {ya,) to bind up, to tut- 

pend; niatna i ha tnangirire hu 
tmtamba, tie this meat up, suspend 
it. hu^sirfnangiHra hu tnueunbOf 

to tie or hang onefsse^f up. Suicide in 
this and other modes (as stabbing 
and shooting one'sself, seems to be- 
of more frequent occurrence with the 
Waniassa than with the tribes of 
more northern quarters. Among the 
Waniha and Wahtunba, cases are 
very rare and only occur among 
females when ill treated by their hus- 
bands.— manglridMi (v. int.) (offnim- 
gira) to bind weU (e.g. (he edge of a 
basket). — maMgiiMm (v. int.); hu- 
dsi-mmrngOf to bring upon one'sself; 
ana^delntanga tnuiniwahe mau 
a^a, he brought this affair (this 
trouble) upon himself. -- nuun^tea 
(v.reit). 
V, S.C0II. a species of fine 
and tough grass, used by women to 
bind their loads of wood. 
iMigaw , S.COI1. (ya) debt, debts; hu 
dlla nMngawa, to incur debts (see dto). 
laa^n^bni (N. prop.) Tht name given by 
the Wakamdnnda to the countries East 
cf the lake Niassa, i.e.to all the coun- 
tries which lie between the lake and 
the eastern coast of the continent. 
l>9idia Uya ni hu nuMngnru, The 
Wahiao are called by the western tri- 
bes Bianguru, by themselves they are 
called Wachawa, and Wahiao by the 
Muhamedans on the coast 
iani^mia, s. (obscene) from hU n^ 
(see pfururiro^ 

laniaai, S. (ya) shame; huehidamei- 
n4a9i, lit. to make shame , i.e. to be 
ashamed; hU'tn-ehidira nuaniaei, 
to be ashamed to (before any one); 



hu-M-g^triridoa nHmiaoif lit. to 
make one seUte shame, i.e. to make one 
ashamed, to disgrace one (Kis. leu fo- 
haffoH, tahayariehei^; Miye mani- 
aei, one who has no shame (Kis. mto- 
fu wa haya). 

fMrnnUmgo, s. (ya) deceivings (Kis. ue- 
reft*), 

Mankaka, s. (pl.) (ya), cucunibers (sing. 
nr-haga)f nuinhaka yeipea, the — 
are ripe; hidsahdga, a kind of small 
pumpkins. 

Maiilrainfca (nom. Prop.) qf a country, 
one day's journey to the west of M- 
pande (at noon tliey ford the Liugadsi). 

BSaiikorddoa, s. (ya) phlegm (Kis. ma- 
horofOf nuMhohosi?) 

nSanknara, s.co1l. (ya) medidne; charms 
(Kis. daiia); nianga ya manhudfa, 
a horn of medicines (i.e. a charm) (see 
fidnrUf hipe, utembe). 

Blaiilnib^de, s coll. (ya) chc^. 

Maao, s. (p'.) (ya), (sing.<l^*<no) I) teeth; 
ntano ya vibasif *ita*M> ya tn-pat^ 
do; mano ya hidsuhua eha tnten- 
gu, mano yd nrhardti^ba, the teeth 
of an old person, mentioned often in 
connection with Indian corn, when the 
grains of a knob are set widely; ba- 
tnatiga ihi-ntasoyake ncha mano 
yan-httrantba, i.e.masoyake €iliba- 
dalibadaH. ~ 2) mano (n. prop). 
Name of a town in the country of 
the Wadonga, said to be very rich 
in cotton. 

niaiifla maaaa (v.a.) to offend repea- 
tedly, to continue to annoy. NB. In 
some instances the word simply means 
a repetition of any action (to do any 
thing again and again), ututrmanea 
mansa hu-m-buda bttda, you keep 
qff ending him (by) teasing him — (these 
two words are nearly synonymous); 
ana-n-i-mansa manaa-dsabatut n- 
da-^n-buedfha, he offended, or an- 
noyed me repeatedly, now I iciU hurt 
him. h4soe uya wanHmaa mansa 
aba-dsfku Una nda-m-goraf this 
rat keeps passing here (making itself 



102 



MANTA— MARUNGO. 



as it were, a transgressor) but another 
day, I wiU catch it (by a trap). 

Manta, s. (ya) feart cowardice, ndipe 
mdini tnanta, <$oba garu aJcofAOf 
it is he who is a coward (lit. a posses- 
sor of fear), he dreads a dog when 
he barks; maniaydke noha huru, 
his fear is great, muntu wanutnta, 
= Kis. vnuoffd), 

Mantong'e, s. coll. (ya) a gummy sub- 
stance adhering to the eye-lashes (Kis. 
tnudongo), 

Manteda, s. coll. (ya) a hump-back or 
hump-hacks (Kis. le</on(jro). 

Ma6badba, s. (ya)/ear0, apprehensions. 

MapcrAno, s, (ya) a place where two 
ways meet (see perer^su); si bidiri- 
fa nehira i-baya ni tnaperano-si- 
Uitr-bida bena, this way does not go 
farther, yonder it meets with the other, 
it does not go else where, 

Mapfara n^o, s. rihs of the meat qf 
a lean cow 9 

lOapfiwiko, s. (pi.) (ya), (sing, not in nse), 
Leaves put into a water-Jar, when car- 
ried on the head, to prevent the water 
from spilling. Map fiwiko etna ronga 
mumdeuho, nutdei asaikapfiire. 
(The unu is the prep, "m" in, into). 

Wxffa, s.coll. (ya) iJi\s,mafugnombe)f 

Wiq^ftinchanfthii , s. 

niiq^liiiikamora. 

Mapfiira, s. 

Mapanm mapsnm, 

Waramba, s. (pi. of raniba). 

Marambe, s. (pi. of dambe) (see). 

Waramba, s. (pi. of dambo) (see). 

Marang'a, s. namtcwiikui et-n^-puneet 
nwmuali nutrango na n%agodi. 

lUarMud, s. (pi.) (ya) something given in 
addition to the purchase, Ut 'pains 
taking*' trom hn renda; ntengeea 
mitrenei, add a something for my 
painstaking (in coming to you) (see 
ehatnba tn-maneha), 

Maro, s. (ya) a sleeping place, (said of 
men and animals); maragemga usa- 
gonebo iwe, lit my sleeping place do 
not sleep there thou. 



I, s. (ya) tidings (flrom a distance 
only) qf the death qf a relative, 

Mardiida,s.coll. (ya) any thing to be 
•old or bought; any thing deetinedfor 
barter; lit. things traced, followed or 
incpiired after, firom hu randa; mer- 
chandise; Teu gura ntetramdaf and 
hu dsadea mmroMda, to buy and 
seU maronda, are eospressions , either 
qf which means: to trade, to barter; 
mka, uha-tn-ftenee n uw andayaike, 
go and ask him about his merchandise; 
i.e. ask the prices; mmrondm yotea 
(for ya enva) gaguHha, the merekcm- 
disc qf these (people) may be bougU, 
they are reasonable, 

I, S. (pi. of d6ndoe), 
k, s. (ya) pr<9erty, 1.0. cattle 
and slares (givea for the purpose of 
reconciliation, from hu ronga, to in- 
troduce). 

Harinknai s. (ya) an ornamental way 
of binding their fences (see mbemda), 
so as to form figures in imitation qf 
the soles or footsteps qf animals (flrom 
ku ronga), 

Karopfti, s. (ya), saliwa, epittU; hu 
Oru marop/U, to spit ^i8.feM tema 



^ 8. (pi.) (ya) enterings, «»- 
trances (from hu rofgut hu rM^ nw^^ 
raworo ya deua, the enterings, Le. set- 
tings of the sun. This word is generally 
used with the prepos. 'hu." hu m u sro 
wera hua deua, the weet; hSo^ wgu 
hu ne/oraweragahe ni tiJbtf, it i$ ikis 
way where this mouse keeps entering. 
t, 

i, 8. (ya), sense, prudence; hu 
Ungirirm na nu u ns n gm two, 
dowehmf emnm 



'ungm, you go to throw yourself 
away, you kaive no §enss, 
Anrofo* *• colL (ya), Joints (used only 
in a collectiye sense = the body as far 
it consils of Joints — the Joints shigly 
are calted pfondo). The word marango 



MASA— MASUBA. 



103 



is not used of animals; manntnao 
ffo-ni-^WMwa ffonae, lit my joinU 
hwm flie aZ2 s= the >vhole of my body 
is heated. Namfa nuurungOf lit I 
hMT, i.e. I fed (my) joinU ^ I ache, 
I am m (see aiairu); fn'marungo 
tnwMnga tnutmi-bttedeka == ail my 
body aehu, lit. in joints of mine in of 
me aches. The members are called 
tahoJctOshoha, one's whole system or 
constitutioo (Kis. maungo), NB, ma- 
rungo (and not tubi) is also used of 
cloth; daiMTu 4 ina oroa fnarungo, 
thii cloth is 80ft in texture. 

Masadii, s. pi. of daaehe (Kis.«n€M- 
huhe), 

MasMigariw, s. (ya), the diepoeitim 
of diaregarding the concerns of others — 
composed of tlie pl.preformative *ma" 
satiga, what is mine — zime quench — 
the quenching, disregarding of what 
concerns me (see burulidaa); tnuntu 
tpyu ana ifnaaangaaime aa letcn»/a 
aitnen^ wanena wanlu, aaptaru- 
aiha. 

TIlMUmge, s. (ya), a place where the chOd- 
ren come together for playing; nta- 
aange ya wahuaa, the place where 
the hoys who tend the cattle, have 
their UtUe watch-huts, and meet for 
playing (from Ua aangd^ 

Masaunka, s. a kind qf play, 

Masano (adj.) fiioe, rel. to the plural 
particle '^ina"\ nkoalra vnaaanOf five 
eggs; mahmni maaamo na litnodai, 
five tens and one, i.e. sixty, 

Mas4sa, s. coil, (ya), recency, new appea- 
rance (only used with respect to new 
settlements), cognate with the Kisuahili 
aaaa, now; hesdae aa aihuru wa- 
air^ona ku di^^nudai u ni moaaaa f 
lit. kadse of great thou them seeest 
where-town this is recency? 

Maaaya, s. pi. of daa^a, theeks (Kis. 

ta/u). 

if s. coll. (ya), amusement, 
play (see aaufora) hu pfina fnttao- 
wora, is to take part in the dandng 



and drumming, but hu ehida tnaae- 
wera, singly to play as children, 

Maaio, s. (ya) (or uAmy)^ family and 
property-aU that is Wt on the decease 
of its head atid oumer (from hu aiia)f 
eibuMMa eha tnuaie, ufana «9a wm»- 
aieg wamJcaai wamaaiyef gn»mJba 
aa maaiye, but the house is siwaf 

Mane, n. prop name qf a territory 
belonging to Mdunda 8. W, cfku Mbande^ 
During the time of Salimioi it was 
governed by a female, with the name 
of Tendo. hu maaie hua Tando, 

Maaig'a, s. (ya) rainy season f 

Masilni or matUika, pi. of daihu, 
day; maaiku yonae, aU days »= dl- 
ways, 

IWaiimba, s. pi. of aimbe (ya), a large 
Uafed vegetable (Kis. maombo), 

Masincha, ehaye hamba uyu, useless 
poundings for these provisions, um- 
am'na wdnu , wanaehederSdum 
(s aenaiwa) your husbands are too 
late, (said to women pounding com 
for their husbands on their passage 
oyer the lake Niancha. 

I, S. pi. of dairaf eggs (Kis. mol). 
(see aiwe), 

MasOi s. (ya) pi. of liao or W«o, eyes 
(Kis.i<fo pi. mafo) naona duro mP- 
ma«o tnuanga, lit I find aleepiness 
in my eyes »= i am sleepy; maao 
nu$ao ; itae fn*inaao tnuaho una (n) 
hungu, aubegnia, 

MAaML, s. coll. (ya), the feathers studt 
into an arrow; hu fwnMra ntdaoa, 

maaotete, s. (ya) pi. of aa^aoa. ths 
sides qf the forehead where the hair 
recedes. 

Maaaai s. pi. of daoai (Kis. matoa^j, 
tears, 

maaaka, s. (ya) pi. of dauhu, medlars f 
The fruit of the mauhu. Living, pag. 
552. 

Maadra (v. a) to loose, to untie, to 
uitfasten,— maanrana (v.rec.) to •»- 
/ofton one another (Kis. omoa, tanua , 
tatanua^ fungua, tataniuai)g-' ma- 
(v.n.) to admit of loosing, to 
loose; ehenechahe choha. by itr 



104 



MASUWE— MBALE. 



loo96 to—; fliMforo «i u m u n i m a f- 

JMr» ftiVM^Mb — BUUMnim (T.d4 fo 
10096 for (another). — aumnliMi, 1) 
(T.Int) fo loOM loeB, ti(/Slle<«itfy; — 
9 (T*eaiis.) to eonfe one to wn f a oU m^ 
\, 8. (pro wm mt mm f) 
», s. (ya), end (ssdeefcerMo) (Kis. 
fMl#A«)/ flMnaiUlMi ha ma Uro 
oMUo, Uh w i al tfr o h%§a doiko. 



f 8. coll. (ya), 1) voice, wicu, $oimd, 
npoti; — 2) word$ (but only in their 
quality as souj^ds) (see mUtandu) (Kis. 

8. (ya) pi. of uOu, how$; hu 
dm^fu tnmAda, to carry qf one*$ 
howi, a standing expression for one 
who, according to custom, marries 
his cousin's widow, but shortly after, 
taking a dislike to her, separates. 
Uakft, s. (ya), a sUgJd eicfcnef • ind- 
dental to iitfamto, Muana ^emnga 

1, 8. (ya), pmnpilrlne, pi. of dounF 
gu (Kis. nuoango). Prov. ieka Ite^ 



, 8. pi. (ya) (no sing.) paring$, ohor 
viitgo (of the bambus-cane). 
bnro, 8. m>*mmwa iM^matea, in the 
morning, in or on the morning « ptry 
eoHg; every morn-each day; m-«u»- 
«0« mt m n ke t in morning in of ito, i.e. 
next morning, on the next day. 
UmwngtL, s. (pi. of btmaa); «mn0»m^ 
ga wuMonnga, 

, S. (pi. of ft€MtO.) 

8. (pL Of hmrm), 

or matndt or in«<ami s. 
(ya) (pL of flltoiU). The plural is iirre- 
gular; deaiU, a leqf, 
,s.(pi.of fllMiy*}. 

or mijalnjtiai, s. (ya), 
heiUationt wavoringne$$, timidttif, 

or nuNPn*, s. (pi.) (ya) sing, 
were. A ploni loltt a vory mnatt eeed. 

MMi ^'iA'^ kiMI 



qf 



f If (y ft) (pi- of fr«re), Me (reoele 
. Me iiddM'(Kis.M4 



%ooi^ yM 
p^mgudi. 



and 



t,8.(ya)(pl.M, with Ml). Tto 
fweef pota<oe (Kis. I»te«< pi. Wfl^O. 
PrOY. mu am a wu w^^^aru ni wtdo- 
ddda, M h o n g6m (contr. from uka 
ongora), wmioh&rm, msaning: the ton ^ 
qf a /tec man doee not (easily) allow 
himself to be corrected or blamed. 

Mbadi.s. 

Mkadidnt, or mafcadidiw 8.(wa) (pL 
nti—), one's, nahtre received in hirth; 
what one has been born with; mhad^ 
duewnke ngo gongorm ss he wn$ 
bompoifect, aloouoedqfwhatgrowo^ 
n.prop. 
I, s. (wa) (pi. mi), a framowoHs 
qf the ttaOco qf Qmlnea-oorn (nMiHn^ 
platted together and used for keeping 
cotton in; mbagn loa t omake^ a hole 
qf cotton (made up hi that way); «•- 
baga ton mm- m den^o, a ftole qf in 
pole, i.e. which requires a pole for 
carrying it. 

MMgr«Abif«(ady.) diedaiitfuUy, ta- 
king no notiee of (only used in goih 
nexion with the yerb *ku hidn" to 
pass by — nkida mbagmnbagm — 
as one who is in hatred with another)* 
(Perhaps derived from m and hdgn^ 
keeping at a distance as one dot or 
speck flrom an another, each being 
of a different colour). 

Mbilm (or mteffm, 8. (wa) (pi. id with 
oa), a mnratoag (Kia. nmmoot, « M< e ro) . 

Mbalmmi (or mbvami), s. (ya) (pL 
with on), a bird; mb mi am i <, tki$ 
bird; mb miami or wi>i'« ii i # ioi, 
theoe birdo (Kis.o »n><) . 

Mbalm,a(wa) (pl.«M^/ 1) a eoMln;-- 
9 a 6roMer or oiotor by diffmmd 
ffioMere on^. By different fathers no 
alteration of terms takes place, bol 
the same are used as with chiktreo 
of the same parents (see mi omga and 
w yt wi) / n< mi€ilo M mm ga, heiomg 
brother (in the mouth of a female; 
sne is my sister); 
on thefaihor'e Me, 



MBALE— MBEA* 



105 



I, s. (y» and ••), a da««i (Kis. b«H 
mtall (a<hr.) » (Kis. XmhmIo ft«NMl«); 

I, 8. (wa) (pi. m/i—)t creeping 
plant to<t& on e$culmt root Uk» the 
ea$$ada. Jt Is ealUrated and planted 
by the roots. 

Mtemtemba, s. (pi.) i.q. imabawalo 
in Kis. a kind <if beam. 

MkanelM, s. (wa) (pi. mi—), name qf a 
kind qf drum, 

Mksada, 1} s. (wa) (pi. m<— ), a fence 
(round the buildings of each family) 
(fi\8.wong€jo, •«iMw), while the kad- 
M-trees are planted round the whole 
town (see ^rtSa). 

Mbillda, s. (wa) (pl.tcra— ), name qfone 
qfthe tribee which eonetituie the Wa- 
kamdwnda, 

Mbandanchopfii, s. (wa) (pi. m<— ), a 
epedea qf tree, 

MMndtt (n. prop.) 

W ba ndUra, subsr. abstr. wHfiU denial 
and pervereUm of what one knows 
to be the truth (Kis. uango, ku kama, 
oMda, amba mbandira), (Kis. boHli, 
HnffoHa, kinea, bangia mamomo), 

Kbillda, 1) s. coll. (wa), a robbing attack, 
lit. a beating from bmUta, muntu 
Myw nlMM mbando ~ wemtu awa 
eU wm mbando; mbmnd^^eao vfoma 
eoer&rehin'na ro ffor era karekake, 
theif have got aecuetomed to their a^ 
tadee (because) you conniyed at them. 
fcg kw mmma na mbemdo, to meet with 
a robbing attatk; amU^i-gUa mbeu^ 
d»t or anoHU-ehidira fnbaetdo, they 
wa^^aid ue for an attatk, or they 
made an attack qf robbery on ue. Such 
attacks take place on the Twna- 
mountains, oyer which the way leads 
through a narrow pasA, where the 
robbers He in ambush.— 3)nMado 
s. (wa) (pl.m<— ), the eeat qf the king, 
resembling a stool, made out of one 
piece of wood (Kis. Mftf). 

Mbaadn, s. (wa) (pi. «m<), jumk (said of 
a party of cultiyators, or of assailants). 



I, s. (wa), one^ way or Woric-> 
manship of *lm bempa «n4i|I'% wa- 

(see eotumui eemimmm). 
t, s. (wa) (pi. mi-), a bat (of 
cloth woyen for the purpose) (Ki8» 
■itfcumWg or tifcwm »g ) mda m r in 
ddndeo-OfU-bide kawiri «mm m- 
bemgo, eenee: I wOJl wait mtta h$ 
qi^ende me a eeeond time, { mt U -buO' 
reee, mtem » l»a«a). 

Mkani, s. (wa) (pL mi-), a emaU etidc 
eUt atthe top, through which a piece 
of meat is put, then stuck in the ground 
before the Are, to roast (from bema), 
(Kis. ubambo toa nirnna), 

Kkim, s. (wa) (pi. mi—); 1) baremeee 
(of the head when shayed);— 2} a place 
ecorched by eitting too near the ftre; 
ku tneda mbmra, to ehaoe the head 
bare; naoda moto, napea mbatne^ 
I eat at the fire I bwrA an n^bofra^ 
i.e. I scorched myself.— S) mbara (see 
mbala, s.), a runroiwaiy; mtcnfM «iyi» 
ni mboTik-begwiia m,utmAedu» ufolM^ 
thoA man ie a run-cuoay, lock at hi$ 
gait {waenda kana mbdra), 

Mbariidi, s. (ya and M a ewitch (Kis.. 
fiito); mbaraOi ya ku kueiru frfM»m- 
be, a ewitch for tending eatUe. m6«H 
radi ea ku vnangira dhimdui^ a 
ewitch ueed in eonetmcting the roqfqf 
a native cottage, 

Mbariro, s. (wa) (pi. mi^), maeoet ys 
mb€U'irQ (Kis. kiguntba), 

Mbaaaa, s. (wa) (pi. mi—), the war-horn, 

■ mbanea ni nianga ya ngoma ku 
riea or ku imba fnbanea, to bUno 
the fnbanea (from ku banda), 

i, 8. (wa) (pi. tro— ), a hunter (espe- 
cially of elephants). 

Ibiaa, s. (wa) (pi. mi-), name efakind 
qffleh, 

I, s. (|f»and<a), a bag, made of 
m i rtt e n (Kia frnnbet^ kitun^be^^ bi-- 

fJMMwIa). 

I, S. (i.<|. mftdia). 
•,a 



106 



M'BEBE— MBIBA. 



Jl'beb*, 8. (wa) (pi. mt—), a tree qf$qft 

arid light toood, qf which floati are 

made for neU (see ndindij, 
WhhdM, s. (ya» pi. with««a), an unmarried 

woman (Kis. a^/one, nUumba nike)» 
MbedMie, s. (ya, pi. wilh ta), a sort of 

trumpet (made of the tree called m- 

bui»bt$a), 

BIbedMl, s. (yci, pi. with to), a fish-hock. 

Mbendeka, s. in or at the bend =■ all 
arouDd the inside of a honse, their 
houses being built in a circular form. 
Mhendeka mua nittm^H* yanga\ 
eidewarde, wena wa haiUa tnipfi ya 
mrbendekaf othere shoot their arrows 
along the side (of an army). 

Mb^iii, s. {wa, pi. m<— ), a knife (Kis. 
hisu)} tnbeni wa nafnanama, a 
kntfe of small, i.e. a small knife (Kis. 
hidsisu); mboni woohotnaf a knife 
which is heautifwt, fine (KIs. hiau ehe- 
*na)f mbeni wootuedaa, a knife wMch 
is sharp = a sharp knife. 

MbaiiiL 

Ittbtai (ya and sa), the cowry; uyu 
unattra tnhera hikoehake kua tn- 
funde, lit. this (one) puts cowries (on 
his or her) calabash by rows. The cow- 
ries are brought to them by the Wa- 
donga. 

Kktanikhro, s. (ya and $a), a cloth in 
which the mother carries a child at 
her back (Kis. tntteleko), 

fShnt/wHrnk or mberteoa, s. (ya and 
sa)f (Kis. makumM kunUfi^ 

BnbMa,s. (iMi| pl.fM«— ), a species tf 
creeper; the fruit is called p—a and 
is eaten. 

Mbasi, only used as predicate; banum- 
ga iki n< eha unhesi, 

Mbte, s. (ya and mi), seed (Kis. mbou), 

Mli^wa, s. (ya and 9a\ field-rats; ^inb^ 
wa is a general name and comprises. 
1) the j^M^u; 2) n%arandu0; $ flnafui«; 
4) imaUa kuere; Sj I>9ana or kafwra; 
6; kiOfwde; 7) T>»amhe (Kis. jNmla #« 

Ittbeive (n. prop.) a country qf the 
donga. 



\, s. (ya and sa), a cooking pot (Kis. 
niangu). 

Hbidfli, s. (ya, pi $a). The Zebra OKis. 
punda wneUa) mbidsi ana chen- 
eherere MnamMra bakosi, kino- 
fika ku ohiuno, lit the Zebra has a 
mane, it begins at the neck, it reaches 
to the loins* kinamtbira for kina 
yambira, 

MlMli, s. {ya and Ma), shame, disgrace 
(generally report wether good or bad-^ 
hence also "fame"), fnsidu wa gua 
wa tehnka mhiri kudali, 

Mbina, s. {ya and sa), an uncommon 
proJe<Ai<m af the botUym (Kis. komh^, 
Prov. ukenda na {n^uniu wa mbtna) 
mbina, nawe udatsora mbina, 

MWnganchira, s. (wa) (pi mM» Ht 
what obstructs the way, especially trees 
lying across one's path. 

Mbiaf o, s. (wa) (pi mi—), a row, a line; 
mbingo wa wantn, a line of men; 
Wakavndunda-ninmbaeao wmnn- 
»i-manga mbingo untodai, gnon^ 
be aiya eadea nU^ingo ntMngo, 
Want» awa wenuUcara mbingo u- 
modei ba n%udeibao; kadee nmoo 
unorgi-paara kna mbingo, 

I, s. (wa) (pi m<— ), a bad omen, 
i, S. (wa) (pi mibittkna), the 
root of the mdcmo-piant, when it is 
of about a years growth and begins 
to produce new roots, mbama wemgn 
n*na-u^{ka, anetkua mbinhua. 

Mbuii, s. (wa) (pi mi—), handle; mhini 
wa kaan^wa n4sudngoa, wa n' 
daompa Jte, (pi ntibini ga n utga a u) 
(but not of knives). 

Mbiaa, s. (ya and en), a bend, a emrve; 
mbinu ^a nUleiego; nuiengo n una 
ntbinu. 

fllbirm, s. (wa) (pi mi—), 1) a species of 
creeper, which, on an incision being 
made, emits a slimy JhUdiiy; — 2) a 
baU made qf its sUmy substance for 
play, 

BlUra, s. (ura, plM, aa), 1) a certaim 
animal; iJiL\s,pndgna)f kana wikia; 
2) a spedes qf creeper;-- 2t) a baU 
nMMta qf its sly my subitancefor play. 



MBIBI— MBUOO. 



107 



i, 8. a aubjeet 4e. (tee n^'mMrij. 

MhiringHgQ, s. 

MbMrm, s. (ya) The roturing (of iivater 
dashing against roclcs), from 'Jfett H- 
ro/* madwi ^Hra mhirim, lit Mtf 
%D<Um' eri69 a roaring (Kls.«M«ma), hu 
Rtronhue rero hunmrira inbirh'€^ 
at the Bankue it U roaring to-dajf. 

MUm, s. (wa) name of a kind of vego- 
table (Kis. mboga ya bandoa), 

PSbin, 8. (yo and #a), a round i0ood«i 

HbislAVit, 8. (wa) mmronkue oyo-m- 
fti«i<iiM tf ndiamif 

Mbise» s. (wa) lit. concealment from hu 
hUa (only used of tnoa, beer), which 
a wife has Icept in store for her hus- 
band to surprise him. 

Ittbe (seepit^Om). 

llbddo, 8. (wa) the north; hu wMdo 
alt or towarde the North, The hu with 
the m is pronounced as one syllable, 
humbodo (Kis. hihuia); mpfura yn 
mbodo inapfkmdirUf a rainfirom the 
north is warm, Patntmbodo, the of 
the north, the northern people. Of the 
WtdeamduHda Jf, of Xptmdo, S0K- 
nvini said that they never fight, going 
about without bows and arrows, while 
their spears are only the ornamental 
ones of women, called fneama. Their 
country being lower and warmer, they 
raise much cotton (for which it is too 
cold with the Wakamdunda); they also 
weave their own clothes, and are in 
the habit of washing them. Uan-hu^ 
gnioHge mbodo huiiye mp^era 
yampfumbif let the north not deceive 
you, there wiU be no heavy rtUn (be- 
cause in this country rain from the 
north is soon over and neyer cold). 

mdmbo, 8. (ya, sa), one who i$ eov&' 
Ume, greedy (denying meat to his wife 
and children) (Kis. muigni ohayo), 
n v unin uyu ni nibiMnbo; wantH 
awa ni mbonibo, Mbambo ioi »ida 
huetdet yemif theee ntbombp, they 
wiU marry whomt 

mdmo, 8. (wa) a iiwi$t, a eMh whm 
twitted, Ku eihida or hiA pa m6omo^ 



to make or form into a twtet; Uyo 
nUwngo vneke ana-u-pa mbowto, 

he formed hU beU into a twieL 

MbMide , 8. (wa) (pi. m<— ), name qf a 
kind (f vegetable. It grows spontan 
eously in swamps {doawoirei^, 

Mbo&do, 1) (N\ prop.) a country on 
the banke of the lake Nianehat w. of 
Jfguo; Mbondo kua Charunda; — 
2j 8. (wa) (pl.fM«— ); m) a path made 
by crushing down the grass by means 
of the 'hongooof* b) the trade made 
by elephants (treading down the grass). 

Mkan^M, 8. (wa) (pi. wfod— ), a mother 
in law, and danghtor in law (Ki8.«M»- 
Hd, mgue), 

MboidUimb, s. (wa) onefe peekUarity in 
ehootfng arrows (from Jb« bonia); 
«r«m«i» toa J^ioawbo wetdaiwema 



Mhodo, 8. imua) at the tangle, Mbodo 
ntuanga, at my temple; n%bo6o nwe- 
ao, at their temple; wana wataoa 
mbodOf they shot thorn in the temple; 
NB, the "m" which begins this word 
must be the prep, in or at, it is how^ 
ver inseparable from it. Mi^odo mma 
mil yunda, my temple throbe, 

IHbova, 8. iya, pi. with ea) eUng; mbora 
ya neuMi, the ettng of a bee; nubora 
oa miapta, the eUnge qf wetepe (Kis. 
till). 

MbMia, s. (wa) (pi. n»<— ), a epeeiee qf 
wHd euetard-apple tree. The fruit is not 
eaten (most lilcely from its imperfection) 
but of its wood they make fMl6«fMio, 
mleamiro and ntwntaifiiA,miomokoi 

mMUbtta, 8. (wa) (pl.fM«— ), a epedee 
qf tree qf $qft wood, 

MbvadstaifS. (wa) (s>\,toambuadoiiru), 
X) an animdl eimilar to the otter; «»- 
buadoum etdumpuka, enwdwtoaiko- 
unga wa hetdwn^ba, ~ 2^ Name 
qf an ieoiated high mountain in the 
lake Niaeea, 

WDyOMf (pL wromb—), (Kis. n^eme 
«ttfm«, %0«mei^ (see ntboda); niun^ba 
ya fnftMoro, unmarried men, 

Kltada, 8. (yaandca), a place in the 
graee which bears marks of a man 



108 



MBUDSI— MCHEMBO. 



or animal having laid there (Kis. hUa- 
lo or fndkao) anagana yaba, fnbu- 
dopahe. i; nuwo aii ba Jbofita mbu- 
do Ui ba ttngo* 

Mbndn, s. (ya and 9a\ a Hale, a lure, 
a decoy (for such baits as are pat 
into traps). 

Mbnadso, s. (ya and •<»), a plant Bimilar 
to the vetch (Kis. toho), 

Mboffiiao, s. (wa) (pi. m<— )» lit. a shaker 
or eOrrer, i.e. a piece of the stalk of 
Guinea-corn with bits fastened acrost 
at one end, used for milling or mas- 
hing l)eans. 

linnikiriro, s. an oeeasion (for strife), 
amafuma Wfuhua, dedbano tina- 
€na mbtekirirOf he was eeekifig for 
a cause (of strife), now he ?ta» found 
an oecaHon. 

Bntomba, s. (ya, sa), (i.q. mdundu, 
kindred), 

WMaaOf s. (wa) (pi. m<— ), hard brea- 
thing (Kis. upwtnuei), uaa chide m- 
biimuf, udaduurura {or diirura), 

mnma, s. (ya and »a), a pit for entrap^ 
ping animals; mhtvna ea ku gunv- 
bira niama (KiS. Hftna ?) 

Mbttpiii, s. {wffUf pi. with ea), a water- 
snake (Hydrus). 

Mburi, s. (wa) (pi. m<— ). 

Mbiim, s. (wa) (pi. tcramfrurte), a jackal 
(Kis. mbua mitut), 

MMfani,s. (wa) (pl.m<— ); 1) ^ handle, 
kiU, a shaft (only used of spears and 
swords); tnbttrt* wa ehogo; tta n* 
tttngo,— 2) name of a disease (ya, sa). 
fJL\s,0afura)f 

Mbivdri, 8. scorched Indian com (Kis. 
fMihindi galio hangoa bieij, 

mnuWi s. (wa) (pl.tco— ), one who tends 
catHe; inbuea akusa gnombe, 

WlhwA, 8. {wa, pi. ea), a goat; nibuei 
wanga, my goat; mbusi eanga, my 
goats; mbnti wa nikdoi, a sh&goat 
(KSs.ntbuei nik^; mbusi donde, a 
he-goal (you cannot say; mbuei wa 
muSmuna, a h&goaij; if 
is used, it must be preceded by 
ana; mbtui fn'modti, one goat; tM- 
bu9i wanai, four goats. 



Mlraud, 8. (wa) (pi. mi—), a parting; 
1) of the hair;^ 2^ qf the grass or of 
reeds, kii sua mbuH, to make a 
parting *n dressing the hair, or in 
reeds for the purpose of hunting the 
'Chensi," at the time of burning the 
grass; kf* remba (or lomba) mbuH, 
to cut a parting or division for the 
purpose of portioning off a piece of 
ground one is going to cultivate (see 
nUeka); mbttH fnbuisi is the reit. 
form indicative of variety only. 

MbVTe, s. (wa) (pi. wa»nbuye); grandr 
father and grandmother (Kis. babu); 
also the title given by slaves to their 
masters or owners. By way of honour 
the plural is generally used instead 
of the singular, as is the case with 
father and mother (see dade and «n«tf); 
wambuye ni badeani moa, lit ma- 
sters Ac, give me beer s= please master 
give me beer. 

VDmyo,s, the batk. Always with the 
prep, ku, kurfnbuyo kuaike ni kua 
panti, his b€u^ is broad, lit. at back 
with his (or her) it is with breadth; 
ku-tnbugokf€etke ni kna kabumpu, 
his (or her) back is round, ku-ntbupo- 
kuao konse kuna lifuMtM, their 
backs are all with dust, ku ntbuffo 
kuanga, at my b€idc, behind me {ku* 
mbngo, behind, opp. to ku dsogoro 
see dsideida); ba mbuyo, at the badt 
Na-ntr-leka ku nthftgo kuanga, I 
l^ behind me. It is also used of time = 
after. Ana buera ku kaU gode, 
deuro, ba mbuyo bdko baga. For 
ba€k when spoken of as aching "msa- 
na** is used. As an adv. mbugo seems 
to be used without any preposiUon 
(see saMdsa^, 

MchachaH, s. 

MchMva, s. (wa), the state of being it^ 
jUsted (Kis. finibisi)! wedondo 
ga wanss n'nahudidsa 
na na ntehSdua, 

MobttMhttcm (s. s adU). 
nessf narrow; dsaru i imJUi 
ehSkenohSka, si ikuru nUthba. 

MebmBbo or mtdMmbo, s. 



MCHEMA— MDEDE. 



109 



\, n.prop. 

am abUmg $hape (only 
used as predicate), Mho cha mehenr 
c*« pL vifto «to wchenphe. 

MclMBfa, 8. (wa), 1) $and; mtthere wa 
miohtnga, $ea-$aU, in contradistincL 
from mj gher e «cw gnmnsa, roet'ialt, 
and from miBhere wa ffUmboa, $aU- 
made from the ashes of reeds; Wa- 
donga wadea 'na mti&het^ wa «n- 
thenga (see 0r«Mm«a) «— 2i The name 
of a town on the Eastern bank of 
the Ntassa {Niamcha ya ku Mchenr 
ga) opposite of Maauka so called 
from the white sand, of which a large 
portion of the bank there consists. The 
inhabitants are WdMao of the Wib- 
ehanta tribe, 

■clMirtt (see mUhere). 

■dlMlkidlie, s. (wa), on«'» way qf Uam- 
ing round (from cheuha), 

■cb0Wm, 8. (wa) waehewa; ndife wa 
chewa, »i ife dinaehida ip90, w€ 
are innocmt, it is not toe who haife 
done that; nwntu ugu ni mchewa 
na-mu-onera hi/Undo. 

MdMiwwo, s. (wa) (pi. ml—), a pUaU 
with a very email eeed (Kis.mair«II«); 
^ a proper name for mtUee otUy. 

metduAm,8, (wa) (pL«ti~), hard ehit- 
ting, hard going to etool (see dupei^ 

Mchlm, 8. (wa) (pl.m<-- ), tail; mehira 
tcra ni»mhu (KIs. nthia, n%guieho), 

■cbiiM (see hiriH); mdu ya wnoM- 
riri unantfedea ehoodani^ 

MchMno (see ehiuno), (Kis. UHmo), 
in or at the hip; n^-ehiuno nnumga 
nMta-fvi'buedehaf not ehiuno ohan- 
ga ^mU huedeha <it you would 
expect, 

Mchodao, s. (wa) (pl.m#— ), name qf a 
kind qf drum, i.q. wnba/mohe, 

nchofdro, s. (wa) (pi. mi—), a pointed 
etiek for digging (it is smaller than 
the kidsahe). 

M d ia k —to, s. (wa) (pi.mi— ), (see m- 
dokonio), 

McliMBk«, s. (wa) (pi. ml—), the navel 
(Kis. IblioA*) mtehambo wa boa, m- 



eJbOfN^o wa deengOf nwhomho 
•nkotUo, nt^ombo wa kif^fu, 

Weharo, s. (see m'fteJboro). 

Wch^imiw, 8. (wa) (plmi— ), a epedee 
qf thom^tree f^\s.mbiga kuiMu), 

■dab«,s.(wa) (pl.ml— ), a mine (Kis. 
Untbo) from ku daba; tndabo nkua 
Hsiro nawa ^tdeurOf nawapupveu 

MUUUi (adj.) taU, long (referring to words 
of the fit-class); mutUu wa mi i a H ; 
a tail man (Kis. mrefu) bat m d on g a 
woodalif a high tree pi. midet^o 
yoodalif or tnidengo idaU, andotl- 
d^ngo ya idaU^ high treee (when cut 
down, long timber). 

Mdima, s. (wa), Indian com pounded 
and boiled, when first made into flour, 
it becomes dsima). 

Mdimbo, s. (wa) (pi. mi—), a lOoud 
(Kis. uwinffu), 

■danda, s. (wa) (pi. ml—), 1) a loom 
fixed into the ground;— ^ ainy ttitk 
put up for euepending thinge from; 
ntdanda wa ku onibera dearu; 
tndemda wa ku bachikira niantaf 
ku mangirira nloma mu undanda. 
8) a heaped ladlefiil of Dsima etc. 
4) a temporary hut, in which men 
sleep away from 'their families until 
the death of a relative h>is been paid 
for; leltfonl iki ui mdanda. 

lHdtagm, s. (wa) (pi. ml-), (JUmorovl), 
i.q. tadeat — 1) a kind qf btuket, 
eepedaUy for carrying fteh; undannfei 
wa ku dengera nr^leoniba; — 2) (pi. 
m^idanga), the -name qf a speeiee qf 
tree, of which mortars are made (Kis. 

fMCl<M»l). 

■danta, s. (more frequently pronoun- 
ced mdemianta); dHwe ra wMlanfa, 
mehira I weha wndanta, n&hira iei 
nea mulaMfa, Piri ra wndanieinta; 
piri iH nda wMtewiaMfa, pl.fiMiiMrl 
aha nieha wMianftmfa. 

WMawttro, s. 

MUUra, 8. (wa) (pi. mi— ), a epeciee of 
pumpkin qf an obUmg grouch, 
>, 8.(wa) (pi. mi— ). 
1, 8. 1) name qf a river, a comri- 
butary qf the Bua,*— 29 (wa) (pi. mi— ), 



110 



MDEDEKA— MDSAMPUNO. 



») a ihart piMe qf the bamboo u$ed 

a$ a powdet-JUUk; mdede tcra ongu, 

a JUUk of (or for) gium,- poiodtr; b) 

BhuUUt mdede wa ku UHra &%$S9us, 
■dadtta, s. (wa), the footer in tohieh 

grcUn hoe been aqftened /or potatding, 

used for seasoning pots, as uji iwith 

the Wajomiba (see •<rwra). 
Mded— . 1) .name of a rwer, a contri- 

btOary qfthe Birongue;—7^ i. q. deatwa, 
ndombo, s. (wa) (pl.m<— )i a pole «««2 

in carrying loads and the dead, Prov. 

ulemu ni vndemJbo-UKUefmera hon- 

ee honee; {mdembo tea ku den- 

gera m'niangaf a pcHefor carrying 

a tuek). 
Mdendo, s, 
MdOBg'eso, s. (wa), a shaking; tmn, 

tneukoeuko; linda, ubegnie, «••«- 

tawe mdengeeo. 
MdOBffO, s. (pi. mi—), a tree; mdengo 

Ufa uhuru a large tree (Kis. ntH 

nihkiba), mdengo wa buemba (Kis. 

mku€Kyu) mdengo wa tonohe (Kis. 

mbamba), 
■dttadsre (adv.) loosely {trom hu ren- 

dera); ku pfara ndearu mdendere, 
Mdoag'tee, s. (wa) (pi. m<— ), a spedes 

qf tree (fruit Ungere), 
Udenta diiime, ueor^n^gupre yoke 

muntu Uffu ni vndenta dieime pi. 

watu awa ni wadenia dieim^, 
BKdcva. 
MdererM, s. 
Mdewteo, s. (wa) (pi. mindew^re), name 

of a kind of drum, 
Mdia, partic. noun, eating ^ one toho 

eats; ehuru tki ni mdia n-kandoe 

{ehadoka ueiku), 
mdlbi, s. (wa) (pi. wi^), a pap for 

children, 
ndidi, s. (wa) (pi. mi—), the sound of 

foot-steps; tramping (Kis. kieMndo), 

mfera tnididij listen to the tramping; 

usabonde kua mdidi, uda-mu- 

urudea, do not tread heavity (else) 

you wHl make it fty off, 
ndiedsa, s. (wa) (pi. tew—), i.q.m»M««. 
ndima, s. (wa) (pi. m<— ), tAe hMirtt 

the inner part (of trees), the mind (Kis. 



«noyo, rokho\ angekdre koMra, fM- 
dtmawaike ri pf&ru, though he is a 
slame, his mind is (that of a) freeman 
(or of a man of distinction) ku aemha 
na nUUnta; ku Utnba, ku dengm 
fndinue, 

Mdima, s. (wa), darkness (Kis. kiea). 

KdiadA, s. 

MdiwkUke or mchiwidne, s. (wa), 
onefs toay of spying; uye m/eMwidae 
waike eadsiwa, 

llIdA,S. 

Mdokmiio, 8. (wa) (pl.m<— ), a tooth- 
picker, and a goad or stick with 
which to push into a hole for expel- 
ling mice. 

Mdondo, s. (wa) (pi. mi—), 1) mortar 
{K\8. kinu);— 2) (wa) (pi. mi-), name 
of a species qf tree,"— 3) uq.mdanda 
in Kis. the third day from to-day (see 
mdeinga and ndcueha), 

Mdondoron, s. (pi. m<), (see dondo- 
rQ»€); Prov, midandaroei, tnidonr 
doroei kana tndeuko Ufa fnbor 
dadtB, 

Wdongm, n. prop. (pi. Wadonga), the 
name qf a tribe, 

Mddro, s. (wa) (pi. nti^), 1) a load, qf 
what is in a bag, and what is long 
in shape as a pinga (Kis.m«^o);— 
2) used of mabira and mehewere, 
when the heads are Just enclosed in the 
leaves and ready to ehoot forth; «•«•- 
ana mdoro, pi. wana uedorOf am 
image, procured from the Portugue$$ 
(Kis. eannam), 

Mdoroairo, s. (wa), a row, a line, {ph 
«ni— ), uforendo wali mdorongo, 
the travellers are in a line; UMsniu 
waya wadaa midorango m fd o r en 
go, those men come in line, one line 
qf men after another; uf ok a dm mdm 
wali mdorongo, the f^smiture is put 
in a Une (so as to form one row.) 

MdMlriri, s. (wa) (pl.tM— ), afmnaU 
slave (see kabdro); wdkabSro and 
ufeideakaei, are such slaves as have 
been purchased, but home-bom slayes 
are called wana wa ku deana. 

MdWlmpwao, s. s muimaf 



MDSANO— MDSURO. 



Ill 



8. (wa) (pi. wadBono, 1) a 
queen;— 2) ant/ one qf the teinii^s wivee. 
S) the vaffe of anKy pHnefpal man; 
mdeano wa nihume^ the great m^ 
deamo, I.e. the queen; mdeano wa 
mffnano, pi. wadeano wagnanOf mr 
deano wa haronga (Kis. tnuana, 
mielree$)^ 

MdMflTB, s. (^ra) (pi. mi—). 

■diempa, s. (wa) (pi. ml— ), 1) a •fnew, 
tendon,*^ 2) a >{ood veeeel; hu eenga 
n%deempa or «n<ei«#tMio, to hametring 
(Kis. «n«M|Ms, ^cmo). 

BMi m dwPO, s. (wa) (pl.mi— ), the woqf 
(Kis. tnehindio), 

BUMdM, l)s. (wa) (pl.m<— )» <> eteep; 
fndeedee wa piri, p],wideedee ya 
nuMhiiH; madaffo ya mdeedee, a 
eteep, i.e. a emaU bottom;— 2) s. (wa) 
(pL «•<—), a name given to a hoe from 
the Ume it ie need until it ie worn out, 
when it Is called "vneigirif* Tcaeu- 
ranga nda ntdeedee. or lihali m- 
deedee; pl. tnagaeu yetnga neha 
mideedee or aikaii nUdeedee; also 
iMMtf iH ni ntdeedee pl. inagaeu 
aya ni mideedee. 

WldmJMt 8. (wa) (pl. mt—), a creeper, any 
creeping plant (esp. the pumpkin- 
plant) (Kis.m5M0ru, mdango). 

Mdaimpo, 8. (wa) (pl.m<— ), lit. a cove- 
Ting over the bosom, and as this is only 
worn daring pregnancy, the word is 
used of pregnancy itself (Kis. mim&a) 
wmmhaei uyn ana n^eimpo = this 
woman ie wiih child (see mtunei). 

MMlMtlw, see mdeinge. 

Wdrinche, s. 

Mdiindo, s (wa), pi. mideindo or 'mi- 
einda," 

MMngm (adv.) the third day after to- 
morrow; 1) mawa; — 2) mkuehaf — 
8) mdondof— 4) mdeinga (Kis. hee- 
ho, heeho hUtua, ntdondo mden- 
dog6a), 

llldriny, s. (wa) (pl. mi—), a river 
(Kis.m«o). 



Midrire, & hn gutdtne na mdeireT' 

(seejNMMia). 

BUabriiira, s. (wa) i.q. mtime (pl. «i- 
clflrtoi^). This pL form is used, (fel^ 
(i«<f^ina, pl. v<fi«#M««ra). 

BUtairo, s. (wa), a blade earth used in 
plaetering houeee; the first plastering 
is with red clay, over which a coat 
of mdeiro is laid. 

Mdtiai, l)s. (wa) (pl.mi— )i eoot; ma- 
hara ya n^ideiei, dead eoaie; kuna 
mideiei mideiei hu n%buyo, you 

have epote of eoot on your bade. — 
2) s. (wa) (pi. m«=), name of a epede^ 
qf tree, remarkable for a dense foliage 
and a dark green, whence their name. 

Mdsog'oro (adv.) btfore, in front Quia,. 
mbelle), 

nSdtonio, s. (wa), eeba %&-ni deonio 
mdeonio udondedea garu (for uda 
ondedea), 

WULUka; s. (wa) (pl. mi—), the eedi- 
diment qf beer (moa). The mdeokue- 
is mixed with kimera (malt), then 
boiled, made into a favoarite dish 
which is called hidukui. 

Btdsivainbiii, s. (wa) (pl.mi— ), name 
of a 'ehrub (Kis. meaea), lit. the dish- 
cleaner {deuka mbieij tnadeani yake 
ni ya ku earaeira mMei, uda, 
n%bando, meamirQ Ae, 

■dsn^o, s. (wa) (pl.m<— ), a vfoter-jair 

(Kis.«fteM«^. 
Mdadkom, s. (wa) (pl. wa—), 1) a grandr 

chOd;-^ 2) one who chases birds at 

nigJU (fL\s,mJuku)» 
Mdwindann, s. (wa). a pushing qfeaeh 

other (from ku deundana). 

flUsnadi, 8. 

flUtnnda, s. (wa) (pl. mi^), a leedk 
i^\8,meunee), 

Wdmtkn, s. (pl. mi—), that part qf a 
krUfe or native hoe, axe and hatchet 
which enters into the handle (Kis.. 
meuka), 

nMato, in the evening (see deuro)f 
mdeuro mua rero, in the evening 
qf to-day; {K\s, Jionij mdeuro mua 
mawa, in the evening of to-morrow; 



112 



MDUA— MENDHE. 



kudga Hdif wkm did he eomef 
4M$uUtMa»a flMrtftfUffv, he eame in 
the eoemiitg. 

lldto, 8. (wa) (pi. nU—), the bamboo- 
ecme tohen ycntng (see mgangara). 

Ji4nd««, 8. (wa) (pi. m<— ), a tpedee 
Q/' thorn* 

Sidiidn, s. (Myw) (pi. m<— ), the wOd 
hog; tndudu pvigidua-Ordei-forera, 
the hog eover$ itself (with grass da- 
ring the heavy rains of the rainy 
season). 

Md^knm, s. (wa) (pi. m«— ), a epeeiee 
of Inttian com; bwnanga tha wn- 
duhua, 

Sidnkiiziro, s. (wa) (pi. m#— ), hu dot- 
hura nUlukurfro, chindui U pfut^ 

• dikire-huU ySwe ySwe, 

MdlUiro, s. (wa) (pi. ana-ht&^meda m- 
duliro ndanif) (see kinnMua), 

Mimahm, s. {uj (pi. m<— ), 1) a large 
bag qf leather used for carrying the 
arrows c/thi king (see podo, the name 
of the common quiver);— 3) the thatch 
made over an ant-hOl (see twra and 
■pvihurika);^ S) fregnanqft i.e. the 
external appearance, the protuberance 
In connection totth it (see mtMnH 
and fndeempa). 

'Md^tanUrm, s. (wa) (pl.mi— )• 

.Mdnmbo. 8. (pi. mi—), the reettim, etratt- 
gut, that which is seen at« prolapsus 
ani (Kis.«^Ao). 

Mdaada, s. (wa) (pi. ml—), rieing ground. 
Hence the name Wakamdunda, the 
Highlandere, Bigh eovntry-vMnf one 
of the tribes, generally comprised un- 
der the name: WaeUa^wa, 

JUandn, s. (wa) (pi. m<-), kindred; 
mdwndu Uua mtU, kindred on the 
mother*$ Hde; wamtu awn ni n^ 
dmrn dn tooko mai = wa hua nurt 
{Kishi^laeif hininmba, mdoH). 

Illd^lni ddaln, s. (wa) a reetleee mo- 
ving about from one place to another 
(Kis. hinukauUdo). Muamauyuea- 
hara banei, tOnea md%§nka dunhn, 

Mdnata, s. gnambe iei eiU mdumiu 
mduntu, theee cattle are varioue (in 
colour). 



i,8.(wa) (pl.ii»«H, 

^ a epedee qf tree, romarkdbUfor an 

ofeneioe tmeU {see d/npHu 
MUUra (n. prop.) 
Mdvro, s. (wa) (pi. m<— ), areMngplmci; 

Uk-mdmro at the resting place (Kis. 

iciewo). 

Mebo (adv.) juet there, exaetlff there; 
uUbo mebo, Juet where you are; «m»- 
mrbtMikUa hu nUba (see d4eM^, 

KMa (v.a.) to ehaoe, to cut off (said of 
grass as well as of hair) (Kis. hu nide^, 
hu moda mbara, to ehave the head 
bare; hu meda deumbtL — "*^^ith 
(V. rec.) to ehave each other.—- moddka 
(v.n.) to eaeOy admit of ehaving, to 
turn out weU ehaved,— mM«m (v.d.) 
to ehave to or for (any one).— iiMd^- 
dsa (v. int.) to ehaoe cUverly, to be Ml- 
ful in ehavhtg. 

MbgnibL (v. a.) to break off (a morsel of 
food, such as dehna dec.)— BMgiiiaka 
(v.n.) to admit qf breaking off, to break 
eaetty, ntcety.'- mafiiiiMni (v.dj to 
break off for (another), nirhamvgwi- 
ere t^angn, uH-oiif bomebOt break 
me off mAne and leave (the rest) where 
U <9.~BMffaiMnuut(v.rec.) to break 
off one for another, — 
(v.int.) to break off much, freely f 
niedsa tuamegnie tnua mania, 
break of freeiy, dot not break off 
with fear, 

Meidaniro (contract, from maidamiro, 
and derived from 'hu idema,**), s. (ya) 
the expreeeed but oiUy pretended reaeom 
for eaXUng any one; e^f. the woman 
in calling for her husband will say: 
maOei ya f um d a, the waUr ie warm 
(come and bathe), while the true rea- 
son may be any thing else (see hugei^, 

BMbo, hu meha (see at marungn), 

M e m— m (v.n.) (Kis. «MmImIp«, gem- 
gtUha), 

(ady^ in there; hwmdei ai-H' 
>, 9ima mmnu, the pigeene home 
notfinUhed (coming out) there are etOl 
eome in, 

h s. (pi. a epeeiee itf fUUMToU). 



MENfi-^MEDllBE. 



118 



ihlt iPOfd is a formatloa like 

9b and lifiii- 
llet: U9«^, It mlefs into oombmattoo 
witb all the Tarious prefDrmaliTBi. 
prepoeitloDs and pronouns, and adds 
In each case ihe meaning of 'eef^MM^ 
or idmHeal," 

lavm (Y.n.) to tpring up, to rim oa^eT 
ike ground, to. btgiu io urmn.— mara 
daa (y.caus.) io mmm io tpriag 19. 
mtpfOra i ym moro d oa; (v.inL)i04prfNfr 
ap wM, 6MNtt|ftti2tf. 

(or m*aMra), iMvwMilro). 
\ (y.a.) io' Moottov.— maaaka (r.n.) 
io odnUt ({^ fipalloioAiy (Kis. mlMi). Ma 
dsdmua na tiHiwya, MttiMfalMk 
Ifii (krf «i%/li) (TA.) to ikeor, to 6e mm- 
Hble of, io feoL The general notion 
is: to perceive, by hearing, feding, 
smelling 4tc umimSm woohumfu (Kis. 
WMifctei); mtiit fi i woo-Ma-mfu (Kis. 
«MA«f|M/^; ntfn^Ah / hear; tg rfm /b^ 
Mom keareti; dm/a, he (or she) JbMrt; 
lUm/b, iM Jh0or; «MMim/», yoic Atfor; 
wamfa, tKey hear (JKia.hu HkSm, io 
hear); naim/kt mohdra ya^ni^huodo- 
ha, lit. I hear hunger^ it paine me, i.a 
I am paihtf¥XI^ hungry,— millBa(y. 
rec.) to hear one another, to be qfmiu- 
tual underetamdfng; umeUu awa^hu 
n^fema win* tU nunnao, nomgo wa 
«*aye.— mlika(y.n.) to he amdiUet 
to admit of — to deserye hearing, to 
be Inflaential; umimSm wa mahwndi 
•miVlMk— mftf«(y.a.) to llttm to; 
Ino H hmnfera nun$ yonee pooibOf 
I do not Itotoa to any wordt which 
are bad, hu mfera enarmeg^, pro- 
perty hm n^fera im Jli m'l 
OEiSL fAOto*, Hhtuai — 
tT.recJ to Mtton oue to amoUm (Kis. 

i(v,int.)toi<ito» 
(y.int) to 
wan, to 6« 00 oltoniton. 

Wftidw, a i0ord 4f ■tieatratioii or 
rtfNgr^ probably composed of the words 
*w. /», to 4<«, and wm H im, Mtoad, 
Mry. Them is the asaal praforraa- 
tiyo of Noons and uUectiyes, dead 
indead, may I be dead if Ac The 

JCWa««<k 



asssmration Is still 
words* 



, wtaSBtha 
are added. 



or 



ioi naa m- 



(or 
wj i i li wdMi) , a deang 
who dies wWh me). 

,s.(wa) (pl.ii»<-), a 

or JMHip< 



s. (wa) (pi. 
(lit one 



<ir 



/iMttf , go and tear am qOT gome 



A0. (SAe,^MMM4)l 

(seepii^y. 

Wfad— i (Ki8.JlMrtiH gatU), 

BUH (or mf fli), s. («00^ pi. «l), the rtoor- 
horee; m/B tiyw (this); (pi. m/B 
ttMe rlMT-AorMf ) (Kis. fc<Mi»o) pi. < 
and toi. 

Mfttda , 8. IbM lima mAMa, to eamooto 
leaving the gr o u nd level, without ma- 
king a tamha or UmImw 

HUViAo (see mp!/\Mto) (Jbw p/WAi). 

WffMirm (ady.) ftoefewonl; hu h u era 
m/IMwra, to ^ docfcivard, to back 
one'sself , while Csdng the enemy (see 
) 



heieabruue 
/Mom, he Jlees not, he only 6acfct 

a. 
s. 

», s. (ya, pi. with m), MIowt; 

nt^Segudm pa hu p^t gud i ru JWtfete- 

ro (Kis. m^rWaV 
MfUnuMi, s. white and large headef 
WlUma; s. (ya, pL with aa), a widber- 

net (Kis. toma); o^Wma oa 

hui »a hu 



Mflbaka mMaka (or rather «M|»/Wm- 

fte mp/Wmde), s. poieder, daef (of trees 
eaten by worms), or of what Is sawn, 
saw-dust; on d oa na hum 
hideaki, le. la hOiowing oat a 

8 



114 



MPUMO— M-GNOMBE. 



I^ 8. {wa, pi. witli Ml), a UUe af 
reip^ given iy the younger to the 
older, hut etpeeUMy to rich omd in- 
flucMtUA mm, u^umu wa bemo-u 
ahabadoa-^i ntmama, dsdbano o- 
d9iwa umana (for hu tnanaf) Ut. 
Mfumu qf hare tkU had been Ubend, 
when he too* a ehOd (= yoang), now 
he know$ niggordnees. Mfwmu isi •« 
ban<^9i §i'»1r-nkofnera ine, WUthSiO 
JQfWmii of here theee, not they (to) me 
mre good (to) me »= they do not pUaee 
me. The plural ur<ni»/Wm« seems aiso 
to be in use: ufa/Wmu uhUu or mr- 
/WmuMotu, our great men. Mfumtn^ 
oatn Binamika hu di? Wantfumu 
wonee oK the great men, Jfyendoo ni 
tnfwmu hua yeka, he also ie an ho- 
nourable man when he ie alone. 

HftmdA, s. (wa) (pi. n»i~). hu Hra m- 
fUndef Wawisa Hwaeh^ha tni- 
fund%, 

nftmdo, rather hifumtdo, s. grUf, ecr- 
row; wnakufa na kifundo; etna 
eJktfda Uifundo; kifUndo ulinaeho 
uda-n^kidid»a dsoga nwuanawaho 
(Kis. eimdH^ 

Btttangm, s. (ya, sa), 1) Part ef one^e 
eUtth made looee on the waitt for the 
purpou of uitfdUtlng any thing (Kis. 
bindo)i ohida unfunga, nt-ku^^ttrt- 
reg amaara w^-bm ntfUngOf he put 
in where the fnfianga; dgaru i ni- 
kamehaneha w^/Unga iHym tn^ainr 
ga^ tMe eUtth ie too narrow for making 
a ntfwnga,-^ 2) Trop. eomnOiMig ro- 
tained or kept back, a remainder. 
Mam ya-'ngi pooa »ia unfunga (or 
yooa €fea nikude\ what taXk ie thi$ 
ofwkUh nothing ie kept bade (or which 
pats no remainder). 

MAmtev, s. (w^) (pi. mU-)^ a tree with 
an odiferoue wood (see ki^nunu), 

Mftva; s' ntfura ina winda^ inadanr 
ga; fnfura ya n%apfu dipfudi (Kis. 
n^nwaea ya nti^ia), 

(orm-pflnmi} (8eej9AM^)r (Kis. 



K-fa4l, in the middle, in the nUdH 
(see gadi^ imide, wttMn ; w^-getdi (or 
wiiketH^inamHwe,intideiti$hoOow. 

BVfifm, s. (wa) (pl.«M»— ), one who i$ 
very partieular, eloee-Jleted, pareimo^ 
nUme (see hu gaga\ wye ni mgdga, 
oatreha dake. 

MgioDMf name qf a country, about 2 
days N. R of M-pande. 

mriaia, s. (wa) (pl.mf- ), beade; mi- 
gamda ya nkofni^ many beade (Kis. 
uekanga); nkiganda will be used 
when heaps of beads are seen at the 
trading place; n^fonda is collectire 
in its meaning, but when mfmodei 
is added, it becomes a singular, m- 
ganda mfnukdei, one bead, 

Mgandanlnurn, s. (pi. mi->), name of 
a tru. 

M^nyira, s. (wa) (pi. nU—), the ham- 
boo-cane when more than a year old, 
(in contradistinction to 'mdua*'). 

Mganyo, s. {mkmtgo), (wa) (pi. nU-), 
a lion, 

MfAo. s. (wa) (pi. m<— )» 1) telvedge, bor- 
der (of a cloth) (Kis. ubinda); mgaa 
Ufa n-dearu; dearu yanga ineuna^ 
euka murn^gao ; — 2) a kind of ladU, 
formed out of a long-neclced pumpkin 
n%gdo wa hu bumpuHra maa. De- 
rived from gauftk 

IVfisimgiiL 

Wyntori, s. (wa) (pl.mf— )i «» anginal 

of the Unard kind, but rather large 

(Kis. mb u r u kongtH, 
BifniailClllMI « twngu uf umd o. 
■-fiilmid0, at one*9 feet (9ee mmeee 

do); ba^n^-gniando, that part of a 

cottage which ie oppoette the door; 

emarni-ikira kintu iki 



gniendo nw§ahO'4bogmiodea» 

K-fiMmba mrgmomhe, a multitude 
qfcatOe, litfR catOe in eattU; 



be w^-ifnombOf go my huebandrlet ue 
§ee (ourselves) within cattle, i.e. go, 
travel, to procure us some cattle. 



MGNOMA— MIKDITI. 



115 



fSgn&mm, s. (wa) (pl.wU— ), a log qf 
wood hoUowed out and used ob a hive 
(Kis. ntdHnga), vngnama wa hu 
baehikira ntuehi. 

Wgn&Bio (a4i). Utile amaUf wwnai 
wagnanOf and wad4»de wagfunutf 
uyunitnlongo wangatoamgnonOf 
dina dsiMdisana, 

MC^biw, s. (wa) (pi. nU—), 1) the neek 
qf a ealabfMh or a pumpkin; — ^ a 
necked edtaboBh (in contradistiiiction 
from a kipfwru, the neck of which 
is cut off), 9ng6bue tea kiho, «ra 
fnuangoMlrag mgobue u ni woo- 
daii; nUgdbue i meha ifuM, 

MCdg», s. (wa) (pl.m<— ). (i.q.«Vtifira 
see), the latter however seems to be 
more generally used for the ditches 
made In planting the XMid«o-hedges. 

Mff^SrOtS. (wa) (pl.m<— ), ifnmk (of a 
tree); niavna inamha mur^mgogo, 

the animal went into (the hole of) a 
trunk (Kis. gogo). 

Wg6g6daL (n. prop.) name of a territory 
on the banke cfthe lake Niatea. Mgo- 
goda hua Maonga (its chief or king). 
Ifianoha ya hu Nguo na Niancha 
ya hu Mgogoda ni mutundendef 
the Niancha of Nguo and of Mgogoda 
are bordering upon each other, 

Mfocodere, s. (wa) (pi. ml—), termUee 
in a certain stage, hina tnigogodere 
ehuru ihi-nd%o watehurdo midway 
tneiia sihaduruhaf this amt-hiU has 
"migogodere," it is theee which open 
the hoies, when the Imoa wiU come 
out. 

Wgogod»,s. 

Mffome, hu basa nguaro n^gofne, 

Wgommt s. echo, 

MfomteOi s. (wa) (pi. m<— ), lit that on 
which one sleeps, i.e.the evening meal 
(Kis. hifio, hieUio) (from hu gonora); 
fnigonSro ya Wamardviuin^deom- 
baf the evening meals qf the Warner- 
rami are fish, 

BOtcrendno, s. (wa) (pi. mi—), snoring; 
ku lisa (or risa) tng&nono, to snore. 



K-gudii, in tJie ear, composed of m 
and hUduf hu gonta 9n-gudUf lit 
to be short of hearing, i.e. to be deat 

Wfffig«f s. (wa) (pi. nU—); 1) trade (left 
by a tree which is dragged along the 
ground); — 2) a fwrowlor cut; a guUg, 
made by running water; — ^ a smaU 
ditch made for planting a hedge, or 
from turning olT the water trom their 
houses. Madsi yad9a im^n i m m b m , 
guntba mguga (or n^6ga). 

MirvffV, S. (Kis. mdeuga f) 

Bi^iiirigiiirl (mknirikairi} (Kis.«a!A« f\ 

Mgriiiiilii, s. (wa) (p). m<— ), depth, hoOow 
(lit what is dug out, from hu gumba), 
I>s4nhua i ina tnguvnbi, this basket 
has a depth = it is deep (in contradist. 
from a deenhua yootaeardra), 

MinBiidn, s. the noise or sound made by 
pounding. 

M^tmlni, s. (wa) (pl.«n<— ), a piece qf 
bamboo-cane, or any other smooth 
wood used for beating clothes in was- 
hing, tngunhu wa hu gawtita n~ 
dsaru. 

Miadaribra (v.n.) 
MiaUla (v.n.) 

Midara, s. pi. (ya), polygamy; hu fcu- 
ada nUdara. hu oA<da midara (pi. 
of mdara), the signification qf which 
is, no doubt, figurative. 

MidAwa (n.prop.) name of a country 
VI t days* journey 8. W. The inhabi- 
tants are Wamudle and are subject 
to king Undi who resides at Mano. 

BUdAmo, name qf a country IVt days 
N. W, of Mpande. The people of Mi- 
deme are famous for planting their 
kadse-trees in very straight lines — 
wherefore one will say: diyoni di- 
psare nrhadeo KimidonM, 

llSidvro 



f • 



MiffiUAlido, (pi. of mwendo), legs,feeL 
MOniiti. s. pi. (ya, clouds covering the 
sky ail over). The mip^tpfu etto in 
oonneotton with hungu and tnp^- 
ra ya fudifudi, but the mikuitiaxe 
dry. Bero deua eiri-ansha huli 
fnihuiti- 

8* 



116 



MIMBA— MKAU. 



s. (ya. za); 1) bOly;— 2) ftrMdM 
or Mdth (of clothes], nUmtbrn ya f^ 
damru i Hkiumha. The hrMdih qf 
ikU cMk I do not like, Prov. imMtm 

Bnta mimba, protmberaiieeB, vm- 
veimet; mMni u uli pUnnba mimba, 
9vtbubiff€ma, d9aru i Hna-t-hu9m 

Bantams. (pi. ya) (slDg.i not in use,) 
a pUmt with a root HmUar to the 
eateada, hut much superior to it, 
teh^rtfore it i$ much aUUftated, while 
the latter seareely receioei cmy attention, 
Mtmhu tuhirtike Hna ehSa ehSa 
(or peSa), 

Bbs (v.a.) to blow (one's nose) (Kis. 
ku fkt» hameteti. NB, the word 
"puno" (nose) need not to he added 
in Kiniassa. 

Baclni (mlndv), s. (ya) (sing, is not in 
use) germe (see <l«o0ra). 



I, s. <fc adr. ffrudineee, selflshnees 
(see hig€Kr^fua)f never knowing what 
is enough (Kis. 5u6a), uye cmmk nUn- 
dwi hu^ne huSne, that one has 
greediness very much, i.e. that one is 
very greedy. 

(v.n.) to admit qf blowing (see 
Y.a.)— minUlHi (v. int.) to blow 
forcibly. 

flpylbpfb, s. tp\, ya), the behtg covered 
att Offer (the slcy) (see fufu or pJStp^), 
Sero httna ehida nvlpfiepfu s it 
is very clcudy to-deuy; hua oMda 
mippitp^ rero, it is getting doudy 
to-day. NB. The word is used only 
of those days on which the son is 
not seen at ail. 

Mnara, s. (ya), beer in at state offer- 
mentation On contradist from m pv wn ' 
de), mda tea nUrara, 

mll^ffa (see nUega), 
i, s. (pi. ya), 1) brittlenes (of iron); 
Uidewro iki hina nviriri (it is hi- 
6aya in Kis.) — 2i Trop. peevishness, 
wMMtfwtiyM afta imMri, said cfone 
who is easily offended (see tegnia), \ 



The iron of Mp e m de (my reporter 
says, there is plenty) has nUriri, 
wherefore they proeare their hoes 
from the Wambos. NR, m Urir i seems 

to be the pi. of mUH {ornm^rij which 
is one of the names for small pox. 

MinndA, s. (pi. of mdeiiUUk), the ham- 
string; h u m demm gnombe wtiHmdo. 

BUmi (n. prop.) ttf a country; hu Mieu, 
at Mieu or in Misuf— two days 
distance 8, W. from Mpande, Bale is 
about half a day's distance further on. 

I.S. 

(v.n.) 
(v.) 9»« mha), to go awaiy, to set 
out, to suvrt (Kis. ofidoiMi)..— mkim 
mkini (y.cont) to go farther; deenge 
lanthirainkiranthideett JBfi-ueidea 
9%i eamhire tno ufoead»i$va, give 
me information (about the country); 
I want to go to, leet I go in igno- 
rance, — mM<il« (y.) (Kis. ondon) 
tnupfi nuo una mkidea hudeUi, 

Dn, the. 2) pers. pi. if ye; endedee 
and nikidee, the opt of the verb 
intens. of *ku endaf* and hu mka, 
Ikade, s. (wa) (pi. m<— ), an earthen 
vessel, exclusively kept by a wife for 
her hiMbaed to wash himself; mketde 
wa vn-tubi, lit a jar of in the body, 
i.e. for washing the whole body; m- 
hade urn n^^nuuo, lit a Jar qf in 
the eyes, i.e./or washing the face and 



(adU.) violent, fierce; the word is 
only used of men and anUnals not 
of things, as in Kisuahili. Muntu 
wa mhali, a violent or fterce man, 
but wemtu weihedi, vidUtd men. In 
the sing, the word is construed wHh 
a genitive. Muntu mgu n hmm m- 
heM huSnS hwfne, this i$ a very 
violent man; d an do wa mkeOif a 
Jleree buck (pi. tt md an d a wethaU^; 
gnonibe wa mUsaU ueadee nmtge 
b ak v r a hamga, lit a fUres cow or 
buUoek, do not come with Mm or her 
into my enclosure (pi. gnomha #a 
eikali, fierce cattle; waem h eiHwi 



MEAMA— MKUNOI. 



117 



XmiM), a violent womtm (pi. wakasi 
waJMEML 

italina, name qf a couaUry about » days 
N, R of Mpandm. 

n. gent, (wa) (pi. «r*— ). 
I, *» £Ae mouth — (sec Ibdmoa) 
(Kis. hdnoa), Prov. •tfwrera n«i|f«, 
•afa fn-hdnnoaf ubuSre nasOf sport 
vftth the Jabberer (lit. with one who 
does not finish in the mouth) and 
you will return with them, i.e. sports, 
i.e. you will never finish. 

Daaifo, 8, (wa) (pl.m<— )» aUon (Kis. 
Hmba), 

lakarakiAMi, s. (wa) (plnU—), a kind 
qf beans (Kis.ilur<). 
lUrin, s. (wa) iplvra—), one who is 
is setUed or established at any place, 
i, s. (wa) (pi.«ti— ), a quiU, 
(that) ioUMn the hoe (see haou), 
I. 8. (wa) (pi. wahasi^i, f emote, 
uwnan, wife; nikeioi wanga, mr 
haoi wdkOf nUcmoi toahe, nty, 
thy, his wife. When spolcen of in 
general, it is wamkasif gnombe 
wa nthaoi, a eow. 
WWliWlf, s. (wa) (pi. tea—), a wo- 
man indeed; unahuetda unaaona, 
dione fnhaeikasi, lit. thou- ha»t 
married, thou hast seen, i,e. thou hast 
married again indeed, (but now) let 
us see, who will prove the best woman 
(speech of a woman to her husband 
who has married an other wife), ni 
upfe utt naho nUtaetkaoi oadere 
aba, you are not eleafiUy, a real 
woman is not like this. 
imridia (v.a.) fnpfura i yamkidea 
hu oMda hiwdrawdra, 

i, 8. (Kis. vnetangu f) 

(see fidba). 

i.8.(wa) (pl.m<— ), the female of 

amy aitfinal after they ham had young; 

unikada wa bUraf w t k oda wa nn 

kukui mkoda t^a garu Jbe, (see 



-), wrine (Kis. 



). 

», s. (wa) (pi. 
nUkqfo), 



S s. (wa) (pl.m#— ), the 90smA 
qf approaching rain; the whiM of a 
passing arrow; mfsra mlpakotno- 
mpfura yadea, from, ku kokomm)f 
nidnkoa ina mkokomo, 
i, 8. (K4s. tnehindo), 

i, s. (wa) (pi. mi—), rimibor- 
der; mkoniboro wa kibo, 

Mkomvtea, s. (wa) (pl.wa~), a son 
in law, 

M-konde (see konde) (Kis. mdiUHj, 

MkmkgO, S. (Kis. kando kando f) 

■-konf mio, in or at the knees (see 
kongono). 

Wkdnip, n. (wa) (pi. «•*—), fhUt-stalk; 
mikonio ya maungu, the ataUcs of 
pumpkins, 

Mkda, s. (wa) (pi. m<H sffurif 
i, s. (see fn'nkuanij, 

I, s.(wa) (pl.mtf— ), name 
qf a species of tree, very high and 
branchless to the top, Prov. ku den- 
gana na nikuarangua oudm utm» 

Mkabe.s. 

BPriicha (adv.) the day after to-morrow 
(Kis. keaha k^toa and Su9i\. 

Mkndft, 8. (wa) (pl.«t»<— )> ^ guodgw- 
do in Kis. and Kinika. 

MkMe, 8. (wa), remainder of food; m^ 
kudo wa niama, 

Mkadn, ku gonta nikudu, 

nkoende, s. (pi. mi—), a bag made qf 
the fibres qf the Oamponi-tree. 

Mkdlflriiia, s. (wa) (pi. mi—), 

Madra, in queet, in search q/ter/'lco- 
ya mat nirim'kuira, sOdsiwUca 
anadenga, I am in search after it, 
bull he is not known whether he has 
carried it qf; nape dadea, diHtn- 
kuira; nane nadsa, nilimrkuh'a, 

HbnknBl, s. (wa) (pi. mi — ), traa (of 
a serpent), mkukuni ni wa mden- 
go kurkwkttra, the mark ^ft behind 
by any thing rubbing againet the body, 
or trailing on the ground, as branches 
qf a tree, fh>m kukume^, 

Mkambi, S. nohira ya mkumbi, a 
hoUow way. 

WDBsmM, 8. (wa) (pi. mi—), a spedes qf 
tree. 



118 



MKUNGU— MLIRl. 



li S. (pi. ivakungu), a ikitf 
perhaps sing, wtfnkunffu (Kis. muifi), 
uyu i$eHda hana m'hungu, sank- 
f&ha mdidi, 

WknagmHtUi (see gunQudsa). 

BDrani^lMi, S. {mua), mhungust umu- 
nUntngtisi unto. 

Mkape, mka kuanu — uka hiMigi- 
he — gona rnkupe 9aHb<Mdali (Kis. 
hu lata na hu cha si fnbali, Prov.) 

MUm (s. <fc adj.) 1} large, great; nwtn- 
tu tea mhurUf a great fMvn aUmt 
and rich (Kis. nikii, fn'nene), muntu 
nanuMnama, a wiaU man;— ^ elder, 
older; Igendso ni nikuru bayeka; 
tnkwru tvanga, my elder brother. 
mkammimba (acy.) large-beUied, 
WkAm, 8. (wa) (pi. mtf— }, a string of lea- 
ther, or nikusi wa kikuruo and «t»- 
kuei tffa kikui, (Kis. vnehlpi tea 
ngtio), 

MkAta, s. (wa) (pi. vni—^ name (tf a epe- 
cies qf tree, remarkable for its good 
fire wood and ashes, from which a 
paint is made with which they deco- 
rate the walls of their houses (see ku 
eitrnga). 

Mkvyn, s. (wa) (pi. «»<—), a species cf 

tree; bearing a fruit like red apples. 
mialagimmba (s. <£ adj.) (see msebe), 
Mlalftra, ku enda mlalika; ku te- 

tega na mlalika (see walika), 
Mtombe. s. (wa) (pi. mi-^^ a species qf 

tree, {Iq.mhuyu in Kis.) 
MUmv. s. (wa) (pi. wa—% brother and 

sister in law (Kis. shemegi). 
Bnaadampnno {pi war-), aUttleani 

mal (Kis. dungud-ungu), 

maadn, s. (wa) (pi. m<— ), a dispute, 
debate, controversy^ a concern, an af- 
fair (especially as to debts), from ku 
landa (Kis. kisasi), 

Mlanyill , s. (wa) (pi. my—); Turkey 

red cloth, 
Mtai, s. (wa) (pl.tn<~), (Kis. mua), 
BDaalft ? mgamga mhe ? iMdumba too* 

•Itftu ? nikiremba (see namkunhui 

and signanga). 



Ml^ga (or nureffa), (wa) (pi. mi^\ lit 
a yielding, a leaving; 1) .The track 
made by rats and other animals in 
the thatching of a cottage and in the 
standing grass or reeds;— 2) asmaU 
furrow cut with a hoe; ku linut nti- 
leka or nUleka ntileka, is to cut 
small furrows in a piece of ground 
to be cultivated, which run parallel 
to each other and divide the place 
into narrow strips, each of which is 
taken up by a different person to fi- 
nish it This way of agriculture seems 
to be peculiar to the Waniassa. 

MlembMve, s. (wa) one^s way of cut- 
ting (ivory rings). WorTcmanship as to 
cutting (ivory rings); waomba wonse 
wadsiwana nUenkbeduo woo, (The 
pi. seems not to be in use.) 

ll P el e mlia, s. (wa) (pi. wa—), (i.q. m'- 
niamada, a youth, a young man), 

Mtombero, S. (wa) (pi. mi—), nOomhero 
n'kua ku lomhera n-dsinut, 

Mlole (or Bflttra, m*r«r6), (only used 
as nomen rectum), mildness, genUeness 
(seer era); ntau aga neha nUSre; 
ku bonia kua nUSle; t««a-n»-<l«<M»- 
gamike dstmgamike, nutugaheya 
mrere = ana n%au yooresa (see resti), 

Mleima. s. (a) (pL mi—), a bat (Kis. 
pobof) 

IHlendo (iiireiid«)i s. (wa) (pi. we^—)^ 
a traveller, a stranger, trom ku renda 
or lenda (Kis. wtoJItoro, n^goni), 

Wlmd, s, (wa) one who brings u/p chU- 
dren; n%badse ugu ndiye nUesi wa 
muana (see amene), 

Mlow6dvo, s. (wa) on^s way qf tnor 
ding a missile (from ku lewa); diye 
dibonivre maUnhba, di-mu-ono mr 
lewedue. 

Mlindidve, s. (wa) one^s way qf wat^ 
ching on a ploMtation ^. mU n d iduo 
waHo ngodore yabo nUindidue, 

MUaca {nudagt^, s. (wa). 

Mliri (nuifi), s. (wa) smaUrpcx, i,q, 
tomba (pi. nUriri), (Kis. ndw(^; ana- 
guidoa na nUiri nUiri; wana gui- 
doa na nUiri or n-tomba. 



MLIRIDUB— M'NCHIRI. 



119 



I, & (wa) fmtf% loay vr wiie/b in 
trginig; the sound pecaliar to man 
and animal in uttering their voices 
(from fcM liTOf to cry) (see hid9ud9a), 

mta, s. (wa) (,pl. m<— ), a sort qf beU 
worn by youths (Ki«. muangMa) Wke 
those of the Wakamtia. 

BDomba (n. prop.) a town or vUlage in 
the Maravi-country. 

MnomOi s. (wa) (pl.«ntf=), Up (Kis.mw- 
omo), nUomo wa kun9i, the under 
lip; fnlomo hu tntuinUHtf the upper 
l^ (Kis.«ntM»mo ukandof) 

Mldiiide, s. (wa) (pi. m<— ^), a tree (jsee 
pfiga). 

BDong'eni, S. (wa) (pi. waiangera), a 
middle aged person (Kis. wahan^o) 
fnuniu uyu ni nilongera* 

Mloiif o. 6. (wa) (pi. waUmgo), a term 
oftdy need between brother and titter, 
A sister calls tier brother her mlongo 
{w»rong9) and vice versa, but her 
sister she calls her nepAa, Sisters 
therefore who have no brother will 
say: diriyo ntlongo, toe have no 
brother — - and brothers without a 
sister will likewise say: diripe «m- 
iongo, toe AoM no titter; nU»ngo 
^anga wa mhi%trH, my eULer titter, 
when a maU it tptaHang; my elder 
brother, when a female it tpeaking; 
mi nUongaweu^ga or walongo wanr- 
ga^^oadede wettu ti m*fnodtit our 
fathert are not one, but when the 
mother is not the same, the word 
mbaU (cousin) is used; ntimHfo wcm- 
ga wa ntgm^no, my younger titter 
(resp. brother). Mlongo wanga uya 
ni fnptutnga, nUongo wanga wa 
mihuru didadtetditana, my eider 
titter (resp. brother) bom next before 
mei nUongo wanga ni nvuetngm, 
my younger brother or titter; tnloit^ 
go wanga ntdtirittrOf my brother ^ke. 
the youngett (see fnpOa IL) 

BDdal, t. (wa) (pi. mi—), a tpeeiet qf 
ereeper — uted at ropet for twingt 
end in buOding, Its mennbodta Is 
mixed with flour of mawere and 



boiled into a ehin paste, and taken 
as a remedy against dysentery. 

flOiuni (see mrutu), 

Snandv, S. (wa) (pi. m<— )^ nUnndu wa 
ehigo, nUundu ura wbeuHro, 

Mliuiir^UUi, s. (wa) (p1.m<->), a tpeeiet 
qf tree, growing on the bankt ofrivert, 
Biteai (pLtcramoi) mother, 

fB^maakgidno, s. (wa), oneft way in bin- 
ding or tying, from hu manga; «n'- 
nutngiduewao weuUinumga pfoo- 
hon%a, at to their binding they bound 
it very weU, 

IVmaravi, s. (pl.iro—), the name given 
by the iribet E, qf the Niatta to thote 
in the ^wett, including not only the 
Wamaraot proper, btU alto the Wa- 
kamdunda, 

BPmawa (see mawa) (adv.) to morrow 
(see'bueraf) (Jli\s,thangatif) 

KmhOd, 8. (wa) (pi. wambihi), tubjeett 
(sing, minister). 

Bl'mtai, 8. (wa) (bl. mi—), the Uade of 
graint. The word denotes the second 
stage of growth (Kis. m*m4a), 1) dtoga; 
2) nt'mera; — 3) nutgadti; — ^ nto- 
bira, bamanga or nwhewere So, 
Bamangeufhanga -nt'nterawahe n- 
gohoma, 

Biteero, s. 

Biteodti, one (Kis. m*meja), 

Bi*iui|ra, s. 

titnamiaixo, s. (wa) (pi.) pretence; uea- 
ni ohidire ehedora ni m^nami^iro 
wa mwana, 

MtlUkndsi, s. (wa) (pi. wanemdti), a no- 
tive; vn-na-ndti, one with country, 
i.e. one of the same country. The word 
may also be a contraction from «immi- 
ndndsi. 

Bfiuiwe. 

IB^ncbbtm, s. (wa) (plwancMra), afeh 
ther^n-law (to the husband only; the 
father in-law to the wife is: dode- 
ur€tk€ tpa mudwUinm weuiga), 

n^chixl, s. {ngu) (pi. minohiri), a tpe- 
eiet of wild animal (Lq. bwuho in 
Kinika). 



120 



M'NGHOBO— MONSA. 



»,8. (wa) (pi. m<iMiftor«), one 
qfthe Btripi tf gr o m nd , intowkieh the 
whole is dMdeA when being cuUtooM 
{aeenUehu and ndime), 
KnmMAm, s. (wa); 1) ome^e way qf 
epeaking,^— 2) generdUy language, ewr 
deiwa m^*n«nedue ivatti yu (for u>ar 
tu «i), nt*n€n9due ndiwe JPndeenga, 
do you not know our language — are 
gou a MniSLeengaf (pi. Wandeengal) 

Mliffili, s. (wa) (pi. vwnlgdli), a Judge; 
deiko lino Uriye tvangdli, this coun- 
try is without judges. 

Kngmf (or m'nchMre), the find qf 
sugarcane, qf nHiMra-stalks Ac 

Wkifm, n. gent. (pi. Wangwru\ a nor 
me given by the tribes W,qfthe Niassa 
to those in the R including both Wa- 
hiao and Wqjomba. 

Miiiama4a, s. (wa) (pi. urflk-), a young 
man, a youth (Kis. mfulana, hirimu), 

VttdkDgtL, s. (wa) (pi. m«~), the tusk 
qf the elephant (Kis. pembe), mnianga 
wa n&hapfu (see niamgtij, 

M'nlmdo, Homo la ha wtfniendo 
(Kis. mhelle ea nUango). 

BPlli4MltO, s. {u, toa), damp, dampness; 
hua wunika unnionto Ufupfura Hi 
hafupi (it it emeiUs dampness; le, it 
striices damp), the rain is near. 

XwHauad, s. (wa) (pi. nUnr-), the leanee 
qfthe pumpkin-plant, used as a vege- 
table. 

n^olb. s. (wa) (pl.«ti— ), 1) a lump qf 
Jlesh;^ 3) any fleshy part qf the hu- 
man body (meat without bone); cmo- 
n% rae a nUnofn, 

MdotMiw, s. (wa) ontfs way qf shar- 
pening (sl Icnife &c.) 

MhuM, 8. (not ne€i^ (pl.urcMMa), feaow- 
man; see inst at 'neaJ* 

MMmtgn, s. (wa) (pi. nUniongu), a 
spedee of blade bird (i.q. nUamba in 
ips.) They say that he is fond of cha- 
sing the common hawk in order to 
prevent it fi'om seizing upon chickem. 
m^'tongu asegera udei^ is fond qf 
•mofee. 



n^tnaht^s, (wa) (pl.«cMm«0m»a), < 
try-bom slanes, i.q. wana wa hu 
deano. NB. kabaro is only one whom 
you have bought yourself. (Kis.*«Mli- 
mtu pi, mar-) 

BHata, s. (wa) (pL wantu), a man, i.e. a 
human being. 

MMa-we (formUta hv«), man thou, 
"Du Mensche»^cind'* in German, thou 
son of man. 

Me, in qf. 

Blda (Y.) [hH nUSa), to drink.— mo4km 
(T.n.) to be drinkctble; madei aya ear 
moOea, cma p/mn^.— lli06dMl(y.C} 
to give drink (Kis. hu niia, no4ea). 

Mda, s. drink, a beverage , liquor (of 

mtama J^,pon%be), 
Hda, b&mife, bo moSbo, hSmoe, Mo- 

tno^ko, fn&nUfe (or mdm^Mj (see «ne 

and mono), 
Kodo (moto) s. (wa) (pi. m*—\ fire, 
■odii (Kis.nMt;a)v-- modM modiL 
(Kis. nMNfpe). 

ro (moko?), Uu deara mogo (Kis. 
hu Jaa telle; hu ika mogo (Kis. 
tumbika), 

i, inu fneha (see ha). 



Womba, s. (wa) (pi. miamba)f rn ' om t a 
toa hu berera ton^of gnoutbo wa 
mehira wa n^mba, a cow with a 
whUe taa (the momba getting bright 
by use). 

Wombo, s. (wa) (pL nU-), Kimaravt 
\a\. gampa n iin Kikd.) hunanUombo 
ffa nhani hu Midawek 

WUmAb (adv.) 9inee,from the time that, 
(generally followed by kale or some 
other term, by whhh time is specified). 
ueon wie uw budira halo wotwwmho 

mgmUknm) (Ki8.«MdMi»- 
di maehanya or UH}. 
r«.8.(wa). 

i, s. (wa) (pi. m<0Mo), (Liyingtt. SUfe; 
fnano wa hu pfuuHra n-^eom ba . 
BlMiaa (V.) hibanOa hima u^onaa; 
fnupfi wa «M«n#a. 



MONSE— MPUA. 



121 



I, contract from the prep, m and 

^, in qf ss $o a$ to. 
■oddi, 1.q. moadia, but le$9 Btrxmg im 

Moodia, within say — from the part 
nnto and the verb dSa s=z in order 
that; ndenda (contr. from ntktenda) 
ukftadira nuHtdia Hngakare eh€»^, 
Ht. Itimt to marry (you), in order that 
I might not h€ empty (alone), meaning: 
but I did not like you, mtusa asun- 
ga gnombo, moSdi 9i9a-n%-»ombe, 
HkatnMta tn'nvundaf pseira aha, fto- 
httdia basa-fn^^ianse, Bfeeep here 
where to My, le,in order that it may 
not diegutt him; nenda diSrofnoo- 
d6a eingahare na ncKdra, I go 
(contr. from naonda) eating^ i.e. luritt 
eat (just) in order that I may not be 
with hunger, meaning.' but 1 do not 
lilce this food. Ifearu i fui-i-ffwrira, 
moodia Hngahiwre na fnaii»4ohef 
I buy this eloth Gust) in order that I 
may not be with nakednees, but I do 
not like it 

M9lakdi& (N. prop.) 

Mpaagm (see mpuanga), s. (see *«• M- 

ina deinda). 
■pAwi, s. (pi. vfompdwij, one who ie 

poor or needy; ei-ri-kara wampdwi 

deiko Una. 

■ pebadA (seejpe&^cia}. 

inp«do,s. 

fl^pteidm, 8. (wa) (pi. mi—), tke way 
of wearing one^s eloih (from hu pfmra), 
MpfaridHo wa n-dearuyaho iwe- 
eu-ni-komera, 

Mpfi (see tmtpfi), arrow, 

■pfti, {uifu) (pi. aura and <•<), the ri- 
ver-hone, 

Mpftftdo, 8. (wa) (pi. nU—), a place (out- 
side the kora) where cattle remain in 
the morning tiU the grate ie dry, and 
again during the heat of the day (m> 
called fh>m the grass looking rufHed, 
disturbed). Batnpfudo eipfudapfte- 
daho gnombe, IHmke, dika deing- 
idee ynombe ba mpfudo. 



MEplnmU, & (wa) conUmted rain (Ki8». 
•w/Wa ya m/Wnflptfto), mtpfmnhi u 
^Udordi-pera mmiumba, thie rahty^ 
weatK&r wiU ha^ kiU u$ in the houee. 

MEpftmde, rel. to beer (see mpvunde), 

npftmdlkiro, s. (ya, sa), a cover (KIs.. 
ki/lniko), at to poU, nolidtare made; 
mbale serves for basin and lids. 

MpfondA. s. (wa) (trop. of p/s»ndo, knot 
grudge) iaw{a{K\8,m/Undo),vfam«r 
ona-n^-ohairampfMndo, my mother- 
heart a grudge to me; mpfundo u 
nda4cu-pera muana, thit grudge', 
you bear to the ehUd, wiU kiU him. 

■Epftugiidi, s. (wa) (pl.m*-), nameq^ 

a tree (Kis. wfongonia), 
Mpiglk, 8. (wa) (pi. mi—), a emda pot 

(for cooking meat only). The kali is. 

used for the l>eimiu, and is therefore 

larger. 

fl^pilddae, s. (wa) tme'» way qf cocking^ 
■pincro, s. (wa) (pi. mi—), the ebony- 
tree (Kis. id). 

WpW, 8. (wa) (pi. Wapiri), name qf a 
tribe (a subdivision of the Wabanda),. 
belonging to the ^akamdunda. 

fl^pdri (adv.) too late (iq, kunei kua 
rendo); una kudea mp^Sri or nn»- 
kudea kunei kua rendof^jfou came 
too late (see kunei)/ (Kis. kiniiime). 

Mptta L s. (uyu) (pi. iei), a tpeeiet of 
antilope {of 9. grey colour kii/M^), 

■ptta n. s. a term between an elder 
brother and hit younger onet, and alta 
between an elder titter and her yownger 
onet, at mUmgo it a term between 
brothert and titters (see mlanga), sing. 
mp%tangta (contract, from n^^ua «wm»- 
ga, my younger brother) when a male 
is speaking; my younger sister, when 
a female is speaking); mpudko (coritr. 
from mpuawako), thy younger brcthet 
or thy younger titter, mpttahe, hitt 
younger brother on her younger titter^ 
iplwapuaiu) (from ttfapuuHttw) our 
younger brothert or-eittert. ufoptmnu 
(uHipua wemu), your, — UHqNMia 
iwapua te<M), their younger brothers 
or. tittert. Mjpuanfgek «« Ifgudeago* 



122 



MPUDA— MSADI. 



la bm 

my ffouMger broHUir (resp. sister) who 
followed me, who trod me on the 
head, i.e. the one next me in age. 
wpwmaa^oapiMdi haH, themiMU 
one qf my i/aunger brothers Ae, cousins 
<by either uncles or aunts) are aU 
"wabaU** but only those by aunts 
iiave the word "wapwtf* applied to 
4hem, if either themaelves or their 
mothers are younger than you. Mir 
mp%UMga hua wamuOu, ht (or she) 
U my yowtgor (my inferior) byoturmo- 
4h0r8 though he or she is in tact older- 
ihe person is considered the younger 
and must carry the load, because 
his or her mother is younger. Prov. 
JtMrm-pfomora mpuaho 9i mWH, 
^sungu tU kiUa humrdsonga, «•- 
HoHdora tn-pOno, gudafOca rnahd- 
no, if yo» go $l<nUy (lit. in the nose 
Xrop. slowly) you will not arrive by 
this time. 
Kpvda (only used as p>-edicate), a name 
given to a new tnitrument before it 
ha$ been ptit to any use, espec. to a 
»M hoe. Of a Imife the word seems 
.scarcely to be used (see kibara), Na- 
JeaguUi haeuranga nda tnpuda, 
J Just e<me from buying my hoe qf 
mjptida (see *a); hudngoa yanga 
«t«Aa mpmia, or ikaU na wpuda, 
my axe is a new one (not yet used); 
huangoa eanga nea mpuda, or 
Htue mpMda, or eikali na tnpuda, 
but merely ni mpuda, it is mp%ida, 
they do not say, the word being 
construed always with a gen. or a 
cohiunction. 
MfMUnlvo (see fneemUro), 
MfMuMiM* s. (wa). 
llp«tem,s. a burning. The m may be 
explained either as a preformatiye, 
or as the prep, m i.e. in. NS. The 
word is only used bi connection with 
"MMMma". heart, ana mpeera mOt- 
mm, he ha$ a bundny (in) the heart, 
l.e. a strong desire = anapea mdi- 
mM, he U bund (as to his) heart. 



, 8. (wa) (pi. ml— ), a fpec^si 
if tree, which bears a sort of plum 
called psimpsa {K.\».fufu, and hieU- 
ha fUdu), 

■Ipiniinpia, s. our hearts are burning 
(with desire). 

Bl!piiii0, lit. in the nose; trop. slowly; 
ukendera mrfrOno, eudafiha mar 
hono, if you go slowly, you wiU not 
arrive by this time (soon). udor^U- 
mana ehaho, ehamga uki-mrfera- 
hu-m-puno, you refused me yours, 
therefore you will only smell mine 
(now), i.e. I also refuse. 

■pvnadA, s. (ya) {derived from pvun^ 
da) fermentation. Moa u nJkfia m- 
pfande in contradist from m^rdra 
Moa wa mpv%ainde, beer after fermen- 
tation, which wUh them is liked, 

Bbandn, s. (wa) (pi. tNtf— ), (see mUeadu). 

Mridflo, s. 

BbiBf«, tea ndeala (Kis. mdirimga). 

BMu? 
Bbolia, s. 
HlrondAra, s. 

mrvngo L s. (wa) (pi. mi—), a row, a 

series. 
Mtvngo n. s. (wa) (pi. tea—), see m- 

longo. 
Mmmbiiaiia, s. younger than the mr- 

niamdda (see). 
nrum, 8. (wa) (pi. m<— )? « »*«<* ^ 

grass {mbaea tea metiru 9) 

ISnuHl, s. 

Wstwm, s. (wa), water in which bram 
has been thrown for fermentation, 
and which in making beer is added 
to the malt. 

flfniSV or mlwni, a whisUe; hu imtlbm 
nUaeu or tMrueu, to whietle, 

Msacllid^i n^^uai-fuunga^inga ema^ 
gula mrpeei ea tmmda wtMoihe, Hi 
do not be Umy, the roaster has bought 
the stalks of Us own plamtaOon. 

mM^s.{w9)fplnUr-\oneqftheposU 
greeted inside ef a na»ve cottage 
between the centre and the wall , sup- 
porting the roof (see deemamira and 
deig*). 



MSALE— ITSEGHE. 



123 



it 8. (wa) (pi. mi— X a ipedea qf 
Ominea-eom, the seed of which is red, 
and the staliu sweet, as sugar-cane 
(also w ara);— 2) a (rondk or ana 
qf a river. 

Mmiaaui, a (wa) (pL mi—), a ibind qf or- 
nammtf (see ^tfo). 

Wrfmhro, a (w^ (pi. «nl— )^ a woodm 
pfUmB (similar to those used in Egypt); 
wM^imiro ni nU i e n go «w m jemg, 
«cw Jbu ^ omtfi ' lr a, lit. tA« twMHMiro 
i$ a tree ikeg wkieh JhMv (for) «1^ to 
redtne on. 

KaampA, a (wa) (pi. mi—), a <rap. hu 
teha wMMMpci, to set a trap, hu^nk- 
teherm wfmit j Ki nioma, to •<( a trap 
/or on oninMri (Kis. hu tega wttomfto). 

Ssaiim waadtem, a the baclc of a ser- 
pent called nOmra, which from its 
sharp ridge, is generally mentioned 
in connection with "mak^eaf* ivory- 
rings, m afc p og oya #i hwwtlba ya 
hm humnpu, n akw m b m ya twowa wa 
M«M«w, /dono<iiMni<MM«toony-r<N^« 
to &6 Q^ a round, frill ({f « polnfod «Aafp 
eiged (worlunanship). 

Hsaiim a 1) dagtime (Kiam«0M4i, tfoAo- 
r<), msona monee the whote day; — 
^ emMUMon (see r«Mo); — 8) haelAcine 
(see fci> m >ii | fo), 

I, a (wa) i.q. m/<ml. 

(ady.)/(M<, qviUkly, eoon, ana- 
huera wMcm^a, he retwmed eoon, — 
mMuifm Bumiifm (Kis. «4»«^» *«- 
fwipa). 

lHUig«, a (wa) (pUmi— ), a epedee (tf 
true growing on the bantte of tAe JTi- 
oNcAa, the literal translation of which 
term is: lore me I ni (me) euytiha lore. 
The petition may refer to the dangers 
connected with the crossing of the lake. 
In which so many lives have been 
lost, wherefore no brothers or relati- 
yes will ever cross it in one and the 
same boat They say: lNm« ni Jfew 
JTimMJba Mrofr&te deompera deont- 
pera, n^me de i adedie mdmndu (Kia 
imeifiike p4m emte fneaetgu man^fa 

'). 



I, a (wa) iHeamitif; m.*nite uyn 
nn'edra, pi. wtmim emea wema 
tne d ru; hu ehida tnodra, io bieome 

(Kia 



k, a (wa) (pi. m^, a booth haetOg 
put wp of bramtihee and graee. This is 
peculiar to the Wavisa, who, when 
coming for trade in large numbers^ 
are said never to sleep in other peop- 
les' housea humm 



(or mwna), a (wa) (pi. nU—), 
1) a epeeiee qf Jig; — 2} a ipMiM qf 
ant (Kia m^aem^ 

WbMkm, name of a tract of country 
on the banks of the Niancha, about 
4 days' journey to the south of Mbadsa 
and Dsenga. Not ftu* flrom the bank 
there is a town of the same name, 
which is one of the principal places, 
fh>m which' they ferry over the lake 
to Mchenga A whole day is occupied 
in crossing and recrossing-iL Here 
Salimini passed over, while his uncle 
searched for him at Dsenga. The moun- 
tain-island Mbuadsuru, he says, was 
seen to the left. Nicmeha yaha M- 
eauka is that portion of the lake which 
lies opposite to Msauka, which again 
is part of the country called Maravi. 

Mseba, a (wa) (pl.mi— ), a half groum 
rat, 

Msebe, a (wa) (pi. «Mi— ), amg dMh need 
for carrying a cJUld at cnt^a back. 

M'sadmlani, a (wa) (pi. nu^), name 
qf a tree, of the bark of which they 
make small boats for the navigation 
of smaller rivers; on the lake or in 
large rivers they are never used. The 
word means: who can climb it ~ 
tneeda ni yani, who gUdee wp and 
down itf because its rind is very 
smooth waeierdm sa tnf»$ne in Kia 

WatelM, a (wa) (pL md^), a large 
wi€ker-vH)rk veeed made so doee ae 
to hold beer, about 6 high and 8-4 
in diameter. It is made of the bam- 
boo-cane {deungui^ 



124 



MSEMEDUE— MSINDE. 



t, 8. (wa), onif$ maimer qf 
hewing or euUtng emodh (the outside 
of a tree) from hit •emo. huaAo %ihu 
ni 9H9em0dHe «0« yanif mee m e du e 
nkua yani ^ or fnsem^d/H^ u nehioni f 

HifliidaclM (ntModaks), s. (wa) {p\, 
m#— ), namt of a kind qf vegetdbU 
growing jpontoneotcfly in narehu, 
and at the hanke of rivere, when 
holled it is caUed 'torSre," 

Mmbo (or flUMBfa), s. (uyu) (pi. 
mir-), the dvet eat (li\8,ngatwa). 

Kmbco. s.(wa) (pl.fM<— ), 

Mate, s. (wa) (pl.m<— ), a narrow etrip 
qf ground cleared f^rom the grase att 
arotmd the burying place (seedeimoha), 
to prevent the Are from spreading 
over the graves at the general con- 
flagration of the grass (i.e. Mdeotn^o 
in Kiniica) roro donda (= deionda) 
ku UnUra wneeo hu deineha — 
deint^ut Ueaye Uhapea; ku linUra 
fliMeo ntfMwtfra ya eiwa (see rcntt- 
hurira). The clearing qf a pathway 
on both eidee from the graet, eeped- 
aUy near the king^e reeidence, 
^s. 
I, s. 



s. (wa) (pl.tni— }, name qf a 
tree, the leavee qf which are need for 
Jkwouring tobcKCo and maU, being 
laid on during the etate of fermen- 
tation; tnsewa wanunka pfungo 
rookofna, Prov. «909&M«a n€«n«aura 
MO kombe wun »ne agoneora tha- 
kiidia «ranfM «0«im» iye akaMwta 
okaye — fooUeh ie the ^msowa" and 
the twin&net, it i$ he who improves 
the food qf othere, and remaine him- 
$eHf empty, proJUleee, 



^, s. (Kis.mw9aMo)^ 

Miibu, 8. («i) (pi. mtf— ), freeh grase; 
moihH is collect but may be nsed 
as a i\iig,ifm,*inodsi is added. 

WUUta (nudta), s. (wa) (pi. nU^), fore$t 
(Kis.«MtUieM) t»s4du wa ehSa, a very 
remarkable forest in the cotmtry caUed 
MMineha qf about IS rnOes in length, 



and 6 or 6 in breadth. The trees, of 
which it is composed, are said to be 
ail of one Icind, of about 18* in height 
and presenting, a perfectly level sur- 
ftice at the top, and standing so close 
to each other, that neither man nor 
animal can enter, But the most remar- 
cable circumstance is, that the inha- 
bitants of the country keep it sacred 
no tree being ever cut down of it» 
though they are much in want of 
fUel, so that they are obliged to put 
up with roots dug out of the ground 
and with stalks of Guinea and Indian 
com. Their sacrifices for rain &c. are 
also offered in its neighbourhood. Ut 
the forest qf a heap so caUed from 
its density, 

BUlTAf s* 

BUgiri, s. (wa) (pi. «•<—), em old hoe, 
worn out by use (see mdsedse), keuu 
Tonga rindhun n^oigiri siri ko- 
nwuUlso. kaowirdka mi n%o(giri nMO" 
dani^ is your hoe a worn out one or 
what 9 resp. UkeiH mn d eod s e, it it 
stiU one which can be used. 

MrimU, 8. (wa) (pi. m<— )i <^ Umgsit 
qf the taa-feathers (Ki8.mfofo). 

Mrimo, a (wa) (pi. mi—), the youngest 
of a family (from ku Huna) (kis.Jb<- 
tinda fnintba) n%Un%go wmnga uyw 
ni vnsimef wana awa ni w ki s U n o 
fi.q. mdsirisira), (Kis. nUinda tnin^ 
6a). 

Mrimpo, s. (wa) (pi. mi—), a bamboo^ 
cane used for pushing a boat forward 
(Kis. potuio). 

MUmu (iiiaimv), s. (wa) (pi. mi— )» 

(Kis. kama, pepo), 
Mlfaicha (n. prop.) name qf a country 
7 daya^ journey to the south qf ifyande* 
On the way there yon cross the rivers 
Mdede and Kakuyu, running N. W. 
into the Bua. The dynasty is Kantona. 
In this country is the sacred fbrest of 
€NSa (see UMidu wa €Nia). 

nriadty 8. (wa) (pi. nU"), such stdiks 
<^ Indian com as are Juicy and sweet 
enough to be chewed. 



MSINKU— MTANTA. 



125 



I, 8. (wa) (pi. nUr--), 1) MgU, 
ttatwre; nfinku tea p*irif tAa \tig1ii 
of a fMmntain; piri tri mtinku^ 
wake ngo udalif thi$ mountain iU 
height U far (great), waniu mwa 
ntHnku ymo ni muatrndende; teotM 
«Mra 9n9inh%tyao wmna siana »iar- 
no. M9tnde (for ntsasmde) uana 
msifiku, ni waipitanga, do noi go 
looking at the htatute, thin av« my 
younger brothere or eietere; hu oroa 
fneinhu, to be iqft at to (or in) 
Hature, i.e. to be still in a state of 
growth: — 2) <iui€kne$$ of growth. 
muana uyu ana mainhu &= €rt»> 
nUngira hu Jcura;-^ 8) Length e.g. 
of cloth); deatru < una-i-nkana fit- 
sinhu, lit. doth tMa thou ha»t it Hin- 
ted (as to) the length, i.e. you have 
made it too short. 

lUwe, s. (wa) (pi. mi—), a hoUow 
(only of what is in the shape of a 
tut)e or pipe); huna msiwo «ra JkM- 
igo-lcuna nUeiufo ya n-devnkwl, 
Ifadadmua, madsi anaroa msiwo 
tea knina, I am ehcked, water en- 
tered the hoUow of to elsewhere, i.e. the 
wind pipe. 

Kiodi, s. (wa) (p1.tn€— ), a young fowl 
from the time it can he known to be 
a female tOl it becomes a tadsi (a 
pullet) (Kis. n*so); huku vyu ni «»- 
sodi (pi. huku atoa ni tnieodi}, 

Bbeiia, s. (wa) (pi. mi— ), the female of 
a domestie animal from the time they 
lose their first coat of hair wnXH Vhey 
are with young, when they are eaUed 
mikoda (see mkoda) (Kis. ntfariktt, 
ndama), 

MsondAre (n. prop.) of a mountain, 

Msmidodsi, 8. (wa) (pl.ml— ), a species 
of tree growing on the river^anks. 

MMaffm, s. (wa) (pi. nU—), an arross 
of wood so hard as to require no 
head. This kind of arrow is preferred 
to the iron-headed from their going 
straighten 

WUrnng; s. (wa) (pi. mi—), a strip (of 
meat only); tneongo nkua «<a«ia 
{wUUmda wa nianta). 



Wwmiku miimka, s. continued eontri- 
button (fkt>m ku eanka), 

nisdro, s. (wa) (pi. nU—), the shin (shin- 
l)one (Kis.i«Mm<U). 

Msda, s.— numiai, s. (wa) (pi. uw^), 
one of a tribe with whom they inter- 
marry; Hda-n^'^okara ine-Hni- 
n^-deiwa, kadi ni meuemi wanga, 
I shall not come forth to htm (for 
dancing), I do not know Mm whether 
he is my nuudni; — 2) «iMt«a, when 
flour has been mixed with cold water, 

MnUBa, s. (wa) (pi. mi— ), 1) the medlar- 
tree {9) it grows wOd; from lis wood 
mortars are made',— 2) the end of the 
horn of a cow, need for cupping; mr 
ouku wa ku rumikira, 

VU&MDha, s. (wa) (pl.mi— ), 1) the pre- 
puce; — 2j the leaoes enclosing the 
guinea-com, just b^ore shooting forth. 
traadira yonse yana ntisutnba (or 
yona nUdoro) (Kis. •Htt^a) (Kis. mr 
pMwue una n*imba). (Kin. mtiJIkima 
tcna it»m6a). 

MwimiBri, s. (wa) (pi. mt—), a kind 
of cane, qf which shepherd-boys make 
their flutes. 

MsonclM, 8. (wa) haety beer (fh>m ku 
eunga), i.e. a small quantity of beer 
made by the wife to surprise her hus- 
band. 

MMUngm, s, (wa) (pi. mi—), afresh ant- 
hiU (i.e. of white ants), much yalued 
for its being more productive (see 
okuru), C^uruehanga ni ntounga, 
eikina miriri, my ant-hill is a re- 
cent one. 

Mrangv (nunm^, s. (wa) (pKm<— )» 
a spedes of pumpkins (red), matMt^t* 
ya nuhsngu. 

MUmvidme, s. (wa) tooribnaiMAip qf a 
emith (from ku aura), n%auridue wa 
ku puneira ournmUret^mdimM um 
kuonta kuenta. the apprentice hand 
does not vanish (can be easily detected) 
ths mind is unsteady. 

nisvriso, s. 

flftmte, s. (wa) (pi. um—), a shuffler, 
especially used of tradesmen who eat 
op their wages before hand imd are 



126 



MTANTANTA— MUAMUNA. 



slow In performing their engagements; 
a Imave, a rogae (Kis. tmtai; mo h tm- 

Mtaataata, the being ttnsteked otU, 
the exUnding along (only used of a 
moontaln ridge and a lalce). pirt Hya 
nda mimmiatUni moMri yo^ifa ncJktf 
wHwwfawf^ "DHwe trt nda mimM 
ianiamiadHwe «iya ncha mtemianta, 

MtOMnm, 8. (wa) from hu ««lMk 

Mtembo, s. (or mtAMnbo), (wa) (pi. 
m<— )> a hoU, a eavUv (sach as is mar 
de by the nengo) 

Mtengfm, s. (wa) iplmt—h a mesitnger 
(Kis. n^umbe). 

Blt0ii^ (see m,*nt9Hgu) (^s.mlamba). 

Mtiko, s. (wa) (pi. nU—), any itfcfc made 
Mnooih and uMd in cooking the dHma, 

Mtixivo. 8. (wa) (pi. «•«—), eonflMenee 
(of a stream), lit. putting into (see Ura, 
tiHra)» 

MtiliMro, s. 9auu, broth. 

MtWaM, s. (wa) (pi. nU^\ thvndor (Kis. 
tngtsrun^o). 

Mka. (pi. iMsftt) (see tn'niu), man, a 
human being, 

MtointB, s. only used as a predicate— 
a man indeed, a man of noU (Kis. 
mdairaiaUi; uye ni nUwmiu, eiwoo 
mann, heie a man indeed, he ie no 
niggard. The Kiniassa-language has 
many of these repetitions, which al- 
ways enhance the meaning. 

MtaBdn, s. (wa) (pi. «•«-), a apeeiee of 
a tree, planted in the buairofor their 
thade. Bat only one tree is planted 
in a buaro, as too many would rea- 
der the place too cold. The Wanika 
and Wacbomba plant the mgemdi, 
bnt it does not spread so much as it 
does in the Waniassa country, this 
being more fertile. 

MtPBfli, s. (wa) (pi. nU-), (Kis. nUmba), 

Mu, s. (pi. tnfo), name qf a eerpent pro- 
perly mtfM). 

i, i.q.'m" and 2. pers.pl. abbreriA- 
ted from 'mua** and followed by the 
Optal. «9tfM|, in of ;t- ^ pron. pi. 2. pers. 
when standing before a verb, mmadi 
you sof ;— Sj prep, from (see umm). 



1) a particle denoting the gem. 
when relating to the prep, ne, 94^ 
M-HinMfba mwofco, in houee qf ia 
ma in hie honee;^ SQ conj. if, though, 
but always followed by the Inf. !>%»» 
dibido, mua hu daifa mioifo, Ut let 
paee on, thmngh (it be) to throw aeoag 
We. 

MmUmm, s. (wa) the emeUqf burnt hair 
andfeathere, oh&nei mi u n hm n ma 
hue, the ohonei smells of mmm b me 
(because they roast it whole). 

flbuidm(¥.a.) to etrike with the paXm of 
fhe hicmd (with the hand expanded) 
(Kis. huH»i-piga hog^ — BWadWia 
(v.rec.) 

HMadi (see moodi and wtoodia). 

Blaal, s. (wa) muai and nuiawi, good 
Ittcfc {seepebede); (Kis. bahhU ngoma, 
heH,ffida), 

Moallm, mdima tea m ma Ur a ; wek- 
hdii bunhue hale, deabamo weir 
unuUira, th^ formed an oeeenMiy 
(but) now they break np, 

Mmunba (ady.) above, ooer; hu nm- 
aniba hu (for hu muamba uhu), 
towarde above, higKer ftp (e.g. a river); 
wiguUmdo ya (Jbw) tiMMMnda, the 
for^eet (in quadrupeds) (see tdgu). 

MvamU, s. (wa) (pi. mtf— ), a narratioe, 
a eiory (Kis. ngauo, hadie^; hu-uM^ 
iuibira wantu miambi, to relate 
etoriee to men. 

Knambo, s. (wa) pi. not in use. JXa- 
eretion (Kis. bueiMra); nuUu uifu •- 
nirgonda hua mum u b o, thie mem 
pleaeee me by hie dieeretion, 2reme^ 
hungui uifu ana n e uae nh o (bMN^ 
ledge, eHeoemeee in generaXI. 

■vamlh, s. (wa) (pi. m<-), Me dry •#•- 

eon (on>. to neitti^a), 
Iwiinima (or mvam*lui), (wa) (pi. 
-), a man, a hutbemd; 
my hneband, — 
8. tike repetition ettforeee the emm, 
a man indeed, or a trmly maeenUne 
man (Kis. hiumof m mn m ii iii w^ i 



MUANA— MUDtBIDUE 



127 



\,thenartvdUant 

«l<»fM im iai M '« nm Mi * *» we are metU mf 
nmo indeed, lit we are meeting ira 
make, we realiie (dow), let us see who 
is die BiroDger. mMo/m^na n»amtf4$, 
wtg broUker im iano iy menniage (pee 

■ttiam, 8. (w^ (pi. troMa) ; wm an a wa 
tn«MtMft4t, on opprviiffoe (Kis. fn«HM»- 
fkmdijf mumma «mi fr«<w, a girlfrcm 
the mge qf ahoitl 10 yeare to tke age 
Hf jMcdeitK (Kis. flfM<eA4Mta); wwiat ta 
«eo diM, Me pupil </ fite ^e (Kis. 
mftoni), M i MMi i a «ms ImmIm Oi^is.«i^ 
dwdyt «0a «JkAtf»); WMia w a wa resa, 
the rain-bow (see resa); mu an a waiu 
{K\s, fmimtetu); mmmma mddro (Kis. 

i, s. (wa) (pi. wmumdsii, lit. 
a eon or daiughier of the country, i.e. a 
native (Uq^ m m a n de ij, (Kis. i 

i, 8. (see mmwamda), a 



8. (wa) (pi. «a-). (see 



I, s. (6) no pK; food tedk, in eon- 
tiadist. from dodger (see «mmN). im i a - 
«cr< «i mI< aiwa ngohuru («» ««M Ma 



(or mna-BdnKBi) (see 
MdtMtfri). 

Koaaca, s. (wa) (pi. mi—), 1) graee 
Uoieted and need in the eonetrueUon, 
of the kdkue;— 2) mvaBfrni pron. 
po8& my, rel. to the prepos. "tn"/ — 
8) 2Lperapl. of f»0Mk 
MWMlipirfra (D.ooll.) name qf a kind 

qf pumpkin. 
MoAbo, s. (wa) impwdenee, ineolenee; 
hu ohida fnuano (s^ Kis. hw gnietSa) 
see puneo, p urubu r u and n u tb umdi , 
(Kis. eafii, utuhuiu), 

contracted from 

wmmi m , in of mon, 

in of men, ie. various men, e^tec used 

of wariors of aU kinds, of different 

ways of fighting. 

I, s. (wa) an ordeaH", hu o mMu 

mmp^ (Kis.lw amhoUa JWd^p^ 

8. (wa) a etono, pi. irreg. nUtU- 

and niSfm (the latter word is 

used of small stones only unmmwmmh 

mammna ma » Kis. Ui^imo). 

I«*MI (y.a.) » Kis. tapania, diiperee. 

^Kis. 



8. blood; ni ninko oha 

doi oha doika ranga, 
HbUUi, 8. (wa) (pU midoii, a town (Kis. 

11%^ or ntoM^, 
Hnftn, s. (wa) (pLmitfa^, the head (Kis^ 

hitoa). 

Mnte.s. 

■noBcke, s. (wa) (pi. ml—), i.q. door 
gari {ehenge) (see «n«m^ 

MmukMLxM, s. (wa)^ yciit, (see hirondo- 
and ntofMlMra). 

■ntedo, s. (wa) (pi. fmlafMlo or «•<- 
gniendo), leg,fooL The regular (pi. 
ntiendo) seems to exist likewise, but 
more usual mign i e n do; voanm-n^ 
raea 'migniendo yonee, 

Bloifam, s. (wa), 1) eouth; hu-muera^ 
in or towarde the eouth (Kis. ehm^- 
ganij, pebo ya muera, eouth wind,. 
which blows during the dWneJka; 
ntpfura ya mee e ra, rain from the 
eouth (rain in their country generally 
comes from the south until the close 
of the doineha, when it turn* round 
to the north), (see mbodo); — 1) (p!.. 
m rf er tt) , a poieonoue ehrub. Its poison 
is procured by poundUig the leaves 
and pressing out the juice, the poison 
is used for arrows. 

MvM (or auMBi), s. (wa) (pi. mieHj^ 
the moon; the diiDTerent phases of the 
moon are expressed in the following 
way; — 1) n&uesi m nak araf new 
moon,-— 2) mmooi wnaekera baketdt 
ba mmdu, firet qmartar; — 8) meeoei 
uli ndo n dondOf/uU moon,*— 4} mweooi 
if M i m iMi ku tn md eif laet quatrter 
(|Me d6doa)f — Q v t me e i wnafie (M« 
tnoow is dMuQ. 

(secM^MMMa). 
8. (wa) (pi. mi^), omfe 
U cr the tinging aepeeor- 
Uarto 



128 



MUINI— MURD. 



(KIg. m m eg m t a m e) , 
», 9a tnftka ntmhU dtOto. 



»,8. (Myw) (pi. w mnmS o), mtme qf 
a hirdt it«tM% eontuUed a$ a 5a<i 
omoL Wumkagi uyu ni «Mtfe ft#- 
tcmft« CMiMMtga m-«eJkir«i, w€tMda, 
waombSta, tM$ woman U- Ufce tte 
ifittio, «A« (ttfldt a AoMM <n <to way, 
and tJto pa$$er9 by connUt htr (said 
of a woman of bad cbaractar). 
Hlairl,-8. (wa) (pi. wrnmslri), a apeeUi 
of wOd eat, wJdeh prey 9 on fouit; 
ntmiH aoogera huintoha, (Kid. tha- 
gdbu), 

BMld (a<\].) uwripOt green; fodia Myu 
n*huia ntMieit thi$ tobacco it green 
or umipe, 

Mali (see 'ir*), <» fitore it, rel. to the 
prep."JC»» 

Biidiyv, wiikin it not, rel. to the prep. 
'tinvu* uuM* mMiiffe tndimaf nirmo- 
yera, 'kintu iki hidaein^ira choo- 
dami-—, M-nimmba umu nnUiyo 
wUomherof it there no Dtinui^4ot^e 
in tkit Jumte f 
Wvlipfo, ndifyfo f 

i> yon (ye) wUh — onA In wfXh, 
k, s. (wa) (pi. «M<iMl«), a plmHO' 
Uon, any piece «f ground vMch it 
euUtoaUd (k\B. ehmmba). 

if 8. (pKm#ii9«), a thonL 

>, 8« (or mmngn wm noo- 
no) (pi. minganoono), a epeeiet of 
Vui^m (Kis. mi^piiga J^mImIw). JTtMtgcm- 

loBfv, 8. (wa), the dnsA of 'JTi^arM.'' 
Jficn^w V9a haitniamga and «»a 



(mvdai), s. (wa) ^L «•!••••<); ibw 
tf««tto V M ^Kn^n H nm «»<»»<, fo btim 
onto fottA mi«m< (a torch), (see twt lfc a ) , 
a ftoMfA*! ^tf «1011:0 (canes or reeds) 
set on fire, when properly tied toge- 
Hier, they call it dsa^ali or mnenche. 
A homing piece of wood they do not 



call MtOn^, but only *voot^ 
JNcI, dsegem So. 

\, 8. (wa) (pLfftiMlMM). 

(adv.) in there. The word can 
only be used when preceded by a 
noon, ag. n^-niumba fMiMto, in honte 
in there; ntUn uifu atimt tm 
ropfu «»»-niNfn5a immwo, 
<l«a «tMi#ma mooru. 

I, (see t»'«fw), flMMI. (pi. t9€Mt«M)l 

I, 8. (MyM) (pi. tcroomfra), a 
erofttfMn (lit a knocker or striker fN>m 
omte); «Mwotnda wns ndoaT%^ a wea- 
ver; nMtomha wa maikooa, a maker qf 
Hfory Hngt; muomba wa nUhtrnda or 
wafnar&nkuo, afenee-maikor, thtt be- 
ing qnite an art with them (see 
hue}f (Kis. earamalaf n%uhwnoi)f 
on^ba ufoooura or maomba wa Jki- 
deurOf a emith, 

MaOBlbOt S. fuvmfa andpa gnombo, 
oidamka-aeanene, ndino Mnunka 
vnuombOf nidaiinda niaima iga 
igttnguke^ what a refined feeUmg thie 
itbvAthA Wonika and SudheUt know 
nothing qf it, 

MvmabMme, s. 

IHrnona, muona %tna chianif ntmona 
unaimirira^ resp. napned^kua, titw- 
.ona, lit teeing, one teeing, one who 
teet. Used as conj. and adv. (like the 
Kis. mbona), but, neoertheiett, not 
withttanding that, or rather Uke, 
* teeing/' */m0^ in English, meaning: 
'how it it," and eipressing surprise 
and wonder. l>owro didabaga m a, 
dona Hhe d en ma (for Hkiedemui^ 



ea, we agreed yetterday: when the ewn 
goet down, eonuf., (bnt) / eee, yon h&oe 
deceived me, 

■opA, s.twa) (pt m4^, an arrow; there 
are the following kinds of arrow: 
1) m%ipfi y» mibarirof 9 *>*^>* W^ 
ndeonga; 8)«n^>lyafl»laiiJb«;4)flN4' 
pA pa nehengodowf Bj nUpA pa 



, 8. {pL mhetmf) (Kis. fcivit^X (see 
kogmo). 



MUSU— NAlfaADSONQE. 



129 



8. (pL m4sm), 
i,8.(pL«n¥m^, root 
I, ». (wa), 
MiAbI, 8. (see mOni^ 

8. 

8. (wa) (pL wUwtm dm ), a 
grane (when abut, 8ee fnehembo)f hu 



■vwiri (Ki8.j»a<.) 

Knwim, d. gent pL WmwUa, 

Knja, <» thai, Hmo 9m-niuntba 

ake umu mlMi tNifyw, it <« NOi in Mt 

Aoii8« in fttfre, go into that, or m*f»<- 

umba t muako oimo umu. 



iMepauffa), 

lO, s. meatnTtf (Kis. oh«bir€ ohSol 
Umit, degree; Waikaoombe waU moyo, 
muyoso uf^ mndaSoa iuu^ oiddMdt' 
Horn, the J«dge$ are alioe, that mea- 
ture ye ineaowred ye, I $haU notpaee; 
n i em i m€a hu b id Utoa w tnyg go hua 
tnanta f who uUt go beyond the Umit 
for gom ^mmgh fearf 

HafaackMme, s. (wa) omfe fMnmer in 
loving, from hu yamahm^ 

Btafllwld,8. 

N; 1) ft often stands for *«•!" and ^na^ 
q.T.— 2i k sound of transition pat 
before words of the *ya and oaf class^ 
when preceded by any other word. 
Snch words of this class as begin with 
*P or pf* baye •«•»» q.v. instead of 
*n,** The mark employed to distin- 
goish it» is a dash after it at the top 
(thus: M^). 

Nai, foair) Ufoomnu na ^oanedf five 
and four b nine (Kis. hamda). 

NaUmpaBirAla, s. (wa) (pL ww a l - ), 
a opedee of a Itm. 

lfaaui(Y.n4 to He; ooonama, what ie 
mntrue, i.e. lies, faiisehoods; mmiu 
woo n muui, a Uair; hu noua aoa 
n4m%a, to opeak Uee (Kis. mrongo, 
ron g ofia, oma, MfJbua); nuttu Myu 
MM»-«4-«Ma aoa natna, or: ema- 
ni^Hdm4»a,'-'mMmimL{Y,tL) to pretend, 

Kinioiea, 



dumrm, ho doee not Uko to go, ho pre- 

coioe, to MI one a lie; uoa^^m^fomo- 
rfro, ada h u' n mm io a, do not Uotom 
to him, he wiU deeotoe thee. — Qaml- 
MMia (y.rec) (Kis. ouou€mm)i-' mmdr 
. daa (v. int) to he a great Uar; (t. cans.) 
to eamee one to lie. Uyu odnama, 
amam^-nan Ud ou ni Uffm, 

Namnnnm> (s.&a(!U.) emaUneee, omaU; 
muara «ms u a i m 0u a ma 's=. Kis. hifir 
ufo, a email itone; mbomi wa namm- 
«MMM« s Kis. hifiou, a UtOe knife; 
noeru wa natnananui s= Kis. akUi 
«JUm»A«, UttU inteUeet; ba namanu- 
wa^ UttU s Kis. halbaf oka naima- 
naimu = Kis, kidogo, a UtOe. 

Nambanda , s. lit that within ponnding, 
what hoe been oommoneed pounding, 
doin%a ya nannbemde io dokna of 
euehgrain ae toae pounded on the eame 
dag it wae cooked, n'nam^bande paio 
yanga i, nu%iumba nutanga ntM- 
Ugo pale pa mfunde (or imvmm- 
de), mg grain ie of to-dage^ pomh 
ding, there ie no grain qffermontaUon 
in my houee (seemAMMte); {n*namr 
bamde for ni nfOmheutde). JPaU t 
n*nambando, thte grain ie being pouU' 
ded. The Waniassa women ponnd 
their grain into flour instead of grin- 
ding it — the portion of grain, which 
is to be made into a 'ctoima*' for the 
evening, is partially pounded in ttie 
morning and then soalced in water 
till the evening, when a littie more 
pounding will make it serviceable. 
That portion is called nambaudo. 

If amtamaira, s. protuboranee, lit with- 
in roundneee from kurttttga. The word 
seems to be used in. connection with 
mu au a upu-nUtnbenpiUbo 
wmburunge, pU 
noa noa nanib u mtnge. 






Ifamddro, s. (uyu) {^Iwa—), a ehryib 
and ite eeed (a kind of beans), (Kis. 
mbdoi^ 

Namgailatoye, s. (m^w) (pL war-), the 
ego-tooth. 

9 



130 



NAMGASINGA— NCHIRU. 



i, s. {uyu) (pi. uwi— ), 011« 
who i§ engaged in roasting (from hu 
goBinga), The word seems to imply 
a slight contempt 
NamkabMn, s. {vyu) (pi. uro— ), a tpe- 
dee of &<Td pecuUar for a eUtking 
noiee it mdkee with Ue wings (Kis. 
parara), vohiU it i§ never heard -to 
sing; sachoUm mkibudu^ nd^^ dika 
n^tahwta namikalbiidti, 

Namktfkno, s. {uyu) (pl.uNi— ), a sp^ 
eies of "bird toMcA freqMkemU toaiter; it 
has a white neclc, long legs, its beak 
has the length of a hand, its flight is 
low and short; nantkSktto n< <mbe^- 
viMmtU ya hu Nianoha-ni gant or 
nin%bdruwa nuidmnba (fnadentba 
pi. of toniba). 

If amkor6a, s. (uyu) (pi. too—), the lea- 
ves qf t?ie sweet potatoe. — (10a «n6a- 
ddda). 

Namkankiii, s. {vyu) (pKuro— ). 
BTamlimbno, s. (pi. wo— )» a tumour 

(Kis. ipu\ 
Namw&miigSip s. (wa) (pi. wa —), a 

smaU potsherd {see pale), (Kis. higer^ 

gnensa). 
Namieie, s. {uyu) (pi. te<»— ), a kind 

cf bird, 
Namttmbno, s. 
Namtowesa, s. (pi. «0*—). 
NamnW. s. (uyts) (pi. tew—) (= Kis. 

wuMMcnttioU). 
NaafiliiUbe, s. {uyu) (pi. wo—), a l:Aicl 

of siekU, 
BTa'BO, contr. from «a tfnc, and I, I 

aiso\ ndamka nao none, I aUo 

will go with them. 
lVa(a)kaka, name cf a river, a contri- 
butory of the BiTongue, 
Wlo, with them. 
K*claL, conj. contracted from ui ya 

and ni oha, it is of, they are of. 

bamanga iki n*eha ktufiei, this 

Indian com is unripe, 
Nchadi, s.(pl.«<^an«Aa<iO (ya and sa), 

a buffalo (Kis.ntoM). 
NchiUa (or nchara), s. (ya), hunger. 

Ife dina neh&Us* %\%,ndSj, 



Nchara, ya m-«tm»fta,. lit hunger of 
in a bag, a satirical expression app- 
lied to a stranger who accepts of food 
which he knows has been prepared 
for the family of his host, and not 
for him, it being their custom to cook 
for strangers exclusively; anad^nga 
nehara yoHin^tUmbei, or: anakudsa 
wehara ya-w^tumha. 

Ncbtea, s. {ya and •«), the small iron 
bars fastened across the 'sansi," 
perhaps more correctly nUera from 
the word hu uha, hu uhera, lit. en- 
trappers (of sonnd). 

NdMwtea, s. 

Nchi, 1) pron. interr. i.q. ngi, what, 
what for;— 2} conJ. i.q. noha (from 
neha i = nohi), in acUectives beginn- 
ing i; dsaru i neha ihuru tnimbOf 
or dsaru i nohihuramitnba, 

IVchiag-a, s. (ya and sa), a spindle; 
n^inga ya hru eandsira eo^eoe (see 
hinsali). 

BTchio, s. (ya, «a), complaint, accusation; 
maeihu yonse toeuitu warni-lnibi- 
ra nehio; hu imba neh£o, to comr 
plain, to accuse; mdiedea eAoodaf»< 
godi iwe, 

Nchira, s. {ya and ea), wag (Kis. niKa). 

Nfthiranchira, ungachohe badali, 
uk€tdia ehahudia eha hu fesa, n»- 
dinus uli neh i ran/e h ira, though you 
maty come from afar, it you eal food 
of to meet (which you meet with), the 
mind becomes uneasy (because they 
will not accept of food which has 
not been expressly prepared for them) 
(Kis. ueifaniom ioyo «n<ur<U). Mdimus 
usaoMde wneh ir an ehira, 

Nchiii, s. (wa) (see uifneMrL 

Nchiriri, N. prop. 

Nehim, s. i^ya and fa), maiUee, emoy 
(Kis. eaUsta, fiUfuSf uhasldi, uhiana) 
nohH^sahe nsa eihuru, eakiumiba 
hu ona eha mfneaJtof fiwrntw um 
mehiru, an envious, maUdous person 
(Kis. wMlcsUmM, miuhiema) hu ^htda 
n/ehiru, lit to make maUee or envy, 
i.e. to act maliciously or from envy (see 



NCHIWA— NDIPSO. 



131 



dhmmb^ and dtigwkiM and IciiMka 

QT hUhimka fnsana). 
VcUimm, 8. (ya) (pi. Utj, the wOd pigeon 
. (see iMMMla the house-pigeon (Kis. 

ndiwa). 
Ifcfao, ijq^nohtt, MCau «tyo wokoHii^ 

NelMka, a. (wa) (pJ. id) {u^u and owra), 
Mf9<M< (Kis. wIoImi) also pronouneed 

Ncbdf In, (ira and ya) (pi. with 10« 
and ««, «i0a and <•€), an eUphani 
(Kis.flMitf/V). 

NdiAefal. s. (ya) (pl.M, •«), a 1>ee (Kis. 

Nch^fad, s, {uyu) (pi. <tf , aioo), nam$ qf 
a tpteiu qf vrOd am'mol. 

Iff'dha, contr. from ni ra with r chan* 
ged into dh, it i8 qf^ rel. to the "Ba" 
class. 

Ndaai, pron. int. who? «^ mdea^ 
ndanif (Ki8.M'n<m< «um<). 

NdiUUUnda, this word Cspoken in a 
high and singing tone, mere sounds 
rather than a word) is expressive of 
whatever stretches along in a straight, 
or at least continued, unbroken line. 
Mbto uffa uH fUkmdtmda, that fire 
form$ one unbroken Une, scil. the fire 
of burning the grass. Wmutu waya 
wali ndandanda (= mUMnffo mi- 
hingo), Mbanda H uii ndandanda 
hadee iei $ili ndandanda eieihu 

If dAo = nda ao or yao, qf them. 

If dam, 8. («fyw) (pi. with ea), a $peeie$ 
qf eerpent, remarkable for a very 
sharp ridged back. 

Ndfuriaui, s. (ya and #a) (Kis. ya 
tneiba, ya niongorodeti (see d6ora). 

Ndeka L (see 'onda,'*) II. ndeka, I 
alone, i«q. n^ka; the partide 'nd&» 
is only used in the Lpers. ndetmka 
ni yani mt-ndSha ime ss niri n«- 

NdolBtM (see 'omda.**) 
Nduaba, s. 
NdMlda, s. (ya, «a). 
If dandenda (a^j. a adv.) fna (used of 
the moon and of fluids in vessels) 



«fMfe«< wU nd/en d tn d e, tike moon i$ 

fuUf it iiftiU moon; n^4a nii ndonr 

d&nde, the beer itfuU^ i.e.the vessel 

which contains it; tira, ndoaee ifdo- 

ndende, put or pour in, make it quite 

fm, lit. fill it full, entirely. Madoi 

eahu-f^a-dunga, ali ndendendo, ho 

or 8he hat not drawn water^t ia (still) 

fuU. 

Nd«o,s.(ya, ta), strife, quarrelf 

Ndef ftl, s. {^a, oa), beard CKis. tid^/V), 

ndcrp/Wafca Hndti^a n^ingo, oioi 

humera deompera deompera; n- 

depfu oa Ua/rangarumo. 

N'dtee,s. {jf^, oa), a elimy eubetance 

forming on etonee covered u>ith water 

lit. that which is slippery, from hu 



i, s. (ya, $a), the eanr-lap, 
lit that which hangs down, from.ln* 
lendowora {JiiA,ndewe ya ehikio). 



Ndibo (adv.) there, therefore (seeiMi^n^ 
jm) (Kis.M<Mo). 

NdiclM, it ie it, rel. to the "oJka" class; 
oindicho, n^fta-ki-begniodea, ie ie 
not U, I have looked toeH, 

Ndilw, there it ie, thertfore, rel. to the 
Inf.ikM. 

Ndime, S. \jfa, oa), dorl-rmnba nUn- 
ehdro, toe cut, 0-«* divide it), into 
narrow strips; hudanurandim^;hu 
Ura ndin^ (Kis. hu panua ard hu 
eoeangue), lit a "wait for me," from 
"hu UiMWra" (the "n" in this word 
is perhaps not the usual preformative. 
but the aceus.of the per8.pronoun"«<")- 

Ndlndi, «a hon%be oa dumut*o, 

f9^ndtP9, s. (ya, oa), a hostage, pledge 
(Kis. roJkoMtf). only need qf men aitd 
eomeUmee qf animale, but qf things it 
is "hik&re. n^baie wanga ana-ni- 
ihira ndindirOf gnombowt^e a 
haraihara adeunnbdra. 

NdllM. 

Ndio, it is it, the very same; (ndi-yoy 
rel. to the ya and itoa-class (Kis. n- 
<U») onefia-yo uyu ndio or sio, 
nohonatnet, 

Ndipao. 

9* 



132 



NDITU— NENA. 



Ndtta (Kis. fcaM«a, 



«- I 



NdiWtt (Kis. Id. Ihau CM v«ry mnnc). 

Ndlwo, vegetahUt, herh§, puUe (Kis. 
JkHotrae, mbogu) fnt9h0r€ wa chap^ 
^haye uliye ndtwo (see nda). 

Ndlyv pron. 8. pers. sing. ihiiUthBone, 
the 9ame, tt i$ ke w she (see cnmmm). 

Ndo, dtungu *ri ndo rimba, nd^- 
kara tonga, 

N4»dMii, it i$ €f what (kind or qua- 
ilty)? rel.to the "la" or "r»" class, 
dHJbo #H «Mlo<iaM<y (Kis. nK Jkio 
inaka-je f nti Ato |r'«#l ffoni f what 
kind of eowUry U thatf) 

NdodllO, s. (ya, sa), a wdOdnff-ttiek 

Ndoado, s. (see hu pflna and ma- 
ganka). 

NdoBf e or dondie, s. onZy tued a« 
wmen reetwn, i.q. maronge and also 
derived from "ku rong€h" Chan- 
dong€ pi. p»and4ntge, that which (9 
given by way of reeonciliation; si 
pea dibo, ni pea ndonge, it ie not 
that of payment, but that of resto- 
ring friendiJiip ; gnambe iei nea n- 
donge. 

N46ro, s. (ya, ea\ lead (Kis. t^«a#i). 

irdMUiia» s. (ya, M), a kind of vege- 
table growing in the earth Uke pota- 
toes (Kis. ndaf) 

Ndsano, s.(ya, ea), i.q.t»«<no or n*- 
deino. 

NdMrigm, s. 

IffdMUd (see deaeij, the eaetor-oil-plant, 
prov. kufa kua mudmOna ni n- 
deaei aUtegera kudaUf ndeaei ya 
kalieere/ ndeaei ya kidHdei, 

NdMBflTO, a (ya and ea), a slender 
poU used for buHding (fastened along 
side the wall) (Kis.il*») ndeengo ea 
ku bavnbirira kuknro; tdeo used 
cf baiizas, those splinU of Dnmlml 
which go roiund (see komo), 

NOsUm? 

Ndlimbo, s. (pl.yOi •«), ih» siugair-eaM 
(Kis. tntia}. 

N di ki i o? Bdiingiro? 



(only nsed as predi- 
cate), being lOMgiial (in length), deri- 
ved from kn #<Nta. Xm d t e g e d a Im«- 
«Jk« niimt^hm i, iUssde inH mi d e ini a^ 
eimkulinganiea. 

NMfa, s. (ya) (pi. sa), the fruH itf the 
M'nfiru. 

N4so, again (see kmirlr^. J wwi rfg p, <- 
wendeo, i /hnd ea , i^ Mi t d go, tfi0*M- 
d«o. 

NdMdsar 

NAMBibp, s. (ya) (pi. sa), (Kis. am foM- 
ga nueUe). 

Ndmnnta, a MdMMMftw ea mmmra. 

VdmukgwuL (adv.) lit. perplexingly fh>m 
fctt eungnea, wondroustly, strangely, 
unaccountably. Xaranga uyu konr 
daiyahe attra ndeungusa, 

Ndsnnuiknl, s. {ya and ««), a species 
of red fky, said never to be seen 
outside the dwetUngs qf men. 

Ndui (adv.) mideinge yonse Ui ndui 
ndui ndiui s= iU daye daye, aU the 
rivers arefuU to overjlowing; Maga- 
eheei yadsa. 

Ndvkola (see undukula), 

Ndmifi or ndmclii, a ehanc^j kinSm 
iki n*neh-kirona ntiuan d unehi, this 
thing J saw by chance (Kis. kua 
nasibUf kua bakhU^ ntua ndnnehi, 
by chance. The dative form renders 
the use of "mua" arbitrary, but the 
prim, form is always followed by it 
Xwe unajiiikiiu ikij o n er a nd u n ch i m 

Nddra, s. (ya, MS), the gaU, bOe; nr 
dfuru ya gnana, the gaU of Me 
erooodile used as a poison amd odMtf- 
mistered in a draught qf beer (Kis. 
properly niongo, ewmn). 

N«fBa BAfBft, e^ enbognUlka 



N«ka (see ka\ (KiajMlpa yemg n) , 
N«ui(v.a. andv.n.) to speak, to sag; 
preceded by 'ku doiwa** it has only 
the meaning of the coaJ. 'tftoT (see 

(Kis. taradia, ku eenea ImmIM); — 

(v.a.) to betray,-— DMMMnyi (v.rea) 



NENEBA— NKO. 



133 



> fj.n,) to b€ 9(090,-- 

(y.e.) to fluriee ttont (Kis. un 

dioha), p/ kkt i 44 m ipfip/k mem ^ed io , 

N«Bf«,s. (wa) (pLM sa), naim» qf a 
&P$bU9 of 4i»<Mal; Me hcOqwf (Kis. 
lQimmf\ 

Ng» (y.D. (see ytfi iM M ). 

Ng» (v. n.) to (« Iflae to, to eiMM up to, 
to amtmitt; ni mj i di g i , m rfima < i i mt» - 
9« l»<H* A« i9 poor, (hul his) fteart it 
lilM a flMNMtoln, i^e. magnatUmouM; 
mdongo u ukumga upa (ss unga 
Mya)/ iMiJkM «*ifw akwmga «f|fa (=: 
«M»I^« Mya)« negative: Hnga, oingor 
hare, wa ommg o ni hare, lit let ikem 
notheUkeUU b^ore; waeanenmni 
hare, sense: Urnee an altered. Bat ni 
seems to stand somettmes instead of 
na, wherefore it may more naturally 
be rendered: let them not be lilce with 
(what they were) before or formerly. 

Sigamg9agM{9uA}») ali ngamganga, hs 
U dead; mwU ngemganga, tkeg are 
dead only said of men, of animais 
jHMMfMMitpu is used. 

Nifirm, 1) name qf a territory (see 
2>«4i»MH)/ — a) s. (y« and ea), the 
heads of moMrw, whea faU (see doa- 
ehe); ngdra ya banumga, the top 
qfithe stalk oO Indtcm com (Kis. ehuhe) 
ngara ya bongo* 

If ffira, s. (wa) (pi.«a). a bird,* ngdru 
utamaiUha mbingo, 

Nffiwm, a (pi. oa), uewry. 

If fiivincAwi (adj. ^adv.) brin^ful; mH>a 
teUngamfingaiwi s= nd e ndend e . 

Nc^Mi|S-(ya) (pl«««)f emdU round eakee; 
procured by the Waniassa from the 
Portogaese and yalued for the stimu- 
lant qualities ascribed to them. 

Nffi, pron. int. end. wluUf what forJ 
\j(\, eihUmi ; domngu irt una^ri-toho 
rerd^ngi (or nehi\ rihtM-n-tede, ni- 
m^paraf 

Kg; (seeMJko). 

Nfodsa, a (ya, sa), • nook, a crook. 
iU|. n gor ood e a ga hu iohorfra ffUu 
(Kia upenn l bol) (which word is more 
in use). 



Nfiftnui, 8. («fyu) (pi. M, with ea); The 
addax, AntOope {9) being very fond of 
cotton leaoee and beam (Kis. •AomW) 
(see uHwa), 

NcdBM, & ntm nb a ea Wakigunda, 

Ncondi niroBdi ii|r^B^> /«Q ^ o^for- 
fUAotng (only used of rivers); madei 
anadeara aUngondi ngondi ngon- 
dif huli eeeu. The toord mttet be re- 
peated thrice, at leaet twice. 

Nctabl nirtaiat s. toindinge; mdeinge 
waehida ngotUa ngonia (« uwku- 
Snt a humUa), 

Ncdro, a ^ 

Ng'«r*dld, and %oema tea map^ are 
baite for fieh» 

NffOMOdaa, s. (ya, sa) (see ngodea); 
ngoroodea ya hu tehorera vien, 

ISg4fwm, s. (ya, sa) derived from hu g6af 
ng&wc ya hu gowera aisu; ngaufo 
yanga iU hudtf or ngoraodea Hi 
h%»dif where is my hoohf ngowe ie 
i.q. ike preceding worde, 

Iffuaro, s. (see n^fome). 

If fMoe, s. (ya, sa) (see ha or higango), 

MT Htdniinif hu pfara ngudurira, 

KgngU, s ntehindo, 

Ifgidi, a (yaand ea). haeho (see). 

Nfiftmrn, s. (ya, sa), the inner and moet 
virulent part qf a tumour (Kis. moyo 
wa ipu; mayo ura ivu) ftgnia, hu- 
one huene, namhalin^bue tthoee hu 
ehoha mguma. 

NffAo (N.prop.) name of a territory on 
the banke qf the lake Niaeea. Nian- 
eha ya hu Hfguo, na Nianoha ya 
hu Mgogoda ina-di-raga, ina-di- 
tue4n. The Niancha lake along the 
territoriee qf Nguo and Mgogoda ie too 
great or broad for uSfOf eueh an ex- 
tent, that they no more venture fording 
it, which ie done furthor to the south, 

KgwnUMkM, s, (Kis. eumaei, jinamiei f\ 

IfgwAwe, s. (uyu) (pi. with ea), the 
wUd dog (Kis. nguue, pi. wa—). 

NgAam, s. (pi i.q. nginga and ndere 
in Kinika. 

Nko, a gen. particle, composed of ni 
and ho, and referring to the Iniln. par- 
ticle "hu," and the preformative 'ha*^ 



134 



NKODERE— NI AG ANI AGA . 



toh&rt of, U of, as also for the prepo- 
sition "Jbo or Jkoo." 

Nlwdiere, compos, of n<, Jbo, <i«r«, &« 
toAet'e «0 (ttms). f»»«M <«cr«/ nlB<Mi«re, 
#<Ifa, t<M»f»a»Mi, «cra-fcM-o»0ra? lit 
man fAo»/ 60 toAtfre tA««, tAM«, tA^ 
«ay, thity, thee truef sense: oh man, 
is it tbas you are, is it after all true, 
what people say of you ? 

Iftaa, contracted from ni and hua; 
conj. he is, $he i$; uyu nhua nikuru 
hua Jcu lemera; uyu nkua mkuru 
ht$a hu badua, na uyu 'nJcum tn- 
huru tuhi; nChua =■ n< huUf and in 
meaning ^ ni %oa and ni woo, n- 
hua huoha = ni wa hueha. 

Ni, 1) the objective case of "ine," me, 
to me, always put between the pre- 
formatives and the verb, as is the 
case with all the objective cases of the 
Personal Pron.— 2) co^J. particle — 
it, it is. in many instances the "<" 
is dropped, sometimes i seems to be 
used for "na," e.g. ndamha ni yani 
or: nintha ni yanif with Ufhom ahaU 
I go 9 tuMranya raniadarrina l<- 
dsiro; dsitna yaniada, when the 
dsima ha$ been kept over night. Ni 
stands also for the 8. pers. even when 
followed by an opt. Ulendo ubu ni- 
onda ni tnlantM , nikaonda ni wan- 
<u wa ehayOf wa^ni-tiya, 'eaid be- 
fore one i$ gone, but" nenda [naonda) 
na nUwmu, when already on the way 
(very cui'ious!) The meaning seems to 
be: ^ J go, it $haU only be with a 
relation qf mine, becauee ttrangere will 
fareake one — but : ndanika tut tn- 
Idntu, nihan^u$ na watu wa ohaye 
^. would b9 the language of one wTio 
haa cKtuaHy decided about going. 

Nim (see Gnia, hfi nli») (v.n.) to emit, 
to void (by stool). Fig. hii nta liwfwe, 
to emit or apeak lie$. The expression 
betrays a very strong moral sense, 
by speaking of lies in the most con 
templible way.— gnUka (v.n.) 1) to ad- 
mit qf emitHitg, bona umntu ye^a 
H-b«i^nieka;^ 2) to prove emttttng, 
to be in the Hate of Idttfi^ ouJL, to 



eonaume away, to bum, only aaid of 
the wood, not qf the fire huni sa 
niShit, huni oina nieha oonoe, the 
woodia burned up aU, hironda'chan- 
ga daeibano ohanieka (Kis. endetSa), 
ntorm (V.d.) nwuana ana-ni-niSra 
ba-n-oha/St).^ nfodMi (v.int. s cam.) 
niekem (v.d.) to bum to, niama 

yanya inar^n-nMceraj—nijtlkm^dMWL 

(v. int.) to bwm miueh, niwma yanga 
ina^n- niheredaa huiiyaiko, — nie- 
kedstea(v.d.) to bum (one another's 
wood); waa-n-niehedo^re hunia- 
angtt. 

Niada (v.n.) to be clammy. 

If iada, s. a clammy phiee, i.e. a place 
where the earth is clammy. Beunanya 
oha niada, Indian com qf a elammy 
aoil (i.e. grown in a clammy soil; also: 
bamanya oha nwUada of in); yaba 
ni baniada, diohide n-twntu, diho- 
gore ohan^ba, Wabuaa waikoga 
ehamba hu niada, boya who tend 
cattle make a hole in the mud to amoke 
hempt becauae they are not allowed a 
proper pipe, 

liladim (v.a.) to auek up, to drink <u 
an animal (in want of a vessel), hu 
niadira madai, lit. to adhere to water. 

Nladnrm (v.n.) to tread lighOy (not allo- 
wing the feet to clam, as is were, to 
the ground). Mnhewyuaanan^gugu, 
aniadura {ni ntuendSdUe «roJb«). 

Naaffada (v.a.) idea, udaadaho inaoa, 
come and partake qf white ante (lit. 
Ihoo coming mayest partake dtc.), to 
take a pinch of (especially said with 
regard to a meal of white ants. 17««- 
none narltu-hdniea, nda niagada, 
ainornn^hira. Do not aay, I r^fuae 
thee, IwiU takeapineh (because) they 
go againat me. — Blagtidfani (v.d.) to 
take a pinch for (another); u-n^nitt- 
gadire ino, pleaae take (and give) me 
a pinch qf Ac 

NiagaiiUOi ^ verbal aiy. only used 
qf drizaUng rain and ante apreading 
themaelvea all ever a piece qf ground; 
ntp/Ura ya niageanie^fmf Hiwnahui 
Uniaganiagmf niorSro Hniagani' 



NIAEARARA— NIARA. 



135 



or HrkUag nmimg m (i 
and WriUOa). 

MlakHrtem (v.d.) to be tmeoen, rn^fled, 
top9ff4€fvy; m kadmm b m yonse anttm- 
ha ni madHf 9»d9U buU nildkarmra, 
the hank§ wmU cU t^ by ihn water, 
the graee U tapeff-torvy (see tumba). 

Ktoina, s. (uyu) (pL with ea). 1) on ami' 
mali^ 2j (ya, sa), Jteeh or meat; tU- 
aima ea tn'tengo, the animdie in the 
MfOdemeee; niama ya (or ea) nnarinr 
pika, the JUeh in the pot 

Niams ya chambo; ndtaa niama 
ya chamhOt eMmda alekere mayo, 
I am etepoeed to great danyere, may 
god graiU life (see dhiworonga ima- 
eira and he^baankuatOf ohambo). 

MamUda (see gtUambida), 

Niambo, s. (ya and fa), a bait (for ftsh 
only, seemhudeij, niambo ya or ea 
n-deo9nba, 

Niamaka, to riee, to get up. — alar 
mokidaa (v. a.) to cauee one to riee, — 
wfamalrira (v.d). to riee, to gU op 
to any one, — niamarika (v.n.) to 
admit itf being lifted, — niamarim 
(v.d.) to lift np for (ft to (another); 
niroufwarira JbaiffMufu «fyu, niaan- 
gihieo bamodei. ^ ydamwcUbUify, 
int) to lift up teeU; niamurideaf ni- 
httrikire hada,— niamtica (v.n.) to. 
riee, to get up; eunianwha mdaro 
u, it doee not riee (l.e. move) thie load, 
eunianwuha bdnei bo iwe, dikan^ 
haf foon't you riee from ihe ground, 
Mat fM maty be gone, 

NlAaiira (t. a.) to lift up, tol^ (Kis. 
iwaa, ofMloIra). (see nognanedeafj, 

Niamasa (T.a.) to OeoaU (e^. the how 
in taking aim or one's voice), ni amu 
ea wanga, ndaUea, eleoate thine, 
mine I wlU lower, nieu nu eani yatu 
didaieea, eleoate youre, oure we wiU 
lower, niammea nu my niko aiOmda- 
U akoee kumfa, lift up your voice 
On ordAr that) he who ie ata dietanee, 
may be able to hear, 

MamttMiKprop,) the lake Niaeea, m- 
aneha yata ^oantu eida oraka ino, 
Cka tnbobo Viemaka, n in ek e nika- 



aogewo kumta. Nianeha means pro- 
periy.* *<0M me.- Waumi (or daw- 
kenf^ u M a tat opee, ndaaraka kwa 
mpeara tndima, MtfUw/s, nir iya 



Niaada, s. (ya, sa), the flbrome part qf 
the rind of treee. "Dearu i n*okako 
(= ni yako) ^oeka, idalm tera tmia 
nianda, aeifihe elath were€fnia>n- 
da, which nobody, doee borrow. (§06 
kHende (Kis. niteeiao) f 

Mlaag'a, 8. (ya and ta), horn; niamgm 
ea gnamhOf the home qf catUe, 

Niaaiada (v.n.) 1) to tread ecfOy; — 
2) to touch eUghOiy (in tailing oat a 
small quantity of grain &c.), to take 
by pfnchee;— S) hardly to touch (stUd 
of work) ; ueadabe wa n^kanl, ni€h- 
niada, do not take up (or out) much, 
take a pinch only, 

Nlaakoa. 

Nlaaiamlra. 

Niaa8a(v.a.) to dieguet, peera aba 
bona ni nianee^— aiaaiisa (v.rel.) 
to dieguet with. Mniumha wmu ei- 
kumba ku loa, mna ni mn eir aj 
afawaWaa (v. int) 

Nlaaai, S. nda d whru ka kua mpdwi, 
b&moe kuna nianei kn-buatra.^^ 

Ifiaata(y.a.) to taete (with the lip or 
the tongue); gen. to U€k, to VOc iip, 
i.c. to dry\ up; gnambo a-m-nianta 
muanawe; IHmba iri rinanienUa, 
this dimba is dried up.— 
(T.n.) to admit qf being Utked.— ; 
tidfla (y.int.) to lick much (seemMrw); 
(y.c.) to cauee to lick; kiko iki K-JM- 



Nlara, s. (sa) «111011 etonee (one of the 
plural forms of mt i or a), (KiA,kayodo), 

Niara(y.n.) to eaeerdee ehame (by kee- 
ping out of sight) i.e. sons and daughter 
in law will strictly ayoid beeing seen 
by their flathers and mothers in law, 
and yice yersa. JBfat nwali aniaraf 
niarana (y.rec.) to aooid one another 
from ehame.-- alarika (y.n.) to admit 
qf anoiding de. kuatm munia nm «•* 
bangoei wake ehaoondna (for , 



136 



NIARANIA3A— NIUMBA. 




(¥ A) to obmrm tUtmte, to 
awdd tm $w $r ing (Ki&. n iamm o m) , ^ 
nlannUMini (T.d^ to be $amt to — 

Miarftae, s. (uyv) (pU «m*— ). a ptmO^. 

Mlardvl, 8.*(8a)» (Kis. mayo h€»r6ru\ 
ijhuji ImIhi), Aa«<lM«t, ra$Mte$$, irri- 
tdbiUtg; nimrwHomko oi- oi-honu^t 
thaka hina adafera oa ufone, 

MUnniiaB, s^iu^u) (pi. with oa), a apo- 
eUo cf Uirge Nodb onto (Kis. titngu), 
which may be seen in considerable 
bodies tiUTelling in a line going on 
or returning from an eipedition against 
the white ants» which they carry off 
in their month or forceps. 

Mia (see ya). 

NiailUia, nUmsa inimt^oa, 

NiMUi, s. (ya) (pi. oa), a ntt, niti. — 
i» (ya) (pi. oa ndoabne) (Kis. 
'). 



», «. (wa) (pi. with Mi), a kind 
of erkket (an insect) (Kis. lUenoe), 
Iftemeho a k ara ku tm umm ba, mkoo- 
se ku f*lr«. 

NiMifm (see gnUn^a), 

RImic^, s. the Umff hair of goati, also 
of gnombe at their hamps (Kis. fmi- 
anioya). (This must be peculiar to 
the Niassa-conntries). 

Himag9 (see doidia). 

MoWy Sk {inkaoi wa mkum ^ okau- 
ku), (Ki& niem, nioge ffj 

NMMfBMa (see gniorognUoa), (to 
tickle). (Kis.«<««, Mie^w^ 

NiangiilMl, s. (ya), (pi. «a), •(or; — 
•oMydro, tito ftcwt ihine, 

Wm^tf, s. (pL (ya and •«), a ipedto of 
9maU Node aii<« (Kis.«im9w). 

Kifna (N. propO name <2^ a eortain part 
qf the lake Niameha, bekoeem MeaSka 
to the North and Deandenge in the 
9omth» It is here where the Wawisa 
are said generally to ford. Nimmeka 
ya Nigna*.^^ 9 (▼»»•) kiinguo oka 



(Kis. 

imiorniii^mi 
J MNo Mm oloiM. VdmmMm ni 
n iria e ka iao, wiSk who m $haU I gop 
IbeingaUme. 8.pers.wM, 8.pera •»; 
1. pers. pl.«Ulf.—- J9 imt W ,*— ^ wa U . 

Mimbo (or gwkmkg), s. (ya, sa), tts «ri 
<tr einging, a §ong (from liw i im k a^ 
9»e kidoudsa). 
if 

(a4i^ m< ^ w Ml« yo itUagi (for 
yatf«t<«Hir<) ss ta ig m md a yo 
km, mamg heade* Wmata 
JMn«w kimimgi (see «M»iMir<). 

Nlaka (v.a.) <o |f<M (Kis. j»«Mm). — 
BiaUra (v.a.) (from a little distance) 
(Kis. soamfrtfMba)^ aiaUfla (yja) <• 
conte anoiktr to gfm, to mituHfor 
dtfAwiy.— niartaaaa (v.recj to gtut 
hg paeeingfrom one to a n ot he r ^^ afai- 
lUra (v.d.) to Mml to. 

Miaknl^ s. afleh $atd to he very tie epg f 

MIoiBba, pi. of momba (fLiB^mdekafj 
IViafBia(¥.a.) (or nogniaS) (Kis. In»- 

m ku o a n^tuf) 

boa, uyo 



NiMido» s. (ya, sa), a balgor 

niondo, there i$ a bulge Qt goes, out 

a bulge). 
NiMldo, eamguru k a tabt, oi- ei mato 



pbe 

thm 

(T- 



NloBftea (v.a.) to ojfeitd; aiiada 
miaagore, ndibo a-ka-eangueo 

teaite (till) gou oftadL kka^ 
he foAl anmtg fcm*— 
rec.) to of and one aaothor. 
NloBfaroU (Kis. mnio, pi 

IHaaiiadafca (VJL) to be brittU, crimpy 
friable {3iS&J%rru oki ka ) ,kidomro oka-^ 
nUnUo dokaf deima yofUon§o doka^ 

NiMdmnani(¥ Ji^ to ha^f^ett; the word 
is also pronounced 
(Kis. <i««afiMi and 

gaana)^ 
Mirifa, I am wHtkond, X Jk«M aei H* 



lilamba»s.(y«HpLMi)» cottovs* Amim. 



NIUMBU— NBA. 



187 



uyUf pL iH or mmh «mm 
ii lmw t M , foil JkoMfMa 
IOm a gitt^6 (jbeeaiue whea io herds 
they are said to keep gasing at people 
passing hy). J ri u m t n mhmumpm, m- 
kmmMm, mdm^mmm, a wweft ^e, tte 
f<rn^ i B > aii A« Jl86s oful ffoes, h$ wO 
rttmm thai As may ftme ai yoik — 



I s. (ir», pi. 9a), a hammtr, 
(1 



9, the nittngu are sM with 
9maU rmmd Isoms (like the shell cal- 
led pande). 

Ikadi (Me dl); mXmhK is often used 
in the sense *a«, Wee." 

^ 8. (yo^ pi. 9a), (see ftciflpa). 
^ 8. (pi. *i), one toAo alwaift 
eats lip the meat Mmee^f wUhoat 
giving hia wife and ehOdren (see han^ 
ho), hambo uyu and htnnha i9i, 
wQX he eaid by one who kmnca the 
fereon or pereona leeU, but the more 
general way of speaking is that giyen 
under the word 'hambo.'* mMona- 
wanga aaahMa9U9a ni fChanibOf 



Kkaad, wa 

oha 



nhani (=s wangi in Kis.); 
= hingif ya lihami s= 
9a fihani sss nit^, 



, nUdoro i ydhumba 
JbOy tnadhmaba aiw ad ai a, weak onee 
wOl not be abU, wiU not ftnieh, a 
etroag one, or strong onee (the word 
remains unaltered in sing, and plural). 
Maboro uyu nt n h an h o; 
Mitf mJbamIba. 

i, s. (ya) (see hmwa dUs. 
e hmg Sj, 
Wtebo, mImmi/ md9id9i u nkw 
aaaa* tki9 atanahia olant ie bw atiae. 
Le. belongs to my side of the field; 
m tf w wffu nh%»a yamif MOnp m does 
this ekOd beUmg tof whoee i$ thU 
chOdf 



, s.(wa) (pLsa), (pee 

VlhamaiH: 
theaUmeiif 



)f 




hu oha SB 



i, coi\|. U l9 af, pariakee of, of 
tto m i ft ir n qf, beUmg e to,^ nium,^ 
mi h%ta, U U bg; fU w; bnA 

« 9i 

or 

ni wa hmoha. 

(see 

(a4j) wheito, snMrv (without ft 
erack or blemish used, of earthen 
vessels and the human body). Oktadm 

anad9Sra Ipw bu duro, god creoMt 
Mm ealttre, the crooked came from 
without (by an iqfury). 

»y a M« sCone itf the potter. 

N > da« {yjBk.) s few dmada pumdo ha» 

dooro mbiri ^oaaga, 94 

ftmgndnm (t.) U9 aa mh %a ri t 

na, do not epeak bmOg (only whisper> 

aya m o a mti tf • < dina meha 



N«ffB4Bm, {id in Kis.) u9agnognm^ 
ohoagdm, do not whtepor loudtg. — 
— ga — le aa (v. a.) to ^iu^per eqfig. 

N41a (or k« BMn) (v. a.) to whet, to 
eharpem (Kis. hu nda). — Bovikm (v. n J 
io odmtt qf oAafpenl^, to prove weU 
eharpened, tnboHlwamga wmamore ha ^ 

Ntea (v.n.) to befotr- a— daa (v.int) 
to fts fwy /oe (in comparison with 
another; in the cans, it is not used); 
gnomhe i ina nonodaa haU igek 

Nwtea (y.d.) to eharpem to or for. — » 
mgoMMtk (v.int.) to eharpem weU; De- 
riv. twmor o i f Je . 

N«r*, s. wheUtag atone. 

Nm (properly tn^noa), feOow-mam, 
eompaniom; noanga (contr. from n9a 
wa t eg u), mgfdiow-mam; noaho his 
or her companion pl« W 9e m 9a h e, 

Mt or Jker; — (Kis.eoiM«, MNi) 

9« «0» aUamm dm, my adaorearg, op- 



188 



NSA-^BA. 



pam&u, lit my feUow-man of words; 
n^tm^a wa mtmgmtmt «»y ftttow- 
mem €(f d^Mt, Le. either my creditor 
or my debtor. 

Nm, Gontr.from Mtf 90^ UU of, rel.to 
the *ya and ea" class. 

Jlsta^, mmaimfna nMrnga, my ftro- 
Mer inhm hg marriage (in the month 
of a men speaking); wa mkaeintan- 
9^, my ai$ter in Urn (a female spea- 
Wng). 

Nsar«liMM,8. <A« erUiket; nB^re n- 

r», th6 eridcet crU$, ih$ morning ted 
wiU appear pteienUif, It is a species of 
cricket said to chirp only in summer- 
time and very early in the morning; 
nsere M««r» yorlrw, «4 m,*maufa, 
the cricket eriee, it ii day-hreak. Ifse- 
rensere ihirira ni nuuiga daabm- 
no, when the eridcet ehtrpe, mmmer 
U eome, 

-N^iarai s. ana^ida n^eru iH, ana 
rdkua, intdiUet (see namamamt^, 
(Kis.aft<M). 

N«ia, s. (Y.a.) sUdm*. 

Jffsite. 

Nliiido (ya and ea), a epeeiee qfuwrm 
with priddy hair and red. 

Nfliao, s. (pi. sa), the baUa qf the toee 
(sing, not in use) (Kiaf»«a eaHmtda), 

Naiao, s. edkumfSha bah%td9a bake 
•am'enda na nHno, or ndeino, he 
^eoae not audible in hie coming, he woe 
going Up-toe. 

Ndo (Kis. MdaMa oha nUamba^ 

Nthim aiwa, (Kis. Hnga firigiei^ 
s. (y», ea). — BSlwm UmM, a lit. 
•omethtng for etopping the month (from 
ha eiwa and hamoa), i.a a bribe 
/or inducing one to keep silence as 
to the bult committed by the briber; 
ueaka neneee, nda-hu-tUaka m- 
eiofa hdaoa, {^ieiba huaoa). 

JffMka, 8. (see JTeAofca). 

KwukhM, s. an orphan when at the aame 
time deetitnie qf property (see maeie); 
aatana am anteie, an orphan with 
proporty, NB, the word "netta 
can never be used withom the word 



iff 



1" before it 
*t a detUtaU orphan; 
ayaai neaaaa, ihie ohOd i$ m d&' 
itihtte orphan, wana aeoa ai n'aa^ 
ana, n^eaaro'dere yabo. 
Ifncfel, a a kind qfjiy (neiwaneiwa). 
NtaatMita, s.? n*tegn4a tegnia f 



NnUfai, 8. (ya» sa), hwmp of tome. 

MFaoifu, 8. (ya, sa). M6fK»reM|»lM(Kis.«El). 

Nv^imhi, 8. 

Nvaka (v.a.iftv.n.) to $meU; m'MUt 
anuka kifinUinu, apereoa emdie of 
ki^tnuoMf ntania a^a ytmattka 
pfookoma, theee Jlowere emeU wOL 



go, maumeha mot mndhHeaan' 
unkao nkua oMaaif 
N imfciiMii (v.reO.) to he edfieh, regard- 
Uea (especially said of one who never 
visits his relations, lit to smell one'a- 
self only); muntu vfoonnnkidua 
s= wookakdra mditna; nanktma, 
to emdl one another, vwna awa wa- 
annkana nCmanoha, theee chUdren 
emeU one another in the homde, e.g. 
when they want to ascertain, whether 
they have eaten meat— nnnkMim 
(v.caus.) to make emeU; (v.int) to rnndl 
etrongly. 

o 

OM (v.a.) to fear, to be ofroid tf (Kia 
ku og&pa, feu oha).-^ oMam (v.rec^ 
to he qfraid of each other,-^ alithl 
(v.n.) to be dreadf^, diamed, ffioomy 
(tit to admit of fear), ntbogaga bo- 
beka (for: ba obeka), where it i$ 
denee, it i$ gloomy (said of a forest); 
IMaaeka yaobeka rera, the IHaeea 
ie drea^fnl to-day,— •Mani(V.d.) to 
fear for (another); neMna-ob Sr a «Mf* 
ana aranga. eidoiwa adakudea 
p^ekama, I fear for my tkOd (son 
or daughter), I do not know whether he 
wiU come (back), eafely, to be afraid at, 
from de; yeeera, aeaaboire kadoH^ 
try (first) do not be e^atd from a 
dietanee, afar off (do not fftll before 



OCHA.— ONA.. 



139 



yion are pushed). — oMdsa (v. int) 
1) to fear greaUy— 2l (r.caiis.) to make 
qfraidt to frighttn (one person aDO- 
ther), to tkreattn. — 4pMi (v. a.) to 
frighten, to terrify; rero Ifiamoha 

(v.n.) to admii qf frightening ; 
uyu sa opsoka (Kis. fMUa).— 
(v.d.) to ftighten for (another), mop- 
sera fnunna uyu, abuerere. — op- 
sadsa (y.int.) thie form aeema Imt 
raireiy ueed, 

dcha(v.a.) to hroil— •clMka(v.n.) to 
turn oiU tMll broOed,— oclMra(v.d. 
oehedsa (v. int.) to broil weU; tho- 
roughly, 

4fm (v.a.) to tranepUaU; to plant by 
alipa, ie hu psora f mhaddda i ni 
kimerera, ni ehianif answ. nohoo- 
ga, namnha nikaoge beunanga ehO' 
ga, kiU bafnpi bafnpi, much qf 
their agrieuUture eeeme to eomiet in 
trantplantaUon qf which their country 
moat easily admite, a$ the eoU i$ never 
dried up there a« it i$ in other lati- 
tudes, — ogkkm (y. n.) to admit qf 
transplanting, to appear well planted. 
kadse isi suogeka, sina ^mna. 
answ. sa ogekOf can these kadee (slips) 
be planteit or are they dry? answ. 
th^ may stiU be planted (see ketdse). 
•ffom (v.d.)— ofodsm (Y.int) to plant 
much and weU. 

Ogntodsa (v.caus.) to make eee, to ehow 
(from k-u ona), ni ogntedsa kili 
ka dif 

Oka (y n.) 

Ok6iam(y.) gn^mbo wpu arira okoma, 

OmlMi (y. a.) to strike upon; — 1) to 
weave; ku an^a ndearu; — ^ to 
beat out; ku ombanu$bira;-^ ^ to nip 
(said of eoid with regard to yegetation); 
4) to abut, to end at (said of fire 
reaching hare ground), e.g. modo u 
una onsba m^-nckhraf suku fika 
kudalif ku omba kSbue'f but ba- 
nunwa they do "sogoraj* ambSket, to 
proMoeU woven; dsaru ipaombe k a* 
•iiib«m(y.d.) 1) to weave, to beat out 
for (another);— 9 (y.a) to strike, ton- 



eiude (a bargain); ninka dsemeke^, dt- 
ambers tnarondo apaf keidianatat 
mdu aya si yahaf lit. are these 
words not thine? mu&na suinnitera 
nCmofnehaf why don^t you clap your 
hands for them 9 this is done when 
Judgement is giyea ku ambera-rur- 
n%Ot to keep striking, to sharpen by 
short, touches, instead of pressing 
along a raaor; dsabano kueiohe^ 
di aombara ruma, now it will clear 
up (after long rain), the di sharpens 
the razor, i.e. he keeps up a noise 
like that of the quick sharpening of 
a raior, which is said to prognosticate 
clear weather. — ombodM (v.int.) — 
ombcraim (y.a.) 1) to dam (a cloth 
in mending it); ku amberera ndsd- 
ru,*-^. 21 to sew on a 'gangaf' on an 
arrow; ku omberSra nvip/l (it is 
called so because the thread is not 
merely wound round, but passed 
through the shaft of the arrow, to 
preyent It from slipping;— ombwf- 
dsm (y.int.) to dam weU, to eew or 
fasten on weU (Kis. ku skona), — 
•mbesm (y.a.) to provide remedies, to 
consult as an omen. — gmhwuoUL 
(y.rec.)— ombeasrm (y.d.) » ombe- 
••dfla (y. int.)~-ttmb«r«km, to tool: weU 
darned, sewed or fastened, 
Omboa (see amba) (y.p.) to be frost- 
bitten (only said of yegetation); m<- 
dengo ina &mboa dsahono nutdsa- 
ni adayopoka; nnXnsda sanga sina 
ontboa rero, 

OmMe,s. 

Omde, truly (see sengere-sedsa). 

OnMra (y.a.) to lade out (cooked food 
from a pot), i.q. bagura,— nmonocm 
(y.d. d instr.) Jr«-mu-omore#« «•»• 
danda wa n'dsima (see kfbande), 

lhui(y.a.) 1) to $ee;— 2j to be true; — 
3) to find, to get; ieo neoana, that 
i$ true (Kis. kahi, JfetcelW) =■ neha 
ona nditu {jyahinti n*na ona ushent 
n^^nehira, m*nsanga ana^u^^idi" 
Hra, I hone eeei^ or found a kn(fe in 
the way which my friend ptissed by 
(without seeing), unene sooana, speak 



140 



ONDA.— OROKA. 



what U trutt •peck ikt (rutA.— cMMm 

(y.dO aCi8.|Kifla).— 0nilai(v.n.) (Kis. 
jm^Oca).— 0lMdsm(yJnt.) to fee well, 
to 6e very tme; Mncne fOMMctoa 



Oiida(y.a.) (onclui) ^ (Kis. fconda), to 
totte.— 0iid«Aim(v.c.>=KKis.e«Ml6«ika). 
O&dte, s. IBM ^oMto dn«lo«. 
Ong% (see tcr^M^a), guM^pawder, 
Onfmrrn (v.a.) to eero^kton; Ibw-mm- 
offHfora fnuaua tcra JbofMla tn<0m<- 
otule (Kis. ku niosha tndgilj ; maiSda 
na maicroMO daanff^ra na tnodo, 
hoioi and airnw-BJutfU we etraighten 
teUh fire (by patting them over the 
flre). The root of this word 'ongaf* 
is fouDd in the Kiduruma dialect Km- 
dBir^ng&raf to etreteh onee^ee^f (Kis. 
hu-J^-ni4mg6a).-- Migdini (v.n } 1) to 
be or become etraiglU, \.q.ruHgaimaf 
9nsedan!iA%>i waongSka^ the mao- 
daniaaU U Btraigkt (a species of remar- 
Icable straight tree); miuntu uyu ana 
ong4ha, setna nutnunda. NB, In 
Kisuahili this word is used of the 
mind also, but in Kiniassa not; — 
2j to turn out petfeet (said of earthen 
ware only); mMaoanga 8ina ongo- 
Ims, oiBi hu emekaf tMOtcferewne, 
ongoha^ do not bemdt $it etraight 
(says one who is shaving another); 
diwantb€ na modo, usihoBe ku 
angoha, let ub put it by the fire that 
it «nay become Btraight* — Mig-Mr»ka 
(v.n.) (to admit of btiing Btraightened; 
ntdengo u Buongarmkaf ihiB tree 
cannot be Btraightoned; nut/wano aya 
gaan^arok a , theg turned out Btraighl 
ened. -— onf ortea (v.d.) to wtraighiten 
for (another).— OBffMrodMi (v. int.) to 
Btratghtem toett. 
i^ng;s,sB (Kis. mn io n g o, mkongot) 
OiiOBg«(v.a.) to deetrojf, to ipoil (Kis. 
fcM JMKdM)*— ononcnui (v.rec.) to 
epoU, to pervert one another,-^ onmi- 
fttn (v.nO to be de»trogable, deBtruc- 
tau, to get BpoHed; kidouro iki 
9i0kanang0ta (for: eiki onangoka), 
thlB iron U indettmetSbU, -- OB*B- 
(V d.) to deitroy, to spo<t any 



thing to onoeker.— MMBf«40a(v.int.) 
to dee<roy m/u/th orfeairfuUy Sc. (v.caus.) 
to ea«f e to Bpott. 

Opdm •f4m (v.n.) » pnUra, eaid qf 
amouBeorratpoBBtng ondrepaBBingif) 

Om (v.n.) decoy, to rot, to decompoee, — 
•radmi (v.int.) (Ki8./WrH^<]Mi). 

Orte (v.a.) to be eoft, yielding, mOd; cairn 
4c. IBM aroa n^Hnku, lit to be fq/t 
{in) Btature, i.e. to grow fast maranda 
Offa noka oroa, thie Bale i$ Boft, 
i.e. cheap (Kis. rdkkiH, oeuna, ntp^; 
tnSa u ngoorSa, thiB beer ie mUd; 
gnatnbo aor&a; nuidoi yaioroa; tu- 
ktraho rina arouf fndongu u «mm»- 
oroa, thiB tree ie Bqft, fieaHble; nutm- 
tn waorouj a wHUng mam, one io]ko 
ie aimoafyB ready to Bcrve; muntu *»o- 
or6a ftMUma, a eompaBBionaite man, 
gxgmmim (v.d.) to be ettft or mOd to 
amy one, i.e. to yield, to give way to~-; 
UBa-fnu-orowSre, adet-ku^rSa, lit do 
not yield to him, he wiU enter thee, 
i.e. ke will take advemtage of yon. — 
Og w4d— (v.int) to be very B<ift; 
downkui semgm ei na aro w odaa; (v. 
caus.) to caiMe to yidd (Kis. ku ridta 
and ku fuuBu), — orofMi (v.a.) to 
Bitftm (by soaking).— «r«fsa4mi(v. 
int.) to Bqftem muich, to inakc too Boft 
(Kis. few otffMCs). 

Om (v.a.) to takie dean cfff, to remove; 
ku ora teaeimu, to yVee from tho 
waHmu, — ttrttca (v.n.) to appear dear 
red up, to lock dean» budro bum uga 
huna oreka,— ONra (v.d.) to tofce q^, 
remove for—.— oredsa (v.int.) oaku 
oredoa, anaoiyu udau doH Jto. 

Ordka (v.a.) to ford, to oroee a rivet 
in a boat, on foot or by swimming. 
The etymol-sense of this word is to 
get one'sself taken oflT, to get removed; 
The form "ordra" does not exist; 
ardka aroka, to eroBB repeatedly; 
kaufiri kenviri, again amd again. — 
(v.n.) to admit of fording.-' 
(v.n.) nutdoigeAe akmmkm^ 
ndibo udorokeka (for: udaomkelkei^ 
scil. mdainge, or ndipo ukaam ba 
ku araka^— •ffoktea (v.d.) to ford to 



OTA.— M-PXDA. 



141 



(in the sense of encroachment), 
ban0 wtmiuhM-M^hera wtdHngm wa 



(Y. a.) to carry or 
hdp aeroBi a rHter or iake, either by 
ferrying or by swimming; to transmit 
oyer water (also used of arrows shot 
across a riyer or lalce). m^ityo* wa 
crodoap ^tonoum ko oa m morohm, ihtff 
$hoot ncro99 thetr orroioi, frMt tihem- 
mIom nave nd pet come ooor. — aro- 
dMUUi (y.rec.) to hOp one another croe- 
eiitg over water; dhut arod e e mm , di^ 
het ntan^tana mm n ehm na nUbamgOf 
one who cannot ewim ia tied between 
two othere who can,— orodsaka (y.n.) 
to admit of being conoeifed aeroee, 
fnwniM uyu eetorodeeha, emu hi- 
ietUe, etkwmba ine eM^i-hioe^ thie 
man cannot be taken ooer, he ie e^Taidt 
he might eink me aleo. - orodMTm 
(y. d.) to carry or help atroee to or for 
(any one), niorodoem nvnenumfoe^a, 
Otm(y.a.) to warm ontfeeillf, to beuk; 
lero huaeieira daoia modo^ to-day 
it ia coUd, we warm owraelvea at the 
ftre.— ttteka (y.a.) moda u euateha, 
ni tea nkani; deud irt ei^ri-otihaf 
ragaliba,— ottea (y.d.) to warm omfa- 
aeJf at (Kis. otSa); ufoohida buaneihi 
ha b%$aT6-baf resp. naatem deua 
(Kis. na-ji-otea fwe or cHua),— Ottea 
(y.a.) to warm; to cauae wevrmth (only 
used of rain fntermitted by sunshine), 
mpfktra yootSaa (for yoot^ta), ih» 
rain warma, or cauaea warmth, i.e. it 
rains with interyats of sunshine. — 
•Mm (y.n.) to be aleepy, to doee 
(while sitting), uoteera, ougona? you 
ait and doae, why do you not lie down 
(Kis. hu einaia), 

P and Ps 

P&, i.q. chide pa; dadi pa, lit say 
'pa" = be ailent. 

Pa (y. a.) {hd pa) ; 1) to JtOZ (Kis. hu da); 
2) to make a form into; gnombe dd- 
m^pa hua ku-^nriaea, a caw we kiU 
by piercing it. They generally first 
harmstring them, and then shoot them 



with a yery large kind of arrows cal- 
led mheurfra, and at last spear them; 



the goata %ee kill by atrangjling, and 
foeda likewiae. hd pn petgwmhu; hd 
pnp^tgniemf hdpn ntoMtvUM, hd 
pa mbdmo. — fwa (y.d.) 1) to kiU, 
form into to or for (another), to atrike 
on (a path);— 9 to eoi^lne, to keep 
within i9L home); 



rdw. WoHtU-hamga ina^ iSu mOmi- 
i-paro hu dif you dirett me (to go) 
IMa, where ahdU, I come up with that 
(road) ? (Deriy. hap e rope r m ) . — 
(y.) m u em a wemga otMhetdhmfa, 
m-podea fuMio*.— 9aka(y.n.) to ad- 
mit of kiUing, (^ making or forming 
into, gnambo ugu empeikai getgun- 
Uu ugu aapShet,— pavtea (y.rec.) 
lit. to /orm one into the other;— 1) to 
meet (as two ways), to Join (as two 
riyers); — 2^ coincide (in meaning as 
two words); ncMru iei etna pe r e ma 
{K\s, einaeoedna). The ways or words 
pass, as it were, over into each other, 
and consequently they die.— 
hu perSm nohSra (see 
p arara aa (y. a.) nahfru i ueemthe 
niisfo, ida-h u p eror ee a mfn e imde^i • 
pararesaiia (y. rec.) to lead one into 
an other (said of ways), uku eima- 
bampema {ncMru iei), hu deogaro 
hu Ja eina perereeema, here about 
theae waya run aide by aide, but far- 
ther on they end in one. 

Pida, s. (ra) (pi. mo—), the^ root (of a 
plant only) (see dainde mapada airi, 
ddadUf emai, cmomo, but also mairt. 
madadu «fo.) ga hindngoa, two, three, 
four, fine roota <^ kaaaada. 

M-pada, a. (ya, sa), the apace intervening 
between planta; any space that forms 
a break between things belonging to- 
gether; fig. distinctness, clearness (of 
speech). Fadmrn-peOaieieanhndee 
eanga eiroi-ni-gonda, theae gape of 
(between) my 'hadeef' treee do not 
pteaae me. NB. in Kisuahili 
«1«, meana eloae together. 



142 



M-PADIDI— M-PANCHE. 



nikdbdkUm, my Indian 
com ha$ «pacet 9paee$ (1.6. many emp- 
ty spaces), / wm go to pUuk (where 
it stands); mHifo n^-pada mawyaho 
iw€, lit wUkoui dMniMf thy word$, 
thou, i.e. your words are not clear. 
M-fmiUi, s. (ya, sa) (see wagS^ 
Padikm(T.n.4iy.a4lo tain upon, to put 
fipon, to tioBe (a door), h€mumgn 
duh- or hinn'P€aikaf the Indian earn 
htifiM to $how cob$ (Kis. chaida wdna) 
SB chn ram bnr ika , thia i$ $aid whm 
the eob$ bogim to form; but hamumffn 
ekabertikn is used, when the cobs are 
farther advanced; hu pad0c» r^toi, 
to tighttn 'ruoe* (in binding any thing) 
(Kis. a/ mbad mm i§ha) ^ hu padika ni- 
umba, to paint a hom$6 0>Q> oi^ngn); 
hu padikn hidodgo, to dooe a door 
(s Kis. hu Hndika nUango), — pa- 
difedni (V.d.) m m an ip mdiMra «»- 
^mpa hidoogo, uH ohir 
mhUuKnbamfO 9— pstikaiUI (▼. 
rec) to be do$o to ono another.— pmUir 
(▼. n.) (Kis. mnbtHana), — 
(tjl) to put together (Ki8.i 
Midi or fmngnnia),'— padiUMnui (v. 
rec.) nnatah ui rd nohi vnhardmi H- 
pn, hu ai-raaa naoo Hun btiMh^ 
Mmaf pnOihirap to join (000*88010 
otpedaUif to a caratoan, to cIom a door 
againot any one; utondo wnho par 
dihirOf uonmho-huddii huddU,jofn 
ytfuroarawan, do not go toadietanee 
(dont be absent when they start); 
u i e nd a uhu n th Ua hu padtMrut 
hdHpo or niHpe htunba, thi$ journey 
i$ one (tfjolnfng, it U wUhoui provUi' 
one i.e. 1 did not plan it myself and 
was therefore not prepared for it 
FadaadM (y.n.) to Ue wOh the lege 
epread outiJLSB^hu^i-huagaen), uen- 

K-fafii, 8. (pa and ••), Uner; pa/h em 



Pa^, 8. (ra) (pl.mci— ), a kind of plo^ 
form (JL\B»uehngaf pmgn Inheikuef^ 

K-fflff«, 8. (y» and ••), a hdHom, a 
cavity (never of a cloth); deinn in 



(Kis. 



, thie tooihhae ahoOoio 



*)! 



(the 
lires in trees and cavities of 
rodcs). 
M-fal«, s. ipn and en), grain trii>ifslwil 
hy p oun d i ng (see e h e n e ba) . Prov. 
ini m p n U d himhn (^ Umha), 



, 8 (ra) (pi. mtapn i e or 
a large poteherd (snch as is used to 
fetch fire in and for roasting) (Kis. pnH, 
(see nane e e r ongaU — 21 any pot that 
ie eradced, Niripe mpiha «000901»- 
gaim, ni m p n le yhm yhn, 
l-ymlwma, s. (ya, sa), i.q. mp^emtn; 
dipe, dimhe n^ p e umb ama paha una 



,8.(y9k,sai,abproad,auap 
branching out fiwn another (Kis.<MM0 

^^V^W^M^Uy WVWW^VV^V^V ^^9^W^9^W^9^^ w9^9P9^m^9 

pa mpamtbano, dinaeembana^ 

Fambaaa, elunMing is considered a 
bad omen, prhgnostic of the absence 
of him, to whom you want to go, bat 
one who b less superstitions will say 
to his stumbling friend: let us go on, 
your stumbling is merely an accident. 

Pambo, 8. (ya» sa) (Kis. ubode won*- 
bambaf) 

Jl-pamlh, 8. (sa) etrength (Kis. m^H/H 
hu m lag a mpamfu (is Kis. !>«•-«»- 
eidi a ngd^), to etrengthen one, 

lNaBfia,s.theaetordiepoeiiianqfetat^ 
Ung immediately in angwer to a eatt. 
2) haete, hurry, fh>m hu hamha f^ 
(Kis. hu intdoha upeei ttpaei^i 

ndipo ehei pa mh dn a nae, ye hanenot 
tarried, ye have been in a hurry, there- 
fore you mieeed them (did not meet 
with them on the road). 

\, 8. (pi. «MH- ), fork of a free, (m- 



M-paadM, s. (ya, sa.) gromed wAere the 
graee hae been burned for etOUeaikng 



M'PANDE^PENIA. 



143 



JfiwflMlA w€M%ga H ndm « ^Hwta «»- 



hUahu ^ m m h m dtoa6«M«o (8ee«to<nda). 
l^aaAd, s. (ya, sa), 1) a Und qf •Jk<B 
(i.q. nw a r l in Kinika), uaed ob amor 
ffMNto.— 2} M0 yoiMHr rotmdl Imnw« <{f 
tike to&aoeo^Z<ni<, ^ bean§t daawa 
and pnmpkins; potMie wm hupfata, 
pande wkieh are vcm; pande mi 
n H an g uf niunffu Hkari nu 
de n^-pande. 



.8. 

M-^pandn, a. (ya, sa) ; 1) a roM^r ,<^ 2) amy 
<me to he nupeeUd to he a Bpy. si mM 
ona nMMilkM yon<e, «NMn#M «|fw tcror 
<»Hig6wfaa ni nt^pandu, 

pay no attention to him, tkie man i$ 
a 9py, Pandn is any stranger wooet- 
n^doiwa ya Uu nkdUna feuofee, qf 
whomycudonotlcnow that at kU heairt, 
^ffontu ttwa ni m-piMndUf thete men 
are wpiet or rohbere (Kis.jNNMiw is a 
kind of fish); dtma h wma n a nu «•»- 
pemdu, we met with robbore, or a 
robber, 

PaD|ra» s. (ra) (pi. nrnpanga), 1) a eo- 
vtty, a large eane in rodca, or formed 
by oveiiianging rocks; — ^ a Jtat 
piece of wood, uted for heating the 
threade in weaving. Fwnya ra hu 
ombera n'detnru utu *ta pangm, a 
JIatbow to he dteOngmiehed from wtu 
wn hetbumpu. The «fc» wa-pemya 
is made of the tree nadhdm, 

M-pani pant, s. (ra) and acU. 1) a nar- 
row epaee ^ft between people wihtn 
gating, lute h mr a yofta, moa^ dr e 
hofmpwn/ipani hana wwmuu, mna- 
odguaf— 2jjlat (only said of things 
which ought to be round); wtn wbu 
«ft4»-d«-««ma pam ^pmn i, yon hone 
Itft flat tpacee on tkte bow, 
>.s. 



Pwud, s. (y» and •»)> a maggot, fomid 

in grtOne (Kis.tiMJWiMlli»). 
PanAi, S. (ra) (pi. maptmtii, a hoUow, 

low and wide; mahoea ym pamU 

different firom 



s.(ra) (pl.«Mh-), a leind (if food 
made qf floor amd water. It is thicker 
than the U ip oreparo, bat thinner than 
the 

hu gwiriaiaa 
ParaUla, s. (wyw, iH^, a tpeeiet qf 
deer, 

\,9, a kind qf worm, 

(ady.) ihtn, watery, like the 

para; dHma una^i-pika pdrapdra 

(fLi8,paraJa, n^forejo). 

M-paaa, s. (pa, oa), a kind qf matf 

made qf reede; hi dmdooa cha f»- 



Pan»s. (ra) (pl.«iMi— ), the tole qf the 
foot and the impreeeion qf it, 1,9,. 
foot-etep, 

M-ptdA, 8. (ya, ea)^ a ehiea. 

Paso» 8. (ra) (pi. mo^), 1) one i^ the 
polee (Kis uhda pi,pau), whieh •op- 
port the roqf of a eottage;— S|| name 
qf a territory, eituated hetweon Mpamde 
amd Ohada, 

PaMmito»8. 

Mpebo, s. ^a), wind; mpebo ya mw- 
era, eoath^wind; mnpeiba ya mithddOf 
the morih wind, 

M-pa b eda, s. (yci and »i^, am antmalr 



anpebSdo, 

PactepedM.s. 

M-pada, n. (ya, ••), name qf a tpeeiet 
qf bird: peda Hya, ihote pedae, 

P«da (T.n.) to bend (the blade of a 
knife or other instrument (Kis. hu 
podemama ) , — ped^dia (▼. int) to 
bend mmch; (Y-caus.) to eamee to hlend> 

P6dafte«, s. («yw) iploa), a kind qf 
looe-applef (Kis. KniM). 

Pedadra (v.a.) » pndaora, to leaoe 
on oneft tide in patting; to Umeh 
eUghUy, 

Paltaka (y.n.) (Kis. hu bueoa udumbo}». 

Peka(T.n.) (seejM) (v.a.) to admit qf 
kiaing, 

Pakddaa {tee pa). 

Pemfliy s. (ya, oalj, a kind qf heetU^ 
pom^ oa rfikna (fis,hamba nUko), 

Paaia, pegnia {see bogtUa)» 



144 



PEPE— M-PPI&A. 



(adv.) 

P'«nni (or fotrcn) (v.n.) to 

(only used of cooking) te eoim^tftmee 

qftJUwaUrb0bt§*oo KWe.— p'M WMm 

or yawraan (T.a.) to tpott fry fturMlMtp; 



M-pam, 8. (y«i and #a), a pamjRfela «• 
Uaftnt ttage qf ^nwth — as Jong as 
U remaiift soft; ivhen beginoiiiK to 
harden H is called tede, when fOll 
grown but not yet ripe, it is called 
hibHodfa, and when perfectly rip^ 
{iBh»ra ntpera Uij, 

(Ki8.j>«le). 
», s. (Kis. yiie) {9a mm). 
(v.n.) mau aiya 
Uu perana (= Kis. naMO hUi HOor- 
hueha •oMfMt nioMra i IdtOmaha 
hu perana, 
Partea, s. (ra) (pL ma), mmtthtng sfaiefc 
tAroHflrA tJhe eor^op, first for widening 
it and by way of ornament. V-wi- 
rongeperererangarinap^iSkafWOuXd 
you fix me wy parent U ha$ fdUen 

out. 

Far«r4aB (only used in the predicate) 
leading and eoding in (another road); 
n'namha nao n'lutkendm hu wa 
beon/Mtsa noMra iym pm-eretu, 
J went with them, I went to ehow 
them that way where U U ending (in 
another); hu di perereeu, when a 
road ende in another. 

K-p«ro (ya and ea), a fiat rough ttome 
uted for grinding, wMe* U done by 
rubbing a emaUer one oner it. The 
latter is called muAtia wa mrp4ro 
(ftom hu heru grind). 

IVpaM, s. (tra, m), the ftuU ttf the 

PaiA I. (or paoi), s. (ra) (pi. moMei and 
ntpeei) (ya, ea), ttoXk qf InOiaa com 
ormoMra. The difference beweenj»e«< 
(stalk) and p«H {tkuador-beU) seems 
to be in the ei and oi; n^peoi, a 
thundorboU, pent ihagua, yawaea 
mdeugo, lit a thnnderbcU when U 
JaUe, U tUanee a tree; baimemga 
hinaiehoha m^peei, hiri gororohe 



00rorohe, theMUem com ha$ 
forth from the eidike, U loeke ae if 
« 0.6. the knobs) was ready to.break 
down. The sing, is used in a eoU. 
sense. 
PaiA, name qf a eoutUry. 

s. (ra) (pi muipe^o a and 
i), the ehoulder. 



ha hua hu denga. 
P&, gen. Part of ret to the PLfomijpJI 

(i.q.p#a), also pron. pi. they (thingsj 
Pfkka. pron. poss. Ms, heir,iU\ ret to 

the pi. form *pA" 
Pfto, pron. poss. their, IMrt. 
k, s. 



\(Y,^) to pulton, (a«0Mir(Kis.«te). 
ffiUn (y.a.) to direee (a child): mm^a- 
pfaha nutema waaga udearu (Kis. 
hu viha) eahuta hupfiera peha,- 
pfMkft (Y.n.) to admit qf wearing; 
hudiu IBMMO eipfariha^ mI adearu 
pahenronga,wiahue a*hemao^ mM9t 
not be worn, (because) U U the eU>th 
of the king.-- pttiftra (v.cont) to dreee 
inell; nmntu u^u apfSHra, thiemam 
direeeee wett, to which an other repUee: 
orehoringi hu pfdrira, mpudho 
wa n^fumu eM mopo, why ihotOd 
he leaee eff to direee weU, ae long ae 
the prince U aUoe (see mpua, 0er. 
mpfinriduo)* 
Pfak»(v.a.) 1) to clothe, eupply wUh 
dothee,-- 2i to dreee (a chUd), lq.hu- 
pfiOea; chmmm orntrpfeha nU wOm- 



Pfaa^fano (vaMvana)* (s. s a<JU.) the 
uery thing; thetruth; what is identical 
(pL form) with (see ona, MofiMi 
dunm). 

Pfanttem (y.a4 to graae; nmpfi a 
iM pfnntut^ ouhu in aetnufmu; tats 
arrow graeed him (only), it dfil iio(#o 
through him (see hoha). 

PfibaaAo, plante. 

Pfidadn (acy.) three. 

WlrpBgn (or m-pvifm, the pfi is sharp 
and clear), s. (pi. id, ya and m). H 
Kis. Mil>MU}.--pvir« (T-it) to be obtmee 
and low. 



PFIGA— PFOMERA. 



145 



mgm, a. apiece qfJUU wood wUh emaU 
hoUow$ or pUB, wklth IgntUe 5y wTOr^ 
ling in them a poMed aUdc, edUed 
ike male {mua^m'na tea) of the pfig<»> 

Plica (y.a.) to thatch; hu pfiga ni- 
umba to thatch a houee. pfign pot^ 
ga imaroworSra, my pfiga i$ loet 
There are sereral trees of which (he 
pfipa may be made e^i^. mr6moOt 
deoffo, while the nmavn'na kuty be 
(if any wood. t%dhabddua noka n- 
eha vnua mrpfiga, or hamm mpfi- 
ga, lit / woe ham alone, alone, alone 
in or of like a pfiga (says ODe who 
has no brothers nor sisters) because 
a man generally has no more but one 
pfig€i in his house.— pfifilni(pvi- 
gika) (v. n.) to admit (tf ihatehtng, udou 
uhu ai'hurpfigiha, ni madna {n^o 
uma), thie graee wOl not do for that- 
ching, it ie noon-daiy, when it it to dry. 
2) to appear weU thatched, n<«m5c»- 
pahe inapfigika ,•— 3} to get wet. Etym 
to get covered (witti water), only used 
of what gets into a body of water, 
but to get wet by rain is 'hu jp/Wm- 
biiaf dearuptmga inapftgUca,** — 
pfifffni (y.d.) to thaiteh to or for (ano- 
ther;,* manmrpfigita »<Mtmfra n»'»- 
•ow^A.— pfigidsm (v.int.) to HuOch 
weU; anapAgidea niumbapake, «i- 
natangara, or eiUhUeh — ptk^imM 
(y.refl.) to coner ontfeeelf, to get covered 
only used of the wild hog, mdMdu 
apfigidua. 

Pfiirvra (y.a.) to un-thatch, to remove 
the thatch, only used of the okmru; 
of a fUuntba it is *hu eeuura;" — 
2j to be UHthatehed or uncovered, — • 
piignrini(y.d.H Vflffnrikft; pBgmi- 
dfla(y.int) to wnihatchweU, completely, 

P4im (vfiya) (Kis. urUSj. 

Pfimpfiiidsm (y.a.) to roatt by putting 
into hot aehee. 

PfiiUi (y.a. (ft y.n.) to play {implying dan- 
dng and dntmmiiig). hu pfina mo- 
Wro, hu pfina hu ntaeewora {ba 
honde), — pfiaim (y.d.) to play to, 
e.g. to a relatiye who has safely re- 
turned from a journey; hu^m^jin^ra 

JBniaeea. 



(y.int) to ploy 
weU, to excel in playing, and (y.cans.) 
to make play, to $et plaiying (Kis. te- 
eeeha); nvumue w m m ti» p^hUdea, — 
piJBldw, pflnM— a= vignie^ HgtUa. 

Pfiagm, s. (see jp^n^o). 

Pfiaffadi s= Kis. ufingapi. 

Pfiv||r»orpvMc»(^*&4tofo<iJb Etym. 
to cover with water, properly hupvi- 
pviga, but this was softened into hu 
pviviga, (it is a redupl. of pvOeu); 
hu pviviga hintorm haga, ma bme^ 
go, deunhui Ae, — pvivigika (y.n.) 
to turn oat well eoaked,^ pviviglim 
(y.d.) to eoakfor one, to wet aceiden' 
tally, una-ni-pffivigira dearuyan' 
ga,— pvMffidJMi (y. int.) to eoak well, 

PfiwL— dfiwi pAwi (ady.) badly, too 
much (see ohinehiha) (Kis. hu tu- 
huna), 

Pfiym, viptL and pilya. 

Pfo-d«le (ady.) (seedere), thue, I^diami 
pfoo hofna, wavnudMnina eddia, 
pfoodere yabo, mitnba ihahara Hi 
guepfe (Kis. huani hula gieei hio 9) 

Pfo-ite (Kis.tcr<»aya). 

Pfo-komm (ady.) well, orderly (Kis.#i>- 
laima, wema eaua). 

Pfo-komMia. 

Pfo-diiada danchi (Kis. tvingapifj 

Pf«ia4rm(y.a.) to reepond (in listening 
to one speaking by making the sound 
"aha, aha" at eyery break or pause 
generally), to aeeent, io affirm (Kis. 
Amm«, hirri, hubaU, Uiha, Jibu, 
unganue, vnarhaba, eadihi, ridUt, 
ongoea). The word is also used of 
what is planted in the meaning of 
"to thrive." Ohaha hina pfibemda 
pfapfomMTa, lit. Vide year, plante 
they thrive. Jno nthidetwa, eiha- 
p/knnerera, ifIhadknownit,I$hOHld 
not have aeeented,— pfomcrAiia (y. 
rec.) to aeeent one to another, to agree 
together (after quarrelling). — pfoBM- 
roka (y.n.) to admit of aeeent, to be 
receivable; hintu cha f»apa atht- 
pfomareha (Kis. Aa*<toaiaB<). — pfii- 
mirwni (y.d.) to reepond to, to e^ 
gree to, to aeeent^ conemt (Kis. UShia 

10 



146 



PFUA.— PFUNDA. 



ungamia, rUhia) n^na-vn-pfome- 
TSra yo«M6 (= n^na-n^-crawtra 
^oH9e),— pftnMMMi (v.a.) to hdUne, 
to eredU; nwM* aya napfomereta 
fuihoona (JKis. rUUsha, BoOikUha), 
pfomereMBa (y.rec>- pfomwrMsa 
(y.ing 
Pfiia, s. (ra) [plmafua), one qf the three 
etonee wMeh form a native fre-jphuse 
(Kis.i<l5o)/ fnuntu uyu ni n-hudsi 
wa Uu anehdna ni hu pfOa {an- 
ehema pro yanohdna), 
PittAda, pfuada pfnaOa (= Kis. nm- 

nia vnunia), 
Ffttba, s. (ra) (pl.«M»-), a bone, eako- 
m-^raea mapfuha (Kis. mfupOf pi. 
mifupa). 
Pflida(yja.) prop, to pvU, to apin (Kis. 
huf&ruguda), ruffle.— pfadMjffoA^ 
(v.reiU to ruffle, to dieorder, e.g. grass 
by trampling upon it; wanmufoha- 
handana wapfudapfuda ttdeu, ni- 
wma anapfudopfuda na meampOf 
ike anwud hcM ntfJUd, ditturbed (the 
grass) with the trap (trying to escape), 
(Kis. ehed€uheda).— pludika (v.n.) to 
admit of epimUng, to turn out weU 
gpun; eiripfadika tonche iri ra 
vnangana nHtngana, thie cotton eanr 
not be spun, it ie entwitted; rinapfu- 
diha tonehe iri, thie cotton it epun 
nicely.- plndini (vd.)- pIvdMM 
(vjnt) 
PfWU pfUtt, pi. mapfudi pfadi (Kis. 
neeha raeha, pL mapfudi pfudi 
=. Kis. pi. mawaea, magniota). 
Pfedaka (v.n.) tore ea pfudOha- — 
pfvAokira (v.d. or rel.) (see gurwru), 
Piiidiira (v.a J to enlarge a Hottse, make 

it Uvrgertf 
Pibga» S. huhu afuna pfuga. 
Pfago, s. (ra) a tribe (Kis. habiia) pf»- 
gwake ndant? <tf whoit tribe U he 
or hw9 
Pmgilda(v.a.) \.(\,fag^lda in Kis. to 

Noio (the bellows). 
P ft i gura (v. a.) dHnoranga ra-nir- 
pfugura. 



PAlgttiit s. (ra) (pi. mapfuguti and 
mmbugnef), a bwndle, any thing done 
up in a cloth or Uaoee (see huda). 

Pitta (V.n.) {seepffHra) (Kis. tMwwfca, 
9hop4nca)t to come off (a cloth from 
one's body). 

PftaMkn plkdEttn, nutbira aya dH- 
pfUhtlhu (= aH yapfu gapfU), 

Pfid« (pmre). 



Pftamada (v.) Qiis.hu piga tama, leu 

numwuniaf^ 
M-pnunbe. s. (sa), grains and particles 
of "mabira" fallen to the ground 
from the birds picking; mMndawanr 
ga anee unormpfumbe, 
Pltamba (v.n. d v.a;) to rain, to rain 
upon; mpfura yapfumha (Kis. hu 
gOa); hu pfUmhoa na mpfura, to 
be beaten with or by rain. 
Pftunbi, s. (ra), dust, 
PftunbidMi(v.int.) to rain much, hear 
vOy; ina pfumbidea mpfura rero, 
Pftimbea, S. dsaru eanga einapfum- 
boa, my clothes are rain^eaUn. Tlie 
sentence is complete without adding: 
na nvpf&ra. 
Pf\ftmbi&«, s. (Mffu) (pl.w«-), o fpeeiM 
of wQA cat; huhu anaguidaa na 
pfumhue, 
Pfomfii, s. (ra), mud, muddiness; madH 
dya, mumtu anapvunduHra hu 
muarnbdhu, ana pfumfu, saJeur 
yada, 
PftimpliiiiUbra (v.n.) huhu ttyu a- 
pfumpfumara anaguidoa na h€- 
bumpu, uge apj^Mnp^smara, ana 
ohirieiriei, si hiehoha. 
Tt&mptlkm, s,(afa, sa), the end qf the 
WdOHme (in animals only); sondera 
uho usahuere htt-m^fumfUru, *<- 
kuere wfonse* 
Pftmda (v.a.) to cover up, to cover 
over; nam^-begniUf anapfunda, I 
eee Mm, he has covered himstHf up. 
The refl. part, 'dsf' is not used with 
the word; hu pfunda maungu na 
fnadsani; apfunda, wHl be more 
properly said of one who sleeps; or 
p^mdira of one who is awake and 



PFUNDA— M-PFUNDO. 



147 



walking about; but the words are 
used promiscaously.—* vftuidaam(T. 
rec.) to cover one another up; i>iWf»- 
danani dsaru to noMkuru (for 
uoha ihuru), m^agogdne, eoper each 
other yp, that eMA ie large, do not 
drag fit) from each other (charge of 
a mother to her children when going 
to sleep). — p^niOuL (v.n.) to admit 
qf covering up; domru i oipfundika 
n'h4»mdemdenoa (for ni hanvdenr 
denga).— pAmdHdm (v.a.) to put on 
a cover; hu pfundikira ntpika ^. 
(Kis. AtUhu). — pfttadlra (v.d.) 1) to 
cover for another, to keep covering 
one'99^;— 2} rather pnundiru, to 
be warm; wtwmbet i ina pwwndtraf 
m{f»/Wrw ya «n6odo 1napminAfra» — 
plnBdidMi (T.int) to cover weU. — 
pftondakaim(y.a.) to uncover (opp. to 
iMth pfunda and pfundiktru) (Kis. 
funua),— pftiiididnnrirm(v.d.) wan^ 

ha»i t^-n^-pfundukurira neahe nr 
haiiyake, — pfundvra (v.a.) (lit. to 
come forth from a corering) to catt 
(the skin); neSka uffu anapfundiura, 
the eerpent eaet its elcin. — pftmdn- 
vini (y.relj to caet to or at {& certain 
place) iflii3,hu ptga mafumbt) neoha 
emapfMndttrira yaba, the eerpent 
eaet it$ tkin here. 

Itanda or pwnda (v.n.) to enuU (said 
of tainted meat and of any thing 
that is in a state of decomposition); 
nta/ma i gapvunda, this meat tmeUe; 
niama i inapvunda, it emeUe (said 
when actually decomposed).— prun- 
dika (y.a.) to let emeU, to let decom- 
po$e, to let ferment (for the sake of 
ripening); hu pvundika ntmtUB, to 
aUow one^t meat to get tainted; hu 
pvundtka htko, to let deeompo$e a 
pumpkin (i.e.its pulp) by burying it 
hi the earth, after which it is scooped 
out and used as a calabash; hu 
pvundihapfodiei, to let ferment (and 
thereby ripen) tobacco (by putting 
it in heaps and covering it over); 
hu pvundiha to^i, to let ferment 
hanana$r- pwndira (see p/kgnda),-^ 



praUUkfaw (v.d. d v.instr.) to let 
ferment to, for, wltk,— pvudiAM 
(v.int.) — pvuMni (v.a.) lit. to let 
out a emea (by stirring any thing) to 
stir, to make muddy; hu p vu nd dr u 
§nou, utre (for uwire); gnambo emu 
pvunddra madH, — pwwodnHkM 
(v.n.) to admiit qfettrringr- pTOite- 
vin (v.d.) toitirfor (another) ; (vxont) 
to fceep ettrring, to make muddg; 
guon%beeaho haimo4dee hunei, uea 



fv.n.) to he muddif (from having 
been disturlMd or troubled); uUnde 
metdei adehe, anapvundururOiei 
ua gnambe. The form pntanduaru- 
hiha is not certain.— pvonteridMi 
(v.int) to ettr much, to etir weU {e^, 
«nda). 

PAmdA, 8. (ra) (^\. mafunde), a ufove 
a bHiow; (feu p^tnde Mm Uhetei; hu 
pfunde la KttMcna). 

M-plondo L s. (ya) (pl.M with e»), a 
joint, a knot; hu manga mpfundo, to 
tie a knot; pfumdo eimai, four knote; 
p^ando i ya deemieha ga^ni-ruma^ 
tide joint of (my) hand paine me (it 
ackes); j»Amm^ Mi nkon/oha^ thejointe 
of the hand. This word when it does 
not stand first in a sentence is easily 
confounded with mp^anda, ntipfunr 
da, 1) joiiA qf the flngere and wriet 
(only); — 1$ knot (of trees and planlSt 
and that made by tying); — 8) eouree 
of a river or lake; — 4) beginning of 
a plain; mp^tndo umu nwua dean- 
eha muthni-buedeha, lit. In joint 
in there in qf hand in <^ me it ackee 
BtMnpfundobanga =: my wrietf lit. 
where Joint mine, Wana-ntrraea 6a- 
mrp^$nda ba deanaha, theg ehot 
him where the joint qf the hand, l^fUn- 
do ya n^eingeu idhennlbira hudif 
or n%d9inge u udhamh tr a hu dtf 
huga unaguSra mdaingo u p^tn- 
doydha Ui hudif lit. there U fdUe 
from riv&r thit, ite eouree it ie wheref 
or fnarety mdeinge udhetguSra hu 
di f resp. Ba n^pfunda ba mdaingo 
bamine unaguSra, where the eouree 

10* 



148 



PPUNDO.— M-PINGASA. 



o/ a river i», there it faUe from, 
Nianeha Hna mpfundOf aidsiwihu 
mpfundoyak9 or better bn^-mrpftttt^ 
dobake, Ffundo ya Nian»ha ad- 
ha-i-daiwa ndmUf The word m- 
pfunAo is one of those, from ¥^hich 
the prep. n» or ha is almost insepa- 
rable. 

Pftmdo n. 8. (ra) (pi tna—), a tumour; 
etduara pfundot he avffere of a tu- 
mour (Kis. tavnbaai or ugonehoa tta 
niamta); huna pfnndo ra t%tb4, ku- 
na mpfundo ya 1tin1cu9, 

PfiuCTO, s. (ra), Fvs^t am offefMive emeU; 
pfungo roohofna na rooiba (Kis. 
uju»€j; tvamhasi uyu €Utunhapfan' 
go ana bora dgabano* The smell 
of the hyena and of hinieffore is 
also pfungo (bad smell). 

Pflmiriidi, s. 

Pftmia pfiinia, hu dei-pfunia (= Kis. 
hu Ji-huniada f) 

Pftmka, 8. (ra) (pl.wo— ), width (only 
used of what is hollow); pfunka ia 
buatOt l€K gnotna, 

M-pftinte, s. {ya, »a), 1) the act qf 
etumhling; — 2j a wound got from 
etumhUng, wound on a toe; hironda 
iki ni eha ntpfttnia; wana viron- 
da via m-pfunta. Iftihumudua na 
dura mpfunia. Ffttnta yanga yetr 
ni-bt*edeka. 

Pftmta(v.n.) \.q,ku kuenta, hupfun- 
ta na kuonta,— pftintidMI (V.lnt.) 
(i.q. kuont9d8a\ 

Pittira (pfttttra), to cry for heUp, to 
raise an alarm (His, uketni), 

Pflfcra(y.a.) to put of (one's clotlies), 
fo undress (Kis. ku fOa). 

M-plttm, s. (ya) (pi. with oa), a free 
man in contradist from a slave (Kis. 
tnuunguana); n%uniu uyu »i ka- 
b^ro, ni ntpfiiru, VUe man it not a 
tUwe, he i» a free man; waniu a%oa 
»i Ufokitb^ro, ni mpfuru, 

Phbn, s.(ra) (pi.?) a ealabaah qf which 
the nedc is cut off (see kiko), 

M-pftamlUo, s. (ya, ea\ {<Bee furuliio), 

PffBmmilla (Kis. gutaguta 9) 
(y.a.) to pluck. 



Pidia (seepOto). 

PigOiv.) (Kis.6«wra) (pl.mo^). 

Pikm (v.a,) 1) to boa, to cook; — 20 to 
render JlexibU (said of knives, swords 
and the mbdriro); nmomba saku- 
pfka mbeni u aka^u^gufnantdBO,-^ 
pildra (v.d.) to boU or cook for or to 
(another); ufomkdsi am^-pikira mw- 
anawake para (Kis. ku teUika^ 
ku piga nMufi ntdeu, ku tokSta), 
pikika, niama i eipikika^ neha 
meibe {== ni ya n^ibe); n%beni H 
oukupikika, this knife was not made 
fUxible enough. A blaclcsmith in finis- 
hing a Icnife &c. beats it first on one 
side, so that the two ends meet, and 
then on the other, in order to render 
them flexible. 

Piko, s. 

Pimba(v.a.) to cover up (with grass, 
leaves &c.) as pumpkins dc in cold 
weather,— pimliika, to be weU covered, 
Biba pimbika baliye vidoamba, 

Ifpimpa, s. (ya, sa), region, quarter, vi- 
cinitif; ehoka nt-pimpa isi, muntu 
uyu or-ku-karira n-dsintpi; n'nor- 
mu-ona akabuera pimpa sifa, 

Pimpi, s. (ya, sa) thefire^glace of a smith, 

PindilcMi, s. (ya and oa), the middle 
one in age qf a family; pindikadi 
ya toadado and pindikadi ya wa- 
mai, lit. the middle one in age qf 
father's and qf mother's, i.e. of uncles 
and aunts on the father's and mother's 
side, uncles and aunts being called 
fathers and mothers and distinguished 
only by the words great and small 
{mkuro and mgnono) and middle 
according as they are older or youn- 
ger than one's father or mother. 

M-pindo, s. {ya and sa), a stick used 
for carrying any thing, ejg,pind» ya 
ku dengera n*kuku. Prov. JFuru 
walin%b€ma ku n^-pindo, 

Pinirm, s. (ra) (pl.«M»— ), a fagot, abundr 
le qf any thing long, as reeds, canes de, 
(from ku binga), 

M-piagtwa, s. (ya, sa), waMdsi awa 
UMMpfdra mganda tn'pingasa, these 



M-PINI— PSA. 



14d 



wtmm wear. b€ad$ acra$9 their ihimir 

dara, 

l-9iai,8.(ya,8a), Im« yar» jptfM, hu 

8. (pi. sa), (i.q. j»ifMUIo in Kir.) 



PiaiBir^f s. name qf a drwm, 
PfUMif S. (Kis. hUMiuUi, ^pungufu), 
Vi^fMdMM, us€hH^-p4piHd90,fn-i0hMre 
^LHmaf Alter f»a/W bb fUamatU^ if 

there comes any body suddenly and 
one does not like to continue the con- 
versation in his presence. M-Uhe, 
0pipiHd9m wM m yo fc a, iHmiraiifo ni 
gnama, akaraMra, admmfeha, 

Pfni,s.(ra) (pi. fnoMra), one itdOc qf 
CMnethOfm. It is only the plural which 
is generally in use; ganHre taeho- 
ka ba pira (see tomhotij, 

Pifi, s. (ra) (pl.wMiMri), a monmUUn, 

■flpirft, s. (yd and #«), nevme qf a ktnd 
(tf eerpf^ (Kis. bafB), usuHngm m- 
cImimi irflfi0 tnrp€rt» 

FtKmWbAf XcM tirtt ttHMMchm pHHwifi 
{hu l^nga d#€MMJto). 

Pisafy.) (Kis.lb« •Awfay) 

Pia (kd ptta) (y.n4 to dry vip, to der 
ereaeef eubaide (of riyers and wells), 
htdHmo hlmdp^f mdeinge U unth 
pHa, (Hence in Kis. j»^, the coaH; lit 
tlie dry land). nMMM «y« Imrs 
(oyer flowing), d9«tkano 
i, tkla wtUer had been over j towifi g , 
Imt now U ie gone down, 

Pobo, s. (yo, pi. «a), (kimar. i.q. eonga 
in Kikld.) 

Po4a, a (ra) (pi. m«— ), a whirlpool (Kis. 

M>oi«, a (ya» sa), a Mt qf freods, worn 
by women: nikm H w e mgn emmak i dn 
mpodo (see hibnra), 

P«do, s. (wa) (pi. mapodo), a qwtoer 
(made of leather), %)iB,'mfttmgu)fpodo 
ugn w Mwa y e mi fwhoee i» ihie quiver f 

PoMmi (y.int) io decreaee, to mtbeide 
mmehf tndHngo «i umdpomf uga 
wn npoe dom. The yerb poa, to dry 
up i& used of riyers as soon as 
they become passable after the rainy 



season, and in ilMt in thefr country 
riyers do neyer dry up completely. 

P«fftai(n.propr.) It is situated lower 
than M pande and therefore more warm. 

Pofnia (or ponla) (y.a.) (Kia Um^w^ 
hoeea f) hu ponia n/ehiraf (Kis. hu 
hoeea ndia); ponia potUa, m»€umpa 
unnpM^ ia. — pgnUoem, praiadsa. 

P«f»d», a (s Kis. m/Wmpa). 

Poto, s. 

M'pMiehe, s. (ya, sa), the fag-eitd (Kis. 
<nH»yWa, pi. wMS<atf»/Ua). doiho ret- 
doom mponeho; Prov. dearu ya am- 
fwmm ni hu pvi vig a n%p6nche. 

M-pMida, s. (ya. sa) ; 1) a whelp orwhApe 
(only used of dogs); hu pfuura «•»- 
ponda (Kis. hinda hiboa), ponda «■»- 
modei anahufa; — 2j a kind qf cut' 
cumber (Kis. hinutn^utnio), punda n%» 
tnodoi fcn gnru uninhe inm. 

M-pondMro, s. a place to tread on (from 
hu bonda), 

Pendo, s. (pi. Id.) (Kis. mhisif) 

M^ponffO, 8. (ya, sa) a buUodc; ana m- 
pongo, heiea whoremnongerf huruoi^ 
hururuei; mpongo ga gnamho sa 
horoboeaf ueau, 

Ponia.— p«Bl4ra (v.) n*na-n^panUra 
mvuaiwahr, J mUeed him (failiHl in 
aim), for his good luck; nMoimhoB' 
Bora mulungfAw^ Kid.)— poniMsa. 

P«pfn. a (Ki8.p<^). 

M'p«to, a (ya, sa) wagee (Kis. nauU^ 
ugira), 

P«r«, a the male qf thepartridge (fctiol^. 

Pori (a4J.) bolt-uprightf erect, ouna u- 
l0m»t«, una-tn-badea hintu »a hu 
randira ali pori; tnuniu ugu ane^ 
imirir a pori, eaid qf one at a die- 
tanee, who keeps standing still at one 
place. Pori is different from mpori, 

PMrokodl (a4i. <& ady.) i.q. fdH. 

PttTolala. 

Par »p #r# (JKiis.popof) a bail, 

PeyOy s. (ugUf ioi^, a epeeUe qf anU- 
lope, i.q. huuugu in Kia 

Pwi> Gen. Part, o/, rel. to the Plur.form 
P^t i^.J»A». 

PM (M pM) (y.n.) to ehow the tfffeei 
<(f hanhtg been expoecA to fkre or heat; 



l&O 



PSADA— PSIDADU. 



1) to be hmnt said of grass, of clo- 
thes, of human being &c. bat not of 
ivood (see nieka)^ dBorugao Hneh- 
psa fOfMe, eMre rlmopta rMta*, nto- 
fiMiyon^a inapta; — 2^ to be di(me, 
finithed (said of food) d9lna inapsa. 
2^ to be ripe (said of things which 
change colour in ripening, esp. fruits) 
(Kis. ifa, hopa, nUt^, UoUha, CoIm- 
tSBa, Bonana, hii pta) toefci »4pBa 
the ban€M€bB lipen; vnoBugu yanap- 
Ba, the mediavB are ripe, — pMflwm 
(y.n.) to be burnt in the cooking, — 
ps«rtea(v.a.) to bum in tiu cocking.— 
pamdrntL (v. Int) to be bwnA very mnch ; 
to be overdone, to be overripe; mu- 
anawanga andgua ba tnodo, ana- 
pBodBa. (y.caus.) to canee to bwm (on- 
ly used figuratively): n^uwiu uyu 
nna-ni-pBodBa mditna, tJUe man 
made my heart bwm = he hae ineen- 
Bed me. 

P»ada(y.a.) to take between the thighB; 
uye anapBoda ndBoruyaho, — psft- 
da psada (v.reiu) to keep one'e thighe 
cloBed (e.g. when your hands are full, 
Kis. hu fiada).— psadim (v^) to keep 
between the iJM^^.— paailmdia (v.int.) 

PiMCa, s. (pi. of oftoflra) year; anaoo- 
nSrapBoga pBiwiri, he Btayed anoay 
for two yeare; gnambe uffu pBoga 
ni PBiwiri^ thie cow iB two yearB old. 

Pldla (or pMura) (v.a.) 1) to plant; — 
2) to bear, to bring forth fruit (see 
bora) (Kis. panda, yd). — ptarika 
(y.n.)— pMdidsa (y.int.) to plant wOL 
psarira (y.d.) to plant for (another). 

Fidmpsa. s. (ya, sa), any Blip <^ wood 
uBCd a« a wedge to faeten with (see 
higirijf pBwnpBa ya hu bamgirira 
koBu («»-fc«ian9oa) (Kis. JfeitcNM»lo ^ 

Psaada (y. a.) to bruiBe, to eruBh; antn- 
Bhadhitea. Una-n^^Bonda, he eet 
tA0 trap (seedhiwu) and it bruieed 
htm,— psaadana (y. rec.) to bruiee one 
another; toana wnpemndeina mw 
mdondo,— psaild]ka(y.n.) dBogara- 
ni dBogoranit n^-dir-hire hiBindi- 
htro, m^Bondiho nntam, go btfore, 
go b^ore, ye ub may put a Bign, ye 



may ftx a Btone (yiz. between two 
boughs of a tree), to puBh, to Btiek or 
lodge fteaoMw.— pgandira(v.d.) to enuh 
(what belongs to another); iwo una- 
t^-pBondim feMfcwtcwn^a.— pflaadi- 
kira (y.d.) to etiek into for (another.)— 
paaadldaa (y.p.) to get bruiBed, — 
psaadikldM (y.int) to fix in tcpell; 
pBondikid^a, hiBoguOf lodge it well, 
leH itfaU. 

Pata^ s. (pi. of ehdtra}^ flngere and toee, 

Psara (y.a.) (see pboIo, to plant) may be 
used of men and animals as well as of 
plants and trees, but "bora" only of 
the former, while the proper words 
for animals too is "fcii buo,** Of In- 
dian corn *hu %o6rineaf* is used; mo- 
ungu aya BokupBora. niwngu iBi 
BiBir-hu poara, 

Pidm piim (a4j*) reeHeBB, alwaye mo- 
ving about, i.q,dunkadunka; nMMWMi 
uyu Bokara banBi, alipBdrupBaru, 

Psdadra, 1) (y.n.) to paBs aside (from 
haying met with an obstacle, said of 
an arrow). n%upfi BupBaBuratooBO- 
ovnba mdongo, an arrow doee not 
turn or start aside without striking 
upon a tree, though only small ones 
as psewe or only reeds. Their arrows 
are said to be constructed in a way 
which maizes them yery sure {s/oeyd- 
mua);-— 2) (y.a.) to hew eUghUy (in 
order to make smooth, e.g. a handle). 
upBdoure n»Mn4 u^uBo^t-BUciBire. — 
pMumrira (y.d.) to hew (fte. to or for 
(another). 

s, (pi. of ohSa), q.y. (Kis. n%aiaiika). 
(y.a.) to M06ep.— paoreka (y. n.) 
pierera, psaradsa. 

PaMfara (y.a.) {ku BokeBu, ku Bern 
=s dunga), ungihyBf Bu»Hn**^i But^ 
(f^ra, BtinguBu, to winnow (Kis. pte, 
llo^io, takoBa, do rere nga).'- paa* 
aiirika(y.n.) BoposuHka gaga uyu, 
nkua nkani.— paaaorim (y.d^ 

Paiba, s. (uyu) (pi. ma.-), a kind qf 
reed (used in drinking beer but only by 
children iKi8.nU0a, vnurtdBo) 
ana dmoa huhb kua psibo), 

Paidadn. 



PSIDI PSIDI— PUANIA. 



151 



Fftiil fMi, s. («•»«) (pi. «mM, on 
etpparttttm^ a gkott, beiitg d^ereiU 
from the hi m nmdm , hiOt^dSkma aad 
lB<MSfe^, ipJUdk ore only •mm oC a 
dUtauee, while the p0<cN|mM< pays 
visits in their houses, and lookhig 
like a common man, is only known 
to be a ghost by bis not q>eaking 
nor accepting of any food. They also 
belieye, that in one town he appears 
as a man, and in the next as a 
woman. I|e is prognostic of epidemies, 

Mdiiim (v. n.) to be do$td, said of 
the eyes and of a hole in the ear-lap; 
fnuntu %»yu ana dM^o rao psUUrt- 
ra, thit man ha$ a doted eye, i.e. he 
U onert^ed. BanaMda fitun^Myofta 
wa dhioo ra ptidirira, (lit. he is 
closed an eye); hu4iudu hMoke ku- 
na pHdirk^t i.e. an ear of Mm U 
i» eloaed, i.e. where it had been per- 
forated. 

Pdffnim (y.a.) to cioee, to ehut (the eyes 
when diseased); ntaoo jfonga y«»-ni- 
wenoa uapsignia (see psidirira). 

Vwig^um (y.n.) to ruminate, to chew 
the end. — paicwim (y.d.) to chew, 
to maeHeate to, e.g. garu t^-m-ptl- 
gurira muemawaike, 

IVpiiilipsm, s. (ya, »a) (fLia.fufu, m- 
fufU^ 

Painda (y.a.) tq. poanda (see). 

Pli|MIO. 

Pmwili (or pfiwili) (adj.) two, reL to 
the pL psa and poi Jto, p»aga pti- 
wiUf two yeare, 

Pllwi i^nwi (ady.) much, very much, 
badly, Uq. pAif* pfi^wi, 

Pviya, i.q. pfiya and viya, 

Paoiif« (y.a.) to taper; eakupganga 
tthotna or p/bohotna,— psonffikm 
(y.n.) to appear weU tapered; ntdot^ 
do Uf mootnMue watto umapoonr 
geka»— pflOBgwm (y.d.) to taper (any 
thing) to or for (another); vnmamba 
ama-nU-pBongora f^^Mwtu yangei, 
Bohu-i'lingmnUa. — psoogvdaa 
(y.int.) to taper mueA. 

PMBia (ss Ki8.fcM figmia nguoff^ 

^Monitm (y. a.) to mek out; hu ptattia 



P/m^, to wdb a bom*-^ 
(y.n.) to adtnU qf being eudaed; pfiebu 
**< oirtpooHteka^ pgCTtad«»(y.iPt4 
to mefc oat thoroughly. 
"Mfpaolasa (or paorolMft), syn. with 
baaleoa and du r ikir u and dw ru 
hisa (see poarm), 

^Mm (y.n.) to paa$ through (a narrow 
space, a thicket &c) wvupjl 
n%r4wwi or ba/trtdoantba,— 
(y.n.) to a4m<t o/ pa««^ through, to 
be pervUme; brnpooreika yai^ oidH- 
tcra.— psoredMi(v.int)— p a ^ pg ar w 
(pMnlesa) (y.n.) to &« op<t» riitrM 
through, to present an opening at the 
other end (Kis. ku tokeoa kua ptUj 
panga i Inapoopsaresa, thia eane 
U open at both ende; -pago i imet- 
poopoareoa, ihie heiU (of a tree) goe$ 
right through; (y.a.) to break through 
the other end, Muomba etoompa n- 
gnoma apoopooleea, the carpenter 
hoUowe out a drum (and) he break$ 
througK 

"Sdaa (y.a.) to pierce, or ehoot through, 
i.q. numoa, — pso n adam (y.int) — 
(y. n.) to be piercedble. 
», s. {uyu) (pi. too—), a eort qf 
flute, made qf a reed, chlled tiMu- 
manai (one of the amusements of 
shepherd boys). 

Pstt, a particle denoting 'redf* (as da 
in Kb*.); ngofuira, oH paH paii poiL 

PiaiigiiiiiUa(y.a.)to aprain (Kis.Mto- 
jfefia, pedfa).— pnni^fiiniAlai(y.n.) 
to get aprained (Kis. poiUka, togdka), 

Paapsndnka, s. (ra) (pL m^—), paw 
pouduka kiaogara ehwru, 

Piui,s.(pLi(i.) 

PumdMidMm (y.) (see puaaika) (y.a.) 

M-pttai. 8. (sa) Oowneaa (in a good and 
bad sense) caUnneaa, dday; pua i aeO aa 
9i aokama] uHya n^-puai, mkiwu 



(y.a.) to cauae to aplU (by kno- 
cking), Trop. to break an agreement, 
to break up (a journey). 
ganokanaf 
gui 




152 



PUANIKA— M-PUNO. 



(y.D4 to •pUi, to get $plU 
(owing to force) (see hu gmmmMka); 
trop: to get hroken iip (&» a joorney 
which had been planned, uiendo 
puanCca, see eonHwa). 

(▼.a.) {Kis. ow^ka),— 
i (y.n.) to get aqft, eg. cloy, grain Se. 
on water being put to U; doU iri Hnet 
pueuihika Hrt hu orawedeth — pwir 
■Udm (y. d.) doH ranga ututrnirpuo' 
eikira puadeadea. 
Pttdm, m*piida. — pn^dmkoM (y.) (see 

hU9dega)» 

Podsl, s. (ya and ea), a maggot, a grub; 
espec such as are fonnd in meat; flg. 
blunt, abrupt in the shape of a magot 
or worm (Kis. Ml), (see panH), hu 
oongora tnpudH nuadei pa ntpudei, 
water qf worme, i.e. hot water for kil- 
ling worms. 

PndaAdtta, hanga upuana pudeiS d iia 
«»w-m««nnpa, to paee hy the eide ef^. 

Podsdxm (y.a^ to leave aeide; mdsinge 
upa dina'U'p%»d9ura, lit. that river 
we l^ it aeide, ije. we passed along 
side of it; mdginge u euhubida fro- 
Uadi hahadi haiiu, una-di pudB^ik^, 
lit thie riner doee not paee where midet 
our, it leanee ue aeide; hu^n^pudefSra 
niam», podsom, means: 1) to leave 
on one^e eide in paeeing,*— 2) to ehoot 
poet — only used with respect to 
birds and animals with hair; hu pu- 
deura ntbardtni (Kis, bt^^tia) ,<^^ trop. 
to ehe^/le, to he evaeive (in one's words), 
hupudeuramdu(^\s./tdajlda) (see 
reunbardray- pmdMtMm (y.p.) 

Ptar«Mi(y.a.) {seep^erora or p uo rer a) 
to bum, to epoil by burning (e.g. m- 
ehSre)f iwe uuapuereea mpihetwet- 
ho, nianue inapeerSra, 

IhMdttktta (y.p.) hurt, to hurt one^$$^ 
hu pu0dekedeu, 

M-pttMia, s. (ya, sa), nwuntu upu 9n»- 
n^'PuSna, eenut eamho mefueaeo 
(Kis. ddfiio). 

Pni (seeriMnMra). 

Poidi, s. {upu) (pi. wo—), a epeetee qf 
btrd;— 2) dearu pa vnpuidi, eiothe 
imported by the Portugueeet-reembUng 



the puidi m eoioiir. The bird Is said 
to sing like the canary. 
Mipoim^, s. (ya, sa), long heOr on the 
fore-head qf a goat, puimpeU om «•• 
bueif mbuei tcra nt^uimpui, 

Pnk» (y.n.) to ehoot forth, to epring up 
(said of all that grows fresh in spring, 
but not of what is sown, of which it 
is 'hu mera**) (Kis. tepu&a, hu toet 
fueS), puha, to riee from ineignifl- 
eanee and poverty; baHpe adapuha 
deigo iri.— yqlira (y.cont) to be or 
keep ehoottng forth, trop. to be rising. 
«iMlan0ro woopuhira (Kis. f»tt wa 
hu tepuea), a tree which grew up 
from the stwffip or roote of a formtr 
one, Opp. to mdengo waomera or 
hadetmertre,— ipoldAMl (y.int) heh 
dee eauga eieue puhidea huH eaho» 

M-pngn, s. (wa) (pi. with ea), a epeetee 
of fieldrrat (Kin. pugtt)^ 

Pdkttfli, s. (ra) (pi. mo^), a packet, oH 
food only done up in leayes (see «•- 
ybn<). PI. vnaptthuei, ntapfuhuei 
and ntafuguei. tnha, uka-u-tehtk- 
rSre madBemi pa meewa, ni ohide 
pdhusi, ni mange ndeitna. 

Ptflira, (see pura), 

M-pnmi, s. (ya, sa), forehead; mono pa 
ba-in-pun%i, the front-teeth, NR, the 
word as many others, relating to the 
human body, seems never used with- 
out the prep, "ba," Ba-m-pumi 
banga ba-ni-buodeha (for pum ti 
panga ya-ni-buedeha), 

Pnmpm (v.n.) pottda hu deiwiruFu, 
fnuntu upa aima puuipa^ — pnm- 
pidim (y.inU) uea-n^euhidee, ponder 
ehoodeiwirira, nuentu upa a pumr 
pidea, 

Pimpii* 

Pandibiii,8.(ra) (pl.tM«-), {Unga im 

bottles?) 
M'pnndit 
M-panfftt, s. {upu) (pi. with ea or aeeu^, 

a epedee qf bird (i.q. pungu in Ki&) 
M-pini0. s. (pLM.) (ya,8a). the noee; 

ptunopempa,miynoee 
(Kis. p^). 



PUNSA— M'PUTU. 



15a 



(v.a.) (Kis. hu /Wmm). 1) to 
imptHTt InttmeUom, to teach; — 2} to 
reeeive inatmeUcn, to Imtm. Jtf«a ni- 
hu-pHnse wrm i my a, eom« J teffl 
UtyoukHow my object, JSra-h u -n4nka 
m& ua n a ufomge^, ntHpunte hu om h u 
«MlMirt», Uu lemda nutkoea Jto. 



the vwrJeman teaehce hi» apprentiee; 
m& ua n a apunea hua mf» w >><Hgafce, 
the oppretMce iearne (y or wiih ht$ 
matter,-- pwuAtmfy, 6,) rndkoea apa 
neha hu puueira, theee ioorpringe are 
of to learn, i.e. they are made by 
an apprentice', by one who is learning. 
fViiMUim (V. rec.) to teach one another, 
to let know one another. — yimiid— 
(y.a.) to teach; hu-dei^punea, to teach 
onefeee^ (KIs. hu iba hua mato), — 

. yomUlnrai (y.d^ to teach (one) to, i.e. 
to teach one who belongs to another, 
ejfi. one's child or brother, urui-put^ 
aideire muemaufonga hu eambira 
(please) teach my ckOd emimming Ac— 
ponsfloi (y.n.) to he teachable, to ad- 
mU qf being taughtr- Y^auAnit 1) (v.d.) 
to teach to or far (any one), nftrfunr 
wkra nutanfOUfanpa hu lentba; — 
2} (Y.rel.) to receipe inetructton in ofnn 
thing, n%beni u nhua hu puneira, 
thie knife ie <^ to learn, i.e. siade by 
an apprentice. 

Bilpnno, s. yyo, pi. ea), the nose, puno- 
pauga, my noec—pUMia, hu-m-puno, 
towarde or after the noee, i.e. after- 
wards (see iawira and mpuno), 

Mmio, s. (ra) (and mudno) (== Kis. uedr 
fihi and ume used hu tharau i»mtu), 
arrogance,, ineolenoe. muana upu, 
puneo iri aii ndro, eadahdra na 
wamtu, XJ9a^m^49huriremu1niwa!ko 
ema puneo m h&ri, for puuea ror 
ho iri, 

Pl^Mi, s. (ra) red ochre, which is foond 
in swamps {deeuoeira), after the water 
has dried up; red m u m g a and more 
yalnable than hOudue. rupea ndiro 
UHuiangiraro tnbia, 

Ptai, s. (ra) wax, Iq, ufondmo in Kir. 
and luMUa in Kid. (Kis. nta). 



(y.a.) to teOce off the fire (iu|.«0«l» 
or epiia, tegua, oh6a in Kis.) dMom- 
hdr:fe mua hu ddpm pura bamoda^ 
eidideiufa huenda uka^m-deiha ne' 
hdmoa, let ue venture to go, U map 
be, that we get eomething out qf him. — 
pnrilBa (y.n.) to admU qf being takem 
off; fnodo ni wanhdni hani, ei-hi- 

puriha,— pMm (or p6Xtn) (y. d^* 
1) to take off for (another);— ^ (y.cont) 
to keep taking off (one'sself), to be off 
continuaUy, to go on wUhout retting 
any where (i.q. fuuHea in Kis.), to be 
eonetanUy traoeUing (i.q. op&ra op^- 
ra)f ntuant'na upu apuHra una 
ana mgnambo imgnambe, thie man 
traoele continuday, he ie ewrrownded 
with cattle (as his gain). 
M-pvmbdni.a (ya.sa), upe ana-fn- 
{ufahili in Kis?) 
(y.n.) to eecapefrom (one's 
grasp) (Kis. ^urup%$ha, dhugudha)^ 



uyn nnahumba huutrguira, 
nir^^urumuha, huhu ana^ui-puru^ 
niiiha n^mmuoha, the fowl hoe ee 
coped me in hande (has escaped from 
my hold by a struggle of her own). 

Pnnim^Wla, s. (ya, sa), amy plant 
epruug up from a eeed ecatttired by 
accident; bamanga ihi nieha fn- 
purumuhua, ni chietni f resp. ueha 
peara, 

M-p63n, s. (ya, sa), a barren etdlk of 
Indian com. bamanga ihi Mna-hi- 
peara uiba, or pfoiba, hina im-pu' 
ru, ei-hi-hu wMSha; hunar^we^ 
bamanga hina ohida rn-pHru; PA^ 
da iri rina mpiiru. 

np6xiim,s,{y8L,89), a kind qf beader 
mganda wa n^-purwra. 

Pururdcbie, s. taking cold, a dieeaee 
peculiar to fowle; h%thueanga eoneo- 
eina purur^he, aU my fowl have 
taken cold QLis.wanaetgiwa ni bo- 
redi), 

PMba (y.a.) (Kis. fr«4/tSa); ine^hu-d^ 
ma ? resp. iai, ina^^i-p^iruea, 

M^uta, s. (ya, sa)» door-poet; puta pm 
ba^hmno. 



154 



RA— RAFURA. 



i, Gen. particle. 

midu iri raga (Kis. v<ioa vfna 
tnwayOMs , you «M notA^ &tf t Aeodt 
in theforeHj,— ngika, racaniira 
(or l>g«l«g»>) 
Bamm (lama) (v. d.) to dOaU or eaepand 
u>M (said of iron), to he mdlow (said 
of good pumpl^in; also of poller's 
clay) (Kis. leu niumbuka. to he tough), 

RamlMi, s. (wa) pi. waratnba, a thong 
(Kis. Uganda). 

Hamba» ehtUda a leUSre n^oyo^ ni 
ha Icttia, na la lamha (or nULhu 
iarnba and n*da lamba),^ ramba- 
r^tara(y.n.) to paai hy, to turn atide; 
nehira pa hu ra>inbar(raf a way qf 
poBBing hy, a eideteay, in conlradisU 
from 'nohira ya hu ruh/ch(ka" (see 
jHMiMira).— rambarika, hamanga 
changa eha rambtuHha = Kis. oAo- 
dnsa hu t6a wana. Thii ii iaid 
when the eohi qf Indian com hegin to 
turn aside from the&r staXks (when they 
adana in Kis.) »ihuroa ba mudsi 
una ratnbarara (= annbd in Kis.) 
Una-nt'ldhua ohodani? Resp. sor- 
hu^nrii'unehiha, ana^n-irambarara 
(an animal). — rambnrira (y.rel. s 
COnt.) hu rambttrira niiwanda, to 
-clear the graves from grass. The da- 
live form may refer to ihe Dead? 
hu riMnhurira hu I>sinoha (Kis. hu 
belea hdburij, to clear the hwricU 
ground (by culling of Ihe grass wilh 
a hoe). 2>M ramhurira hu J>9inoha, 
ntidsimu Ceooe ugSndoa, %pe clear 
the burial ground that the departed 
spirits may he pleased. This is done 
as often as one is buried, each ftoiily 
clearing the graves of their dead. For 
preventing the fire, the 'ntooo- is 
made, hu ramburira niumba ffa 
sHoa, to clear the ground dU around 
the siwci-house and close to it, but hu 
linUra n^ooo niumba ya oiwa, is 
only to do a narrow strip at a UtUe 
^stance from iL 



iba(v.D.) to do elb$ei»amce,'topeiy 
respect; by a iMH&ber of ceremonies 
performed before the king, as clapping 
their hands, first standing and bowing 
and then seating themselves on the 
ground, when they throw themseives 
baclEwards till their heads 'Ud^ as it 
were ibe ground (seeLivingst 661), hu 
ramba hua mftantu (Kis. rambe^ — 
rambarika(v.a.) lit to Ut lUk, said 
of things placed at a little distance 
fh>m the fire, so as to let them roast 
gradually, hu ranmbariha nwndo- 
gua hu titodEo, or: ntpehodo mvua 
fnodo, or: hu^n^-pebode huan%odo, 

rambarika rambarilw(adv.)— nan. 
barOdbni (v.d.) — rambvra (v.a.) to 
tide offt to scrape the ground with a 
hoe just cutting off the grass Ways 
and other public places are thus from 
time to time cleared and swept — 
rambnrira (v.d.) to scrape or ^ear 
(Ihe ground) /or (another); fcu-m^rom- 
burira nt^tntu ba bueuro. — ram- 
bvrldaa (v. int.) to dear weU, tho- 
roughly; (v. cans.) to cause to dear; 
rero 9nfum,u «t-<l<-ra«nfrMrlci«a, ohi- 
do satu sina paniha. 

B^miia (v. p.) to wonder (at something 
pleasing), to he agreably surprised, 
(lit to he dilated, eoBpanded with plea- 
sure), (see dsuma). — ramnidaa (v. 
cans.) to ple<ue, to surprise agreeably; 
hidsuro ihi hinanr^ramuidsa; mau 
aya tKna-n-ran^uidset, — ramaka 
(v.n.) 

Rangv (v.a.)— raa^rana (v. rec)— raa- 
gika (v.n.)— rangira (v.d.)— rangi- 
daa(v.ini.)— rangnrdka (v. n.) (see 
Umguruha {y.n.) to he sorry; to feel 
pity,— rangnmUra (v. d.) to be sorry 
for, to he anxious about— raagora- 
kidaa, Der. hardnga, ntarango, 

Rapittra (v.a.) to eject from the mauXh 
(what cannot be swallowed), (seefiia- 
ropfu), NB. of saUwa the word is 
never used, because that may be 
swallowed, and it is expected by the 
Waniassa, that a stranger does so; the- 
refore hu rapfuta does not mean 



RASA— MTSHESO. 



155 



*<o »i>it"— npnirirm (▼.<!.) to take <mt 
from th6 mouth (e.g. chewed Indian 
corn, in order to give it, to ttie child. 
a-m-rap^irira higodo nMtdna* — 
nqpfliridsa (v.caus.) to eame to throw 
out. 

Rasa, rasanOf rapsOf remera, rawOf 
renda^ renete, rendo, rengan^, re- 
9uka, riba, riada, all these words 
see in I. 

Rarada, mua/nawiMnga rarada, ni- 
haii fnoyo, niXpa/a, uda guira vnan^ 
oha inkosi (see UUada),— laiika 
(Kis. aiika)^ rarildra. 

Badra (see laula)! tnunlu na inbu- 
Biwahe 94»kara borauraf pass, rau- 
ridua = baga, bagawa (see mgue 
in Kis.) 

BAwa (see Idwa), 

Rflndo, s. 

Rera (v.n. <£ y.a.) to be lax, lenient, 
mild, to rear, to bring up, 1) fnsam^ 
pa unarera, na-bu-hurura {uda) 
hudi bulere, munlu uyu ngorera 
mdifna; muntu tooolera = mpole 
in Kis. — ^ hu rera wdna, to bring 
up c?Uldren (lit to be mild to them). — 
rcor^ka (v.n.) to admit qf rearing or 
bringing up children (with comfort, 
said of good natured child).— r«r4ra 
(y.d.) to bring up for (another); nt- 
rerera tnutmawanga, bring me up 
my chad , rear my child for me, — 
r«redsa (or lerodsa) (v.caus.) i.q. Uea 
to make looie; hikarehoro ehanga 
ana-hi-leredaa ndanif who ie it 
that loosened my trap f or : nisampa 
tvanga ana-u-leredsa ndanif — 
resa(v.a.) to rdax, to loosen; reaa 
ntsavnpa u, ni hose hu tsha, relax 
this trap (i.e. its string) that I may set 
it; uda ubu bu hunohidsa, u^^urese, 
you have bent (or strained) this bow too 
much, rdax it hu lesa mupfi = ku 
dsidsa tntipfi (see at niamusa) (in 
Kis. hu dambasa fnfi), but you can- 
not say; hu leredsa mupfif but only 
ku lesa, — ledsa or redaa (v. a.) to 
r^use, to wean from; hu rehedsa or 
lehedta is to 'm/oke one leave a 



matter** to put a stop to what one 
does («= Kis. hatdsa) so that the aa 
of leaving rdsts with another, while 
hu Udsa is to directly prevent one 
from acting, without leaving it to his 
choice ; tn-ledse muetna uy«i mbino 
uya^ agunibira bansi, adahuya 
hu yignia ba-muondo, wasa/y 
wahahandema, lit. refuse that child 
that knife, he digs on the ground with 
(else) he witt prick where the leg (of 
another sitting near him) lest they go 
fighting. Mha uha-fn-ledsOf asa- 
dsenderendso ohuru ehanga, si- 
hwnba ine, let him not batter my 
ant hill again, I do not Uke it (go 
and stop him) (see dsondSra). — le- 
diaaa (v. rec) to stop, to prevent one 
another.— ledseka (v.n.) to admit qf 
being stopped or preoented,— ladatra 
(v.d.) 1) to stop or prevent to or for 
(another) or for any thing;— 31 (v.n.) to 
be drunk, intoxicated (it being a stop- 
page to one's faculties); uye Uro 
ana ledsera. — lodaeredsa (v.caus.) 
to intoxieaAe. 
EUaa, s. (wyu, uya) (see Livingst. pag. 
569, 567.) Chiuda ndiye resa, or: 
Ni Chiuda amone aresa wanlu 
mucma vta resa, the child (son or 
daughter) qf Resa, i.e. the rain-bow, 
Rero n'naona ntuana wa Mesa 
wntuma wa Besa uya. — rttioka 
(v.n.) to protrude; nutso yahe ana 
ehida n-tend&ra einaresuha (Kis. 
hu godoha) muini toiMhe adnda, 
vnasoyahe ya resuha, 

s. (ya) (pi. «Mi— ) (= Kis. boma ^ 
(v.) (see linga), 
(v.) (see Ura). 
Birime, (ra) (pi. ma—), the tongue (Kis. 
uHm^ 

Birisa (see lirisa), 

Bir6iiktto (n. prop.) name qf a river, 

anatira M-lin$ibe, 
Bif«re, s. (ra) (pLmaltoero), a wiwuH 

w^ basket, very flat (Kis.w«eo); n<f»- 

ha riseroranga unga n-tshor^re, 

mbeda, 

Bltiboro, 8. (ra) (pLmo— ). 



156 



RIS0--R0NOA. 



(or liM« 8. (ra) (pi. mmto), eye. 
RMra (or IMro), 8. (ra), ^uidmeeB, 
§peed, ike act €f rmmktg (KI«.mMo) 

B* or 1«. 

(¥.) (see loa). 

^.prop.) AMnofM^ 

(y.n. <fty.a.) to dream (Ki8.oto)» 
n'na-«»-ro«l«i fnbaiewanga hana 
«mafcucl«a^— roAAna (v.rec.) to dream 
one €f anotJur. — rodtea (y.rel.) (o 
dream to (with respect to) qf any one. 
n'na-nn-TodSra uye anafit,— Vo6»- 
dsa (y.cans.) to eamee to dream, «•#«- 
ohid9 ip90 bakomo bangab&f wImh 



Bodsa.— rodstea (see m/imo).— 
dMvtea, Mdaaradaa (Kis. o^w, tSa, 
UfiafbewOeh)? 

Rdka(ady.) alone, oniy; rel.tp the ra- 
clasB (see ha). 

Rondtea (y.a.) to trace, to follow up. 
(Prom Kir. hn Umda). ku rond&ra 
noMraf mbaot ya nUnma, ya wan- 
«w; hu rondSra nUrandu, 
rioo gno>mbo uyUf arand&ro 
nmmwdke.-- r«Bdorttai(y.n.) to he 
traeedbU; anagnianidma nUnna 
ttfyu, doabtHUf ea rondaro k a^ — roOr 
dartai (y.d.) to /Mow to or for (any 
thing), to tntee (any thing), to or for 
(another). na-m^-ro nd o rSra mbmie 
wm mg a JblwtM ohaJto. uoa-^^oamdoe- 
trTomdoriro (yiz. ^itomde).— rmidff 
radia (y. int) to trace, to foUow with 
exactnsBi. arondaredoa, anp&niia 



(y.a.) to put intOf to turn or 
drioein(JKiiB.Ha,twtwmika}, huroi^ 
ga oUSouo n^hnHngOf lit. to put 
thread into a needle, i.e.fo thread a 
needle, hu mf r oHffa nUondo fit-4»i- 
wmba, to put a etranger into a kouee, 
hu ronga gnowtbo n^hdra, to turn 
or drtoe cattU into their endoeure (for 
the nighQ, hu ronga n huhu «*-lW- 
hugumbn, to tumfowie into then' cot. 
hu ronga domnoha m^46idodOf to ike 
hand into a hatktt. hu ronga dHhi 
§u-do0ngo, to put a poet into a hole 



(to fix it).— nncttafy.n.) to admU 
of turning or putting in; emrong^hu 
g nomhe ugu, aSbu, thU cow eamnot 
hetmnodin,ehBie«tfraitd. owrongohm 



hiooerooi, ni halhfa. — ] 

chira) (y. d.) 1) to turn in for (anothei^. 



ga m4»dra, go and turn in my catUe 
for me;— 2i ronohera (the g softened 
into oh)f (y.a.) to greet, lit to put in 
or addreee worde to any one (Kis. hu- 
m ag i< m<ii)w— roiiftoa(y.rec.) to turn 
in one another (ag. children when). — 
faaffartea (y.rec) to call upon one 
emother*'^' ufono §Mi|f9 uforougomua^ 



(y.recj to be reconeOed, lit to 
bring in one another (Kis. 



(y.d.) to greet to or for 
(another), to call upon for (another); 



ga, hadi ali moyo, go and eaU upon 
myfH^ndfor me, {to eee) whether he 
ie alJtw.— Tmt^kdMh (y. \ni.)toputin 
wdl, to preee into, hu rougSdea 50- 
mkdu ga fn'h&h%iO, — g— y tr> ga (yj 
ffanff^rMMsa (y.cansj— 
dsa (y.cans.) 
gooodoa, hu 
otma, do not eay, you haoe reeoneHed 
them, at their hearte there ie eomething 
eUe. — tmtgunmMam (y.cans.) to re 
eoneUe, Wi. to eauee to bring in ono 
another. — rmifdra (y.a.) to lead 
into, to tote the lead, to guide (see 
h/irongora (Kis. rubmni^; gnou^bo 4 
udtgo arongoraye hu m uud a (JEWe 
ummuij; Deriy. hmronga, mar d n 
hue — mfwrdm fy.aO to eda to 
remembrance; to iraoe out for reeol- 
UetUm (the benefits rendered to a M- 
end). — VMifardMi, i.q. 
(Kis. iNf-«»-# 
(y.a.) (o/olloio «p; to attond (to direc- 
tions receiyed): hu rongo o dr u wU" 
rmndu (i.q. ronddra), tofaOow up die* 
cueeione by a nt wer i ng the etatementg 



RONGORA— RUNDA. 



167 



erne ha$ made.'—r^m gw mw n ^ Mm (r.int) 
to attend $trieUif, tenifwIoiMly. 
KMicAm (▼. aj to Uad into, to (oIm 
tike ImuI, to guide; Hense Uir^ngTa, 
the gaide (Kis. rM^awi), yt>om>< i nr 
diy€ 0ronQoraiif€ hu nwun d a (see 
anunut) Deriv. h4Mr&nQa, w%ar&nku9, 
lonMm (adj.) aU (ra-class.) deiko ronse 
{uUmengu w€€$b Kis.) 
(▼.a.) (see iota), 
1,8. (ra) (pU m m ) . Mo«tom,>loio0r. 

Sdba, 8. coll. (Myw), name of a Jfciml tf 
gra$9. 

Sadia (T.a.) rud9ur%»ra, 

Siidiii, s. (ra). thirit. — mditai (▼.)— 
mdsArdra* 

Sfika (y.a.) to plot; ln« rufca leldlmdo- 
dinthe, dewikua fhika, — mkika 
(V.D.) — mldra (v.d.) Hw-n%^rukira 
(m&tM^ UhOca,— rokldJNi (v.inL) to 
plat weU, to excel in platting; nibaie 
wiBn^a arukidsa huli (fco) <ne. 

Rtti&e, s. miMMta wa rukue {or rUbue), 

Roma (y.a.) to bite, to eting, to give 
pain by cold (Kis. uma) mehoka ana- 
ni-^rHntm, a eerpent ha$ bitten me; 
fctc-d«<-rMina, to MU omfiee^f in 
eating. — nmuHUi (v.rec) 1) to bUe 
one another; — 2) to Umeh one (thing) 
onotAer; nUbdnda i tnarumdna hu 
eeri hu^a, theee feneee meet belUnd 
there.^ niBiika(T.a.) to cup (to draw 
blood by means of a horn) lit. to 
turn ovt biting, or: to let bite (Kis. 
umiha), - minikira (v.d. A instr.) to 
cup to or for (another): idea, udea- 
t^irTwnUhire nikaeiwanga, adudrOf 
lit eome and cup for me my va^e, ihA 
ia iU; uneuku iimi lew rumUkira, 

SnmMdsi (n. prop.) (wa), name qf a 
r1»er, a contributary of the Rir6nlcae^ 
which it joins near the town of Mr 
haiUa, 

BnmUra (see Iwmbei^ n*namf<era *pH)lf* 
mdimawanffa wagunda, a n < rwe^ 
bira nddnif ineoa earumbira hua 
kigama.— mmhiridM (v. inu) oharu 



Hdea, 






»••, a. (ra) noiee, damomr (Kis. ka- 
UUf ku piga keiete, = ku eiMda 
nSimlboe). uneaieiMde rumboe, ntdi 
eogoeira, do not make a noiee, yom 
deafen U9 (Kis. kupiga yawe, n^fwmi 
9muir4u-ufanga nutehikio), 

Rdme, s. (ra) (no pU) deio; kundgUa 
rwme rero &= i.q.«fMSm«. 

Bnmildka (y.n.) to admit qf cmpping, 
yaba ei ba runUkika n%eugu wd- 
gHck^ mmikiia iv.a.) to join, to Bet, 
in ike ewrgical aenee only (JIL\&,unga, 
ungikana, tunganunna), — nunikl- 
MUia (v. rec.) to join, to meet (one thing 
another, i.q. rtimana),— riJmMtSkm 
(y.n.) 1) to admit qf being joined or 
aet;— 2) to tarn oat or appear wtU 
joined or aet nMtendowake wnortt- 
fnikieika, Ma or her leg ia wU aet, 
prooea to be toeU aet. — nuniUiirA 
(y.d.) — mmikfaddia (y.int.) to join, 
to aet well.— mmiUdMi (y.int) of rt$^ 
nUka, to cup weU, he. to draw for- 
eSbVy (the air out of the horn), Deriy. 
fnorMnMS. 

Bvino, s. (ra) (pi. ma—), a raeor (lit 
something biting). 

Bampa (y.n. d y.a.) to leap, to jump, 
to leap or jump oyer.— ku rumpa 
u^ogo mgogo, to leap over a trunk; 
ku rumpa deenge, to leap over a 
hoUow; ku rumpa kudwet, — nUBt- 
9ika(y.n.) to admit of dc. kudwa 
*H ei^-rumpik€h— nunplra (v.d.) 

Bnmpsa (y.a.) 

Rwada, 8. bittemeaa (only used as pre- 
dicate), kiko iki ni runda, or n* 
eha runda, aikidieka, thia pump- 
kin ia a bitter one, it ia not eatable, 
kiko iako ni eiei, ekadi^ka, that ia 
a auseet one, it ia eatable. 

Riiiida(y.n.) to be auUen, auUey (Kis. 
tukiwa, nuna, eafii, einia einia),— 
rtadira (y.d.) to be auUcy to, vriih 
reapeet to any one; anor^n-ruwdira, 
eaankura, he or ahe ia auOey to me, 
he doea not apeak.— madidwi, 1) (y. 
int) to be very auUcy. — 2} (y.caus.) to 
make auUey; kale amaefka, iwe 



158 



RUNDURDNDU— SAMBA. 



S. (see dundumndu). 
^undwmndu ni ttpfutnhiia, hu 
ninha wa nehara ni hu randira, 

KimiflUBirm, m/untu okttMJtua, ni 
hu rungumdra, 

Sonera (v. n^ to Join = rumihioa (Kis. 
ungdnia), — XWUglaam (v.n.) to be 
gtraight (Kis. nioha, lehea, ongoha), 
mngamidsa {K'lS, niosha, ongosa, 
tong6a, leheta).— miifihilriia; rOB* 
chiUdsa; dedthisa, urttnehihidse, 
be steady, that you may be straight 
in taking aim. — miigflni Cnmcliika} 
(y. n.) to be straight; to be in a line 
Vfith. ntupfl unarunehiha, an arrow 
is straight (in itself and in its course); 
ana-hurrunehiha iwo, wadsaf (Kis. 
a-ku-lohea toowe^ guwaja), (see 
rambardra). 

Ranga nm^ i^l) straight; mdengo 
u uli runga runga, suhu hoda 
hoda» 

Simsa (y.a.) to tie together, to Jain by 
tying, hu runsa bamanga, dsinga 
Ae,— rnncika (v.n.) to admit qf tying 
or Joining together 9— vwaamL[y. 6:1— 
mniidMi mnsisa* 

Bimi, s. a kind qf vegetable? 

BamAia (y.c.) to spoU in cooking? (Kis. 
hu ftdfia). 



Blir^ika, ndiwfo sinarurfiha, sina- 
nunha duro (Kis. hu t4ha inaha- 
bdni\ 

Bwetmm (y.a.) to quiet, to pacify, to lutt 
(a child), (Kis. ongSa), n^-runise, u- 
mu-dongSre baehahe, adadantora, 
quiet Mm, take him on the arm, he 
will be siUmt,— nanurika (y.n.) to ad- 
mit of betng pad/led.^- mituira (y.d.) 

Bnpsa, s. (ra) (pi. mo—), a place where 
the grass has been burnt, yaha ni ba 
rupsa. 

Bniifli (see hidiikua), 

WLikA, hintu iki hina rusa; niaitna 
i yarusa m-hdmoa/ tnau aya yor- 
rusaf thahiidia iki tiki koma, «•- 
kdmoa ntuanga eharuta. 

Kfao, s. art, skill, muntu wosaduka 
vnsdna, sahans ni rtiso, eihisra ni 



ru9o, ni ufoduhm nuema, a 

wtthont emuUUicn, is also without art 
or slLill. 

, s. (ra) (pi. «M»— )t batt, bark, 

(V. d.) 

s 

8a, gen. particle (Plural); sa that qf, 
(see /era). 

8a, Neg. Part, used in the 3.pers. sing, 
in the Inflnitiye and in connection 
with the yarioas preformatiyes and 
relative particles; usa-n^a Ae, ufo «• 
dengeseka; soda buesa; hu ms am<- 
ga; hu sa dsudsikiB, 

8iba (y.a.) to pick or pludc off; only 
used of cotton-buds and beans; ku 
saba tonehe, kSbue, kabeifa, ka- 
era Jte.— tabika (y. n.) to admit qf 
picking qffi tonehe iri si ri sabika 
nia liwfisi m-hunt^Of this cotton can- 
not be picket (yet) it is unripe in tJte 
cdUx.— laBira (y. d.)— saUdsa (y.int.) 
to pick off fDcXl, entirely dc. Der. 
visabOco. 

8ada (y.) 

8adada, s. hu ehida sadada (Kis. hi- 
ronda hinaroromoha), 

8ad84ra (y.a.) to pick out and trim 
herbs or vegetables) (Kis. hu shmnbiUi 
nkb6ga), to gather', hu sadsura mo- 
huaule, properly, to slit (of trees 
they say gadsHra); hu sadsiSra 
ndiwo,— sadtiirika (y.n.) to locked 
pricked out weU.^ ladnirira (y.d.) 
(see n^fnnij.-- tadsnxidaa (v.int) 

ftikgu (y.a.) to hunt (i.q. dsaga in Ki- 
durwma) (Kis. leu windei^ 

8alni saka (adv.) i.q. birtngu Mringu 
{¥i]&,ehakibhak€i, 

8ako (= Kis. seOcwe), 

8ako (= Kis.Mfco). 

Sakol, s. a species qf fMd-r(U (wMlomo 
wu fu ni ntr€^). 

8aliga (see sarOca) (Kis.<iciueUfea^ 

8ali]nba (v.) 

8amlMi(y.n. <£ y.a.) to battle iKis.hu 
nawa, oga).-- SifcinWra (v.n.) to swim 
(Kis. ogeloa),'- BimMf a (y.a,) to let 



SAMIRA— SANGARARA. 



159 



or make »wiin (Kis. ogolSta, o#A«), 
to take ctcroei bp euimming. When 
the riyers are swollen and boats 
become useless from the force of the 
current, small huts are constructed 
at fording places by men expert in 
swimming, where they station them- 
selves to help over those who cannot 
swim; ntda-vn-ta hu-rwur-sofmhiBaf 
can you "awim" him overf— «amba, 
niama Myu ana-nisamnha muiMi, 
lit. this animal haihed me the blood, 
i^. stirred it, made it boil.— fiamMiia 
(y.rec.) — sambika (y.n.) to admit cf 
bathing; tiba sanibtha baya bona 

pode. — sambiiidsa, lamliiaika 

(y.n.)— ■am1iiaira(y.d.) to carry over 
by swimming for or to (another); u- 
nt^eambisire muanaufonga. — sam- 
liidMi (y.int.) 



Sana (= Kis.A4ma, or wiUa), 

Sanania. — sanamidsa- 

Sancha. 

Sandsa (y.a.) 1) to Jyruth off (with the 
hand); Uu, scmdaa doti, to brtieh 
off earth, i.e. dirt; hu sandea ndiwo, 
Tcu gandsa ndsaru; — 2) to ahaorbt 
to beat off the dust from vegetahles 
(when preparing them for food) to 
brush a cloth (with the hand) (Kis. 
bangusa) bamanga dsasandta nut' 
dsi'f tniiana anasandsa or ana- 
sandsiihaf has become dry (after 
about a month). — sandaana (v.int) 
to brush one another,— sandiika 
to look wen brushed,— sandflira (v.d.) 
to dust to or for.— sandiidsa (y.int) 
to brush or dust well, to twine well, — 
»and»^ka (v.n.) to get parUaUy dry; 
sikidibu ehasandsuha msanga «n- 
8€»ngaf it is not kidibu, but other 
Indian com, wMch gets dry directly. 

Sandnlika (or sandvika) (y.n.) to get 
changed, to become otherwise (Kis. 
I^eutha) uye dsabano asandnrika 
nwdima, he now got changed (as to 
the) mind, i.e. he has changed his 
mind. NB. It is curious that the 



primary formations 'aana and 
dura" do not exist in Kiniassa (see 
however 'sandal* in Kintka, and 
tandiha in Kis.)— aandnlisa (v.a.) 
to turn (upside down), to change (see 
harira) (Kis. gausa, petusa, pindua^ 
pindusa, tandusa),— aandwliaawa 
(y.rec.) to tumble each other up and 
down (children).— ■andnliaika (v.n.) 
to admit qf turning upside down; ho- 
hue uyw sasandulisika, anadaaraf 
nitnna i sisand^Uisika, inadsara 

{mbia),— landwHafra (v.d.) — aan- 
dnluidsa (y.int.)- aandnlidsa (v.a.) 
to alter, to change (espec. used of the 
feelings); ehavnba ehasandulidsa 
mdima, hemp (smoked) changes the 
feelings; nddrtama yasandulidsa 
vndima, 

Sandra pron. poss. of the 1. person sing* 
mine, my, rel. to nouns which have 
no pluralform {gnonibeaanga, my 
cows); an other 'sanga" occurs for- 
med by the negat. particle "sa and 
the verb nga" g. (see). 

Sancra (y.a.) to gather (said of rain), to 
get ready (for a journey), ku semga 
uiendo, or ku banga ulendo (Kis» 
tangania); wfurayasemga (Ki8.«i- 
ku aa aonga, fnfua inakiia kd^ 
nbu\ — ■aiifiraiiisa(y.a.) to mto. — 
■aiiganiaana(v. recH aanganiiiha 
■awgika (v.a.) to add to onefs load,— 
■a]igira(y.d.)— sangilrfsa (v.a.) to 
pul an additional load; topUe, to heap 
«p.— aangilriaana (or aanchliifcaiia) 
(v. recj to press one thing upon afnother 
{nUd&ro i inaaangikiaanaf these 
loadapreaa one upon another). — saa- 
ffikisa (v.n.) — aangikfrira, to give 
additional load to (any one); Urni- 
aangikiaira kadundu uyu, 

Sancranuni (▼.n.) to be chMnful, to fro- 
lic, (syn.with k4h%a&a), ^\s,Uimga- 
miAka), — sandTsridsa (v. cans.) to 
moike cheevfnl, to gladden (Kis. tanga^ 
tnuaa); uaa-m:^laurire, aangarara, 
uaakodhobere, — aangordka (v. n.) 
to become lively, cheeiful, to feel easy, 
ean^fortcMe,— aaiigur&dsa (y.a.) 



160 



SANEA— SASA 



>(v.a.) to seUct, to pick out, to 
ehoote (Kis. taua, shamhiia). — tUOk- 
kaaaCv.rec.) to Bdeet one another (or 
among themselves). — tiMifcfta (y.n.) 
to admit qf BeUeting, to be aigfble; 
JbtMta fnawere, saBonhiha, there U 
'ma/wertf tohieh eoMnot he pkked out 
<he seed being too sm^II.^ 
(y.d.) to Beleet Se, for (another).— 
kiAia(y.int) topUdc outtoea Oeaving 
nothing Isehind, e.g. seeds from cotton.) 

flaakom (v.a.) to take (what has been 
chosen, or selected) to take out from 
(Kis. tapika, tapikiana, iapisha). — 
■aakurikm (y.n.) to admit of being 
taken out; b€Mnanga oha9€nikuriha. 
■ankorim (v.d.) to take out (for ano- 
ther).— ■ankwriiiaa (y.int) to befaeti- 
diouB in eelecting or ehooeing, Der. 
daahkuro. 

Saao (acy.) JlWi »ano na itnodsi = 
Bix (Kis. «<Ma); bimuo na eiufili = 
Bwen (Kis. sdbaa); ufttntt* woBono 
na wemai (^ Kis.uraeM leenda) 9 men; 
iBono na idadu (= Kis. nane), eight; 
mahwmi maaano na limodBi = W 
(Kis. Betttnt^; ha Bono, B timee {marra 
tano in Kis.) 

Santa (y.a.) to vomit, to diegorge (Kis. 
tapika); you must distinguish. 1) Ban- 
dBa, to bruBh off (Kis. don^ii^a) and 
2^ BitnBa, to vomit (= baw^M and ku 
Mn^a in Kiniassa); TTop,ku BondBa, 
deBcriptive of a fetUng of renenge* — 
■anaika (y.n.) to admit qf vomiting; 
kiMiu iki BikiBonaikaf thie thing 
eemnot be vomited.— saaaira (y. rel.) 
to vomit to, in one's place, kunda 
4i-4»>«<in«<ra ntuanatvake, the dove 
diegorgeB (food) to her young one. — 
■ansidsa (Y.int) to vomit much; (y. 
cans.) to cauBB to vomit (Kis. ku gamia 
•flma), o-m-soiM^ra yanii (Kis.a- 
nn-gaimia n»mU 9)— aaaiaaa (y.rec) 

Saiial, s. (wytc) (pi. «0«—), a kind qfmiur 
Bieat iuBirummt, consisting of a piece 
of 'wood hollowed out with small iron 
bars fastened across (Kis. ubamnbo, 
mgambo). 



(y.a.) to trouble, to rummage, 
to Bearehfor (any thing).-*- aaatwikm 
(y.n.) to admit of being rummaged or 
•MTdked.— aa]itaiira(y.d.) to eeareh 
(for another).— ■ a ntiirl da a (y.int) to 
rummage weil or mucK 

SaOy their, e.g. niu/mba boo, their 
houBee, 

Satpteiavrttaa {aeeurakHa); mwM- 

«w Mffw ni Bopcnia uriUeua yonea 
dlinayo adarangoeara, n^iretndu 
ya haiekat€, pK teanta awa niwa 
eapSnia nmOeuu (or eiwu^^onia 
urfSkua), 

Sira (y.a.) (Kis. sira), 1) to make Bmocih 
and even (as the rind of a tree by bear 
ting it till only Che fibres will remain). 
2f to anoid certain artieleB qf food 
which are epedjled bg the Bignanga, 
or which you yourself think injurious. 
■artbm (y.n.) to be Bmooth, especially 
said of the coat of an animal (seefwo- 
dBignia), trop.to be candid, sincere: 
ynombo onadeodBora, tubirake m- 
do Bordra.— sarika(y.a.) I) to lay 
flat (as wood and grass when culti- 
yating the ground);— 2) (y.n.) to look 
Bmooth, to turn out Bmooth; n*kund€ 
i ina Borika.^ sarira (v.d.) to beat 
Bmooth to or for (another).- aaridaa 
(y.int.) 1) to be Btrict in avoiding food 
^te. — 2) to cauBe to avoid, to forbid 
certain food, '^ 3) to beat very Bmooth 
(the n*kuendey- saraiidfla(y. int) to 
excel in emoothneBB, to be moBt Bmooth. 
■arasa (y.a.) to Bmoothm, ku aaraea 
buado na kuengo (Kis. ku tong^ 
Ueat ku takaefa),— tarasa aanuNi 
(y.reit) to mitigaU, to palliate (said 
of one who interferes in a quarrel).— 
■araaika(y.n.) to appear v)ea emoo- 
thed, niuntba i inaetiraBikeh — la- 
raaira(y.d.) to Bmoothen to or for— 
(Kis. •uXrtMnCa).— sarasidaa (y.int) 
QUis, gtuUkiaafj 

Saaa L (y.n.) to become bout, to ferment; 
fig. to be Bharp, flerce (in a good and 
bad sense) (Kis. ukaU),r-' aaiika (y.a.) 
to let get bout, to let ferment; Ag. to 
he Bharp. -^ aaafara (y.d.) — 



SASA.— SEMBi. 



161 



(v. cans.) to makB Jleree; (y.int) heecme 
fMiy $<mr, U> get mo$t JUree or vehtr 
mMt— Mudrm (y.aj to •eoUL, to obiut 
lit to he •kio/rp or fi&ree to. 

SasmlL trop. to be hrane On battle), 
9n-kondQ ttdmkmrm na «fy«, ndipo 
MfooMooa, Bodtindyriha, In baUle 
Iwm be Mfith htm, it i» he who U 
hr<ii9e, he eamwt eatUif beUumed bad:, 
«MMntw wooeaoa, moffaufakB aio- 
htra, he Uaioee hie life to god, Le. 
trusts OMida in Him. 

SasiUbi (y.n.) gen. to be eaOravagamL 
to be viyiffed tip» to be conceited, to 
play the great num, arrogant, nanghtg; 
unreke m u an a Myw, euasade, deiko 
radeara mponoho, leane thte boy to 
do M he likee, the country is already 
ruined (seepone^).— MUMididMl(y. 
caus. <ftint) to canee or aUow to be 
arrogant; toadedeuwko foa-hu-oaen^- 
didea, ndipo %ikar^nrbanda wt mrnn a 
wanga. My faihor (the plnr. stands 
by way of honour), makee thee arro- 
gant, thertfore you be<U my chiUU — • 
MUuUUra(y.reU) to be conceited, ex- 
trayagant at the expense of friends or 
relations upon whom one reliesL 

Sat^bm (y. a.)— sasakm (y.n.) uoa^-ae^- 

eiire nitaniba i, buninnuh 

Sate m-k^kmoa (see hdmoa). 

UiXa, pron. poss. our, ours, reL to the 
"ya and so" class; niumba eaiu, 
our houses. 

SjhiAni (y.a.) to trosMe, to ve» (Kis. 
eunthua, gorofleha, niomlosa, tma- 
bisha],— sanka (y. n.) to /aire iU,tobe 
in trouble, to find it troublesome (Kia 
gorofi!ha, Bwmh%ika, taoMka), hu 
sauka nu mdima^ to haioe mental 
<roic52M.~sankira(y.d.) tobein troub- 
le (for — or OB his account).— mmi- 
kidaa(v.int) to be much <n trouble; 
(y.caus.) to cause one tobein trouble.— 
■andMma (y.rec.) to trouble one ano- 
ther,'-' mmndMfkm (y.n.) to admit ^ 
being troubled, — Mndflim (y.rel.) to 
trouble {one) to; uoa-t^eoMdHre mm^ 
atna toa$%ga, «IJbwmbA.— aaBdlJdia 
(y.int) 1) to &a mott troublesome, 

Kiniassa, 



Myw enU-om ud sidaa hula My/ 
2) to cause to trouble; sao^skei, 

(yo.) to lean back; eio od mtm 
o. — Mimirm (y.rel.) to 
lean to, towards (any thing). — 
(y.caus. A int.) 

(y.n.) to sUp down. — 
(y.rel.) to gUde or sUde along any 
thing, to touch upon. — aadMrMa, 
■edMa (y. a.) to make ^ide or touch 
upon.— sadM* (ady.) , 

(y. n. A y.a.) to laugh, and to laugh 
at, to be gladfJUiA, ku teka),— «^»Tflna 
(y.rec.) to laugh at one another, — 
•ek6km(y.n.) to 5e laughable, to admit 
of being laughed at; t§pe eaeokoka; 
de6ga iri ndkoeasekfka, he is not 
to be laughed at for this mi^ortune, 
lit misfortune this is of he not to be 
laughed at; eakdrm kn kuia, he 
cannot be laughed at, he is easily 
offended,— Mkoarm (y.rel) to laugh at, 
to be glad pf, to be fond of, to like; 
nu-nsroekera buonoi ranga, ofta- 
dea roro, I am glad for my friend 
(who) came to-day; 
be not friendly with him,— 
(y.cont) to emUe, to be friendly to 
(with any one).— sekasm or atkiidMm 
and dJialMdMi (y.a >- MkMekm(y.n J 
(Ki&««feM%a). 

ema (y.a.) to hew (only used of the 
outside) (see ku ewna and ku sompa 
{kn tonga, tongoa); kn eema buditOf 
to how (the outside of) a conoe, — 
sam^km (y.n.) 1) to admit i^ hewing, 
ntdengo n onomnoka;— 2} to appear 
well hewed; hnato nbu buna aomo- 
ku,r- Mmtai(y.d.) to hmefor (ano- 
ther). — —madam (y.int.) 1) to how 
well, to be akO/ul in hewing;— ^ to 
hew too much;- ew^m-n-oomodoa tn- 
dongn n, he hewed this tree too much, 
madeU too thin, 

•mte, 1) (y.n.) to disappear, to get 
out of uiew;— 2Q (y.aj to lose sight 
of (by leaying one behind); dinwuHH 
9om%ba (said by those who are before); 
wanehdi-emnba (said by those be- 
hind). JPna 11» bidiMoa n im ma^ *- 

11 



162 



SEMBENEEU— SENGA. 



r, I eihated an amimdl, 
and U lo9t iigJU of me, ijb, came out 
of my view by leaving me behind.-* 
MmMna (T.recO to lo9e $ig1U qf cne 
wkftMer, yii. in the direction of before 
and behind; sideways it is hu Hama; 
■emMkm (y.n4 to admit of Ae. yaha 
•ibm aombSka,— mnber a (v. d.) to 
l09e wight iff to; wana^t^tembora 
«MMMMf wantfo,— Mmbesa (v.aO to 
put OMi iff wight; hi-S€fnbe»e kitUu 
ihi,ptUthiW thing out qf sight 

SwiilMmMni (adv J wo a$ to diwappear 
(at once). 

8miipa(T.a.) to miww, to paww hy; hu 
wmnpa noMra, to miww one^w way. 
hu-^n'owmpa mWu, to pasw iy a man 
(whom yon wanted to meet), ntuamo- 
mn aii kuna f fn^na-tn-wwmpn, do you 
way (i.e. think)» he iw thiw way 9 you 
have (already) pawwed by him-- Mm- 
paaa sampaiia (v.n.) to vary, to be 
4ioerwe,vairiouw, uq.woHUmawenttma, 
lit to miww (one thing another) in 
wqudUty. 

Senia (y.a.) to take c§ the wkin, rind 
or huwk to any thing, to flay an ani- 
mal, to peel, to strip off the leavew qf 
Indian cam (Kis. CMnfrua, babua^ du^ 
«Mi, gaiAa, pon6a), ku wonda fro- 
manga; ku wenda n»id€ngo; ku wot^ 
da nianut; ku senda n-dwi»wa; ku 
wenda k4bue,— lend^km (y.n^ 1) to 
admit qfku wenda;-— 2) to strove weU 
flotyod, peeled <#«. (Kis. niauka, tabu- 
ka, ambuka); — 8) to wit leaning on 
one wide;— 4} trop. to be not quite cntfw- 
welf, to be not aw uwual, to appear low 
wpirited. akdra ehoowendekti,- 51 (v. 
a.] to put atiant, to let lean on one 
wide (Kis. inika).— in^ikidwa md4fro 
u, uwnwendeke, erect this load imZI 
(malLe it stand upright) » do not put it 
aslant, nibia io uwa-i-wondeke, i- 
dwigidiwe, — ■enddkelra (y.n.) to be 
aslant, deviouw (only used of the mind), 
to be peevish, perverse froutard, fickle. 
senWoedia (y.int.) unawondekedwa 
fnb%ai, wuku-irkawika pfookonut, — 
SMidtai (y.d.) 1) tojkty, peel. Hip off 



the huwk to or for (anolhei).'— 9 (r jU 
to move on (lit. to be off for any thing). 



movefarthor on that your friend may 
wUdoum, oomd^ra lww» move kUkwr, 
i.e. dram nearer (fHis^Jongoa, kenribta, 
Jongoaf oangoa, ku^-tongn, »m^ 
gowa, Jtmgooa), — la Bd— a (y.a.) to 
moM, to puwK — aaiklaiana (y.rec^ 
to move, to puwh one another. — 
dM6ka(yji.) to admit qfbnngHig\ 
{oikUondooeka).— MBdareka (y.n^ 
to admit qf draseing tt.— aoitartea 
(y.d4 to draw near to {Kis^Jongoloe^; 




>, thiw child movew 
towardw you, wtreteh out your arm for 
him (to assist him).— Mndannui (y. 
recj to draw near each other (KIsJom^ 
goUana).— MBdaMra(y.d.) to take 
or bring near to. — laBdeiadia (y. 
int) to take or bring very near,-^ am- 
daradaa 1) (y.int) to come Oowe to 
iwonderedsn bqfupH;— 2i (y.caus.)— 
■andadaa (y.int) to take qffweO, wot^ 
dodoa ktwadsiwriro nuwgungUf or: 
wondedoaf uonHyo ma magungu 
yoke, peel it weU, let it not remain 
with piecew qf wkin, or: peel it well, 
do not leave it with itw piecew qfskin; 
niama yoowondvdoa, meat received 
aw a remuneration for flaying am ant- 
mai (=B maduni in KisJ 

SaneaeiM, s. the real truth; the very 
point (see wtutni, mono and ohvtui^ 
{moMriri), 

Sailffa, s. {uyu) (pi. ufooonga) {awa) a 
large knife with a hooked point (Kis. 
n%du), • 

8aiiffa(y.a4 to cut obUguely, to cut 
down at a wtroke (Kis. ku shonga), 
ku wenga bongo, miwindo Jto. to 
cut down reedw, wtalkw Jtc Kum t k m 
ku-vi-wenga vidwamba viya, I go 
to cut down thewe buwhes, ku-n^wonges 
gnombe mdwempa; to hamstring a 
gnonibe, as they frequently do when 
going to kill any from an inability of 
managing them otherwise. — MBig^ 
(yjntj to cut forcibly ^ deeply de. 



SENSA— SIBI SIBL 



163 



(y.n.) to admit (^ l>eiitg cul 
at a gtrokt,-- mng^n, 1) (▼.(!.) to aU 
to or for (another);— 2i (y.n.) to come 
near, to approach.— Miig«roka (y.n.) 
toadmit qf coming near, approachable. 
yaba Hbae&ngereka, .bona hua%ffa. 
■anflrMPerm (v.d). to drau near to — 
eenderera, — WMkgtir^tUk, to Unger, 
to tarry, to be tardy or dilatory. — 
(y.a.) to get or bring near.— 
(v. rec) — seDiTMMka (v. 
D.) to admit of bringing near (= «et»- 
dsseha).— Mnkg99mLiy.±} to get or 
bring near to (another); tn-sengesere 
ba/iipif Hi kudali, push it near him, 
it i$ at a distance (= Bondescra), — 
SMifeMdsa (▼. int.) to take or bring 
very near,— flMif «r«rAiui (y.int) to 
draw near one another (= senderer- 
€Mna)f wonee ni wfogana moyo, vfo- 
eongererana, aU are brave (because) 
they approach each other (in battle), 
(see ganu),— senferesedsa (y.caus.) 
to cause to tarry, to delay (= Kis. ha^ 
wiea), mabangano yatu ni dmioo 
aya, ana-ni-sengeredsa ni uyu, 
OUT agreement ums that truly, but it 
is he who delayed me (= Kis. nutgano 
yetu ni ya yale y€»Ie). 

Sensa (y.) (Kis. inulia. tueka), 

8ente(y.a.) to miss, to go past (the 
thing wanted); una-li-eenta dsenge 
iri, you have gone past this hole (in 
digging after mice) ; una-n-oenta (ntic- 
pfi) uli hundu iri, you have gone 
past this arrow, it is on this side, — 
sentaiiaMatuia(y.rec.<ftreit.) to be 
unlike (one thing to another) (Kis. 
atana aiana), 

Senu. — leniikmy e.g. mdonga unaeo" 
nuka. 

Stem (y.n.) to hang loose, to shake; (y.a.) 
to sltake, e.g. flour in winnowing (Kis. 
hu dwnga or pwtya unga, hu pi- 
tieha uBhanga).— MnHMni(y.reit) 
to continue to shake, to keep shaking 
(slipping down) ^i&.dMngika),— ■•- 
reka (y.n.) to prove weU winnowed 
(shaken); ufmifanga or ufh buanga 
i<f<M«reftii.-HMrtem(y.d.) 1) to wimuno 



for another;— IQ to creep or push 
onifsself through (a hedge or oyer 
banging branches), gnombe waeer- 
era m'Uadoe.— MrMUi(y.a.) to lei 
hang loose, to push through (Ki8.p«^ 
nioea^r- lereraka (y.n.)— iwr— « 
(y.a.>-Mr»dsa orMr«ra4Mi(y.int) 
to winnow weU, 

8ermva(y.a.) opp. to hurura, 

SmL 



Sara (ady.) full to over/lowing (only 
said of riyers). There are many words 
expressiye of this, because those conn- 
tries in eyery rainy season are inun- 
dated to a large extent; madH an»- 
dsaru tUi eeeuf midoinge Hi n^ 
gondi ngondi, iliseeu^ kulioeou. 

Sew4ra, aewMui, — w wwa , 
redsa (Kis.«Ma, teeea, teeesha), 

Sewe, s. (ra) (pi. ma—), the roe (of fish); 
nntsetce ya nr^lsowba. 

Si (ady.) not, I not, it is not; eikwmba, 
IwiU not; ei changa, it is not mine, 
8i is also infix for the «ai-class. 

ta = du. 

Sia (y.) synon. with runda and huia, 
muanawaho una-m-siya ndi gani 9 

lit thy child thou hast him left wtOk, 
who is he? with whom have you l^yotsr 
chUdf Nadenga n-kawa, ku nona 
wada^i-oia, I was etfraid, they 
would leave me,— ■ira(y.a,) aiiira.— 
■iaaa (y.rec) — nira(y.d.) to Uem 
to,— aiana nana (Kis tana tanaf) 
Sian^ (also pronounced "thianga") 
(y.a.) to paint, (They paint yarious 
figures on the walls of their houses 
in red and white colours (see mkwte 
and papsa).- aiancim (y.d. dt instr.) 

walekora ngi ku^ma-iddna ntU" 
ottiba aka-ktt-Biangiraf unaeianga 
dBon%pSra dBon9pSr€t, 

Siba (y. a.) 

Sibi aibi (s. A ady.) obscurity, unknown 
state, the fact of making one'sself 
unknown to one's friends and rela- 
tions by long continued absence. 
Muniu wye anakara eibiaibi, ada- 
kudsa Hdif MmwIu wye anaeMda 

11* 



164 



SIBURA— SINDIKA. 



ohianif uaakdre uho, sibi Hhi ti 
h<nna, uda-ntrpa in'n$aho ttiiku 
serf, 

Sibivm. 

SUUkdn (adj.) tkrte, ret. to Uie '«a" class. 

I>9mna aidadu sa tonehe three handa- 

ful of efHton. 
Sm, tdhere, rel. to the ^ft-class, Mtfto- 

wna sanga ni Hdif where are my 

ndaanuik. 
SIAhi (v.) = aaudta. 
SigtlCv.a.) hu 9iga na hu ronga, — 

Offisfam, 9lka? dotnekaf elnUkOf 

donga sana, 
Signaada, s. (\va) (pl.teo— )> ^ charfner 

(native Doctor) {K\s.mganga), 

Sigldai (v. n.) hu mdima huanga 
hum siguka = Kis. moyo-wa-ni- 
el^a. 

81km (v.n.) to fix, to erect (a post); hn 
sika ehoho, or ndeihl^ tojtxa apear 
or poet 

Sikam (adj.) great., target rel. to words, 
the pi. of which is indicated by sa in 
the genitive; hadae »a badeimeha, 
ni isi ea sihuru. 

Simba. 

Simba aimba (v.n.) nohim inatimha 
eimba, the way ie deeolate, 

Simba (see maaimbe). 

Simba aimba (adj.) entiray deedlaU; 
nehira yoo siniba ein^ba; bali tltn- 
be ein^e, bdliye pAai la n%ntu. 

Simbidaa (v.int) nehira i inu oim- 
bidsa kuene huliko iya. 

SimbniaL 

Sima&a, Pron. that which — the $ame 
which — rel. to the "ea" class, bat 
used in many instances in a general 
way without regard to the various 
classes of words> (see maeangaain^ 
gorogoda, Jtonuro). 

Sima (v.) 

Simidna (v.refl.) mntu akadeaf ati- 
nUdue kua ku bidaf dina ^$na, 
dinasinUdHaf kando ikadta, iai- 
ntSdue kua ku bida. 



SlBiirm = hu baaa, ku bodSa koM- 

•a, tofaUf [9»6ddba maurUhui^ 
Sima, 1) there are there, re!, to the *««"- 
class; —% not in there, comp. of the 
negative particle •< and n%o ttt there; 
imrniumba «»waft0 sitno, n'noHga 
mbeni taanga, it ie not in hie himM 
where I ^ft my knife, ei-Bi-nate, •<- 
nto wMmtt, they are not yet JMehed, 
there are ettU in there, e.g. kobue, 
(f«#ma Jte, (Kis. haeifaieha, H mht- 
nM> hun%o). 
Sim6dai, single thinge (see goaa), 

Sina, 1) they are with (3. pers. pU), e.g. 
dsaru isi eina mimba yoo kontiaf 
theee dotha have a good width,— ^ / 
not with, it not with; einakude, I 
am not yet eatiafted. Z>8aru i aina 
nhimiba, thie cloth hae no breadJth. 

Sina (adj.) othere, rel. to the 'aa** class. 
etnomibo aina, other cattle. But very 
often the word is used in a general 
or absolute way. simply meaning: 
aome thing elee, though the noun im- 
plied may belong to another class of 
word (see maehokero and rongeao- 
daa), prop, of aina, other thinga, 
eomething eUe, as it were: to else, to 
other. 

Sinaaiwa, to ehuf/U, to pretend being 
buey and unable to pay attention, 
or to appear inattentive, or treat with 
inattention, while pretending, to be 
very busy, i.q. bumbudaaf n%&mue 
n*nabudira kaU, kudke ni ku 

aina aina.-^ ainaaa, ainika. 

Sinai (adj.) four, rel. to the "ca^-class. 

Sincha (v. a.) to pound (K\8,tuangm), 
(sometimes pronounced 
I) (v.d.) (seedumema).— i 
to prove weU pounded,— ainahiTMa% 
aincliidaa (v.int.) to pound much and 
weU; ain^iaa mpdU i, pmmd tUa 
grain weU. Trop. to assist others in 
war. 

Sindilra (v.n.) to prove 1008 preaaed, io 
admit of preaeing (i.q. aindirika) 
gnoma yoke yaaindikaf gnanta 
i aiaindika, una^ketnoha. 



SINDA— SINTAMA. 



165 



(v.a.) to eaeereiM apreamm; 1) to 
pre$i down (with the hand, a wearer 
the threads of his doth and a dnim- 
mer the skin of his dram, to modify 
the sound); hu Hnda madhe pm 
ndtantf-— 9 to ^e$$ forth, $ald of 
trees, pUmta, to ipront, to hud; hu 
Hnda gnomaf nUdongo ya oinda, 
' ndiwo tasimda Jto, H n di Mra; MtM- 
omba wyu nm-m-Hndikira, fttlaw*- 
bedius wahe, a$ to tkd earpetUer, I 
am foeU aequoHUed toftft Ms work- 
fiunuh^, I know if.— Sindim (v.a.) 
1) to continue hndding or Bprouting, 
oasindira ndiwo hu miundaf the 
9egetable$ keep growing in tl^ pUm- 
tation, viz. said when leaves had been 
plucked off. UHMittdira ntdengo u, 
it a ehooHng tUe tree;-— ^ generoUy 
to keep preeeing, or continue to preee 
down. " gindiTflni (v.n.) 1) to admit 
qfpreeeing (said of the weaver); d«a- 
ru i nda-i-gwnguraf si oindihird 
ndBo (Kis. ngue hi tori-ondoa, Ao- 
i^tUihi tona uH); — 2j to be known, 
Hi. to bear impresHone or marks. — 
aindildraiia (v.rec.) to be acquainted 
with each other. -^ gJwdiMta (v.a.) to 
preae into (e.g. cotton into a bag); to 
force into, e.g. a spear into an ani- 
mal ; hu sindihioa tonge fn-tumba; 
hum^oindihisa tungo gnombe. — 
imdirira or sincririm (v. rel.) to 
make f alee atatemente concerning one, 
to attribute falsely, to state word of 
any one which he has not spoken, lit 
wind one'sself round any one. or to 
wind any thing round him? nusu 
yoke neha oinehirira, sio nanena 

iUf€, 

Siadipfo == (Kis. sifio.) — aindipo = 

(Kis. sipo), not there. —• tindiwo. — 

■indiye. 
Sin^ (V. a.) to surround [Hnga),— flin- 

gmnm (v.rec.) to sorround one another. 

■ingaiilM.— ■iiiflrUsa(v.int.)— 1) to 

surround closely. 
Singm (see nga, singahewe). 
Sin^adi, how many, rel. to the 'sa" 

class, (see nga); unagura tmnna 



oingetdif how many hamdsful (or arm* 
pitsfUl) have you bought f (see t»ama 
or dsmna). 
flafm (or aivfa) (▼.) to eoU onessOf. 
Prov.tMa singo tiMitfma iMma «m^ 
piri (or cha m-ptri^t do not coil 
yourself up like the 'pirT* the name 
of a species of serpent irohoha «- 
Hnga nrkadu, the serpent eoUs itse^f 
up.— aiaffa tdngm (v.reit.) noohm 
ugu anmsinga oingu.-^ liBCteiMI 
(v.a.) to surround; weuukdi sistg^ 
ntsa honso honoe, dihaohoha 6€»> 
nOf didaohohSra budmiinm. 

f^ gjAm^ or aiacliidaa, 1) to assist in 
fighUng; wamitu w'endao (for: waon- 
dao) nrhondo si goo, nao umHnr 
gidsUf jit. men who go to a battle, not 
theirs, and they do sin^idsuf— 2) to 
poundrf or wages; Wanikasiuguufar 
dsora hudea eingidsa {nafu), lit 
this woman comes for to come poun- 
ding for wages, toadeeida gdgd, sM 
follows the chaff, i.«*. she pounds for 
being given the chaff. iHmhe dihor 
singidse hua'neatu (for: hua wanr 
aatu) wami^fHru,disalire gaitu genu, 
Jbi^a ni hu leherana. 

Sinfw^ (^- P) ^ be at a loss, to be 
perplexed (lit to be surroundedi, 

Siaigu— K\s.bofin9 

Sino (see hua). 

SiBta(v.a.) exchange.— fliiKtaiim (v.rec.) 
to exchange (a thing) one with an other; 
ehige disintane ndsarusafu, b«Myo 
itusa ina, let us exchange our dothes, 
one ia not better than the other, •— 
fi ^^iBa aiataaa (v.reit) to be dif- 
ferent one from an other, to be various 
(Kia wbiUimbuli); mipfi i inaain- 
tana einfana (as to length); gn»mba 
iei sinasiniaMa einuma (in size and 
colours): watu awa wana sintana 
sintana (in stature), lit to change one 
with another.— ritttlaa (v. a.) to inter- 
change; hu sintiaa mavtano. 

Sintiiiia (v.n.) to haU. (This word is 
only used of one whose one leg is 
shorter than the other) (see dsimpina) 
(Kis. dettea, ehuohuvnia^* 



166 



SINTDRA— SIWE. 



(T. 

d.) d9aru i si yangm, mmn-fU-Ht^ 
fuliaira ni upe. 

SiatOMi (y.a.) to shave or push batk 
(the string where formed into a Icnot); 
sintusa, uUrsdse, undo (the kno^ 
rOax U (the string S^ 

8io, not itt contr. from si and yog 
gnomthe iya oio; ma w oya Ho, 

Sildm (y.a.) the word ahnost sounds 
oMora; Jbw oiord wf rf a na domgoH 
(see smoftfMi). 

Sirim (r.n.) (said of fire), to cmm diir- 
ningj mufdo tmaoirmNs. 

Sirarm(y.a.) to season (a new pot of 
earthen ware); the pot is put on the 
fire empty, and when it is hot, cold 
water mixed with flour is poured into 
it and stirred round (Kis. U%* s%ui 
ohMnguy- wtnaXkM, (v.n.) to admU qf 
^. to fTovs wsU stasonied; mMa i 
oOcu oirurika, ni iwisi,-^ ■iriu. ' ira 
(y.d.) to season for (another).— sim- 
lUsa (y.inU) to season toOL 

ttMOm (a(j(j.) ftoe, rel. to the «a class. 

8isi (or xixi), s. (ra) (pi. mmr-), eootness, 
something cool deprived of W^t vigour 
4c. applied;— 1) to an egg sa;t npon, 
but producing no chicken (an egg laid 
without the hen haying been trodden 
by a coclc); dsirm iri n< vivi; vuMiris 
(or wMMtfra) aya ni tnamiai (see Ui- 
siH or himiMii;-' 2} to such pumpkins 
Of are made into calabashes, of which 
one kind is cod (sweet), the other bitter, 
hiko eha sisi (see runda), (pi. viko 
pfh sisi;— 3) to a e(Utle-fold when 
forsaken, 

8lmda(y.a.) to stroke, to touch upon 
(what one groped for in the darlc) ^is. 
papasa); ka-woroiside wadede war 
ko wdikkef liL go and Stroke thy far 
there, that they may wake (the PI. in- 
stead of ihe sing, by way of honour). 
■i«M««a(y.rec.) to stroke one another, 
ntuasisidana ^iani bam^eneba, — 
riaididta (y.int) to stroke boldly (e.g. 
for the purpose of waiting one). NB, 
The Waniassa are in the habit of wa- 
king one by stroking. 



(sfannD (ir.n.) to be eeUd; 
oiHru, it is edUL; dowro Uu dketai- 
strsi, yesterday U iom cold; namfi^ 
ku oioira, IfeA coid; mmdo i ycMi- 
oira, the waiter U cold.— rtriridm 
(y.tot) to 5e wry cold (Kis. oiHma, 
mi»tmmka, oioimi^al)— 2) tUdbrm 
fy.n.) to be sttft and ifiossy (Kis. ottSfij, 



ga yeuioira (or ffwiisira} (Kis. mnU- 
U 



rera {8»e kiHHra), 

Siliro, S. twaight qf the evening, ku 
okida or kna okida, eieiro, it is twi- 
light; kuna oMdn eieiro, it has be- 
come twlUght; km keOi eieiro, it is 
stiU twaight — siaiM; They do not 
say: 'tnakadi ya eieiro , but 
keUU (see twfflfcfldi) ya uedewro; 
wa idwi vndeuro kukaU eieiro^ 
come to-morrow evening at twUight; 
anahudea deuro kukali eieiro^ he 
came yesterday (by) this time at twi- 
light, Adadea nuUeadi yoodanif 
what tUne did he comet resp.adadea 
kukali eieiro. 

Sisim (see nuerwngo), 

Sidra (y.a.) (for wiwvni, to unstop, to 
undose (see «a«a).— ■iiiiikm(y.n.) to 
admit of opening; kieiteo iki eikiei- 
teurika, this stopper cannot be taken 
out, or removed (when it is too ftur 
down). — aiiiTirm (y. d.) 

Stwa, negative form of the 8. pers. p 1 
not they, 

Sivra, s. (ra) (pi. ma—), a house in which 
somebody died and which ther^ore is 
abandoned. 

Siwa (y.a.) to stop, to close up; ku eiwa 
nibaraeugu, deuba^ kiguru (Kis. •<• 
bei^— ativika, to appear dosed up 
weU, to prove well stopped, — ahvira 
(y.d.>— nwiAM (y.uit) 

8iwe, s. (ra) (pi. mth—), a remnant; — 
1) what has escaped fire or water; 
modo uneteiya udeu n%aeiwe tuo- 
•tfure. X'indi iri linapea nuteiufo 
maeiwe, Maeiwe n%ado tcnoronw- 
bairdra ni yaeikemi (or nehankan€)» 



siwisi—soauA. 



167 



Bama$tga Mnamka na «MMtotf, !»<> 
wtadtmra nuMwm im$9iufef— 2j what 
ka$ heem l^ &«WimI <• fromtih; bar 
tmanga ohanga Uinaihura moHw 
masiwe (said when in one place it is 
higher than in. an other). 

ttwiiii (atjy.) reL to the y» and «« class. 
tmrtpe, raw, fn$h, ffrttn; fc«m< iwi . 
nsa siufimi* 

Siwili (adj.) <ieo, reL to the «« class; 
n^iMMfta stwilif gnombe siwiii; 
nibusi tiwUif h%ihn wiwili (but as 
animals wawiU may he used like 
wise). 

Siya, pron. dem. fko9e (at a distance), 
rel to the «« class, gnombe •tyo, 
thoi^ (yonder) cattle. nigu*re so m^ 
siffa, niguire shut f resp. guira so 
fn~Biga (or guirm oimm), (Kis. nis- 
hihe ya ytUo gtOo, am nishike mot^ 
gtne) {maengime) 

S«, pron. rel. to •<. 

So, s. (ra) (pi. «MMo), (KIs. hioHda ndu- 
gu), an old wnaid tokteh refits Mng 
healed, 

86a(y.a.<£v.n.) to seairehf&rf (Kis.l»u 
doit, e.g. ndia or mbnai (see gdmHa); 
to the qveiticn *who§e U tkie «>ork- 
manadipf*' they generally reply: Sor- 
s6a,, mudmuna ahoma n^-mamoha 
(when the workmanship is good when 
bad »a 96a, inudmiuna aiba ntr 
tnanoha, [Bas^ in Kis.= hatafiidui 
hu donga hua faUmi hoMutafd- 
diUj, 

Soclioktear see under 'sogaJ' 

Sadsa, s hu faa and winda in Kis. ? 

So«f«ra(v.n.) to get mecitstomed to (Kis. 
ooSa, ahiriki, seUhhia); muniu uge 
saikara bamudoi^ anaeoorera hwn- 
Ma uUndof nmhUw ugu Nianoha 
ana-ir-ootirira* — l o w^ a (¥• a.) to oe- 
tnutom, to makefamfUa^. mnUndo 
uga or-dst-ooorosa, toonewahe »i 
etfa ht*n»ba. Sdibo akmomn moMra 
aa Hu Hondo una^m-ooer—a ndtwo, 
lit. the/r^ore he eauo antd got acqwUnUd 
foUh the wage qf Unoatrde the Voran- 
dah, it is gou who hone aeeustomed 
Um^ (even you).— .0MradMi(y.int.) to 



5e maith aecuiUmed! Mra ugu anor- 
soerodsa, anaroa mtrHora a»uini 



Sofa (v.a.) to sew, to fMnd (Kis. Hu shd- 
na), Hu ooga (soHa) mrposa,— BO- 
ggntf 1) (v.d.) to sew to or /or (ano- 
ther); — 2} to 00 astrag, to straig, lit 
to moid om^s wag (fS:\s,yuagua,potom), 
■ofom Mf om (y.reit) to keep strag- 
fug, wandering; ana sogorancMraf 



Mwwtu ugu akiuada Hooso- 
gora, lit this man monies to strag — 
said of one who marries a wife at a 
distance and lives there (Kis. fuiae^i 
mnarongoani mfe«).~ 0Ofttni(v.n.) 
0oeliok6rm(v.a.) (the V being sof- 
tened into eh)f to plamt hastOy or snr 
perfieioUg, lit. to sew or ftx on, (said 
of planting Indian com in a piece of 
ground, the grass of which has been 
merely burnt down, without tilling it: 
first) ; anaeoehoHora bamanga n%wn» 
da ofM6.— MffOom(v.a,) to lead astrag. 
■OffMia sofOM (v.reit) to eonUnm 
leading astray (Kis.j>o«Ma). 

8og'OB0Mt(v.) fnsogonoaa, 

8of om (v.a.) to seoere, to seperaU (the 
grains or Indian com from the knobs 
by pounding) (Kis. i»i«iya,jMMi»*<mto- 
ha), — Mf oMka (V. n.) - sof ortai 
(y.(l.)-.BO^rodMi(v.int) to seeerweU^ 
entirag, HisadsoHro, that nothiag 
remains. 

Sofortfarm (v.a.) — soforokm (v. n.) — 
SOfforokora (v.d.) (i.q. duruHira); 
niatna ana-n-sogorokora bakuudu 
banga — logottea (v.a.) to eoi^kse 
(by making a noise); wa^mrsokosSra, 
€idt»kumfa^ohoodani9 you coftfuse 
him, how can Ite hear?— SOfO- or 00- 
kiMMNnuia(v.rec.) to coitfues one another, 

800060, s. (ra) (pi. me^—), q.v. not to be 
confounded with suSsue thread. 

Sdffiia (v. p.) to be4n a strait of d(^ 
aOty, to be at a loss (see lew eingua^. 
Iwe kara gaba, ueahare ba-mr 
pani pani, kana nwmtu anasd-' 
gua; Hiama iga d g ahama anas^ 



168 



SOMA— SONKA. 



(tor ya 



iff JMMf* 



(v.a.) to kmo out, to make tmocih 
fty hmpin0 (only said of the inside of 
the worlL in hand), e^^. a caooe or a 
mortar; the digging out roughly the 
hollow required is 'In* oompa** see. 
(KiS. SMMi, tomokom, pmmgiUm, U- 
UMaV- Mnttai(y.n4 to appear keam 
omi nieOy, to look toeB oeooped oai; 



(y. a^ 1) to eMefc in, ku ootne- 



kadM(v.ing to ttUk in, or truH in 
mmeh, oomokodoa bm m amga ihi, 
%td»ad90 4orora.— ■•oiadMi (T.inL) 
SOIIMkani; 1) kdkuo l bammnga 
hinadoaru, wmn m oom okora, the k^- 
hue U fnU qf Indian com, the eUek 
ihem in (U.the knobs};— 2) trop.to 
(thrust words) wpon anif one, which he 
hoe not epdken, to wrong one hyfalee 
etatemente, i4i. einoMHra or singi- 
rira. Si yoke mau ayw anmuigo, 
noho iomokora » noko einekirira, 

84mMd2, 8. iwgu) (pi. WAtMMiKHM O- 

vfa), a fowl with very short lege* So 
they will say, when a fowl is so far 
grown as to leave no doubt about 
its being short-legged; but when a 
fowl is still young, they will say: kw- 
ku ugu tikua 9on%bodi, pi. kuku 
awa ni umi tombodi (or kuku iei 
nea eontbodij, kuku wa eofnbodi 
akuawa banei, 
Sdmtoi (v.a.) (« deunUmla in Kik.) 
Smnpa (y.a.) to hoUow out; ku eompa 
gnoma, to hollow out a drum; ku 
eompa mdondo, to hoUow out a mor- 
tar,— soinp«]pi(Y.nJ to prove hollo- 
wed out nicely; gnoma i inaeomp^ 
Jbo.— Mmpeni(y.d^ to hollow out to 
or /or one,— sompedMi (y.lnt.) 
Note: a whole year elapses, before a 
new canoe reaches the lake, because 
they must be made at some days' 
distance, there being no suitable trees 
near the lake. Men are hired from 
town to town, to haui it to its place 
of desination. 



i, s, a toad (» ngiU mgUa Id 
KidJ, legs longer than of the ChtUe. 
toOfa (properly XMMra), 1) (y.n.) to he 
ekrciMaue (a road);— ^ (y.a^ to go 
round about (in cutting meat, in order 
to procure long strips (ILvb, teeemim, 
galmta, tetelea, tangoea, tonga), fig. 
to go round, to be long in worde. 
noktra gaeange^ noMret i nekm 
eonga (opp. to m damt a ) (b Ki&i 
ga ku v uug mk a; ku medoUam 
MMto)/"— 2!) ku eonga mkuma, i.e«lNf 
kaiomha kua ku eonga; ku eongn 

«mSm.— soair«ni(y«d.) to eui (meat) 
leUo long etripe for (another), to go 
round about,— ■•mylnii to admit of 
CMXtkng round, to appear weU cut 
round, o fa w f i eieongekd ndeof 
ntfcima i gaeon g e k ck, — MOgptdMI 
(y.int.) to be meet drcuitoue; to eirt 
(meat) into very long etripe (when they 
will dry them in the sun or oyer a 
fire; as also the Abyssinians do), 
Der. n%eongo, 

I«af«(y.a0 to dieisurb, to indU, to 
rouee; ku eonga nuMpfu (Kis. ku 
dongoea),— aong^am (y.d.) io incite, 
to inetigate to, againet; to eauee mie- 
chief to (any one).^ soBfwrtea. 
Imagdm (y.a4 to point, to eharpen (to 
cut to a point).— agingdkM(y,n4 to 
have a point, to appear pointed; ku 
oongSka mdongo u, it ie not poinr 
ted thie tree, UUe piece of wood; ugo 
ana kideo c/iooeongdkaf hoe apoiU' 
ted face (opp. to kideo okooeananut); 
mapiri gatu neha eongoka, our 
mountaine are pointed, preeent peake; 
kuligo piri ia oktdikien (or kidi^ 
kiea), there ie no mounteiin qf a plain, 
(vfith a table landj.— SMifWMka, to 
admit qf being pointed, to appear weU 
pointed,— ■•Dfwrtm (y.d.)— aong^- 

(y.int.) to point welL 

(y.a.) to kindle, to coniribuU to 
(Kis. ku umeka), {motio), ku danger 
fMnkam (y. rel.) to kindle to, for, with, 
to contribute to (Kis. totom, dangi^.— 

im {ku eankeeet kun€j, Deriy. 



SONSE— SUNGA. 



169 



Mi&nka wM^fOpa.— MBfel«rtoa(T. 

rec.) to contribuU one to another (Kis. 

SeiiM (adj.) €01, rel. to nonnf which 
have no pi. form; gnomho tcm^a 
fotMe. fn6«M< fo«i« ^te. 

800 (or xoo), foAoe <f (t/", M M to. 
A panicle of speech properly relar 
ting to the sa-class, but it to often 
used in a general way. 

SoMva (v.a.) to drag oul qf (only said 
of things done up together); In* 
8orora trntpfi nt-podOf to drag out 
an arrow from a quiver; to draw out 
into a length, to letigthen (the nOhne).-^ 
U9ir9nSUL{Y,n ^ to admit qf 1>eing drag' 
ged ou«.— Mr«ff«ni(y.< 
(y.int.) to drag out forcibly. — 
rdkm, tofaU out (by itself). 

Mm (also ihlAAa) 1) (v.a.) to eligmy 
hoe the ground (to prepare it for the 
coming rain);— 2) Pig. to prooolu, to 
inetigate (Kis. hurUgm, futua, /w«m- 
lia, tepuhua),^ flosaiui (v.rec.) to 
provoke one another; ku §oim munr 
da (= hu hfUHigua Kis.) btfore the 
rain eete in.— ■ofakm(yj).) to appear 
weU hoed or acratoA«f.— ■o«ewi(v.d.) 
■osedf a (y.int.) 

SoMMi (y.a.) to plude (only said of 
hair and feathers) (see uhora and 
aura).-- SMolai(y.n.) tofaU out or 
of (as feathers and hair); 6ute bun 
gnombe buna «o«oJba, haire qf the 
cow havefcaun out.- ■asorara(y d.) 
pluek to or for (another).— sosor^km 
(y.n.) to appear well pludced (eoiotewa). 
■osoredaa (y.int,) to pluck well, clean; 
§08orodta huhu uyu, uoa-^n^Hyo 
tenga, 

8«WO, s. large wound (Kis. geraha 
huba)? 

Mn, 1) not U, rel. to words of the 'V* 
class. — 29 fk>t thou. 

8tta (M tiia) (v. a.) to break, to eaet 
young, to crack {Kts, funda) mbaie 
tvanga anori-gua fn-pfitruUlo, or: 
anahu9%*a m-pfuTMlilo t gnotnbe 
toanga andoHa (or gnovnboganga 
indsua), my cow haB calved; kuku 



mndifta (or 1nd$ua)f hunda 

tua (or indttta). ~ mMok (v.n.) U> 

break, to erode (Kis.itefMiaBa, jmnm- 

ha),— mitea(y.d.) to frreoAr to (any 
one); una^mt-gaira wnbiaganga, lit 
Mom AMt mo brcken pot mine, or My,. 
i.e.ffOtt Aave Aroften my pot {Kia.fwnr 
dia).— mMra&a (y.rec.) to break one 
anothor (things).— sa«4s« (y.int) to 
break much, to onuuh. 

9ndi?(=: Kis. aA^tn 11 

Sodstai (y.a.) - niidMika (y.n.) 

IvMns, s. coil, {ugu) no pi. form thread,- 

9mkM (see eura), 

SokidM (y.a.) to d^ (Kis. fftaroN*),— 

cAoItofitFe. 
Svkaraka (» ku doakakaia in Kid.); 
miMMia uuaoukuriSka dedbUmn u- 



Svnui (or soma) (y.n.) to Aop, to dane^ 
(see angora).— SBmlra{y.rel.) to dmco 
for, on account qf; ku gunUra u*- 
kondo, to dance for a battle, i.e. on 
returning firom it ku gumira JW- 
anohUf to dance with regard to tho 
Niancha, i.e. on safely returning tfom 
it— somiAMi (y.int) 

SvmlnidJi^bni, wnmhadmun. 

MwDitanM{y.B.. a y.n.) 1) to do«« tite Up9 
momentarily;— 2j to remain with 
one^g mouth ghut, to iteep the mouth 
shut for a time.— muunim (y.d.)— 
smuuniAui (y.int); uUUm {winao) 
mboni u^gikMtdaga, na^tt-gungidga, 
lit / with U knife thie, I hone not 
lo8t it, I take good care qf it— WWh- 
gi^iMMt to take good care qf any 
thing.— raB^riMidia (see unguga), 

Stedtfa, s. {ugu) (pi. with M old grain, 
any produce qf the fldd which hag 
become old by keying. BamMmka iki 
neha gihndue; mchere u nhua Min- 
due; maungu aya n«Aa gum4M a 
(old mahindi or nUama). 

%'ta^9k{y.9L.) to be obout (any thing); 
1) to keep near, doge to (e.g.'in pur- 
suing any thing);— ^ to watch, to 
keep from etraying (e.g. cattle);— 8) to 
keep, to pregerve, to take care, to bo 
mindful qf;— 4) to urge (Kis. 



170 



SUNKISA— SUSUMIBA. 



gika, to admit qf hu «mm9«. -> 
wmmginL (v.d. « coot.) to wrge with, 
to keep near, or about— saacurlra 
(y.n.) to go abotU, to eurrotmd, to be 
wilidimg (a riyei).— Siingtma (r.rec) 
to ke^ cUfoe to ome another, to keep 
together; tungemoni, unaadaiyani,^ 
m9ngwMam{Y,caM,) to eauee to go 
aiboat, to drive roimd.— 
(v.int.) dooTH 4 iomngidoo 
9tmga eemgm, — WBOhf^wUL (y.a.) 1) to 
swing about, to whiek (a cow her 
taiQ;— 2.flg.eo coitfound, to porpteat 
{see e en d O t okm ) ^ ■• WBOkgUMBmMfj.rec) 
toeonfoundone onoiitorr— svBfonka, 
to admit of being eoitfowtded.— WWOl- 
gugikrm (v.dO — mmsa (or mmANi) 
(y.a.) to make to come eloee to; JkH- 
«»-«MfM« titfMMta, to get a chUd eloM 
at <m/ie bwk (alter it has slipped), to 
MfeA wp, to dip, to make adhere; 



(or iim^MWi (y.nO to get 
eloee to; m m e mm Mffw eaeuHdeika, 
thie tkOd doee not eome eloee (at one's 
bacli), it keepe eUpping down, Deriy. 
hiaundai or JMimmK. 
IvbUsa (y<a.) to Irg, to tempt one, to 
put one to the te$L 

\umgmKtgm (y.a.) to eqften, to uuU; 
hu B m n g w rnur m ndHme^, to eoften 
*d9imaf* (such as was Icept oyer night) 
hy mixing it with water ^x&^yaieKa, 
sniOm) and* adding fresh flour in 
order to coolc it up again; hu tun- 
^Mf»«fr» «fMs/W4a fat, ttlemhOf poi- 
eon for arrowe,— wmngvaaakMiY^n.) 
to melL — mmgwniUatm, to eqften, 
to meit to or for (one), ■nnyiiniiiiilii 
(y.int.) to eqfton «pea» to mOt welL 
(y.) iKi8.hu ihnirihuyi 
(y.n.) to grow up quiektv- 

(or BVDMi) (y.a.) to ammog, to 
maUet (trop.of muega and smim*).— 
(y.n.H 100141« (y.d.) 

(y.a.) fig. to drav out for com- 
parieon on^e ttrength or courage, 
honeetg, to try, to put to the teat; 
•n«Mnt0 u ome mde uowm wmha umbei, 



lit trg him, do not go to eu; 
iwtUn, n d a tn d Hwu hadi amm w^ 
pflMi%/W, / trg him (so (hat) / fAoQ 
know, wheOuT ho hae etrength; hw 
§unt» nUpA,— sontttuicy.rec.) to 
to teat one amothor,— w«tital(y.aH 
mortirm. — soBtiMi (y.a.) to dram 
forth (as a post) in order to malie it 
equal with an other.— 



84ra(yJL) to work in iron, to forge, 
form by the hammer, to maUeate (Kis. 
hu fua, hu d mm hu o m, tutumeua\, — 
(y.n.) to be maUeabie; 
ihi 



hihuimgiri ihi hiiuiauriha pfoiba, 

(y. d.) — tvMsa (y.int) — 
(y.a.)-- ■MMi(y.) 
(Kis. /^mflTMsa, 
t, ehenmaa hmetoa)m 



(y.n. d yjL) to break feaat (on 
any thing), i.q.il««r«k— siuiiikft(y.n.) 
to be greedg (one who always accepts 
of food or eats before others are 
ready).— •nraki4Mi(y.int.) to be moat 
greedg. — SiMlira (y.) uwahu tm hu 
auawru iwef lit haoe gou ftniahad to 
breakftaat, youf reap, iai, aiwmte, 
or: indo n'nmauauru, no, I haoe not 
get Jlniehed, or: get, I have break 
feaeted; huuuu $im w u aura? gabm 
nUemdira pfa wenof-' mUNOrfam 
(y.rel.) to make ontfe break feaat qf,— 
mumvUsa (y. int) to oat mweh at 
breaitfeaat. It is considered a dis- 
grace with the Wakamdunda, to accept 
of food which was not specially pro- 
pared for them. 

los»Hi(y.a.) to huah, to sooiJk (a child), 
i.q. ongda in Ki«. mnSwttMe muwmm 
upu €Uohe urira. — wmnudikh (y.nj 
to admit of beimg aoothed; mummm 

- fraMHBni(y.d.)- 
(y.int) 10 aooth weU. 
I, s. (wa), mUk (Kis. mmaiwa), «^ 



tn9iai» 



{^ufn 
hu twuguUiie^, mmmdui ai Kis.?) 



TA— N-TANGARA. 



171 



Ta (Y.n.) 1) to emd, to terminaU, to he 
fiitUhtd; cfttfTM i iddia rerof wUl 
ikU eloth mid to-day 9 Le.will it be 
flniahed (weaving); mittomba aAM- 
tm d§ag'wyanga ioro, the weaoerwiU 
Jtttteh my elolh Uhday; toatenOo $iwa 



a§a, trtfoeUere do not ceaee vfUh u$ 
(in oor country), ikey are akoaye co- 
ming; mbanga u w> n m nt dn ga m'- 
ndim, have you JIniehed hindtng tki$ 
fmeef yt ti mdo non eumgurira^ Hdi- 
fl-«» ife, the $ong$ haioe eo tMmg tmne, 
tMcaimoC (follow) ttMk etmmiehudsi' 
wttf lit he ha$ not yet ftniehed to know, 
Le.A« doee not know (it) perfeeUy (Kls. 
ieha, hteieha hom4»h»), — 2} (v.a.) 
to flnieh, to complete; -^ 91 to benp, 
to can. — tarm (v.dj to end, to /Meh 
to; hamba nnm-diriSra, we are out 
qfproo(8ion»,^fiUbUk{y,\nl) to make 
aftnUh qf; udaiodea wantu; hondo 
ya hlfutnburuhira eihofna, — telai 
(Y.n.) to be conquerable, deriv. ntte- 
hSdue, 

Taba (v.a.)— tMtm (= daba daba),-^ 
tabo, 8. (ra) (pi. matabo), a elay-ptt 
(Kis. Umbo to ttdongo), (see mdabo), 

H-tMsa, 8. (ya, sa), Uaptng, bounding 
(only said of an arrow); mmpfi t» 
unaoniba n-tadea, thie arrow came 
(Uong bounding, (lit stmck leaps); urnn- 
tu uw Ximenibo mvlpi^fao yoomte. 

TaAn, s. (ra) (pi. ma—)^ a baikti (lar- 
ger than the "Mdedtii, 

Tadal, s. (ra) (pi. m«— ), a young hen 
when big enough to lay; huhu uf^ 
ni tadsi, pi. huku awa mI nutiadot 
(Ki8.m4iMlM). 



eungusa* 

, s. (ra) (pL maitako), the bottom, 
buttock, the bottom-part, of any thing; 
toko ra n%dondo, the bottom of a 
mortofr; tdko ra n%deugo, the bottom 
itf a waterrjar; nUgpiendo ya toko, 
the hinder lege (of quadrupeds) (Kls. 
taho, mataho). 



Tambo, 8. 

Taaiiiiga (y.n.) to run, geXtop; dita- 
mingOf humdhaf let u$ run, U i$ 
getting dark (Kls. futteuf hu piga 
mbto, upee^,— taminrilni (Y.n.) to 
admU of nmniiiff.— taByaffUMl(T. 
int) to run faet; tanUngidea, udn- 
w-ffen hemehiraba. — taaiJBfiim 
(y.rel.) to run for (any thing), to be 
moift in (any thing); «immnmi Myw 
at mm ti n giim hm bwrw, tkie eMU ie 
growing quiddy, 

Taaua, s. (y« and Mi), a /Ibroue plant 
or ehrub, of wMdk ropee and mtA% 
are made. 

TABBHa (y.n.) mehoUn igonn moMra, 
yaitdmiia umahindi, Ife datd imm a^ 
ife dUaimuafe ndife d i naro w erermf 
thie ie ih/e language of one who i$ 
eorryfor hie miedoinge, but oidy bin 
cauee he brought himeeHf into trouMe. 

TteidavMaOyS. (pa and on), 

Tiadlsa(y.a.) to help, to aeeiet, i.Q, 
ttangada; uhiwa enku-n*'4dndiea 
ntMona wanga, akadha eaiUka re- 
>^i if yon kad not aeeieted my eon, 
he would have been in froM5l«.— tan- 
disana (y. rec) to help each other (Kls. 
eaidia, eaidianay' tawilhlilra (v. n.) 
to admit qf being aeeieted; eatandi 
eika,— tairflahra (v.d.) to aeeiet one 
for, in the jdaee of (another).— tan- 
4iiA4aa(y.int) to Mp maek^ greaUy 
to exceed another in aeeietkig. 

Twagm, 9. (ra) (pi. matanga), a epedee 
qf pumpkin^ B-taaca» >• (y^i sa) eeede 
or pipe; tonga ea n^en&ngn, eeede 
of pumpkine; tnnga ea ma n hagm, 



(y.a.)-~ tangndana (y.rec) 
tangadftn (v.a.) — Ungmdbem (y.d.) 
tangnaMaa (y.int) \,q.iandiea Jto, 
ana^ni^tangadidea ni uyu, he who, 
helped me moet ie thie man or woman, 
f-taifani, s. (ya» sa), lntoretlf.ee or 
gape (between the teeth); mono ya 
ugu ana n-tangam, (see hikudru)» 
Admieeiou of light through email in- 
tereticee or openinge, especially used 
of thatched roofs and of cloth; pfign 



172 



N-TANTA— TEKA. 



f 



talM). DeriT.from 
K-taatm, s. (ya, sa), ih^fUitg (see 
«•), tamia 4H ndm hu pa uot nh t h 



If-tMrtiro, 8. proUmUv; mOu mym or 
cfAMlMi «'«Mi«<ro, lit. (ft<« a#a<f isai 
ffo Onto prolixity). •<MMMUiMr«» «Mc* 
eMda «'toM«ro, J Jkul no UUa, 

Tintilt, 8. (ra) (pi. mo--), a rode (« ii- 
^MTMit^a in Ki&) Jkw Mbttifo, to or 
ol tkt rode This expression occurs 
frequently because on the rodu while 
ants are dried. 

TrntMn, s. (ya, pUm) M« ea(r (of the 
leg) (Kis.«»iV, |r«y #a mo^M). 



Tarn (n. prop.) name qf a cowMry. 
s. (ra) (pi. mc^--). 

(v.n.) to be flatt to he ehal- 
low, to lie fiat on the (fromtd (stretching 
out the wings, as certain birds will do); 
ohuru ehootaeardra, a flat ant-hiU; 
de^nhua i yataemrdra, thi$ beuket 
U •Aollou;.— taMraridm (or tsMoi- 
liAn) (v.causj to make flat Be m beva 
mtamMrara, the quad Uee flat on the 
ground in order (o Mde itee^f* 

Tasif« (v.a.) to deceive (more in words 
while 'gnienga*' is in Uiings) (KIs.Ibm 
dangdnia; li«ft-«f»-«tM«ia).— taafffS- 
aa (v.rec.)— tMiffira (v.d.) to deceive 
any one (to—); udha-n-^iaeigira «i»u^ 
€»Ht^anga moeihu yonee, — tMi- 
Cifal(y.n.J to be deceivabU; sataet- 
gikd ndeOf he can no more be deceived, 

T«ta(v.n^ to Btrnggle, a$ one dying; 
to be ignorant of what one is doing, 
or not to know what to do.— tatim 
(y.n.) to leeep etmggling, being convtO- 
$ed, Trop. to jamifle, to Jabber.-— iMr 
ridM (v. inl^ to etruggU much, greaUy, 
tola is a reduplication of hu 'ta," to 
flnieh, and is used especially of death- 
struggle, but also of ignorance about 
what you are doing generally. 

Tawm (v. n^ 1) to flu, to run cnoay, to 
eeca/pe; ^ % to be 9w{ftt to fly (Kis. 
hiu%bia, hu toroha), biUUo ubum- 
bootawat thie ie a moift canoe; gdru 



fHoMTo IBM bidihidea 

(y.rec.) to avoid one another; 



>{Y.n,) to ad- 
mit qf fleeing, nuentu uyo saiaw i ha 
emm^mrdierm «M«rM^ taiViim(v.reU 
to flee from (any one), mvehn-tmw^^ 
i ma n i, do not flee from me, atand 
your ground, says a chief to his war- 
riors, when fighting;— 9 to flee to, 
wtMttu-vfdho w«ma4n*-UMviraf lit. 
thy people are running thee away, mea- 
ning those on the boundaries leaving 
their abodes fh>m fear of the enemy, 
to live nearer the Icings residence. 
Kote: to flee to (for refuge) Is hu 
%vira huaf wamtu awa 
UHMhumba hu tmwSra huaho, — tar 
(v.int.div.caus.) 
), s. (ra) (pl.mo— ) a lake. 
(adj.) 

If-tawi, s. (ya and «a), a bough, branch; 
tawi »a tnidengo, branchee or botighe 
qf treee; tawi ya toohi, a branch qf 
a bunch (of Bananas) (see dsonga), 
(Kis. utaneu, utagd, tana la ndi»i)f 
tawi i nehodura, a good dietanu 
f},q,hitambo in Kis.) si bafupi, ni 
n^taufi (=s ni btUUxli), 

Tayo, s. (ra) (pi. ma—), the act of getting 
yourself paid by a stranger, which is 
done by procuring an article from 
some one and sending to your debtor 
for payment. Transfer q^ a debt at 
random, the word being apparentiy 
derived from hu daya, to throw away^ 
to haaard (Kis. hu hoUa). Jii taya 
ine una-ni-yuirira-ei fnbale ufonya. 
They may fetter a relation, but they 
do not rob him. 

T4Mter6Ma, s. (ra) iplma-), the daw 

lap {maro in Kinika). 
If-tate, 8. a pumpkin when beginminy 

to harden (aeepera). 
Tadaa (see tdf. 
TefBia, s. (ya and sa), hideuro Ai 

hina teynia, thie iron hae a strain f 

(said only of iron). 
Teioi (v.n.) (see «•), to be conquerable. 



TEKA— TIRA.. 



173 



it s. dirtif vHittr (from baring been 
distorbed); nutdsi ann ttUnh 

N'tttcito, 8. (ya, sa)» a very 9maU ealo* 
ba$h, u$€d a$ a mu^-box, 

Temft, 8. (ra) (pi. mtuema), lit catting 
from Ate tBfna, a place lohere the 
wood ie cut down and burnt for 
cultiioaMon (Kis. Uutge, maianffo), 

Tembft, s. (ra) (pi. mademba), a kind 
qfJUh. 

TteMe. 

Tenclia or tviica, s. (ya. sa), a tiu$ter; 
nauohi aoMUtnga n-tenche, mbesa 
t»ap»ara wttemohe or n-temAe, 

N-tM&dara, s. (see reatSlea). 

Taildo, 8. (ra) (pi. ma->), (Kis. barohoa?^ 
{hiponde pande ^ 

IftanirSf s. (ya, sa), a feather; tenga 
nsa [ni sa) mbairami, 

T«iiffa(v.a.) to AMteiif— tMicoka(v.n.) 
to be hastjf, precipitate; iwe unatengS- 
ha nt^^iumba nwuJcOf wo9a4tiw4»hu 
raiufe, lit. to be easily sta/rUed, carried 
off (one's guard) (see dhtwirira and 
rt««0<ra) {unaieng^ut, Bwrn/lBrodea), 
(i.e. in Kis. uhasikia Jinaiaho tu- 
na-kutuka)i wMmtw iwe unaiten- 
geha, fitow a^a 9i yaho, ueaehide 
nianivi, — teacekera (v. rel.) to 
startU into, to meddle with, to inttfifere, 

Teng'aflW, s. (ra) (= nihu), a place with, 
high graes {like owdo), 

Tenfftre, s. — tsBfo. 

N-tera, s. (ya, sa) (Kis.*laXBo), ftiS sua 
n-tera sa n%ipfi, 

T6ra(y.d.) (see to) {=sKM,ishidf shin- 
dihia). 

V-Utte, s. (ya and sa\ a kind qf wicker- 
wood made of splits qf bamJboo for 
carrying hoes (their hoes being bonght 
at a considerable distance 2 or 8 day's 
journey); tsts ya Uu dengera ma- 
gasu (and also nusungu); «9ona- 
gura magasu nrtsU n^tstsf do- 
gnamba n-dsunkui ku amba nFtsio, 

T«r6re, s. coll. (ra) no pi. 1) name cf a 
kind of vegettMe; dsua rahudsa 
borwr^pika terere, lit. the sun is 
arrived where in cook 'terSra,- which 
is done about 4 o'cIocIe, as they always 



eook first their vegetables and after- 
wards the dsima,*— 2) the leaves of a 
small tree called 'chawed and the "in- 
sand^hs^ when made Into a dish, are 
abio called '«0rA^" The real 'firAit^ 
grows only in tile plantations^ though 
it is never planted, as it grows spon- 
taneously, hunatfrars^ 
ehSwe ra hu mut%da, there is 
&c. at the plantation, 

Tareal, s. slipperiness. 

TM, 8. (uyu) iphnuir^), a toad; tSsi 
nhua n%kuru huU sonde na tshwre, 

Tatega (v.n.) to crackle (see waiika, 
alika),-— teteg'era (v.rel.) 

Tetemiira (v.n.) = ku danUmsaf to 
sharpen a hoe9 

Tiba, s. (ra) (pi. nu»—) = kidole, cow- 
dung f 

TMa tib^a, s. (ra) {aeepaUfj 

Srtidi, s. (ya, so), a rib (Kis. vhafn, 
«faA*f tt»5a/W). 

Tifldca(v.n4 to swing about, to suMy; 
ntsimbi wati/Uka, n%dongo ufott- 
fukag nwuntu uyu atifuka, 

Tikairo,s. 

Tima, s. (ra) Hma ra mdengo (see 

vndima), 
Timbirira (v.n.) to fade (Kis. ku Afia), 

doH ra m^uts siri tlimMr§ra, 

TlmMa,s. 

Tlmbwidaika, nikasi oHmhwtdaika 
= Oitshokatshoka asnda na ttn^ 
huidsika kana mdsdno. 

Tiiidi.s. 

N-tia^pa. s. (ya, sa), ironrrings worn 
round the arms and legs; vfontu wa 
ku Msineha wantene wtuura n'- 
tiniga. The n'tiniga are said to be 
worked very ornamentally, the body 
itself being very thin and branching 
out all around in various shapes and 
formations. 

Tlra(v.a.) ku tira mfnnds; ku Ura 
nuwopfu, ku tira ndinic^ ku Hra 
ndssmhe (Kis. ku tin, pakia, pakilia, 
tilia).— tirira (v.d.) %fa an a -n- t inra 
n^uanaiwanga dhoti (s= otto-iMo- 

buSdsa).— tifirira nisuni, to mend 



174 



N-TIRIRA— TUMBO. 



or i mprove oiufB hom$e bg appi j y<iwy 
gra$8 to it 
N^irira, s. wateringt c^u&Um; hamate 
ga 9ha nrttHra, Indian com lohieh 
i$ watmred (ku UHra kuh%mr^ 

T6be, s. (ra) (pi madfib9), a $Umg\, a 
muddiif place; t&be iri bandurira, 
avoid tide eiough (pasa by tHe side of 
it) (Kis. Mda hua htmdo). 

Tdbila (v. p.) to he entered (only used of 
the eyes with regard to sand &c.) (Kis. 
hu ngiwa ni nuMtakataha), from hu 
dobaf ohSka dbo in^tnaeo tiMsangd- 
mu, mudwa una-nr-tSima,--' tobHA- 
dia(v.caus.) h^ ana-m-tobuedsa 
nwuanaiwanga Hideodeo, ei hinm 
ehohe, hikdii nt-fnaeo; una^nrio- 
huedeei ndiwe, hidSdo ohor^tU-tS' 
hua, urni-doore (see dora), 

Tochi, s. {pl*d,) bananas (Ki8.«Ml<«i). 

N-t6diia,s.(ya,sa). 

Toererm (or towrw a ) (see roworera, 
seepandu and send^ehtt, nvtmiu 
uyu ukalif us«$-n^toerSre, 

N-tombft, s. (sa) email pox (Kis. ndui^ 
TombaoaJbe eieitthuriku n'Mi ht- 
hnku; nea ban%anga eaUh w r ih af 
nea mawere eiettehurika, 

Tomboii? 

N-tomii» s. (ya, aa) a epii! naduma n- 
tomei, I eend a epy {hdbSa and ka- 
/knnpe), 

Tona (v.) — toiUiia (Kis. kaeema.9) — 
toiied«i(y.int) lo be very eloee toge- 
ther (= andOcUdna ndHu). — tdnift 
(y.d.) (Kis./H^), mfura ga t6nia, to 
etrain {Jku tonia tnoa), 

N-tona, s. (ya. sa), a peiforaHon in tike 
upper lip, 

ToBClMy s. (ra) cotton; mdengo uw 
tonehe, the cotton-tree (Kis. «t»fran»5a}. 

Tonga, name qf a tree, 

TongOt s. (pi. matongo), (see makogo, 

Tonora (see ohuntriea); anatehesa 
tonora, 

Toro, 8. on the drum? 

Towttrara (see toerSra). 

Ttt& {ku t%»a) (see n%kaUj, mijpeni tra 
kd tua. 



T^iAl, s. (Ki8.fliMfa^, pi. miM ftl 
Tvdaa, 8. the fhiH of the tree «i»l*Mi«a 

is eatable. 
TMn, s. (pL mmlMdM), a fpol qfg rov m d 

heaped vp in a rovmd ehape bg wag 

of agrtaaturet in contradist. of tm mbm 

or tMmMrat which i$ lengthg* 
Ttf|r4da, s. {n)per9pirattou, vweat (Kia 

karri, n^fteko, Jaeka), 
Tafninira » \jq,^indaf 
N-Mka, s. (sa) queruUminees, love qf 

etrife. 
Tttkn, 8. (ra) haete, rMhneee, predpi- 

ttttion, propemtUg to amger; naa v k td a 

tukUt do not be havtg, preeipttat$» 
Tula or torn (r.) » lit* eto madiga 

(see tttomnra). 
Tali (= pandv in Kis.)- taU toll (« 

pcMMie imnmI« in KisJ 
TAma, name qf a mountain, W.<ifthe 

lake Niaeea, Tuma ni piri ra mr 



Tamba, s. (ra) (pi. «MHltM»fta) ; 1) a bag; 
2) a heap of weeds grae*, bromchev 
of trees (seemifru);— 8) a »<vip <^ 
groiuMl heaped up with a hoe for tho 
purpose of drainage (which in their 
country is inseparable from agricoltare 
on account of the inundations during 
the rainy season) i^\s,dkumba,gat^ 
da, w%fuko, nthohoii, 

N-tanba tomba, s. (ya, sa), a speeiev 
of teorm, the meeting with which is 
considered a good omen by one who 
sets out on a journey or engages in 
trading business. Bada kudsa 
iondo rerOf naanSra n-tumlba 
ba %\s,pandasandiofl 

Tninbi, s. ku fa twmhi » (Kis. klm^ 
buagoa kitnba) {uMttu wana tuusa), 

N-tanbl, s. (ya, sa), sankani twmlbi 
ufona tva burdra (Kis. watu waatgi^ 

Tan&bidtta, s. (ya) (pi. with sa), 

TAmbXra, s. (ya, sa), i.q. tumba in Nr. & 

Tambo, s. (ra) (pi. madmmbo), ths 
pouneh <if, 

iSimbei name of a mmudain omd Me 
ad^a^mt counUry 1 day*e journey NW 
qf Mpande, 

Tninbe rancbdftL 



TUMDKA— TSHA. 



175 



Tttam, s. (ya, sa), pa$$ion vmUd on 
amoihar who U itmoemt; tuna Ui 
«MMM»l-firira iim^ nta thiami ? ss 
^Is. hU'-n^shiUHa madungu «»fu 
mtmngHuli, 

' timdwhw (see d%i ndw r a ). 
S. (uirw) (pi. watunga awa), 
a ipeeiu qf ierpent $aid to keep vp 
BomeUmei a humming eonnd, which 
they consider prognostic of rain. If 
it is heard in fine weather, rain is 
believed to be near, and when it 
rains, its 'cry" is explained, that the 
rain will continue (see d9ado);na&nSra 
ttanga hu rira, ntp^tra i Hda gada, 
k cry is also ascribed to the serpents 
called "bofnbo and mu." Tunga a- 
harira hu kiMoha, mpfura Hi do- 

Tiiiico,s.(p1.id). 

Tanfirwi (tnakiui) (see daengua). 

fftdngtai, s. (ya, sa), the eugareet 
qf Egypt; usu madero tnuntu we, 
hu ithba n-tAnguru ha nwUiro 
(KiS. hUel^ele, ujti^ele); tnuana 
ugu andbddua, ni Ufa muatnuna, 
tungurusahe ni HwUif but tnuana 
toamhaei tungurusahe ni imodei, 

NtOMgwng^tL, s. (ya, sa), a unmnd 
'Hende by an arrow going right through 
Uie fieeh (of the arm or leg); ana-nk- 
y^e^ntuwffurugda nmpfi ulibinga 
bn%ga, 

Tmuu, s. (Kis. moehi), emoke (see fuha), 

NiUiti, 8. (ya, sa), a elight protube- 
rance on the beUy looking Uke an 
other nonet {vOofu ffiwili). 

N-tonta. s. <= (Kia tooa), tebaeeo pipe. 

N-ti^fla, gnon%be u^pe ntamayeihe 
e^na n-tupea, the meat qf thie cow 
did not provemueh, to sweU,prove, much; 
wamhaei uyu ona^n-tupea oidi 
nuadoiura mda u udtihdra wa nr 
hani nhani.—' a-tapia, s. orUy u$eA 
in the predicate to ewett, to prove much 
bleeeing, but only in the eenee qf a 
thing being found more in quantity 
than anticipated (see gorore^. 



Vq^lika, turuMre, niumba oUi ha 
turuhiro, nsako ni ganif 

nvi«» s. (ra), satiety from hu duha, 
espedaOy toUh regard to trttoeOer* 
who are dUoaye exceediitgly wdlfed by 
them; tdpuo aii naro, eadahooa 
hii dia; loro n*naeMda tdpue,. 
ohahudia si^i-4mn%ha. 

Tori, s. a piece qf meat qf a goat or 
cow, 

N-tnm, a (sa), 1) Me pur qf a eat;- 
turu ea miuana nutngaf — 2) tite 
growl (of any carnivorous animal);. 
turn noa garu, noa pfdnibHOf noa 
mgangOf noa niairubue So, gam 
aehida n-turUf niama ugu aii 
hafuhi, 

Tondira (v.n.) to go etraight on (with- 
out stopping), to be straight /or 
ward (in speech), to speak out on^s 
mind (Kis. hu fulisa); gnomhe sisi 
turulirdndso, sisi ehoha n^4eamnf 
saMdana hidana (viz. in the evening); 

^ angahdre n^suaniwanga, satwnMr- 
lira maupahe, though he is my 
'msuani," he does not speak out his 
words, his real mind. 

Ttfra, nanthal€minie a-ni-tdra ana 
mafignia, the tumour throbs, it has 
matter. — turn (v.caus.) to set weU a 
trap. 

TlirUfJI (v. n.) n%auyahe saturura 
(see hafumpe tururisa)f usaturt^ 
rise, ine nUntn^buhet. 

Tnaa (v. a.) to exceed (in riches, stature 
&c.) a-n^tusa hua oAwtna, hua n%- 
sinhu.— tiisaiui(v.rec.) to compete, 
to rival; hu dugusa, by giving enter' 
taiments.— tiui]cm(v.n.) to admit qf 
being exceeded, he cannot be exceeded 
{K.\8. endalesaf shindana). 

Tata. s. (pi. mo—) (Kis. lengelenge) (see 
rugurugu). 

Tntaka = hunduha, duduka in Kid» 

Tntmi, s. (ra) (pi. mo—), a heap qf 

grckse or branches of trees (Kis. hiwi^, 
Tllia(v.) dsaXtuno u>atsha ndepfui 

ndepfusdhwe sinatsha mhingo (see 

ndepfi$). 



176 



TSHA.NT3Hi^NTA— UBALE. 






(Kis. 



TtollMsa(v.au) to— m^mmtp^, to Hi a 
trap, 

ThiteAnnni (y.Sk) to groMe, to touch or 
rub HighUif in pa$ting, 

Ttthftka.— BUlM]ai,^(ya, sa), a ktitd 
qf$aw fixed into a piece qftpoodueed 
for cutting ivory ringe,*— 2} tib« thorn- 
back JUh. 

TWIiamba, s. (ra) (pi. ma—), rauine, 
(prop. iDCisioD from Uu chomba). 

TihMilite, 8. a fig.— tiMdaa, a kind 
of eharp graee, 

Tsh6ra(y.d.) tout for, to, an<l (v.cont) 
to keep eetting, to be set (like a traj^.— 



», 8. (raXpl. fnor-), name of on 
ifMtxumeni or tool. 
TiliMHi (vx.) to etrain {ejg. mchoro), 
TsMIn, s. (ra) (yl. mo--), twigefaetened 
together like a hutrdle (Kis. hidada). 
Uhika ra nibusi, a bandage made 
qf tufige for a goat, to eet a brcken 
leg; tehikm ra hama, a texture Uke a 
hurdU €u need for a bedatead. 
TMhiatabi, s. (ya, sa) puMeling language, 
a eimilitude, an aUegorg iK\s.fambo), 
Prov. noaho wa buensi sa-hu-pora 
nHehintehi, a true friend wUl not 
opeak to gou in concealed language; 
anortU-ehidira or iMna^ni-pera n'- 
toMntehi (Kis. ana^tU-fnimbeif hah u 
ni~ainbia waoi). 

Tfthoka (y .H tid^katalMka = pondo 

pondeka." tlhaikwnL— tllMlMni 



(y.a.) to break, to break off, to 
kno^ up. hu tehora pfibadoo, to 
pluck offfruite; Ua tehora mdongo, 
to break a tree or piece of wood; hu 
tehora psora, to crack the Jlngere,— 
Im tdMnrldimni (y. reit) to break of- 
ten or repeatedly; madenda €mm»-m- 
ItfJIoroetAora, eickneee ie knocking me 
'Up; hu tehora banOf mbima^ — Mm- 
-rcra, 1) (y.d.) to break qf a thing for 
any one); — 2} id keep bredking ^ 
one's mind), b to brook, to bear utith 



ha nd o Uh ^ rarU f eo they eay to d 
king and any other great man, to ro- 
mind them, that mOdnem and dmnmcy 
are qften bettor than eooerity; to for- 
bear (see lira Ura),'-' tih«ralrB (y.iL) 
tAttHuu— tilwirtriwlia (y.reit) fo 
be ready to break (of great fleKiMUtj 
of body), to be agOe in dancing. Mhek- 
H uyu atohohatahcha » et ti mb wt 
doiha (Kis. omOhtHiha nt 
fu. a-St-funa funa): 
ncha orda, ettohohatohoheh 

TUl«tdi*,8.(ya,sa) dry oticke, mnaU 
piecee qf vtood; huni oa roro Hd a 
diSra, ea eihuru ndadmra n-tohm- 
teho. Jin KiouahiH, uidondo inclu- 
des both the tthatoho and doaniL 

TUnda(y.a.) po n da o amaa ai'Oi^matoh' 
ulo maoo, my whelpe have not yet 
opened (their) eyee, 

Nritani (y.) (see dhontoa), uoa^m teho- 
ra, fubaiftnoeO^ ama hirisirisi, do 
not mention him (the one deceased), hi$ 
brother ie inclined to cry. 

nhnka (y. n.) (see dhun^buhet^ fa f mnu 
ha, du m buUf eua, tmnbiha ouUa^ 

tumbuUa).'' tdiaUnL— tduBrifak 

tdmrira {mdu) (opp. to gunhunioa); 
nitehurira mau etpa uearni-t$h»' 
rira, diedoee to m« theee worde, do 
not—. 

Khwi, s. email openinge in afumaeo 
for melting iron (for the draught) (or 
tehuritehuH), 

TUA (a sound rather than a word) do- 
noting the wide epreading of the water 
over a 'damb^* during the rainy 
eeaeon; m admmb o eOi tthu, «€ < 



tohuha mMH hudali. 



V 



V, 1) Pron. tanpers. tt. <- 2) pron. pen. 
thou,— u (pron. demonsl. iMs). 

Uirm (y. nO to bark,— vim (y.d.) to bartt 
at; geuru e mir a ohSemif (y.Int) to 
bark much, to exceed in barking. 



DBO— UPUBI. 



177 



0bo (proD.dem.) that, rel.to words of 
the bu-ctass (such as have hua in the 
gen.); buato t»bo, that boat; ubo ubo, 
that $eeret (see huya), uhobuah9 H- 
hH^hwmiba in/B. 

Ubo, s. ijbudj pi. tiMMido, 9eerU (Kis. 

Ubodebode, s. (u) (pi. podepod^ {iHj, 
a how-Hring (hastily made up by boys 
of cotton) (see d$inga), 

Ubdnknei s. (bua) ttupiditif, ubonk%$9 
ubu buna ni ]fet«lcl«cr(Kis.««ptMnfta/W 
hu una-ni'fuMa tana), Ubo ehiu- 
dapo ni ubonkuSt tikufnha Ipfo 
t$ehidapfOf that which you are doing 
i$ ttupidity, I do not like thou thingt 
you are doing, 

Ubn (pron. dem.) thi$, rel . to the 6w- 
class. 17*60 ubu, thi$ $ecret; buato 
ubu, thit hoot; uru ubu Ae, 

Ubnana, s. (Mm>) childi$hnu9; uaa-nn- 
ffuire yoke ni ubuana ubu, tea mt- 
Uuru sadere aba, 

Uclieiicli«r«dii (or nchangereial), s. 

{btta) ghrewdnesB, cunning, decei^ul- 
neas. ditatawe gnamba, fnpfiira ya 
leu mbodo noho ttehengeredai, let «f 
not JUe from fine weather, (for) rain 
threatening from the North i$ deceitful 
(generally coining to nothing); uehen- 
geredti buake Birburlcufnba, na- 
humba dinene gootahurira. 

iuHd, s. honey. 

Uchiflii s. (wa) obstinacy, way-wardnees, 
fnuana uyu woochiai, or ngo tichi- 
aif wana woochiai and mboehiei. 

Udiivegv, 8. (ubu) itubbomees, foolish- 
nes$ (see hirega), (Kis. ujpu«i»6aA*)/ 
tichirega ubu ai-bu-huvnba, — ncbi- 
r«km, iwo ucMda ngadi hireha' 
ubu ni uohireka, 

Uda, 8. (wa) (pi. mauda), a bow (Kis. 
uta) ; uda ubu hudea buads4Bf boea 
(or wQ»a) binda oirbu^%tdsat uda 
ubu ba budaU buaJeudoa obit, 

UdalL 

Udaato, s. {b%»a) (phmodoneo), any tree 
faUm or laid aero$$ a Hveir, on which 
you may pass over (see uialo). 

Kiidaeea, 



(■ds), 8. (6Ma) a eobuub; hua^ 
difma huangd hu hunayanga udho, 

Udhahaml, s. (bua) rOaxation itf 
strength, lasaitude (Kis. uniog^fu), 
from Mserera; udhmharesi ubu ni- 
nabo ine, oidata huinha humwndijk 

Vdmmhm (Kimaravi), s. fish 9 

U4hem«real» s. {bua) regard, reaped 
honour (from remcrega), uya nkua 
mkuru huli ine (or huliho ine); 
ndipo nikamehidira udhom^raH, 

V dhm d % s. (wa) {jpA.madonda), sidmeM 
disease, ud&nda (or udhenda) bu^ 
na^mrguira dsabano, 

Vdhmndm, (bua) from hu lenda (see 
Upondepondo), 

Udtefva. 8. (bua), lit the being carried 
away, said cf a woman who is married 
by a man at a distance (Kis. uosi wa 
hu tuhua), 

Udi, (pron. int.) which, where f rel. to 
words of the dw-class. 

ddB( pron. dem.) these, rel. lo the dimin. 
form 'du," 

(v.a.) to wake (Kis. ameha, inda}, 
(V. rec.)— adnlm (v. n.) to adr 
mit of being awakened (easily or with 
difficulty). 

IMm, instead of hudsa, hironda ihi 
ehahumba udsa uhu and hironda 
ieho i^a-humba udsa uho. 

Udsi, 8. smoke 9 

Udafaro (Vi\%,udia) (said of the teeth only). 

Uds«, S. (pi. maudeu) (Kis. taha, hue- 
hue, niaeei)f udbu wa perere (see 
ubdndo), 

UdsAdra (v. coll.) (u) mosquitoes (Kis. 
mbu, ueObif) 

Ula, s. [bua and wa) ftowr, powder, dust 
(of decayed trees), ufabu€u*ga and 
^fclSw€mga, pi. fitoMfa, i,e, heaps or 
bags offiour \Kis.unga), 

midi, s. (bua) witchcraft (see m-fidi) 
(Kis. utoicr^; buamuna aUye yaihe 
n/oha ufidif lit. bravery he is without, 
his is that qf witcheraft, i.e. he is on- 
ly distinguished as a sorcerer; 

UfiAi (adj.) (rel. to the m>class), short; 
ehogo uyu nUunduwahe ngo ufubi 
(Kis. ufupij. 

12 



178 



CFUMU— ULERA. 



Wtakgo, 8. (wa) (pi. mafUnoQ), a ttringt 
thinner than the htnkum. 



OAnm, 8. (or i^luni). 

Ugwm, 8. (Kis. tmngutma). 

Uirm, 8. [bua) dogffiaJme$8, i.e. unclean- 
Ifnessy (lirtines8 (Ki8. mIbo) (8eei 
dtut^); leka hu i guira «< 
9ha, ni ugamn ucMdaha, 

UgBOBO, 8. w«%<ioJk«, ZietleuMf. 

Uf ofll, 8. Uffo^ wa nuMunffu; ugofu 
wm hiko, 

VgU, 8. (wa) mUdeto; hihmshangtt hi- 
na chida ugu, lit. my edldbaBh has 
made mildew (Ki8. hogu, hungu), 

tfiui (aCU.) another; 1) of the 2. per8. 8ing. 
Mom another;-- 2j referring to words 
of the w» and w-class (Kis. muengine) ; 
inuam>*nanga yenda uhabuera u- 
€l«# fUna, o my huebandf go (trayel) 
^flem you have retwmed come a$ oiio- 
tj^er = ae fresh and new. 

IQ« (or oya) (pron.dem.) that (at a di- 
8tance)» (Kis. yule, huyuU), 

DJe (or B]r»)(pron.) 

inEa(r.n4 to awake (Kis. amuha), — 
ndia(v.caus.) eo wake. •id4da or&ka 
dedbanOf IfioM/eha 4U-m-hu uka 
sidldsiwa ife, wena wanoMOsa nut- 
ro, aheuunetHiiiihabandfnafUlfma, 
fndwndu wya sukarauha. — wltM** 
(v.refl.) baya aukldudbo agona n$- 
uamha ina^— iddra; unaMka karre 
dsabano waifnba kunei kua londo 
you l^ it Umg ago, now you begins 
when it is too late [wwmJba for: tea 
yaimbeii, Deriy. «»5tilB<Hi^. 

Ukabord, s. Oaoery, (utmna in Kis.) 

Ukaiida, s. (Kis. uehana), 

Ukali, 8. n%6a wotikaU, 

Ukmrimhm, S. {bua) old age (Kis. nee); 
ukmraniba huako hua nMa, his (or 
her) old age enters htm or her, i.& he, 
she locks very old. 

Ukaii,8.(Ki8.wlBe). 

Ulddsim, a, foolishness (see kidsiru}. 

Ulddaa (v^caos.) to cause to wake (un- 
intentionally). 



Ulw(ady.) thUhar, there (see Am and 
diaU); ateo rel. to the Inf. 'Im.'* 

Ulwiiui, s. 

UkAndo, 8. {hua and wa), eleamUne§$ 
Qii9, utohara, utamaohmti); mmilM 
wo ukondOf a clean person, 

Ukn (adv.) hither, here; when referring 
to an Infinitive, it is the pron. this, 
ejg, ku pika uku, this cooking. 

Ukn, 8. (wa), mould (Kis.fco^i>); dohna 
inaguira i£ku or inaehida i£hu^ 
ike dsima Aot seised {or made) mould 
(such as they take with them when 
travelling). 

Ukaadi Js. [ubu) marrying; marriage; 
wanuii wadhanena: muanaweinga 
ueakuadOf ha ukueidi beUin-ehido^ 
lit the mothers, i.e. my mother said. 
my ehUd do not marry, yet where there 
is marrying, there is work, i.e. troiUde, 

mcnadi, ni kidsiru ntuntu uyu, 
stMkadakara ku ukuadi; ukakara 
ku ukuadi, sukura (l.e. »uien%orera). 

Ukne, 8« (wa), a ftne sandy earth, pro- 
ductive of a species of tree, called 
gamponi, 

Ukneknele {=^Kls,ukengele wajembo), 

Ukaenchere (or akneng'ere)^ s. ahstr. 
the being without a handle (so as to 
sound kuenehere) (Kis. ukengele), 
nibeniwanga ngo ukuenehere, i.e. 
my knife has no handle, 

UUkru (adj.) greafi, large; subst. (5Ma 
and tea) {uneno, ukubu in Kis.) 

UUlo, 8. {u and tcdt*), a bridge made; 
eiboMdika baliye uUmMo, one cannot 
pass, there is no bridge (or withoat 
a bridge). 

manda, ane^kumbaf na uyu 
n^-ifunidsa, 

Ulembe, s. (wa) (Kis. uohungu, 
kungu, sumu), poison, 

Ulamn, ku chidira numieui na tela* 
mu {heshinia, ku siahi), wisdom, 

Ulando, s. {wa and bua), a Journey; 
ulendo buao bua ringa ku di9 
ChMda oka-nrTogera n%oyo, ck/oikm 
kiya eihu «mn«ns ndabanga ulend o 
ni m k ef nda oraka ku Jftmnoket, 

inMra,8. 



ULESI— UBERA. 



179 



VMk, 8. s= (Kis. uAft$ f) 
VU, or wi, thou being,' uOamMta ni 
yami uliwtha Iuf«. 

Ulimbo, s. 
Ulnla, vrArm. 

Uiiui(y.n.) hu uma n%dima, io take 
eovrag^, to be courageona; hu tnna 
=: (Kis. lew hutOf hiia ntha/^, tn- 

ffumu, hu fumiHa), — mnJara. — 
vmiiim. — nmiilBii (v.caas.H md- 
rbnauL Deiiy. n^Mma. 

Umba(v.a.) = (Kia.>lMan^a), but never 
in the eenee qf create as in Kis.; umba 
Ufnba (see eunta)* 

Umtee, the one, reL to the M-cIass 
(see tnene) (see udio), 

Unieo, the very game; uimadea m?- 
ndira wmeo naye mnadHra f»- 
ehira umeo^ na hu Xmmimwms. 

Umodsi (a(]j.) one, 

Ukno = humo in Kis. 

UmpAvi, a. {wm and bua), poverty^ 
helpleeaneee^ trovbU', umpawi-wiMr^ui' 
saudea^ poverty troubles him; ttehi- 
didea hi^ndo^ n%au dya neha 
umpaufi, he eaocitee pity (for) theee 
words are those qf trouble, i.e. lie 
speaks truly as one in trouble, in 
judgement as 4he one who has been 
Injured by, or is suffering from the 
other* 

Vjnv = hwmu in Kis. wamSne ums- 
deiwao hu r6a umuf m'^Uumba 
dmu fnuaf^nda^ lit in house in this 
it is u>arm, 

Una 

Unchika {yoea ddia], to lay matters in 
heaps and divide fhem {hifungu), 

Yhida(y.n.) e,g.ehuru eha unda; hu 
unda hidswro, 

Undakala; mu*leherdn^i mauhaha 
aya hu unduhdra^ adaharmanha, 

U]ica(v.a.) {%\&,huednia).-'XmgOai,to 
heap,— wnglw 

Vngwrm,-— miflfWNi (v. a.) to look about; 
n*naf*ngusa unyusa, deabano n'- 
naona,— nngtiaidsa (y.inU) 

VngvrHmM (v.n.) i.q. gnigniomda (Kis. 
eumaei or simaei aomno); yabm 
bona unyiSrHntaf ni buinaha; ha- 



n^^ongurudee uya, ediyaha, a«H»- 

yiSrHnna. 
IfafumwiMw (y.c) madendu yw-tM^ 

ungurumUdsuf uyu mungiSfrihmm 

na vhiani f (resp. BueneinOca ant^ 

fat amungurumidea)* 
Ukdamada, s. (6«m») ths state and main- 

ner of a young mam {mniamadall {Kis. 

u/Mana), 
Unlagi s. (wa)4iuce%» a great deaH; ueeh- 

one uninyi ynombe eiya, aieaye 

yehm, 
Uinlka (y.a.) to light— vaikirm <y. d.) to 

light io.— iiiiikiM(y.a.) to light unihl- 

dea, to light «080 (a torch from another 

torch) hu €uu (before a yowel hu 

wfoea) to make to bum. 

UnkambO, S. mdimmwahe nhua un* 
haimbOf his heart is that qf'unhaim- 
bo,'* greedines towards uf(fe and dbfl- 
dren, uye dehida unhambo, u-n^ 
numa wtmihasi na wana niawko^. 

Unkaalniy s. (&= wmef) nutdnvuna ufa 
wtdima, strength of mind, 

Unkugmiy.n.) to get thinner (from an- 
xiety or too much woric). wtMnga 
ehianif deabano un*unhuga (for 
unaunhuya), what are you anxious 
about, now you are getting thinner. — 
iiii4ridKlm(y.rel.) to get thinner from 
on account of (any thing); dembano 
Ufodudra, waunhuyira ehiani f are 
you sick at present 9 or what are 
you getting thinner fromf resp. natun- 
huyira n-ohido, 

Uo (pron.dem.) that, relaL to the w-class 
(see rat^dora), 

U^fe, s. {ubu, bua), dirtiness, tmeUan' 
liness; tnhtui uyu ana upfe, this 
is a dirty woman (Kis. uho, uahafu), 

VpftaohtUL, s. (see runda runda), 

JJp^UkAo, s. lq,h^^tnde (Kis.«4rtm«lo). 

Ura, s. {bua) 1) amy thing used for dtvi- 
nation;— 2j the resuU gained by divi- 
nation; ura ubu Hbu ona, bua nanus, 

Urambo, s. a place for slamghtering a 
cow (Kis. hupiga ranUa hu antbeea), 

UrenMTMi, 8. 

Urera, s. baha hmra baurm^^ ndibo 
umanyabo haehsyaj bahumba ben 
ya ba urera. 



180 



URESI— WAKALIMANCHIRA. 



QtmI (see wIm<). 

vm, s. {ubu) 9mdttpuituU$ on the head 
{kanadsifnboe), which iometimeeform 
itfUr ehatfina it; tnwiu %»Qnga «MMi 
cMda uru (Kid. uydhiBi «oa Mtoa), 

IXnmil, s. (wa) the whole, entireneee; 
bamanga iki-fn-bad»e eha urtsnti 
ugi-m-aurire, 

IMm (v.a.) to find out, to dUcoverj to 
discloee oMfe mind, to hetraiy (Kis./W- 
hua, Bumbua, funua, tmnbulia, 
puruha).— Qmraiia (v. rec.) to betray 
each other.— iinUca(v.n.) 1) to come 
forth, to appear;— Zjtojly; *nbardnii 
e^urukaf Hiyahintuunafuna, hi- 
na uruka, thai thing which you were 
seeking, has come forth.— ornlddMi 

iv.inl.) to fly off far — to excel inflight; 
v.caus.) to cause to fly oif.— QrAoJia 
v.a.) 1) to put to flight;— 2i to raise 
or make fly up (dast); usa-^nu-Mr9$dse 
nUMM/rmni i; hu urudsa dhoH (= Kis. 
uttHsIm futnbf) hu urudsa mbaror 
nU (as Kis. lew rusha niuni^^ mba- 
rdvni (Kis. iMAa, hu winga), — vrt& 
ktta(y.p.) to he come forth. This word 
seems only be used in connection with 
few p&niaf sapdnia urUhua, lit. he 
ftUls not to he come forth, i.e. he is 
sure to recollect. Saponia uruhtia is 
a standing expression for a person 
nith an extraordinary memory, wo 
saponia w9*wfcwa, sudortn-ta or •«>- 
fewo. and such as never forget injuries. 
1iniOSira(v.d.) wa-ni-urtldsira dho- 
ti, ssndera wIbo.— iqillikft(v.n.) to 
be discoverable.— vmnmKv.d.)— nm- 
1dm, sida uruhira, nalinda, nin%- 
fedse.— nrdsa (or iirAsa) (y.a.} to 
raise, 

ttsa (V. a.) to take shelter (from the rain) ; 
fiausa tnpfura (Kis. hu-Ji-fita m- 
fttaj; unacMda btutnehi usa usef 
why did you not take sheUerlf 

tM9i or^lza (v.a.) to teU ; wormtfedsa iwe, 
na hu uza ehiani f (Kis. funsa shau- 
iri, oMiba, elesa).— nzana (v. rec.) to 
teU, to inform one another.— vaktat, ui- 
riva {see hiusiriro) ; idso huno, a- 
hu-uza chaye , sa hu-u»ira tniTan- 
du, come here, he tells thu nonsense, 
he does not tell thee words (of wisdam) : 
hu uata mditna, lit. to tell the heart, 
to consult with onesself, to hesitate; 
usa uxe mdima, ni bisa fne, do not 
hesitate. 

Usaiidsa (see siguga). 

Usaiild, s. (wa) distress, misery, from 
hu sauha, 

Vsikil, s. (wa) night; the plural masihu 
coincides with the pi. of dsihu, day 
sihuona dura masihu nuUri, 

Unn^d (or nzing'o), s. (wa) (no plural); 
hinh%*e eha uzingo si-hi-duha in 
oppos. to hinhue eha buasif sihi 
h-ara uduha; hano sa mongoni, 



qf which bow-strings ars mads for fhs 
hiruntbu, 

Uaiwa, s. {u), partidl saopomsre of ihis 
body from scantiness of dress or it9 
heina worn otU; dsaru yanga yata, 
dsaoano ndaohida uHwa. ProY. m- 
gonus ddia <on«Jbe, utamMaai. OMa 
U9iuja, 

Vtilia (see toAa)- 

Uwio, s. (wa) a fence, pi. mavio refer- 
ring to the sing. wio. 

Uwiid, s. (wa) freshness, rawness (Kis. 
ubiti, uwiti^; ni uwisi Ufa mm b irm 
yaya, ndibo uka duhidua. 

gya (see uja) , (Kis. huyule), that one. 

Wf (see t^0). 

^o (Kis. /ul«t»<). 

JSjn, (Kif.Awyw). 

Wa. 1) a particle denoting the Genitive, 
ref. to the w»- and w-ciass; — 2i the 
objective case of inu, *wo (Kis. you, 
them), ndenda hu^wa^hira, I shaU 
cock for you (see ni); wa muanvuna 
= Kis. vuMna mume; tea nthasi 
s= Kis. nutnamke ; wa nihuru =■ Kis. 

fflMMM. 

W&da(v.a.) lo tread UghUuj cautious- 
ly, to pound lighUy.— waofra (v.d.) to 
tread for; u^nt-wadire ntuana wan- 
ga, to pound ligthlyfor another, hu 
wada tninga, to tread on thorns; hu 
wada insoa, to pound white ants 
(which is done lightly), hu^mu^wada 
nhuniu wooduara, to tread on a sick 
person (this being a mode of medical 
treatment, answering to kneading and 
shampooing). 

WadiUie, s. (wa) (pi. of dado), fathers. 
By way of honour the plural is ge- 
nerally used instead of the sing.: wa- 
dade ni badsani nh6a, lit. Fathers 
give me beer s= pleeue, father, to give 
me beer,- NB, When the i)ron.poss. 
is added, dade is changed into aode. 
Wadede wanga, not wetdade wan- 
ga. Wadade wahuru; a fathers elder 
brother; wadade wagnSno, a father's 
younger brother. 

Wadmura (see Mdonga). 

Waka (v.a.) to catch (only said, of 
what is thrown at you).— (w)akika 
(or akika) (v. n.) to admit of catctiing. 
(w)akira (V. d.) to catch for (another), 
to catch at. Qaru awahira ndsHna, 
the dog catches at tfie dsima (thrown 
at him). •— (w)akidsa (v. int.) to be 
clever in catcJting, 

Wakalimanchira, s. pi. rood-etttetoo- 
tors, a name given by the Wakam- 
dunda to the wadumbUka on account 
of their wandering habits. The Wa- 



WAKE— WAYURA.. 



181 



dombuka and Warisa are also called 
Warimanjrao. 

Waka (s Kia. wakwe)^ tMwcma ufah^t 
ki$ ion, pron. poss. his, her or hers. 

wako pron. poss. thu, thtne, e.g. fiM»- 
«tMHg€ripo. tiky ehud. 

Wa lika (v.a.) e g hadge sa waUka, 

wall, thiy art; ufoUko, they are there. 

wahye, thep are wUhotU: mdundu 
(or mdunchu) Mya waHife tcfotMoo, 
that leifidred i$ without friende 

wamai, s. mothere (see tiuil); urowMrt 
foahwru, a mothere elder eieter; 
wamai wagnono^ a fnother*8 younger 
eieter, the plural being used by way 
of respect 

Wamba (v. a.) to roaet, to toaet, to 
dry at the fire (to expose to fire) (Kis. 
hitnea); *m ^oamba niamba. to 
roaet meat, at some distance from 
the Are (see leu o1ca)\ Uu wamha 
baimanffa, to toaet Indian com; hu 
UfonUfa ndettru hudi l«an«uJb«, to 
expoee one^e cloth to the Jlre, that it 
may dry.-^ wamUka (v.n.) to turn 
4>ut well roaeted. (y.a.) to broil (on a 
low platform made of sticks). - warn- 
Mra (v.d.) to expoee to the fire for; 
eidapika ine tuamayanga^ nda-i- 
wambira ndeima, I ehaU not boil 
mf( meat, but I will roast it for tlie 
dsima.— wamUdsa (r.int.) to roaet 
well, nicely. 

Wamba (v. n.) to ewoopf nibardmi 
aHwavnbaf and especially thej»un- 
ffu aliwavnba ; u«a- ti» - linffirire, 
u h a n ^-guiHra wemibai n%*pnaho 
usa-m-guirire wamba (Kis. uoi^n^ 
ruhie t»*^ n» 6elele«e}. 

Wam^iia and wamMi6o, pL of am«n« 
and am«neo q. y. 

Wamkasinsaiijgra, my eieter in law 
by marriage (see tMaJ. 

wamkasi = (Kis.manamft6). 

Wamnna 

Wancbe, s. coll. (wyu), name of a kind 
of reed; mhadi ana fneiwo^ lit. 
within it has a hollow. It grows in 
the Dambo 

Wanda (y.a.) fnuomba awanda imr 
beni; uye ana wanda udtu bongo, 
niungu Jte, (» anatehnka"^ -^ wan- 
de wanda (ady. dt ady.) (see daman- 
da),— wandika (y.a.) (seenMmda).— 
wandira (see kieunei, kikuet, kan- 
aoso). 

Wanga, 1) pron. poss. my, mine; mn- 
en%a wanga, my child; wangdgu 
for: wdnga «cyt«, mine thie, wanga 
is connected with nga;— 2} (y.a.) to 
hoUowout (In a half circle); kuwan- 
ga midengo, to hollow out treee (or 
timber) at the top to admit of a pole 
resting on tbem; kn wanga vnano, 
to ftU away emaU hoUowe in the teeth 
(so that each tooth presents two 
points). — wanfika (y. n.) to admit 



of fcw wanga; n^dengo u guwan- 
gika,— wanffira (y.d.) to preeent 
nice hoUowe; ndeiki tei eina wan- 
gUcat theee poete are well hollowed.^ 
wangidsa (y.int.) to hoUow out mneh. 
wan^daana, contraction from wa 
yanoMdeanaf wantu awa nda 
wangidsana (see yanohdi. 
Wanndi? [K.\%.wangapi),howmanyJ 
Wanffi pron. interr. nwutmna wangi^ 
what boy 9 from waningi ss^ wangi, 
Wannra (y.a.) 1) to cut out (chips) 
in fiVUng a. tree;— ^ to dig out Utn 
arrow from one's flesh).— wangvka 
(y.n.) to get dielodged, to come off or 
ouL fnupfl ana uMMnguka, the arrow 
ie dielodffed, extracted; kibarawadeo 
kinawanguka, thi chip ie come off, — 
waniTwana (y.rec.) to cut out, i.6. 
to extract (arrows one from the other). 
wangwika (y.n.) to admit qf; mw- 

i»>l u euwangurika, — wanniira 
y.d.) to extract (from one who be- 
ongs to another). — wangnxidsa 
(y.int) to cut deeply in extr<»cting, 

Wannni (see BPnguru). 

Wankani (wa nkani) » (Kis. ufaetgi, 
kwndi ungiU 

Wa ntanfcai tnuntu ango nienga 
wantanta (see ntJbopi). 

Wann, pron. poss. your (Kis. wenu). 

Wdra (y.n.) to ehine; deua lawara, 
the eun ehinee: mueei wawara, the 
moon ehinee (Kis. wa), — warira (y.d. 
or y.rel.) to ehine to; dsua Una di 
toarira ntn-nohira, eidina/lke. — 
wwidsa (y.int) to ehine brighUu- 

Waaa (y.a.) to deaioe, to eprinlOe, to 
eow; ku waea n-knni, ku w€ua 
ntadeif ku waea kidawe. — wasika 
(y.n.) to admit of cleaning,— wasira 
(y.d.) to clMvefor (another) to eprinkle 
over, to plaeh, to epatter,— waaidaa 
(y.int) to deootf much, a great quan- 

Walil pron poss. our; niun^ba yatu 
our houee, 

Wkwa (y.a.) to einge, to ecorch (i.q. 
Kis. ku eia, ku eietiia), to bum, to 
be idle; ku wawa kuku, to einge 
a fowl; fn-marungo muanga mua- 
ni-wawa, lit in all my Joints it 
bums me, i.e. I feel hot aU over (Kis. 
waeha, kikali, utungu), dsua la 
wawa, the eun bume, je ecorching 
or burning hot. — wamira (y dj to 
einge for (another).— wawidsa(yjnt) 
to einge weU, to be very hot (said of 
the body, but not of tne sun) 

Wawuri (aidJ.) two (rel. to ihepLufo— ), 
wantu wawiri, two men. 

Waya pron. dem. thoee, wayo, wauye, 

Waynra (y.n.) to make a emaU brue- 
hing noiee (as by walking through 
grass) [Kis. eharakaea, pigia «m- 
ehindo).— wavurir a (y.d!) to make 
that noiee to wim reference to another. 



182 



WEDA— WIO. 



641^. in chasing an animal In the grass, 
or amids t bushes.— wmywnlEm(v.int.] 

W^iSTiVi^the idea qf tM$ uwrd 
89MM to be that qf lumping near to, 
or having a iking near, kuhu nmue 
awedm, sa ura doiya toaiMiwraJva 
tnteutga ntsanga; dsua rakudsa 
bortn^weda gn^mbe, lit the »tm ha$ 
arrived where in he gaihere the cattle 
(for Roing home from pasture) i.e..it 
IS time when cattle return home; 
1) 4o rear (of animals);— 2^ to lay up 
(see gaeo) (Kis. ha fuqa* limbika, 
tfnea {-mbueij,-^ WMe]ai(v.n.) to 
admit qf rearing, to be tameahle. — 
w«d«ra (v.d.)— wededsa (v.int) — 



Wede (a(|j.) idle (laying one'sself up 
as it were); wa/nnHdmwma sa hara 
ali wede, qf a man he i$ not being 
idle, i.e. it it not for a man to be idle, 
(The wa is very curious); hu hara 
uli wede = uliye nehido (to Sit 
down with bones). 

Wedsa (v. a.) let* wedea n-deomba 
^na mbBdsa), to jleh with a line. 
Perhaps caus. of hu weda, to a-ppro- 
prioite forcibly (Kis. Iku fua aamaHti, 
wedseka (v.'n.) to admit qf using the 
line in fishing; bawedseka, ni bo- 
^/era baliye vtdaodso ; sibawedseha 
bona binda^- wedMia(v.d.) to fish 
for another; na-tnu-wedsa nUendo 
wangandsomba,— wadiedsa(v.inU 
to be skilftd or clever in fishing; uye 
a-m-laga nsoHe fct» wedga n- 
dBoniba. 

W«ka, thou alone (see ha), 

Wene, s. pi. ot?ier's, bat wantu wena 
other ftMn. 

'Wena wake they themselves, the 
owners. 

Wenda (y.a.) to steal along, to advance 
stealthily to or for any thing; ana- 
pfbrolera na wantu wena, tnu- 
tcende iwfi (Kis. tambalia, niada 
niada niaduga).— WOndana (V. rec.) 
to get stealthily one at another (to 
kill one another).— wendeka (v.n.) 
to ailmit of hu wendaf siba wen- 
ileha, b€tna tninga, 

Wtmgn (v. a.) to cut into very thin 
slices or particles; hu wenga ntpera, 
hu wenga nwunga, to f cuX ovA a 
thorn (in one's Hesh). — weng'aka 
(v. n.) to admit of being cut into thin 
slices. Ni hanaondo dsungu iri, 
ai ri wengeha.— WOng'era (v.d.) 

Wonka (v.) garu moenha. 

Wera w«ra (adj.) bent, bowed down 
(like an ear or corn, in the upper 
|)art); tnabira ali wera wera; ka- 
bue ali wera wera; haera aliwera 
toera, the guinea com is bent bent 
(in the heads only from the heaviness 
of the seeds). 



W«i«ma(v.n.) to bend forward, to how, 
to stoop, mabira and ba/manga do 
* Werama" when the whole stalks are 
bending forward; neunuali wanuta, 
leha urira, werwma, — Wttranuka 
(v.n.) to admit qf bowing; eiba weror' 
nkiUa yaba, guawa, it does not a&- 
mit qf bowing here, creep, i.e. you can- 
not pass here by bowmg, you must 
creep.— wvramira (v.d.) to bend for- 
ward to, mM-ormnUro, aikome kuhu 
modap/kfkomet, stoop forward to Mm, 
that fie may be alAe to shame you well. 
waramidaa (v.int.) to stoop low; uee- 
ramidse {for ueauforamidse) wera- 
ma buino buino, 

Wwmwwn, s 1) streaks qf light, par- 
tial admittance of light; — 12) a smaU 
frequent noise, — 1) JBana tonenui hu 
muanhba n^kadi nuUi werewere; — 
2) iufe damfera nennfa werewere. 

WMOn (v.a.) i.q. bSreka, but more 
especially used of Indian corn, when 
the cobs appear on the statics. ba~ 
tnanga iki eUcikuwSreka, this In- 
dian com did not bear,-~ Note: the 
word indicates the similarity of the 
cobs appearing on the stalks as a child 
on the back ofits mother. Of all other 
vegetives the word 'ku peara" is 
used. Bamanga kina tcereka kinto- 
dei kimodei, ^%lke Indian com has 
bom one one, i.e. here and there one 
stalk has a cob. 

Wia (v.aO to fence ,to make a fence pro- 
perlj, ku wiia)f 'Dauriat uwio waJco 
unata, make (repair your) fence, your 
(old) fence is finished, (i.e. it is gone 
or broken). — wuka (v.n.) to admit 
qf fencing; to appear or to prove well 
fenced; aba si ba w&ka, balif^ 
n%inga; sukuwiika uufio u, ntanta 
apsora, — w^ura (v. d.) to fence to or 
for, or with.— wiiosa (y.int.) to fence 
weU. strongly. 

Wldflodsi (see kideodsi^. 

Wika, viraei vina ufika (= Kis. ku 
shusfta), 

Winawina. 

Winda (v. a.) = Kis. ku weka, ku run- 
ga, to gather, to be gathering, hua 
ufinda, kuda kudea mpfura, it is 
gathering, tJiere udll come rain {m,ftia 
yafunga Kis.) 

windika (v.a.) 1) to prescribe diet; — 
2) to hoard up signanga a^^mu-indika 
ntntu woadudra, the Doctor pre- 
scribes to a man who is sick; nMi»»- 
kaka aya sididaiwa, neho windi- 
ka {ku wek^ in Kis.) 

Wlng^(v.a,) to scare or drive away 
(Kis. bumburusa) f 

wio, s. (ra) (pi. nut—), a fence made of 
thorns. Ufio wawia ngoma, atmena 
adia tonoJke, nikdei ana usiwa, 
pToy,maufioydnumnaufia,fnndta P 
have you finished making your fences f 



WIRA.— YALI. 



183 



Wira (v.D.) 1) to boa, to hObUr- %to 
make the noiie qf wtUer boiling (Kis. 
hu tcria, fUrika); mfura yawira 
nikokotno ; hamanga eha hu toM- 

. ra ohawira, sihiberehera bafupi; 

hidsi»ro eha «Hra.— wirira(y.n!] to 
overflow in boiling ;— 2} to/lU up the 
whole space, to engroee (said of close 
standing grass or any place which is 
impervious (hu fungamana)* — win- 
dsa(y.caus.) to make boil; wwtridee 
nutdei aga, aea/unde (Kis. ya ate 
yawie), to make melt; hidouro ihi 
Jciufiridse,'— 2) (v.int) to bott weU; 
mnika u unawtHdma, 

Wixisa chnm (v.a.) to intercept, the whi- 
te ants which want to escape on^the rea- 
8ing of an ant-hill j ku wiHsamptka 
[is. ku boea).-wmMUaL{v.n.)to admit 
of intercepting ; Mna vn-poMtfu ehuru 
ikf, BikiwiritHka,— wiridrm (v.d.)— 
Wirikua (= badikUa in Kis.) Mda- 
denga k%*a ku Bokua^ ndtMwirikioa 
ine.— wirildsa (v.a.) »= eanehikioa, 
lit to make come up, to put any thing 

. above another (but only used when 
carrying loads). 

Wisa, Iwe idee, udsa-ni-wiee muf^ 
ga (or u>enge), 

Wiwig-a = pfUwiga (Kis. <io6««lk>). 

WitoU witolL 

Wisabiko (or vitabiko), marvdf, toon- 
deres radically: things piclced out, any 
thing extraordinary (irom ku eabika); 
muana nyu anabddua kua viea- 
biko; muana tmahidirira, ttnadsa 
kua vieabiko, t?ie chUd hoe paeeed 
by (i.e. has been Icilled) it came with a 
deformity; ehiuda anaehida vieabi- 
ko ku Nianeha, on account of the 
torrible waves. 

Wo, for wa before an u; muomba ufoo- 
f t**'", a emith (see tnuoniba), 

Woka, tfiM alone (see ka), 

Woko, of by, contracted from wa kua 
(see mannau). 

woo. 

Wonchera. 

Wonde wondo (Kis. ««moMo sonono). 

Woaa, without; 1. pers. sing. n'na9»fca 
wosaiku)deiwa, I went without, e.g. 
to a country without any previous 
knowledge about it.— NB, the "ku" is 
arbitrary. — 2) ufutmka woea [ku) 
deiwa, thou, — 3) anamka woea; he 
went — 1. pers. pi. 1) Dinamka wo- 
ea] — 2) tnuamUca tcfO«a;— 3) wemam- 
ka woea, 

Wonae (adj.) all, whole, rel. to the pi. 
wa, and the sing. ti» and u, together. 
mdengo wonsBf the whole tree; ulemf 
be wonae or bonee unaeungunuka; 
damka wonae, we go all of u$. 

Wnina, i.q. uina (see btingo), Mntu 
wuina, another man (for mntu uina), 

Wi&ira. 



Ta, particle for the Genitive; ntumba- 
ya wantu, pi. aa wanta, 

Ta(v.n.)to be off, (only said of what is- 
thrown, except in the opt. mood, which 
is generally used of men) mupfi tod- 
ya, fnudra waya, ngiiduo yoga, — 
3rAo, be he {or she, it) gone; kaya fna€ 
muana akafa ni yae, (= ni bassi^ 
mrfnawa d4 {w) ona {w) uina. The 
"w" is merely euphonical. (A heathen 
consolation)!— y«ka(v.n.)— yodsa 
(v.int.) to be qf quicker , farther (than 
another), mupfiwangawiayedaaku' 
liuya,— Examples for y a, Anakara 
ohoodami, n%anena sida-ku-ya-^n- 
ia or: aida ku-ya-kur^m-ta? resp.. 
auda ku yet-n^ta, ana riganigami;. 
uko ukuyako, dindkuya kuoneha 
datnnparira abth moa tUikttya w- 
fca«. The optative form "ye" is in very 
frequent use for warning and encoura- 
eing one another as to what is to be 
done, as also in consoling onCsself 
about losses; nfka/a nemeye ku 
manda aikumka ine neka, lit.. 
if I die and be I gone to the dead, I 
do not go alone. 

Taba (adv.) here, 

Tabo (adv.) there. 

Taba yaba (= mbalimbali in Kis.) 
to be distant; daiko lino ainadne, 
daiko li yaba yaba; Mnokkara 
yabayaba ni ohiani, woaa kara 
bamodai f 

Tibiia (v.n.) to cause itching (= ku 
waaha in Kis.) Mungu wa mabira 
waydhua (or wagnieregnfeaa)» 

Tada (v.a.) to scum, to keep to the- 
surface (in taking out water from a 

well) [Kis, angua). 

Ta dali (or dari), long {ntarefu m 

Kis.) 

Tadn = (Kis.yetu), our; niumba ya- 
du, our house, 

Tafira or waka (moto), to kindle a 
fire,— 3raaa(v.a.) to make bum, to 
Ught, to kindle (see unikiaa), 

Tadfnana (v.a.) (see aunaa), 

Ytkgo or jrako pron. poss. 2. pers. thy, 
thine, 

Y9J9L or nym pron. dem. those, yondtr, 
rel. to tiie nu»-class. mdwngu ye^ 
or yoga, those pumpkins, 

Tako (or ya^o) pron. poss. 8. pers. his 
or her, its, 

Takam (a4i.) great, large, rel. to the 
tna-class. Maui^fu yaHHrUf large 
pumpkins. 

Tali, e.g. n%ahira yeUif m>*mera uli, 
vibanao vinVf oga oluml). 



184 



YAMBA— YOSA. 



(V.a.) to htgin (Kis.«M«a«#«); 

ku ffontba fnbaimdira,— yamUra; 
{eha hu ffombira); tnadettida a/ya 
anarifUHyaniba n%e»i uya onoJbwjw. 

Tamika (see amika), 

TAmi&a.-- yamaids*. 

Yaiielia(v.a.) to love (Kis. kupmUUf,— 
jranchaoa (y.rec.) to love one another; 
ana-wa oMdira nohiru wnoanokd- 
na (contr. from waonyanoh4ma),— 
yaDcbika (v.n.) to admit of beina 
loved, to be amiahU; uye vaymncM- 
ka, faka^^mu^yanehaf a-kitrgnna, 
o-kfMrdhogoda,^ yail€llira(y.d.) to 
love to, to love one who heUmge to 
another, e.g. oim'# ehOd; fctKim»-y«m- 
ehira mmtu nwuanoiwaiko. •— yan- 
cbidsa (y.int.) to love much. — yan- 
cbidsaiia. 

Tailda, ku panda dgonibap doti 
mdvokue, bomdoe. 



^ _, pron. poss. my, mine, rel. to the 

ya-class. (Ki8.yafHrM). 

Taii^(y.) 

Tao^ada (= Kis. vhika, fumbata, 
guira\ 

YmikgKtm {idma viva)? 
Tdngna, kivma ya ydngua na ki- 
kuruo, 

Tani (pron. int.) whof ^B.the ^ord is 
only used when preceded by a ffenit. 
or co^j. particle (see ni and naani, 
Todo ttyu nk%»a yani; oga ncha 
yani? 

Tane pron. dem. theve, rel. to the mar 
class ef words. 

Tann pron. poss. = (Kis. yvnu), your, 
youra, e.g. niumba yanu, your house, 

Tao pron. poss. (= Kis.y€io), their; ni- 
umoa yao, their houve. 

Tapfiiyaf fli (= yafu yafu), 

Yapa(v.n.) (= K\s.puelvwa ni vauH). 
ku yara moM.-— yaroka (= pueka) 
Denv. muyairo (Kis. nUande) ku 
toMdikuCi, 

Taviii = (Kis. mawitCj, 

Tawili (adj. two, rel. to the mo-class. 

Tayo pron. dem. = (Kis. Aoyo). 

To, ihe cof)j. or opt formation of the 
verb "ya" off, ndamka ye, nende 
uika kione nwuini %oake, I ehaU go 
off (be it ever so far), / will go that 
Imay see it myee^f (Kis. kungdwa 
nibafli, takuenda). It also forms part 
of the compounds: aliye, baliye,kur 
liye ^e, 

Yeba(v.n.) i.q. bea;n^upfUoangauna- 
yeba =■ yuva. 



Tataa (or yatara). 

Teda (= daimwra) (Kis. = ku-w^ 

funiba nUufi 

Tado (or yadlia) (ady.) earlu (prop. 
light, dear, not yet dark; kukati ye- 
de, eikunadke (see da or dka, it iv 
etm day-Ughi, UU not yet dark (from 
ku yera),-— SB, This word can only 
be used of the eyening. Anahuera 
Udi ? resp. anahuera av%aro kukoH 
yede i^etthe). 



(see ka), 
Tekdm (contr. from ya iktwm) (see 

ikuru), 

Ttaifte (s.iiKa(jy.} himve^f, heree^, the 
iame. 



(adj.) diverve, varioue. 
Tangm (y.a.) ku yenga mafuda = Kis. 
ku biga vamU, 

(see engeea). 



Tansa (adj.) amodvi yenw » Kis. 
kulla nttu awayv otte, 

Tara, 1) to be whtU,*— %tohe dean,^^ 
Si to be liaht, eUar (Kis. takdta or 
dhakadhaj, niaupe, nwuanga, n^ofr- 
dufu)i kibdde iki k^naySra viki 
ku yera, i§ thii ladle clean or notf 
M-niumba utnu ni n%oyera, in houtv 
in her' it in light . i.e. in thie houee it 
is Ughi), (not dark). Uviku kuna nv 
divna, medna ni koyera. kunaera 
(not kuna yera), it it clear, ftne (the 
weather). I>V€ibano kunaera, it it 
Ught now (said in the morning), ku 
yera kua mueti; kuyera kua ni- 
eregnievi; ku wika {ika) boyera or 
ehiMittpe; dearu yoyera, a whMe 
doth; banga royera. a whUefeather, 
yaradsa (y.a.) (s= Kis. taikaeva), — 



(or esa?) (s= Kis. j^ma}.— 
(V.d.) (= K\s. pimia), 

Tinia (y.a.) (= Kis. ku gusa, ekooket, 
sKonuB, d4Hna) (see reredvaU 

To, rel. that which, e.g. yokoma, that 
which is flne.^ yoo, rel. (= Kis. mo- 
turi or nunna): yoo iba (= Kis. q/W). 
yoo fuira (= Kis niekundu). 



{seepaie), 

YoBta (a4j.) aU, rel. to the PI. forms 
"n^i and WMS." nUdengo yonve, all 
trees; mau ytto yonee, all their 
words; nuteiku yonve, aU days bb 
dlwaiys. 

Toaa (y.n.) = yovoka ufa = (Kis. ku 
ehoka ufa; or ku tifuka or bugu^ 
dika (said of leayes). 



MX OOQ 07*1 OIM 



DATE DUE 



,^,'^|-^^ 




OAVLO 



I 



PNINTKO IN U.S.A.